• We have updated our Community Code of Conduct. Please read through the new rules for the forum that are an integral part of Paradox Interactive’s User Agreement.
Chapter 17: Crack the Sky, Shake the Earth
  • Author's note: There will be no new chapter next Monday, so this one's extra long just for you, dear reader. I'll be taking the week off to incorporate content from the Federations expansion into the story.

    PS: Can you find the Star Wars reference in this chapter? (Hint: It's one of Han Solo's classic lines from the original trilogy)
    ======

    Chapter 17
    Crack the Sky, Shake the Earth


    y4mdPWdQC_n7M5pJ3qyoZKnjK2XhkoXb_oSEks18lQKlqypQLWm1UYFZYi_D6A668G8FfdPzxqt55_f7mhxmbkhZt_ePsGDeBEx33HzpHW0ZTK86RwVm2CufP1iVzt4s_2ladTgyndJJRHmc7HFIKpxPFuc2NH1alK_VsKlr7UCpT1HZMZDUwwwuIrMS1XXYrrznoxk-Z_Dm-3peLtKCKNJvA


    Sunday, July 15, 2035 6:00am


    “You’re listening to Radio Xuhui, your only source for news, music, and more in the East Asian Ward, broadcasting from the one-hundred-twenty-seventh floor of Shanghai Tower. My name is Mingli, and it’s six in the morning. Here’s the news: Tragedy struck yesterday as another loyal ADVENT citizen was brutally murdered by XCOM criminals. Gene Therapist Sun Jianzhong was gunned down by rebel fighters while he was conducting a house call to a young child in the Lijuazui District. Juanzhong is survived by his wife and brother. A memorial service is being planned for ten o’clock in the morning next Monday. Attendance is mandatory for all citizens who maintained daily contact with him. Our next story comes from the west coast of North America, where…”

    There was no static, no beeping and no surprised voices. For tens of millions of people in Mainland China, the Korean Peninsula and the Japanese Home Islands, their radios suddenly went silent. At almost the same moment, television screens began to flicker as the hijacking of the airwaves took full effect. In city squares and parks, the holographic projections of newscasters and ADVENT politicians abruptly disappeared, leaving the skies clear and laypeople perplexed. In cities like Beijing, Shanghai, Seoul, Busan, Tokyo, Osaka, and Hiroshima, everyday life came to a complete standstill as citizens of the Megacities took note of the interruption.

    Then, quickly, all over the world… the interruption spread like wildfire.

    Radios, televisions, and holographic projectors all went offline. The airwaves died as an unnerving silence radiated out from northeastern China. In New York, businessmen stepped away from their desks to watch as thousands of pedestrians stood still in the streets, their eyes fixed on electronic screens that had not gone dark in over two decades. In London, men and women nervously looked out their windows and into the rain, alarmed by the sudden failure of their in-home entertainment systems. In Cairo, the streets suddenly emptied out as everybody raced to find a screen and see what happened next.

    Within two minutes, every radio and television on Earth was off the air.

    And then… they came back!

    Situated on a blue field, a white cross with three stars appeared, the symbol of the Resistance. Although the image never changed, a voice spoke. It was first heard in China, and then radiated out across the rest of the world!

    “Soldiers, freedom fighters, men and women of the Free Earth! Hear me now!”

    The voice of Duane Gardner rolled across the Earth. Hundreds of thousands of people all over the world startled as they recognized his voice and nervously looked around at their friends and family.

    “Today we will inaugurate the greatest battle in the history of our species!” Duane spoke to the Earth. “A conflict our kind has hurtled toward for the past twenty years! In company with our mysterious allies from the stars, we will bring about the destruction of the ADVENT war machine and end the tyranny of the so-called Elders! At long last, we will seek justice for the untold millions of our friends and family who entered a Gene Therapy Clinic and never returned! We will avenge our brothers and sisters who lost their lives protecting the innocent from the Chosen and their death squads! We will see the sun rise on a world restored to its people!”

    In eastern China, a squad of ADVENT Peacekeepers used breaching charges to force their way inside of a radio station on the outskirts of Beijing. The crew who normally worked there was found locked in a supply closet, but nobody was at the controls. The pirate signal was coming from somewhere else! This scene quickly repeated itself all over East Asia as the enemy desperately tried to shut down the pirate broadcast while Duane continued talking:

    “This battle will not be easy. Our enemy is well trained, well equipped and battle hardened. They will give us no quarter and we will show none in return! This fight will be savage and bloody! But we are now a greater force than the one which fought the so-called Elders twenty years ago! The United Nations of Earth have faced the ADVENT Coalition in the field of battle and claimed victory! Our soldiers have fought and defeated the Elder’s Chosen, proving once and for all that our enemy is not invincible! The tide has turned and the people of Earth now march together to our freedom!”

    In Chongqing, Delhi, Istanbul and Lagos, overeager freedom fighters didn’t wait for the go-signal. Explosions tore through those cities as ADVENT vehicles and checkpoints were blown sky-high! The entire city of Baltimore descended into looting and anarchy as the civilian populace realized what was about to happen. Gunfire erupted in Kinshasa, Tokyo, Mumbai, Sao Paulo, and Riyadh! A tunnel bomb threw Los Angeles into chaos! Buenos Aires never got the go-signal at all: rebels destroyed the local power plant and threw the entire city into darkness before Duane uttered the agreed-upon words that would launch the global uprising:

    “I have faith in you, my brothers and sisters. Faith in your courage. Faith in your skill! Today, we will show our enemy the true strength and power of Humanity! We will Crack the Sky! We will Shake the Earth! We will fight until our world is free!”

    At once, in every continent and every Megacity, over one million soldiers, guerrillas, rebels, and freedom fighters emerged from their hiding places and took the war to ADVENT. This would either be the greatest battle in history… or the final week of Humanity’s existence.

    y4mAXEcjp7d-HQ_gfMJLZVAL6NdvC4aD5OTkYxyA5oQSkxMYufcZ68g644UeixQcPYmlfJ9461_kWqkvcmpdamXwaHAS2MyzkWGthSlCWyXwymsvF5YLSMpL6KuPcEiHAhi54FBjfHZMsjhNXVGJOpMwrLDaTVfjG3nlYX_KX8YWqtK2VbUHhDyCXZvbd23LwI2DXpxUT2i2JnyWeae6PUjZw

    Caption said:
    The Global Uprising saw the United Nations of Earth attempting to overthrow the ADVENT Coalition before the arrival of the Triple Alliance fleet. The fighting commenced in the midday hours of July 15, and warships of the Triple Alliance began to appear over Earth during the post-midnight hours of July 16. Casualty figures of this battle are extremely hard to come by due to the damage Earth suffered during the War in Heaven just one year later. However, it is generally assumed that between 1 and 2 million Humans lost their lives during this weeklong fight, some 60,000 ADVENT soldiers and an additional 4,000 Triple Alliance soldiers were also killed during the battle.

    Sunday, July 15, 2035 10:30am
    Shanghai, Mainland China, East Asia



    “Two minutes, Blue Team!”

    Wendy sealed the Skyranger’s cockpit door and maneuvered the ship into its final approach of the mission area. In the deployment bay, Chihiro, Matthew, Akira, Odette, and Soylent checked over their equipment one last time while I reviewed the upcoming mission with our VIP, Private Sarah Harris.

    “The Commander wrote a script for me.” Sarah said. “She says she wants me to translate it directly into Maori and transmit the message to that alien fleet coming this way.”

    “What the hell makes Harper think the aliens will understand Maori?” I asked.

    “She’s using Jericho’s database.” Akira chimed in. “It contained a lot of information about the Partogans, including the fact that they’ll understand Maori.”

    “That doesn’t explain ‘why’ that’s the case.” I replied.

    “Trust me, it’s kinda freaky.” Akira said. “The only way to know is to see for yourself, Blake. When you meet the Partogans, it’ll make sense. Let’s just keep Harris safe while she makes contact with ‘em.”

    The Skyranger rattled as Wendy throttled down the engines. In front of us, the deployment ramp began to drop. Everyone checked their rappelling gear one last time.

    “Thirty seconds!”

    “We’re on mission now!” I shouted to my team. “Stay low, cover each other’s six, and callsigns only from here on out!”

    “Wait, what’s mine!?” Sarah said. “Do I get a cool name like you guys?”

    “We’re gonna call you ‘Nightmare’ because escorting VIP’s is the fucking worst!” Soylent shouted back. “Just keep your head down and try not to get shot!”

    The deployment ramp fell all the way open and an incredible sight was laid out before us: the battle for Shanghai was already in full swing down below.

    y4m4PWs2QbrUnelyaFcw9BGfcBT-yUkW9iDc4JuyOkbDu8Ja0Dl6AcutzPffGW0xt_FLK2cTEyPSAk2vswMAPI8brQSU6hWUS3cCvyAIQkxgjBsA24UfBKPVKbZLNX8pQrEd21lhf3lYc7caQFruhRxDOgxUebtlSMZ8uChyYseEW3W3xnT1Y_5UtlfaYHMmriXhclqSmM8lfnsf3ng65zdHA

    Caption said:
    Caught off guard, the ADVENT garrison in Shanghai quickly found itself surrounded by Resistance fighters. This battle would continue throughout the entire Global Uprising and would only end at the same moment the Uprising itself did.

    A massive uprising had gripped the city. Smoke and flames billowed from homes and skyscrapers alike while the streets were swarmed with rioters, rebels, and looters. The Skyranger bypassed most of the fighting and closed in on what had been the financial district twenty years ago. The Huangpu River snaked back and forth throughout the city, and at one point, it turned almost 270 degrees in a great curve, creating a small peninsula in the middle of the city. This little spit of land was dominated by a series of massive skyscrapers that reached well over two-thousand feet into the air.

    “That’s our target! Ten seconds!”

    I pointed towards Shanghai Tower, a skyscraper from the early 2000’s that stood out from the rest due to its unique shape. It looked as though the building has been twisted like a piece of licorice. An unmistakably alien antenna system had been erected on the rooftop.

    “Not a lot of real estate on this roof!” Wendy called back to us. “I can’t land! Get ready to fast-rope down!”

    With a loud whirring sound, the winch quickly extended six thick cables towards the rooftop while the Skyranger began to hover in place. Everyone except me hooked up. Gripping the overhead railing tightly, I waited for the red deployment light to turn green. When it finally did, I shouted:

    “We’re green! Commence air assault! Go! Go! Go!”

    Akira jumped off the deployment ramp, keeping a tight grip on her rappelling harness, and fast-roped down to the rooftop. Soylent, Chihiro, Sarah, Odette, and Matthew all followed suit. I did one last look to make sure everyone had jumped, and then I hooked up.

    “See you when it’s over, Firebrand!” I shouted. Then I jumped.

    Hitting the roof of Shanghai Tower, I disconnected my rappelling harness and watched as the Skyranger flew away, disappearing into the clouds of acrid black smoke that hung low over the burning city. From up here, the battle raging below sounded like a far-off firework show or thunderstorm, full of deep rumbling thunder and soft little pops.

    While Odette and Matthew secured a nearby roof access door, I pushed the talk button on my radio:

    “Doctor Freud, this is Trojan. Blue Team has secured the roof and are moving down towards the radio station.”

    “Good work, Trojan.” Replied the voice of Yutaka Yamamoto. “We’ve locked down the ground floor. All entrances and stairwells are under our control. My team is destroying the elevators right now. You should have all the time you need up there.”



    The interior layout of Shanghai Tower is what allowed the building to survive the rise of the ADVENT Coalition. On almost every floor, in between the central core of office space and the inside wall of the glass façade, there are wide-open spaces meant for public use that are filled with atriums, gardens, café’s and restaurants. A small town of 15,000 could have lived in this building comfortably and hardly anyone would have felt the urge to go outside. This wide-open layout was already in-line with the way ADVENT designed and built their Megacities, so Shanghai Tower was allowed to remain standing.

    y4m7oytjrWAPQx2g1xSKn2RG7W3v2q7wq62ek4apQcCKLwrse89_krmqoQKaCUpv4dIms8xjLiRUrldccFyuuiI2Dc0IIBPeWTsEATPvzmYQ4L2ozJnc__spypJdDHRlVuu8qeY1Jr8JzeobBbK9ZBdFULzbVGos4JqAFn4Lt_rHuUEEzBqfrkAj4_I90Qz7KMpuxY367DmSrMZ_zMPsMvV3Q

    Caption said:
    A photo of the interior of Shanghai Tower. The design of the tower was already compliant with ADVENT's plans for the layout of their Megacities, so little to nothing was changed after the takeover of Earth.

    Moving into the building, we found ourselves in an arboretum below a glass ceiling. The sight and smell of trees, grass, and flowers made us all a little uneasy. Odette recovered first and led the way, keeping her new Laser Rifle at the ready. A column of hot air shot out of a nearby elevator door, followed by a deep reverberating boom! It was confirmation that Red Team had destroyed the elevator system.

    “Radio station’s one floor below us.” Matthew said. “Keep moving to the stairwell.”

    The top floor of Shanghai Tower was completely deserted. We crossed it quickly and found a staircase. Chihiro held up a hand to stop the team.

    “Cover me while I throw a Battle Scanner.”

    Chihiro dropped the little sphere down the middle of the stairwell and then pulled a small tablet computer out her pocket and studied the screen.

    “The floor below us is clear, but there are about four thousand civilians hiding all throughout the building. A lot of them are using the comms system to call for help. Some of them are calling for ADVENT Peacekeepers.”

    Cursing, I grabbed my radio.

    “Freud, what’s your situation?”

    “Enemy jabbers have got the building surrounded and they’re trying to force their way in, but we’re dug into good positions and the enemy doesn’t know we’re here! We can hold all day if we have to!”

    “Stay dug in and don’t take risks.” I said. “We think enemy reinforcements are on the way to you now!”

    Hal Macintosh’s voice sounded over the radio.

    “Well bring 'em on, I prefer a straight fight to all this sneaking around!”

    My team dashed down the stairs and fanned out into the next floor. First we passed by the tuned mass damper, a device designed to stop skyscrapers from vibrating or swaying in the wind. Then we ran past a concert hall, around a corner, and found ourselves in a large garden. On one side of the rows of flowers and shrubs was an ADVENT Burger fast-food restaurant. Odette plucked a half-eaten burger from a table and wolfed it down in two bites. She smiled at us and shrugged her shoulders.

    “Oh, man.” Sarah commented. “That’s the one thing I miss about my old life. Ever since I joined the Resistance, I haven’t gotten to eat any of those damn juicy ADVENT Burgers.”

    Matthew picked up an ADVENT Burger wrapper and sniffed it.

    “I know everyone says these hamburgers are really delicious.” He said, “But when was the last time anyone here saw a cow?”

    “I dunno. Twenty years ago?” Soylent offered. “Definitely before the invasion, that’s for sure.”

    “Guys!” Chihiro hissed. “That’s it!”

    The radio station was on the other side of the garden. It looked like a small office area with only three rooms and a single door that opened onto the garden. Unfortunately, that door was locked.

    “Blue Dragon, check if anyone’s home.”

    “Battle Scanner, coming up!”

    Chihiro wound her arm back, lifted one leg into the air, and threw the sphere exactly like a baseball pitcher would! It smashed through one of the radio station’s windows and made a loud beeping sound while Chihiro looked at her tablet again.

    “No one’s home.” She said. “It’s empty.”

    “Goddamnit, that was a helluva throw.” Sarah said. “Were you, like, an athlete before the war or something?”

    “I played baseball in school.” Chihiro replied as she pushed the door open. “That was before the Soviet Union invaded Japan, long time ago.”

    The radio station was a cramped little place, so it didn’t take long for us to find the computer that controlled the antenna array on the roof.

    “Here’s the plan.” I told the group. “Alecto, hack into the computer and give us control. Nightmare, you step into the booth and get set up by the microphone. We’ll tell you when we’re live. Vampire, Blue Dragon, and Soylent, you three are on Overwatch. Set up overlapping crossfire between that tree in the garden and the ADVENT Burger meat locker. Those rooms are practically bulletproof! Paradox, I want you guarding that stairwell. Anybody tries to come up here, you turn them to ash, am I clear?”

    “Got it.” Akira said.

    “Wilco.” Soylent replied.

    “Roger-dodger.” Matthew said.

    “On it.” Chihiro said.

    The team fanned out. While Matthew started tapping away at the computer system, I checked in with the Red Team on my own radio:

    Yutaka told me that his team had made contact with the enemy, and that ADVENT’s first assault on Shanghai Tower had been repulsed easily.

    “The ADVENT Army troops are pulling back.” Yutaka said. “Now they’re starting to bring up some alien units instead. We’re fighting Sectoids, Vipers, Faceless, and Mutons down here.”

    “How long can you hold?” I asked. “We just reached our objective here.”

    “We’ve got this handled!” Yutaka replied. “We can hold them here for as long as we want! Just get your job done.”

    To my left, Matthew let out an excited laugh.

    “We’re almost in!” He said. “Just a few more lines…”


    Then he froze.

    “Shit!” Matthew shouted. “Shit! Aw, fuck!”

    “What’s up?” I said. “What happened!?”

    “I don’t know how, but it looks like I just tripped some kind of silent alarm!” Matthew said.

    He tapped a few words into the keyboard and then pressed an icon on the screen with his thumb. A message popped up on the computer screen.

    “Here it is,” Matthew said. “‘Attempted to access a local Codex with an unrecognized user ID.’ I’ve got no idea what that means, but it looks like we still have control of the antenna. Tell Nightmare she can go live whenever she wants.”

    I crossed the room and tapped the glass window separating the control room from the voice booth.

    “Start talking, Nightmare!” I said. “And pray the Partogans are listening!”

    Sarah donned a headset and unfolded her copy of Commander Harper’s script. She looked it over for a moment and recited the Maori words in a quiet voice. Then she flipped a switch on the microphone and spoke out loud:

    “Awhina mai! Awhina mai! Awhina mai! Ehara matou i o koutou hoariri! Tena koa awhina!”

    Silence.

    Sarah held a hand to her headset for a moment, and started to reach for her script again, but then her eyes suddenly shot up to me, and she screamed:

    “BEHIND YOU!!”

    I whipped around, raising my Alloy Cannon just in time to see… something.

    At first, I thought the room had caught fire! A brilliant flickering light filled the control room, before it resolved itself into a semitransparent humanoid shape. Two brilliant pinpricks of white light hovered roughly where a person’s eyes would have been, and the entire golden “body” of the creature flickered and blinked as though a small child was clicking a light switch as fast as possible.


    y4mcLI6O15K4F1QfwotShERaZIyU98xGpzkJHIT7DsSy9jEvu6C1uCc6s-3UDoTlpD8D-lMyObAdIvrSc8rC1jq1No-aNptf6ywhDKXD-EroO9CXKsrmVIoGJMAG0Q5o3kb6IqF_v57i2ggTyBpiaUjGztRRvub8i5HE54PfzkzTj_GNKP-Y21pkBvyD8iaozkW5S-Q2oaAxn3NUk_XcpH0EA

    Caption said:
    The Codex is a trans-dimensional alien taking on the appearance of a human female with completely golden skin, a featureless face save for a pair of glowing, white eyes, and a black, smoke-like substance flowing out of its head resembling hair. Its body is in a state of continuous flux, constantly appearing and disappearing on the spot, and sometimes creating short-lived, translucent after-images of itself.

    “Contact!” I shouted. “I've got an X-Ray here!”

    Too late! The golden being reached out and grabbed Matthew! He struggled and swung his hands at the thing, but his fists passed through the alien’s body as though it wasn’t even there! The creature threw Matthew out the doorway and into the garden! As he hit the ground with a loud crash, the alien rounded on me! I fired my Alloy Cannon from the hip, aiming for what I could only guess was the alien’s chest!

    The creature’s body blinked into and out of existence three times, and each time it reappeared, it had assumed a different pose; flickering through the act of dodging a bullet! It was like I was looking at a slideshow of some acrobat performing a stunt as this strange new creature dodged my weapon fire!

    The yellow flash then dove towards me! I dropped my shotgun and drew my Arc Blade! Swinging the weapon downwards, the electrified sword caught the alien in the shoulder! Just like Matthew, my attack seemed to pass through the alien’s body as though it were just an illusion, but this time, my sword nicked something solid just below the base of the alien’s neck!

    At once, with a great rushing of Psionic energy, the alien creature vanished from sight! Then, a second later, I could hear panicked yelling and weapons fire coming from the garden!

    I dashed into the atrium to see a fight in progress! The golden alien had reappeared there, and now it had been joined by a second golden alien. The two attackers looked exactly identical, or at least they would have if they weren’t flickering all over the place and leaving blurry afterimages of themselves hanging in the air like ghosts.

    Both of the golden aliens had armed themselves with Plasma Rifles and were trading fire with the rest of the squad! Odette ran around the flank and raked one of the golden aliens with her Laser Rifle! The enemy let out a noise like grinding metal and then…


    It duplicated itself!

    The golden alien lost its humanoid shape for just a moment before reforming into a pair of identical copies of itself! And now there were three golden aliens fighting us in the atrium! One of them raised its Plasma Rifle and opened fire on the ADVENT Burger storefront! Charred plaster and concrete flew through the air as Chihiro emerged from her hiding place and returned fire with her Laser Sniper Rifle! Once again, the alien dodged the incoming fire and teleported away!

    We were losing control of the situation! Each time these aliens took a hit, they copied themselves and teleported away! In mere seconds, we were outnumbered and in immediate danger of being outmaneuvered! I saw only one way out!

    “PARADOX!” I shouted. “NEED SOME HELP IN HERE!”

    A blast of cold and harsh air swept through the atrium as though the whole tower had just been hit by a tornado! Three of the golden aliens vanished immediately, leaving a small hemispherical object behind that fell to the floor with loud clatters. Akira stormed onto the scene! Her Celestial Gauntlets crackled and shone with light as she joined the fray!

    “Who the hell woke up a Codex!?” She shouted!

    One of the alien creatures fired its weapon at Akira! She caught the plasma projectile in her Gauntlet, infused it with Psionic energy, and then sent it hurtling back towards the enemy! The alien creature got a facefull of its own plasma and duplicated itself at once, sending a new enemy into the fight!

    “Oh, I’m so glad to know what they’re called!” Soylent yelled above the gunfire. “Just tell us how to kill these buggers, Sheila!”

    Akira impaled a Codex through the neck on her Shard Blades, causing it to disappear completely! Then she drew her Plasma Pistol and shot another Codex between the eyes. It vanished right away!

    “Aim high!” Akira yelled. “Aim for the head and neck! You gotta kill it with your first shot or it’ll clone!”

    I took cover behind an open door and looked back towards the radio station. The window smashed out from the inside as Sarah engaged a Codex with her own pistol.

    “Somebody, guard the radio station!” I shouted. “Nightmare, get back on the microphone!”

    Finally, we had whittled the number of enemy Codices down to just six, but as we quickly found out, even a single live Codex could turn the tide of battle. Just when we thought we finally had the enemy figured out, one of the golden aliens broke off from the pack and teleported onto the roof of the ADVENT Burger restaurant. It raised both of its palms towards us!

    “Spread out!” Akria shouted. “Everyone scatter!”

    The atrium around us darkened and turned purple! The air went heavy and damp, and I could feel as though an electric charge was running through my whole body. We were inside a Psionic Rift!

    Before I could say or do anything, the Rift collapsed! My whole body was wracked by a kind of pain I’d never even imagined before! I was as though every nerve in my body was being cut at the same time! Imaginary needles stabbed every inch of my body, but the agony was all too real! My heart cramped violently, and all I saw was stars! I was sure I was going to die, right here and now!

    Then, it was over. The pain in my chest lessened, and when I opened my eyes, I saw that I had fallen onto my side. My nails had dug into my palms and my voice was hoarse. But I could see that the enemy Codex was still on top of that damn restaurant! I got to my knees and raised my Alloy Cannon! Aiming down the sights, I pulled the trigger!

    Nothing happened.

    “Downgrade your guns!” Akira shouted. “These things disable Elerium tech!”

    Looking left, I saw that Akira had ditched her Plasma Pistol and Celestial Gauntlets. The rest of the squad had abandoned their Laser and Plasma weapons as well, and were now fighting with old-fashioned conventional weapons. Without her new high-tech rifle, Chihiro was using her Shadowkeeper exclusively. Matthew and Soylent were fighting with compact submachine guns while Odette was covering our flanks with a sawn-off shotgun. I threw away my Alloy Cannon and drew my Arc Blade. I clicked the power switch and saw that the electrified sword failed to activate.

    “Shit! I got no weapons!” I shouted.

    Hang on, Blake. I gotcha covered!

    Chihiro’s voice spoke in my mind, and at the same time I felt a rushing sensation throughout my body! All of the remaining pain in my body ebbed away as I felt Psionic energy envelop me. At first, I was tempted to re-create the Psionic shields Chihiro had given me at Kanna. Then I realized they would be less than helpful against a Codex. I decided to try and use a more offensive technique. Gripping my sword tightly, I struggled to remember the crash course in Psionics that Chihiro and Ignatius had given me. Keeping my mind focused on a single demand, I warped the energies around me into something I wanted:

    My sword ignited! Bright blue and purple Soulfire wrapped itself around the blade, licking at the air hungrily. The supernatural flames felt cool to me and burned intensely without consuming my sword or arm. This fire was fed by my own mental energy and it would only burn whatever I commanded it to.

    “Thanks, Chi!” I shouted!

    Running forward across the atrium, I jumped! My Meld-enhanced legs carried me higher into the air than any normal Human could ever hope to do! At the top of my arc, I was head and shoulders higher than the enemy Codex! It looked up and tried to redirect a Psionic strike at me, but it was too late! I pointed my sword downwards and vented a cone of Soulfire like a blue flamethrower! The Codex shrieked and vanished inside of the inferno!

    Falling back to the floor, I kept my head low to avoid Plasma bolts and heard Chihiro shout:

    “Blake! Don’t move!”

    I froze. A column of white and pink light fell from above and blocked my view of the battle! The Psionic Exchange was over as quickly as it had started! Chihiro and I had traded places, and now I was back in front of the radio station! The door was open, and three Codices were firing their Plasma Rifles into the voice booth!

    Once more, I sent a jet of flame into the enemy! The control room blazed like an out-of-control furnace as blue and purple flames roiled forth from the shattered windows! Satisfied the enemy was dead. I tried to banish the flames. Sweeping my hand aside just like Chihiro had shown me, I expected the raging Soulfire to vanish into smoke… but nothing happened! My stomach lurched as I tried to will the fire away, but there was no effect. The office continued to burn, and around the edges of the windows, the blue and purple flames shifted to an orange-red color.

    “Chi! How do I make it stop!?”

    “Outta my way! Before you burn us all!”

    Akira shoved me to one side and raised her hand! Like a dog returning to its master, the Soulfire inferno leapt through the air and into Akira’s palm, vanishing from view as she closed her fist.

    “You need a lotta practice, Dad.”

    Plasma weapon fire made both of us run inside the office and put our heads down behind cover. Four more Codices were outside!

    “How long are these things going to keep coming!?” I yelled at Akira. “We must have killed a whole squad of those things by now!

    She pointed to the control computer. It was singed and the edges of the screen were melted, but it was clearly still functioning.

    “We’ve just gotta turn that thing off and they’ll stop! Kill the power!”

    “We can’t do that yet!” I responded. “Let me check on Nightmare! Cover me!”

    Akira nodded and raised a telekinetic shield around the radio control room, shutting out the enemy for a few moments. Keeping my head low, I moved across the room to the voice booth! Sarah was still there. She had kicked over a table and was sheltering behind it. With one hand she gripped a pistol, while with the other, she was talking frantically into the microphone:

    “Ka taea e koe te whakarongo ki ahau?” “He maarama koe ki ahau?”

    She looked up at me.

    “There’s someone on the other end!” Sarah said. “Listen!”

    I reached out and took the headphones. Pause. For a moment, all I could hear was the dull thudding of gunfire from the other side of the atrium. Then, it finally happend: someone replied!

    “Ka taea e ahau te whakarongo ki a koe.” Said a female voice through the receiver. “Ko Kailani Kalili toku ingoa. Kei konei matou ki te awhina ia koe. Kei te hiahia awhina koe?”

    My eyes widened in shock and I looked down at Sarah.

    “Well!?” I said hurriedly. “What are they saying? What does it mean!?”

    Sarah took the headset and listened closely.

    “They say that they can hear us,” Sarah said slowly. “And the speaker says her name is ‘Kalili,’ I think. She's asking if we need help!”

    “Wait!” Akira shouted. “Did you just say Kalili?”

    In that fraction of a second, Akira’s concentration broke! Her Psionic shield failed, and we were back in the thick of battle! Sarah screamed and ducked down behind cover again as another Codex made a run at the radio control room! I grabbed Sarah’s pistol and emptied the magazine into the Codex’s head! On my left, a blast from a Plasma Rifle caught Akira in the shoulder and she fell over backwards. Scrambling back to her feet, Akira sent the offending Codex flying through the air with a quick burst of mental power!

    Looking around, I realized the situation had gotten even more desperate. About twenty Codices had flooded into the atrium and more were materializing in the hallways! Odette, Chihiro, Soylent, and Matthew had given up the atrium entirely and were now fighting from storefronts.

    “Trojan!” Akira shouted. “The longer that computer stays online, the more Codices we’re going to attract! These things live inside the computer network! We’re gonna get overwhelmed! We’ve gotta cut our losses and get out of here!”

    “Nightmare!” I shouted. “You’ve got two minutes to say what you’ve gotta say and then we’re pulling the plug!”

    “Copy all!” Sarah yelled back from her hiding place.

    “Stormbreakers!” I shouted. “Nightmare needs cover! Move out and draw fire!”

    To take the heat off Sarah, we would have to present ourselves as better targets. It was our only option.

    Odette, Matthew, Chihiro, Akira, Soylent, and I all broke cover and went on the attack! The garden shriveled and withered as Chihiro, Akira and I torched the battleground with Soulfire! The glass façade of the tower finally shattered when Soylent held down the trigger of his submachine gun, a fountain exploded in a great cascade when a shot from Odette’s sawn-off shotgun went astray!

    One after another, Codices went down! But after the first thirty seconds or so, the tide turned as the enemy refocused on us! Odette’s longstanding habit of trying to flank the enemy alone finally backfired on her! Three Codices concentrated their fire and managed to hit her in the thigh! Odette dropped to her hands and knees and crawled behind an elevator shaft, leaving a trail of blood behind her. The enemy never got a chance to finish her off, though. On my order, Soylent and Chihiro both moved in for the rescue! While Chihiro kept the enemy locked in place with her Shadowkeeper, Soylent pulled Odette to safety and put a tourniquet on her leg.

    Matthew was the next soldier on our side to go down. He stepped out from behind the deep fryer in the ADVENT Burger restaurant to shoot at the enemy, only to get caught in the chest by an alert Codex! His armor pulverized, Matthew fell over behind the kitchen equipment, in a great deal of pain but thankfully still alive.

    Akira, who was already injured, took another hit! This time a Codex shot her in the back while she was moving to help Chihiro, and she replied with the most vengeful retribution! Slamming her hand to the floor, bright purple tendrils snaked their way across the floor, erupted upwards and seized the Codex! Akira siphoned Psionic energy off the trapped enemy and used it to quickly mend her own wounds, all the while keeping herself and Sarah hidden behind a telekinetic shield.

    Two soldiers down and another unable to move, our team had finally run out of options. It was time for me to make one of the most difficult choices a Squad Leader ever has to make.

    “Everyone back on me!” I shouted. “We’re bugging out!”

    I dashed back to the radio station control room one last time. There was an ominous bloodstain on the wall and several Codex “remains” on the floor when I got there. Akira was kneeling behind cover with Sarah. The New Zealander had been shot in the stomach and was coughing blood, but didn’t seem to care. She was writing something on a slip of paper as she listened to the headset.

    “We’re out of time!” I shouted. “Drop what you’re doing and let’s get out of here!”

    Sarah looked at Akira, and then at me.

    “I’m done here!” Sarah said.

    Akira straightened up.

    “Move, Dad!” She yelled. “I’m killing these damn things!”

    Akira drew her arm back and I side-stepped out of her line of fire! A Psi Volt arced away from Akira’s hand and struck the computer! The monitor exploded and flames erupted from the back of the box! Without its central mainframe, the radio station’s systems all died instantly.

    Outside, there was a brief but noticeable lull in weapons fire.

    “The computer’s out!” Akira said. “With the network down, there won’t be any new Codices. Kill the ones already out there, and we’re home free!”

    “We’re not staying here!” I countered. “We’re gonna call the Skyranger and evac-”

    “NO!” Sarah shouted.

    The Private pulled the slip of paper out of her pocket and showed me.

    “The Triple Alliance is coming now!” She said. “They’ve sent a QRF! They’re going to engage ADVENT’s forces around the tower! We’ve gotta stay put or they might accidentally hit us!”

    “Oh, shit!” I breathed.

    At that moment, under a storm of cover fire, Chihiro, Soylent, Matthew, and Odette all rejoined us. Odette and Matthew, unable to fight, quickly took shelter inside the control room alongside Akira and Sarah.

    “Guys, new plan.” I said. “We can’t bug out. We gotta stand here. Vampire, Alecto, Paradox. You stay here with Nightmare and cover us. Blue Dragon, Soylent, you and I will play forward defense! We’ve gotta hold here until the Partogans arrive!”

    “They’re coming!?” Chihiro gasped. “Here? Now!?”

    “Here and now!” Sarah said. “We just gotta buy more time!”

    A Plasma bolt sailed over our heads and hit a balcony above the radio station. Sparks and flames rained down on us. I grabbed Odette’s backpack and produced a few of her favorite weapons: Proximity Mines. Passing them to Soylent, I said:

    “Mine the right flank, there’s a lot of open space over there. Blue Dragon, get up high and give us eyes!”

    “Right.”

    “Moving!”

    The squad took up their positions for one last fight. By now, my eyes had gotten used to the flashes of golden light that accompanied a teleporting Codex. Using our shared powers, Chihiro and I were able to keep more of the enemy force at bay for about a minute, and once the rest of the squad was in their new fighting positions, a storm of gunfire forced the enemy to retreat to a safe distance and take poorly aimed potshots at us.

    Hunkered down behind cover in a smashed-up department store, I got on my radio and called the Red Team:

    “Doctor Freud, Trojan here, we’ve accomplished our primary objectives and are holding position. Be advised: Allies unknown are approaching from orbit! Stay in the building! Do not go outside! I repeat! DO NOT go outside!”

    “Copy all, Trojan!” Yutaka replied. “I’ll pass on the word to our Resistance friends to seek shelter at once! We’ll hold here until you evac.”

    A sudden burst of gunfire forced me to put my head down again! The last remaining Codices were pushing our positions again! The air itself was now superheated with plasma weapons fire! The garden itself was an inferno, the central tree crowned with a ring of flames! A powerful telekinetic wave rippled out from the spot here Chihiro was hiding, sending a half-dozen Codices flying!

    Then, all at once, all of the remaining Codices suddenly teleported away! The flash of golden light that accompanied the sudden move was blinding! We all closed our eyes and hid behind cover, waiting for blinding light to fade!

    “For your sins against the Gods…” said a deep rumbling voice. “You have been judged.”

    I opened my eyes. My heart seemed to skip every other beat as I looked up and saw exactly who had just appeared in the center of the burning garden, surrounded by a bodyguard of Codices.

    Kon-Mon Dessurik, the Elder’s Chosen Warlock, clenched his fists at us. Soulfire enveloped his arms, and arcs of energy jumped from his body. And when he spoke, it was as though he projected an aura of fear and terror throughout all of our hearts and minds.

    “And I… am your punishment.

    y4mh88aU0VQeMevKjPfIGYg_0crXEslJQF13PEUwxFnVPUCMQxvxtHlCScUvofian9qha0IXu96abeck_IQdu7tEqyS8JrtxSMZ-epH1mBuVTeEtvWb_ESJOos3kzrCnzf-l_isppXYR1nfUg0x8fpEoAQq-yiMczxBWmat4T7ZLSnbmuY2xeL1AkmgAJr50-ufcTkkRgELgm0utduH1IOwww

    Caption said:
    Kon-Mon Dessurik, the Elder's Chosen Warlock, seen during the Global Uprising. The Chosen Warlock skirmished with XCOM and the Resistance during the first few days of the Uprising, but withdrew from the front lines after his personal fortress was attacked by forces of the American Resistance.

    “It’s the Warlock!” I shouted to my squad! “Take him out before he takes us out!”

    Dessurik’s Codex escort flickered away as all seven of us trained a hailstorm of psionic and conventional weapon’s fire against him! The Chosen Warlock swept our attack to one side with ease and then sent his own assault our way!

    Once again, the seemingly endless horde of Codices began to attack, but this time, they were augmented by the Warlock’s Spectral Wraiths! Two at a time, the semi-corporeal warriors rose from the floor and joined the assault! Slashing my Soulfire sword back and forth, I felled two Wraiths and a Codex before finally backing away from my position! Chihiro and Akira both waged a fighting retreat towards the radio station!

    “Squad, gimme an ammo check!” I shouted over the cacophony.

    “Two mags left!” Soylent yelled.

    “Last mag!” Matthew hollered.

    “Black on ammo!” Sarah screamed.

    Chihiro spun on her feet and tossed the Shadowkeeper into the control room. Sarah scooped up the ancient pistol and sent rounds towards the enemy right away. Chihiro, Akira, and I were now completely disarmed and were fighting with Psionics only. I finally gave up on using Soulfire and set up a wide telekinetic shield, offering cover for Chihiro and Akira while they launched one devastating attack after another.

    Standing back to back, the two women were a force unto themselves on the battlefield. Lances, Volts, Soulfire, all erupted violently out from underneath the umbrella of my shield. Codices and Wraiths alike converged on us, stepping right through the outer perimeter of my shield!

    “Hang on!” Akira shouted!

    She pointed to the floor and then lifted her hand skyward. A shimmering purple obelisk rose up in front of us! It was a construct of Psionic energy made solid!

    “Get to cover!” Akira shouted, “Come on!”

    Chihiro and I pressed our shoulders to the shimmering transparent wall, blasting anything that dared to come around the sides! Together, Chihiro and I telekinetically pushed a Codex right out of a shattered window! It fell two thousand feet to the base of the tower! Then we turned our shared powers against one of the Warlock’s Wraiths! The spectral attacker grabbed its head with both hands and quite literally went to pieces!

    “Hell yeah!” Akira screamed. “That’s the Mom and Dad I remember!”

    Chihiro and I both paused to look at one another.

    “Holy shit,” Chihiro panted. “We’re really gonna be parents, aren’t we?”

    We hesitated for a moment too long. Out of the corner of my eye, I saw the Chosen Warlock finally get around our left flank! He unshouldered some kind of alien assault rifle, took aim, and fired!

    Chihiro was hit twice, once in the back and once in the forearm! The sound of her arm breaking was louder than the gunshot itself! Chihiro gasped and fell forward into my chest, her right arm hanging useless at her side! By the time Dessurik had lined up a second shot, Akira and I had already moved! I raised one hand to launch Soulfire at the Warlock, but nothing happened! Chihiro’s concentration was broken, which meant my own powers were gone! I let my legs give out and I lowered Chihiro to the floor while Akira raised another Psionic pillar between the Chosen and us!

    “Even the crudest weapons have their place in battle.” The Warlock growled as he shouldered his weapon and closed in on the three of us!

    “Akira! Take that thing down!”

    “My goddamn pleasure.”

    Akira lunged out from behind cover and attacked the Warlock! Even though she had no Gauntlets or Amplifiers of any kind, she managed to hold her own, reflecting and absorbing all of Dessurik’s attacks while launching a few of her own.

    Meanwhile, all around us, the rest of the battle was still raging. Soylent, Matthew, Odette, and Sarah were all crouched down in what remained of the radio station, firing their weapons at anything that moved. But as I opened up my first aid pack and wrapped a tourniquet around Chihiro’s arm, our teammates made it clear that the situation was no longer tenable:

    “Harris! Where the hell are the Partogans!?” Matthew yelled. “You said they were coming!”

    “I don’t know!” Sarah screamed. “They said they were sending someone!”

    “That’s a tracer!” Soylent yelled over his own gunfire. “I’ve got six rounds left! Trojan, we gotta bail!”

    “We can’t wait anymore!” Matthew called to me. “Trojan, if we stay here, we’re gonna die!”

    “We’re two thousand feet up!” I called back. “We’ve got nowhere to run! I’m calling for help!”

    I grabbed my radio and shouted:

    “Freud! It’s Trojan! We are overrun! I say again! Overrun! The Chosen Warlock is here! Send help!”

    Yutaka responded quickly.

    “Negative! Cannot comply! We’ve got problems of our own down here, Trojan!”

    “We are getting killed up here!” I roared into the radio, spitting desperation! “We’re outnumbered and they’re right on top of us! Send Jericho up here right now!”

    “I have men down and more hostiles on the way! We’re in danger as well! Do your best and we’ll get to you when we can!”

    I cursed with every profanity in the English language. Grabbing my sword, I stood over Chihiro and guarded her as best I could, shouting to my troops:

    “THERE AIN’T NO CAVALRY COMIN’ FOR US!! DEFEND THIS POSITION AT ALL COSTS!!”


     
    Last edited:
    Bonus Chapter! "Beginning of the End"
  • So, Federations is out! I've been playing it a lot recently and I've finally gotten to the midgame of an Ironman game. I, for one, have been having a lot of fun. To celebrate the release of Federations, I've made a bonus chapter of The Stormbreakers for you all to enjoy. We'll go back to our weekly's scheduled updates on Monday. Till then, enjoy the extra chapter!
    ======

    2HW: Stories from the Front
    Beginning of the End
    y4mmWeWHUX-O0jHLKV4ydNymGijTQwiira3-_2eeuO9qf8V4cxeH0efRTwBfQIwwtyiQX8LStBfEV2WALunYdFZD1qWp2Snx71hEzbb_NS_jPsskOZeKIp_1wY1oSTHgp67GScyYxi4AkDpaJQ0eH6GclejU7O6HVGp1XTq4i-IE2LUm_hUILJ_2RqVeKduGRZTbfu-2Ns7zbqKX7h5o8SmQA
    Caption said:
    The Triple Alliance flagship Mahuika pays a visit to the Galactic Market Station. While the Galactic Stock Market has existed in some form or another since the fall of the Progenitor Empire over 10,000 years ago, this particular station was built after the Battle of Aoraki and is only about 80 years old. There is no record of the station existing after the War in Heaven.

    *Additional note* This picture was taken about an hour ago. I wanted to share it so badly that I wrote this chapter.


    Thursday, December 21, 2034 A.D.
    Primary Trading Floor, Galactic Market Station, High orbit above Hiigara



    “Five minutes until the Opening Bell!”

    A voice rang out over one of the hallowed halls, silencing the crowd that had been gathering here for the past hour. Crammed into the trading floor were businesspeople, entrepreneurs, salespersons, and other assorted traders from all over the known Galaxy. Even though the room was packed with nearly three thousand people from at least four dozen different species, they all shared the common feelings of anxiety and nervousness. Most of them knew what was about to happen, and that they were powerless to stop it.

    High up on a platform that overlooked the core of the Galactic Market, some of the most important and powerful people in the cosmos were trying to hide how nervous they felt. The Chairman of the Galactic Stock Exchange, a Hiigaran man named Nachala Shoshan Naabal, was especially terrified.

    For the past ten years, it had been Nachala’s duty to ring the opening and closing bell, a signal to start and stop trading for the day. The tradition of the bell was older than the Galactic Council itself, dating back to the time when the entire Galaxy had been ruled by the Progenitor Empire over ten thousand years ago. But today, as Nachala escorted his special guest onto the podium, he dared to wonder if anyone would ever ring the old bell again.

    Taking his special guest by the arm, Chairman Naabal walked gingerly, taking great care not to pull the guest along too forcefully. She was extremely old, after all, and one wrong step might just send her tumbling. Finally, the Chairman and his guest reached the podium which overlooked the trading floor. The podium itself contained two buttons. They were labelled in the Galactic Common, an artificial language designed to make interspecies communication easier. The written letters of the Common alphabet were a hybrid of the Galaxy’s two most dominant languages: Taiidan and Partogan, which meant that Chairman Naabal’s special guest had no trouble reading the labels. The button on the right was the opening and closing bell, while the button on the left was the “Emergency stop” button. A fine layer of dust had built up over the latter.

    Awed gasps rose up from the assembled traders as Chairman Naabal’s guest made herself known. To the left of the podium, a Partogan man dressed in the green and white uniform of an Acolyte cleared his throat and announced to the assembled crowd:

    “By the grace and pride of Riri Nui, presenting the elected successor of Whetu Kealoha, Queen of the city, the continent, the planet, and the Commonwealth of Partogans and Levakians! Champion of Aoraki, Mediator of the Taiidan Civil War, Vanquisher of the Paradox, Commander-in-Chief of the Green Guard, Matriarch of the Church of the Mountain, President-for-Life of the Triple Alliance, President of the Galactic Council General Assembly, Permanent Member of the Galactic Council Security Council, Overlord of Amadiio and Rotorua, Guardian of the Vanian Diaspora, Grand Master of the Order of the Green Star, Custodian of the Cathedral of Kadesh, Keeper of Tenhauser Gate, Honorary member of Kiith Somtaaw, Kiith Soban, and Kiith Sjet… her Royal Majesty: Kendra Ingraham, Queen of the Commonwealth!”

    Queen Kendra was by far and away the oldest person in the room. Throughout the trading hall, nearly four hundred Partogans, Levakians, and Vanians bowed their heads in a gesture of fealty. After a moment, complete silence fell. All around the edges of the trading hall, news reporters were frantically trying to get into a position where they could photograph the elderly Queen. Of course, this wasn’t the first time Kendra had rung the opening bell of the Galactic Stock Market. She’d lost count, but knew they would be somewhere north of her one-hundredth repetition of this ceremony. What made this day special was a detail that only a few people had noticed.

    “Quick!” A news reporter hissed to his camera operator. “Get up high and get good pictures! She’s on her feet!”

    “Praise Sajuuk!” A trader gasped. “The Queen is standing!”

    The supercentenarian ruler smiled as news of her condition spread around the room. Her facial tattoo had long since been deformed and distorted by her wrinkles, but if anything, it seemed to make her smile appear all the more comforting. Queen Kendra shuffled herself about, making sure that the cybernetic braces wrapped around her legs were hidden from view. Even so, this was the first time Kendra had walked under her own power in nearly two decades. She intended to enjoy every moment. When the Queen spoke, she projected her voice with such ease that one would be forgiven for thinking she was less than 90 years old:

    “I cannot begin to express how happy I am to see you all here.” Kendra began. “In my life, I have fought on the front lines of war, and have commanded armies and fleets from afar. I have seen my share of great and legendary battles. I know that generations later, our children and theirs will sing of great heroes who fought like lions on the field, and that few will remember the unsung heroes behind the scenes who made those victories possible. Who will remember the men and women on the home front who manufactured the uniforms and weapons our soldiers used? Who will remember the scientist that developed new medicine that saved countless lives, or the crew of the cargo ships that flew it to the front lines? Who will remember the traders and merchants who kept the supply lines flowing? I will… and I won’t be alone. My friends, my allies and comrades, I have full confidence and complete faith that once I ring this bell, you will do your utmost to win this war and save our Galaxy!”

    There was a smattering of applause around the room, followed by a cry of “Kia roa te Kuini!” from several Partogans, Levakians, and Vanians. Queen Kendra held one hand up, to signal that she wasn’t done talking.

    “To that end, the Commonwealth of Partoga and Levakia wishes to aid the Galactic Stock Market. I am proud to announce that as soon as the opening bell is rung, my Royal Government will place its faith in this system not just with words, but a cash infusion.”

    Excited chatter circled the room. Traders and businesspeople began bouncing excitedly, awaiting the reveal. Kendra finished her speech:

    “The Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth shall, immediately upon the opening bell, invest 15 Trillion Dirams into XuraCorp, another 15 Trillion Dirams into the Muutagan Merchant Guild, and a final 15 Trillion Dirams into the Riggan Commerce Exchange.”

    Whatever Kendra was going to say next; she would have to wait. A loud cheer rose up from the trading floor as merchants reacted to the news of what basically amounted to the largest buyout in Galactic history. Assurians, Hiigarans, Kelt, and Vaygr all hugged and cheered in celebration. Caught up in the revelry, a Sycldari, Kel-Azan, and a Voor all group-hugged a Blorg. The squishy fungoid sighed and looked as though it was the happiest being in the Universe. Perhaps the worst wouldn’t come to pass after all.

    Sensing the positive shift in the mood, Kendra decided to cut her speech short and ring the opening bell. Gently pressing the button, a loud bell began to clang up near the ceiling! At once, thousands of traders and merchants rounded on one another and went to work. Others darted towards the dozens of computer banks scattered around the room to trade digitally. Kendra, her Acolyte, and Chairman Naabal stepped back and watched the scene unfold below.

    For about two minutes, everything seemed normal. Energy credits, minerals, food, slaves, consumer goods, alloys, exotic gases, rare crystals, volatile motes, pre-sapient beings, Zro, Protodermis, dark matter, living metal, nanites, ancient relics, and Elerium all traded back and forth like there was no tomorrow. Money traded hands, was converted into other forms of money, liquidated, disbursed, and brought back together again. Communication devices seemed to be louder than the traders themselves as billions of people from all over the Galaxy called in to instruct their brokers or trade directly. The Galactic Market Station was the beating heart of the Galaxy and money was its blood... and the Second Hyperspace War was the clot.

    Two minutes after the opening bell, Kendra began to hear the mood starting to shift. A small cluster of traders suddenly started shouting “Sell! Sell! Sell!” at the top of their lungs, holding datapads above their heads and trying to get the attention of prospective buyers.

    The sensation of fear, uncertainty, and panic started to spread across the trading floor like a virus. A Levakian merchant saw the group of panicked traders, turned to his friend and said:

    “Quick! Short the prefab shelter market!”

    A group of Kelt traders rode on the shoulders of a Taiidani woman and yelled:

    “Unload the Vanian Corpocracy! Their assets just went toxic!”

    The cries of “Sell!” were getting louder and louder with each second. Kendra’s Acolyte held up a datapad so she could watch the digital trading in real time. The situation was turning from bad to worse in a hurry! The Riggan Commerce Exchance was on the brink of collapse, the energy provider Dysun was hemorrhaging cash, and Blorgata, the biggest starship manufacturer in the Galaxy, had lost 90% of its value in the past 90 seconds! All over the trading floor, people were unloading their investments and trying to save what money they could while the system began to break down.

    “It’s happening.” Kendra whispered to the Chairman. “It’s finally happening.”

    120 seconds after the opening bell, all of the money Kendra had invested was gone. 45 Trillion Dirams… almost half of Partoga’s annual Gross Domestic Product… evaporated into the void, never to be seen again. Then the hammer fell: Three minutes after the opening bell, the Blorg Commonality declared bankruptcy. An entire country had run out of cash in less than five minutes.

    “I never thought I’d live to see the day.” Nachala moaned.

    “I did.” Kendra sighed. “We all knew this war was unsustainable. Truthfully, Chairman… no war is sustainable. The money had to run out eventually. It was an outright miracle we were able to keep the Galactic Economy stable for nineteen years in the face of such a large and destructive conflict.”

    Kendra stepped back from the podium and gave a hand signal to a pair of Green Guard soldiers standing in the shadows. One of them nodded and spoke into a radio:

    “Commodore Ranginui, her Majesty requests you prepare the Mahuika for immediate departure.”

    “Affirmative.” The voice of Manako Ranginui replied. “We’re having trouble negotiating fuel prices with the Hiigarans. Standby.”

    Kendra heard this, and rounded on Chairman Naabal. He threw his hands up in frustration.

    “Xuracorp supplies starship fuel to half the Galaxy!” the Chairman said, “Now that they’re in the tank, you might bankrupt your whole empire just by moving your flagship out of spacedock!”

    Nachala winced at the stern look Kendra gave him.

    “I’m sorry, your Majesty, but this is the reality we’ve been trying to prevent for the past nineteen years!”

    “What will you do from here?” Kendra asked. “Is there any way to contain the damage?”

    “I can stop the trading and shut the floor down.” Nachala replied. “But without an intervention from the Galactic Council, the crash will start all over again as soon as I reopen the market!”

    “Leave that to me.” Kendra said. “I’ll speak to the Galactic Council, but you’ve got to stop the trading first!”

    Nachala nodded. Stepping past Queen Kendra, he slammed his hand onto the “Emergency Stop” button on the podium! A loud klaxon sounded and several of the lights on the walls and ceiling of the trading floor turned red. An angry uproar rose from the mob of traders as security guards began removing them from the room! Nachala groaned angrily as he saw one of the big wall screens display the final status of the Galactic Market after just ten minutes of trading: it was a genuine crash, one of the worst in living memory. When he heard Kendra’s voice again, Nachala felt his heart drop even further into his stomach.

    “Call my grandson and tell him to lay in a course for Partoga City.” Kendra said to her guards. “I’m on my way back to the Mahuika now.”

    “But!” Nachala gasped. “Your Majesty, you said you’d talk to the Galactic Council for me! The General Assembly is on Hiigara! They’re right down there!”

    He pointed to the blue-and-green planet which hung below the Galactic Market Station. Kendra shook her head.

    “Even if I call an emergency meeting of the GCSC, it’ll take days to gather all of the representatives. The General Assembly will take longer. In the meantime, billions of my people are about to realize their life savings have been wiped out and that their cost of living is about to go up a thousand-fold. Before I do anything else, I must go home and put the Commonwealth under Martial Law. Once my nation is secure; I’ll convene the Galactic Council for you. Await my signal, be ready… and remember, this war is far from over. The Beast is still out there, and it will not give us time to recover from this disaster.”
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 18: The Triple Alliance

  • Chapter 18
    The Triple Alliance


    y4mjhm3f9wQjTTG8tIPnN0z5zSxGrDlZMDjOyNWlwKHvr_Z31p8OJTtXLxN_MUAehlaZVDD5raoAufszgDPoQimMmIm5W-d8o_INqzI5bjmja3B8IOyyiUzbWYAOGXqyxD1FBi_TGM1xnWbzwtmsAkrAgAx6Gqf6kmg62MaCtKw1WF_KS9lQT7be7_DwVutU5z8tlIaMjOFecjfErMNMXrO7Q

    Sunday, July 15, 2035 11:05am
    Shanghai, Mainland China, East Asia



    “Enemy moving around the sides!”

    “Keep an eye on that Chosen! Don’t let him move!”

    “I’m hurt pretty bad, need a doctor!”

    “This is a bad place, Lieutenant!”

    “Soylent, last mag! Make it count!”

    “Vampire! Get down!”

    “Alecto! Paradox! Back on the CO!”

    We were losing ground and there was nowhere left to run! Akira smashed the ceiling above us with her telekinetic power and brought a mountain of debris raining down on the atrium! The Chosen Warlock lifted several huge slabs of concrete with his mind and hurled them at us, only for Akira to blow them into much smaller chunks.

    In the midst of the chaos, I dragged Chihiro into what remained of the radio station, where Odette sprayed her wounds with a Medikit. I pressed my finger into the bullet wound in Chihiro’s back to make sure the seal was holding, and then I laid her on the floor, keeping her feet elevated.

    “What’s happening?” Chihiro groaned. “My gut’s on fire!”

    “Don’t move!” I shouted over the noise! “Stay down!”

    Above and behind me, I heard the voice of the Chosen Warlock:

    “Do you see now the pain that awaits you? Make peace with the Elders while you still can, for the Void will consume you soon enough.”

    Gripping my sword, I stood up and looked around. Akira and I were the only soldiers still standing. Soylent, Odette, Matthew, Chihiro, and Sarah were all huddled inside the wrecked radio station with gunshot wounds and plasma burns. Akira herself had also been shot twice, but I had the distinct impression that her powers were keeping her standing. Standing side by side in the wrecked and burning atrium, the two of us stood defiantly between Kon-Mon Dessurik and our teammates.

    The Chosen Warlock stepped towards us, each footfall thundering dangerously. Just when I started to formulate a plan of attack, Akira’s voice forced its way into my mind:


    Stall for time. The Partogans and their allies are close by. I can feel it. Keep him talking!

    Doesn’t that mean he can feel it too?

    I don’t think so. He’s got some serious tunnel vision right now. All he’s thinking about is the Elders. Keep his mind on that! Let him proselytize as much as possible!


    I raised my sword, pointing the blade at the Warlock and shouted:

    “Make peace with your Elders!? No chance! There can never be peace between Humans and your so-called Elders! They’re monsters! They’re evil!”

    Dessurik clenched his fists and snarled, bearing his shark-like teeth at us.

    “You are the monster, Human. The abomination. A microbe who thinks itself greater than the gods!” Soulfire erupted in Dessurik’s clenched fists. His voice was full of contempt; “To think, I once considered myself a part of your wretched race. That I shared my blood with the wretches who reject the love and compassion of the Elders!”

    Akira held one hand in front of me, and the air shimmered. There was now a telekinetic shield between ourselves and the Warlock.

    “Love?” Akira spat. “Compassion? You must be joking. Your Elders don’t love anyone!”

    Dessurik pointed his hand and a blaze of Soulfire wrapped around us! Akira and I were trapped in a vast inferno of blue and purple flames that licked hungrily at her mental shield. Dessurik shouted, his voice echoing throughout the room and our minds!

    “Is it not the Elders who are the true saviors of your race!? They who fight to preserve an entire Universe! Yet here you stand! Willing to die for your ignorance!”

    From behind, I heard Chihiro let out a scream of terror! Before I could do anything, the storm of Soulfire around us went out! As the flames were extinguished, Akira and I saw four Codices approaching us from behind. Unceremoniously, they threw our comrades to the floor. Odette, Chihiro, and Sarah were unable to stand. Matthew and Soylent had to drag them inside of Akira’s protective envelope. The flickering golden aliens took up positions around the perimeter of Akira’s shield. We were surrounded.

    “Even now, the Elder’s love of your race shines through.” The Warlock said. “They counsel and plead with me to show… mercy.”

    Putting extreme emphasis on that final word, Dessurik raised one hand above his head. Between his fingertips, a swirling orb of white light began to form. I didn’t know what he was about to do, but I knew it would be the end of us!

    “If there is hope for any of us to survive...” The Chosen Warlock said; “The Elders must not fail! By waging this pointless war, Humanity delays their own salvation and puts all of existence at risk of eternal doom!”

    Dessurik took aim at us with one hand, ready to unleash a devastating Psionic assault.

    “Accept the Elder’s mercy… submit now before the true enemy appears.”

    Akira cocked her arm back, twisting her torso as though she was getting ready to throw a fastball. Flickering and flashing, a semi-corporeal lance appeared in her palm, extending over seven feet from end to end!

    “Fuck your mercy!” Akira hissed.

    And she launched the Psi Lance.

    The shaft of purple energy hurtled over the Warlock’s head, through the atrium, and smashed into the glass façade of the tower! Soylent, Odette, Sarah, Matthew, Chihiro, the Warlock, the Codices, everyone turned to stare at what Akira had just done!

    Before the last shards of broken glass could fall to the floor, a huge… something… flew into the atrium through the shattered window! The massive winged creature was bigger than a car! When it hit the ground near us, I could only see a silhouette because there was a burning tree right behind it! The creature, whatever it was, stood on four legs and had a massive wingspan. A humanlike head and torso rose up from the middle of its back, a sight I found just a little unsettling.

    Dessurik and all four of the Codices rounded on the newcomer.

    “Interlopers! Offworlders!” The Chosen Warlock shouted. “The Elders have forbidden your presence in this affair!”

    The alien creature responded in a feminine voice:


    “Tu iho! Kua karapotia koe!”

    Dessurik launched a beam of Psionic energy at the newcomer! Simultaneously, the Codices fired their Plasma Rifles! And in response, the alien creature… split apart!

    It was only then that I realized, this wasn’t a single alien being. It had been four smaller aliens travelling together. As they responded to the incoming attacks, the four beings parted ways and started moving across the battlespace on their own!

    A small lizard-like thing, no more than two feet tall, threw a plasma grenade towards a Codex before scrambling for cover. It emerged inside the charred remains of a potted plant, firing a small beam weapon incessantly.

    A gigantic bird with a long neck, massive wingspan, and lengthy tail feathers took flight and swooped all around the enemy, leaving behind a burning trail of Soulfire in the air behind it! At one point, the bird sailed through a sunbeam and I saw its magnificent red and blue plumage!

    A huge alien stood up on its hind legs and unshouldered one of the biggest firearms I’d ever seen in my life! Gripping the weapon in its paws, the creature flattened its cat-like ears and roared loudly as it opened fire.

    But the fourth newcomer was the strangest of all… because there was a burning fire behind them, all I could make out were shapes, but this only made what I saw even more confusing… because the fourth alien was shaped exactly like a Human woman!

    “DOWN!” Akira screamed!

    I hit the deck, hard! Keeping my hands over my head, I looked up to see the carnage unfold around us! Duplicating and copying at a frantic pace, the fireteam of Codices was quickly turning into a platoon again! One Codex tried to open up a Psionic rift, just like earlier, but these newcomers were much quicker on the draw!

    The alien bird folded its wings and dove! It latched onto the offending Codex with its talons and carried it up into the air! The Codex struggled and writhed, but then it burst into flames! Enveloping itself in Soulfire, the giant bird seemed to immolate itself and its prey! Dropping the Codex to the floor, the flaming bird dove again, spreading fire and flames as it went!

    Dessurik directed a powerful telepathic attack onto the Human-shaped newcomer, but it didn’t seem to have any effect on her. She drew what looked like a sword and closed in on Dessurik, screaming in her strange language:

    “Kei whea a Mira Mihaka!?”

    One by one, the Codices fell! The bird, cat, and lizard mopped up the enemy with no real trouble. Finally, only one Codex remained, and when the big cat-like alien shot it with their big rifle, the Codex didn’t clone itself. Instead, the golden alien simply teleported away, trying to take shelter in what remained of the radio station. The lizard pulled the pin on a grenade smaller than my thumb and tossed it into the shattered room! The explosion caused Akira’s shield to ripple as though someone had just thrown a rock into a pond!

    Then something odd happened. The bird, lizard, and cat all backed away and allowed the Human-shaped visitor to face the Warlock on her own.

    “Your fate will be the same as the others!” Dessurik shouted at the Humanlike figure. “A death of fire and pain!”

    A swirling vortex of Soulfire spun out of Dessurik’s hands and enveloped the humanlike shape! With his free hand, the Warlock fired a Psi Volt into the storm of flames before relenting. For just a few moments, the room was so full of smoke that it was impossible to see anything, we could all hear the sound coming from the spot where the Humanlike figure had last been seen:

    Laughter.

    A woman was laughing. It was the most unnerving laughter I’d ever heard. It was the psychopathic giggle of a girl who didn’t care in the slightest about what was going to happen next. The Human shaped alien stepped out of the smoke, and I could see her clearly for the first time!

    She wasn’t an alien at all… she was a Human woman! Looking to be somewhere in her early twenties, this woman had caramel-colored skin, platinum blonde hair, and vivid purple eyes. Everything about her screamed “crazy.” Her long curly hair was completely out-of-control. Her eyes were wide open and her pupils smaller than what I’d call “normal,” and the way she walked… it was stilted and topsy-turvy, causing her head to sway back and forth dangerously. Even her body armor was messed up, the image of her own skeleton had been painted onto it. There was no doubt in my mind. This woman was completely and totally insane.

    “Kaore e taea e koe te tukino i ahau.” The purple-eyed woman said to Dessurik. “Kahore aku mea i mahue ki te ngaro… Kua mate au i mua.”

    The woman pointed her sword forward and charged! The Chosen Warlock blasted her with one psionic strike after another, each having no noticeable effect! She closed the distance and tried to impale Dessurik on her blade, but his body armor proved too strong! The possibly-alien woman stumbled as her sword bounced off Dessurik’s chest plate and she fell sideways! Grabbing her by the hair, the Chosen Warlock held her in place and prepared to finish her off… but he never got the chance.

    The other three aliens had not been idle. Taking advantage of Dessurik’s distraction, the lion, lizard, and bird had all moved around behind the Warlock. As one, they attacked! The crazy woman hit the floor hard as Dessurik released her. He tried to protect himself, but the constant volley of plasma weapons fire and Psionic attack proved to be too much for him! A Rift opened up behind the Chosen Warlock and he stepped backwards towards it! With one hand he deflected the incoming fire and with the other he held the Rift open while the last remaining Codices escaped into it! Then, with one last sneer at my team and our rescuers, Dessurik stepped backwards into the Rift and vanished. By the time the Rift closed behind him, silence had finally fallen in the wrecked and smoldering atrium.

    There was a flurry of movement all around! The Human woman who had arrived with the aliens fell to her knees and started laughing hysterically. The shrill sound echoed off the roof and walls and made my hair stand on end. At once, the huge blue and red bird landed next to her and wrapped its wings over her shoulders. Meanwhile, the huge cat-like thing and lizard alien holstered their weapons and approached us cautiously. The lizard pointed towards my teammates with one appendage and said:

    “I whara ratau?”

    I did a double-take, looking from my squad to the lizard and back again. I needed Sarah!

    Our Maori translator wasn’t doing so hot. Sarah had been shot in the stomach and had resorted to treating the injury with her own Medikit. When I found her, Sarah was using medical tape to seal up her wound and stop the bleeding.

    “Plasma Rifles are the fucking worst.” The New Zealander moaned. “Second and third degree burns all around the damn hole. Cauterized everything. Hey, Lieutenant. What’s going on?”

    “That Partogan’s trying to talk to us.” I said quickly. “I need your help, Private Harris. Are you in shape to translate?”

    “I’m pretty sure this isn’t going to kill me.” Sarah patted her wound and winced. “Prop me up, I’ll work from here.”

    Keeping one hand on Sarah’s back, I lifted her up and brought her face to face with the lizard. All around us, the rest of the squad watched with a mix of shock and awe.

    “I whara ratau?” the lizard repeated. “Me pehea ta matou e awhina ia koe?”

    “He’s offering to help.” Sarah said.

    “Well, be sure to thank him.” I said.

    Leaving Sarah to speak with the Partogan, I stepped around the wreckage to find Chihiro. She was still alive, but had gone very pale. Akira was gripping Chihiro’s hand tightly and funneling Psi energy into her.

    “I learned this from Jericho.” Akira told me. “Of course, nobody can heal wounds as good as she can, but I’ll keep Mom stable until we get her to the Avenger’s infirmary.”

    It was bad all around. Every member of the squad had been wounded. Plasma burns and gunshot wounds abounded. I was so busy checking up on the rest of my team that I ignored Matthew when he asked how I was doing. I guess I was in some kind of autopilot mode because I didn’t realize I’d been shot through the hand until Odette grabbed my left arm and forced me to look at it. I wish she hadn’t. The wound hurt a lot more once I knew it was there!

    Eventually, when I’d done a lap around the squad, I pulled my radio out of my pocket and tried to call Yutaka and the Red Team. That’s when I realized my radio had been smashed. Cursing, I moved back to the spot here Sarah was talking with the newcomers.

    The four rescuers had formed a semicircle around Sarah. The catlike alien was sitting on its rear haunches and speaking to our translator while the lizard was hastily speaking into a radio. The Human woman seemed to be embracing the giant bird, while the bird itself seemed to be more interested in what Sarah was saying. I knelt down next to the New Zealander and asked:

    “What’s the situation, Private?”

    “Weirder by the second.” Sarah replied. “So for starters, the little guy here isn’t a Partogan. We’ve got four new alien species for Tygan to catalog. Lizard-boy calls himself a ‘Kelt’ and says his name is Dolim. The big one is a ‘Levakian’ called Elsina, and feathers over there is ‘Vanian.’ Says his name is Reepi.”

    “They all speak the same language?” I asked. “Why are they all speaking Maori?”

    “That’s the hiccup we ran into.” Sarah said. “Well, it’s a lot more than a hiccup.”

    Sarah pointed towards the woman who was hugging the big bird very tightly. Her demeanor had changed radically from her first appearance. She now seemed to be quite docile and harmless.

    “That woman, her name is Kailani… And says she’s a Partogan.”

    It felt like my brain broke. I couldn’t find any words for what Sarah had just said. Absolutely none of that checked out! Next to me, Soylent found the words I wanted to say.

    “Bugger me! She looks like a Human, though!”

    “You told them that, right?” The words stumbled out of my mouth. “She looks like a Human and speaks a Human language!”

    “I said both of those things.” Sarah replied. “They’re just as confused as us. Elsina says they weren’t expecting Humans and Partogans to look so similar.”

    I couldn’t take my eyes off the Partogan woman. Something just didn’t add up here. She didn’t just look Human; I was wholly convinced that she actually was Human. If only we could get her into Doctor Tygan’s lab!

    Another thought hit me!

    “Harris!” I said. “Tell them I need to make contact with Red Team, the other half of our squad is at the base of the tower and we don’t have a working radio up here!”

    Sarah quickly relayed my words to the friendly aliens. The Levakian named Elsina nodded her understanding and said something to the Kelt called Dolim. The little lizard chattered into his radio for a moment before a reply came back. Sarah tapped me on the shoulder.

    “Another Triple Alliance squad already rescued Red Team. Captain Yamamoto says he has several wounded as well.”

    The Levakian spoke to Sarah. Our translator’s brow furrowed for a moment before she told me:

    “She says that the Triple Alliance leaders want to make contact with our leaders right away. They’ll help us get back to the Avenger safely if we agree to take a handful of their soldiers with us.”

    “Deal!” I said quickly. “Tell them to take the critically injured first, so they can take Tachibana, Fournier, and you. Then they can come back for the rest of us.”

    Sarah quickly relayed my words to the Triple Alliance soldiers, and they all began to laugh. Sarah, Soylent and I all looked at one another nervously. The Partogan named Kailani had to hold her knees to keep from falling over.

    “Kaua e tawai!” said Kailani “Kaore tetahi e toe i tetahi! He poti nui to tatou.”

    “She says they can take everyone.” Sarah translated. “And that they have a very big boat.”

    Pause. Then, Sarah, Soylent, and I all burst out laughing! We were all so badly injured that laughing was actually quite painful, but we didn’t care. We’d just come closer to death than ever before. We needed a laugh. Soylent seemed especially amused.

    “Oh, man!” he chuckled. “I actually understood that little bit of Kiwi-speak! I know what she meant to say, but that was still perfect! Does their language really not have a word for spaceship?

    The Australian soldier pointed out the window and sarcastically said to the Triple Alliance soldiers:

    “So how big is your boat, mates? How big is your Poti Nui?”

    Kailani pointed towards a rapidly approaching black dot in the sky and said:

    “To tatou poti nui.”

    The biggest damn spaceship I’d ever seen in my life roared over the Shanghai skyline and brought itself to a hover above the tower! From end to end, it was probably just as long as Shanghai Tower was tall! Brilliant beams of purple light shot down from weapons ports, blasting ADVENT Army positions and forcing the enemy to take shelter!


    y4mFf4mirqmZLxK6XnBV7TcFC4CFrRYRCh2KoPUENMSTm5FZsFtItjjBZ0l-RamwiLPANnxirnpb4XLXr1TNSPwd7ARTlX8Kugpf9RK0EwpYOm-Zhcm9J7GfpS_UvR54W0ZSjLSh4HLP3hVkQ4vWFTUtUrPIs31hB_SR7KzIo8uZbBWBHxHHms-EthkqIUUdXgvndgcLKUMx1WMG9U3EEDo4Q
    Caption said:
    The Triple Alliance Assault Frigate "LVK Kakama," pictured above the Hiigaran Angel Moon during the final year of the Second Hyperspace War. This 109-year-old starship used to be the personal vehicle of Empress Coricopat during the Levakian Uprising. This is the same ship that carried Queen Kendra to the surface of Aoraki before her fateful confrontation with the Paradox.


    Around us, the Triple Alliance soldiers stood up and made ready to leave.

    “Tena haere mai me o maatau.” Said the Levakian.

    “Lemme guess.” I said “They want us to follow them onto that spaceship?”

    The huge spacecraft turned sharply and drew up alongside the upper floors of Shanghai Tower. A hatchway in the hull opened up and a retractable gangway extended out towards one of the shattered windows. Another Partogan appeared in the hatchway and waved at us. This one was a male with short hair and what appeared to be an intricate tattoo on his face.

    Akira, Soylent, and I helped the rest of our squad get to their feet and started walking them towards the spacecraft. Keeping Chihiro between our shoulders, Akira and I moved together towards the alien ship. I couldn’t help but notice that Akira seemed to be distressed. Her face was screwed up as though she was concentrating very hard.

    “Hey, are you okay?” I asked.

    “Not yet.” Akira hissed through clenched teeth. “Ask me again in two seconds.”

    I raised an eyebrow, but then looked away. After all, the two of us were still carrying an injured Chihiro. I needed to look where I was going. We stopped at the gangplank and let Odette and Soylent board the ship ahead of us. Before we started walking up the gangplank, I turned one more time to ask Akira if she was okay.

    “Hey, are you sure you’re alright?”

    On the other side of Chihiro, Homura Hanako huffed and puffed, her normally brown skin seemed to have lost a little of its color. Adjusting her grip on Chihiro’s shoulder, the Okinawan guerilla snapped at me:

    “No, Robinson, I’m not alright! I got shot in the back, remember?”

    “Course I do, Sergeant! I was there!”

    Homura sighed.

    “Sorry, Lieutenant. Didn’t mean to bite your head off. Let’s make sure your wife is okay first. She’s in worse shape than me.”

    Lifting Chihiro between us, Homura and I marched up the gangplank towards the alien ship while Elsina and Kailani followed behind us. Just before I crossed the threshold into the vessel, I saw a nameplate by the door. It was written in a language I guessed was Partogan. Kailani saw me looking and pointed at the plate, saying:

    “Kakama. I tapaina a Kakama.”

    I think I understood what she was trying to tell me. Akaya and I looked at one another and took a deep steadying breath before boarding the Partogan spaceship named Kakama.




    Sunday, July 15, 2035 12:30pm
    LVK Kakama, Airspace above Manchuria, East Asia



    Six. This was the sixth alien spaceship I’d been aboard in my life.

    During the 2015 Invasion, XCOM had shot down four enemy vessels: a small scout, a Battleship, the Overseer, and the supply barge that would eventually become the Avenger. I had been part of the teams that assaulted the scout, Battleship, and Overseer. I’d spent the past three months living aboard the Avenger. During our war against ADVENT, we’d raided another enemy spacecraft while it had been on the ground.

    You’d think that with that kind of experience behind me, the shock of being aboard an alien ship would wear off, or that I wouldn’t be fascinated with them anymore. You’d be dead wrong.

    My head was on a swivel as soon as we boarded the Kakama. Right away, a detail caught my attention that made me wonder about spaceship design in general: The Partogans had followed a different design philosophy to the Elders and their subordinates.


    y4m7yTxR0tx-6XIovPSLNQuD7tTK-e3kNmNYrsQu66Ay9lhrlmAFuRu_h4UMB9XeyUiwkV2FgMsL0m90Q6ukbnFpLna0GVSD_8bqPC2ZQ80ZydwUdE6sX5KW1GJlhQTkgYS8iRNKhaV1gFI9wUsoEyEiacJc1tzIJ_riVW9M2jBhnvbScqHw7Qzcu0DFlb_mF0h03C6OSpRX25xrSXmL3UIPw
    Caption said:
    The interior design of all Partogan spaceships is similar to the interior design of the fictional starship "Enterprise NX-01." Most Human visitors to Partogan ships would compare the experience to being aboard a nuclear submarine.


    The interior of the Kakama was claustrophobic and utilitarian, making me wonder if I’d just stepped onto the deck of a nuclear submarine. Corridors were narrow and lacked walls, allowing us to see the wiring and piping than ran throughout the ship. While the Partogans escorted my squad to a room where we could tend our wounded, I noticed that several rooms had been stripped bare. Broken wires sticking out of the walls marked the spots where computer banks had once stood, and the outlines of now-missing furniture could still be seen on the floors. I could think of several spaces aboard the Avenger that would look indistinguishable from their Kakama counterparts.

    Finally, Kailani and her comrades pointed us into a room that I guessed was some kind of infirmary. Inside, someone had made space for us. Seven beds had been freed up right next to the doorway, and another Partogan was waiting for us, holding a red device with some kind of futuristic spray nozzle.

    “Nanomedicine!” Homura gasped! “Finally!”

    Kailani and the bird named Reepi stayed in the infirmary with us while Elsina and Dolim left. According to Sarah, they were going to bring their commander to us. While we waited, the Partogans splinted our various broken bones and treated all of our injuries with Nanomedicine. I won’t lie, I felt really uncomfortable when Sarah relayed the fact that millions of microscopic robots were coursing through my body, closing wounds, repairing nerves, and rebuilding tissue. My skin crawled and I felt the urge to scratch every inch of it.

    “Stop itching, Blake.” Chihiro moaned. “I can feel it.”

    Sitting beside her bed, I raised an eyebrow at Chihiro.

    “You can feel me itching? Why couldn’t I feel you getting shot?”

    “I killed the Psi Link.” Chihiro admitted. “If both of us went down, I think we’d have died. It’s back now.”

    As soon as she said that, I could feel a discomforting buzzing in the middle of my back. Instinctively, I reached over to touch the wound before remembering that Chihiro had been shot, not me. All around us, the rest of the squad was marveling at the Nanomedicine treatment. Despite having been shot in the stomach less than an hour ago, Sarah was on her feet and walking around. She was clearly still in a great deal of pain, but she could function on her own now. Odette celebrated having the use of both legs again by kicking a paper ball around her corner of the infirmary. Matthew and Soylent were both watching their injuries heal without breaking eye contact.

    “This is bloody bizarre!” Soylent exclaimed to the rest of the squad. “I just freakin’ watched a cut close on my arm!”

    “Your hand is stitching up, Robinson.” Matthew pointed at my maimed left hand. “I give it three days and you’ll be back in the fight.”

    Chihiro held my hand and confirmed that yes, the bullet hole in my hand was noticeably smaller than it had been half an hour ago. With a certain degree of motherly care, Chihiro used her unbroken arm to wrap my hand in bandages and told me to take it easy for the next few days.

    “That’s sound advice, coming from a girl with a bullet in her back.” I joked.

    “Hey, resting is hard work!” she shot back, grinning.

    At that moment, the infirmary door opened again and six more people came in. Yutaka Yamamoto, Sophia Kuznetsova, Hal Macintosh, Isis Dekker, Ignatius Petoskey, and Jericho all looked battered and worn out. Hal, Yutaka, and Isis were all bleeding from gunshot wounds. Hal had gotten it the worst, having taken a round to the chest. He had to be carried in by Ignatius and Jericho, and as soon as Hal was laid out on a bed, the Partogan medics converged on him.

    “Goddamnit, Robinson.” Yutaka said. “You sure know how to call the cavalry. First Hiroshima, now this. You’ve got to share that guardian angel with the rest of us!”

    “I think I just did.” I said. “Probably with the whole planet.”

    Jericho’s head turned so quickly I thought we were under attack again! She pointed towards the infirmary door and said:

    “Blake! On your feet! The Partogan commander coming to talk to you!”

    “To me? How can you tell?”

    “There’s a couple very strong-willed people in the hallway.” Jericho said. “Their intent is radiating through the door.”

    The infirmary door opened one more time, and two Partogans stepped inside. At first glance, I genuinely wondered if these two people were Kailani’s parents. They had similar light brown skin, silvery-white hair, and purple eyes as she did. But on second glance, I couldn’t help but notice that all of the Partogans in the room seemed to follow this color palette. Their skin color varied from brown to tan, their hair ranged from silver to grey to white, and every Partogan seemed to have the exact same eye color.

    As for these two individuals, I realized that they looked far too similar to be husband and wife. It was much more likely that they were siblings. The man had a muscular, athletic build and was shaved bald. His eyes were narrowed at us as though he was scanning us for something. The woman next to him, most likely his sister, had a much friendlier expression. She was noticeably skinny, as though she hadn’t eaten a proper meal in several months. Her silver hair hung straight down behind her like a mystical curtain. Both the man and woman were wearing green and orange military uniforms that immediately made me assume they were officers.

    As soon as the two officers entered the room, Sarah made her way over to me and offered her services as translator once more.

    “Kia ora. Ka whakamaori ahau.” Sarah introduced herself.

    The male officer introduced himself and then gestured towards the woman beside him.

    “Lieutenant Robinson,” Sarah said to me; “This is Commodore Manako Ranginui of the Triple Alliance Navy. And this is his twin sister, Fleet Admiral Makara Ranginui. He says the ADVENT Coalition is the common enemy of our peoples.”

    “Good.” I replied. “I’ll happily call him an ally.”

    Makara then told Makara and Manako who I was:

    “Ko Blake Robinson tenei, he Apiha o te Ope Taua o Amerika.”

    I reached out a hand in greeting. Manako and Makara looked at one another, seemingly having a silent conversation. Finally, Manako reached forward to shake my hand, but before our hands could touch, Makara suddenly grabbed Manako’s hand and pulled him away from me!

    “Ka whakawhirinaki ratou ki a maatau!” Makara hissed at her brother.

    Sarah and I looked at each other, confused. Makara addressed us:

    “Aroha mai. Kaore koe i te ma.”

    Sarah frowned.

    “Uh, something about us not being clean. That’s all I got. Maybe she’s worried we’re contaminated, or that we might pick up a disease. Something like that.”

    “Well, it’s true. We’re not clean.” I said. “We just came off a battlefield, and as far as these guys are concerned, we’re aliens on their ship. Just tell them I… that, uh, we want to work with them going forward. Ask if there’s anything we can do about this language barrier, while you’re at it. No offense, Harris, but we’re going to need more than one translator.”

    Sarah set about conveying my request. While she spoke, I kept an eye on Manako and Makara’s faces. Makara kept her eyes locked on Sarah the whole time, but Manako was looking at each of my squadmates in turn. I got the nervous feeling that he was sizing us up.

    When Sarah stopped talking, Makara replied. The New Zealander listened for nearly a minute, rubbing her chin as she thought quickly. Then her eyes went wide!

    “Oh, this is great!” Sarah exclaimed happily.

    “What?” I asked.

    “Makara is Gifted!” Sarah informed me. “She has a telepathic power that lets her pick up new languages really fast! She says she needs to listen to us talk for a while. The more she hears, the faster she’ll be able to learn English!”

    My heart skipped a beat! This was wonderful! Getting rid of the language barrier, at least with a single Partogan, would make life infinitely easier for the rest of us!

    “Great!” I started to clap my hands, but a searing pain from my still-injured left hand stopped me. “Let’s start by asking her to fly us back to the Avenger.

    Sarah insisted that I repeat my request slowly so that Makara could hear each word clearly. I pulled a map of China out of my pocket and pointed to the city of Jilin.

    “Our leaders are in this city.” I told Makara and Manako. “Will you take us to Jilin?”

    “Āna.” Manako said.

    He took the map from me and withdrew a metal writing utensil from his pocket. Manako drew a circle around Jilin and then left the room, taking my map with him.

    “Uh… I think he said he’ll do it.” Sarah said. “That’s what it sounded like, anyway.”

    “Ka taea e koe te whakaako i ahau i te reo Pakeha inaianei?” Makara interjected.

    Sarah nodded and told me:

    “While we wait for these guys to take us home, I guess you and I are going to teach Makara how to speak English.”



    y4mCANgVtjbLUgwtk0UTNGOuXkvcor65ekNzYHwUUf54XDUylKfS8swUr4kNil7vVuwmab_1NjT8c0fgUGeOjlvtjzdmsA3_6RLwZktq8cRpoeBG3t-t6npF8zskiBYIpJIuH8NIS6B4LdWjajl4xeneA7jjedGfdDO_51--htAgw8oSalxJkKalmmHq98mBOSZPaj2vozYYep4OWMa8SZzkA
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 19: Te reo Māori
  • Chapter 19
    Te reo Māori


    y4m9CkEK6pl_O0p7mpzLdKFbWnud6YiqRHwFQbwoiWzJ9hLiU1iblvsCZ_H4EMbwM62N8agINt9k9gtfiI_M3ZkODqGi0qkilZc8G0eSnjmRX3NMtzsRWJRksuoXVlCvLeusvgrBRHJTYCyypt1YPsYf1TTidbsmrNDSriAvDSdwJ4P9QJU1SudUnc9nmZgVXY1nVVXph-xCQw4exscdv50SA

    Monday, July 16, 2035 2:20am
    Ruins of Jilin City, Manchuria, East Asia



    I’m not sure how long it took the Partogan warship to fly us back to Jilin, but by the time we landed in Jilin, I was starting to get that sense of exhaustion that normally happens after being awake for over 24 hours straight. Most of the squad had passed out in their infirmary beds under the watchful eyes of the alien medics. Those of us who were still awake, like Sarah Harris, Ignatius Petoskey, and Matthew Hawkins, undertook the task of teaching Makara Ranginui how to speak English.

    As it turned out, Makara’s unique Psionic power proved to be quite helpful. I started by taking her around the room and introducing her to all of my squadmates. After just one lap around the infirmary, she was able to repeat most of our names back to us; and within thirty minutes, Makara was able to hold basic conversations in English. It kinda felt like she was telepathically plucking the words right out of my head. Makara’s first English sentence was:

    “He is Matthew, you are Blake, and I am Makara.”

    “It’s a good start.” Matthew sighed.

    After a further ten minutes of practicing English, Makara pointed towards Sarah and asked.

    “How can she speak our language so soon?”

    The New Zealander folded her arms in front of her and blushed.

    “Actually, I wanted to ask you the same thing.” Sarah replied. “Here on Earth, your language is called ‘Maori’ and it’s spoken by about fifteen-thousand people.”

    “Maori?” Makara repeated. “Why do you call it ‘Maori?’ I do not understand. I do not think you are using that word correctly.”

    Makara’s telepathic power was clearly working. Each time she spoke, her English was less stilted and broken. Sarah raised her eyebrow at Makara, took a deep breath, and tried to explain:

    “The Maori people are from the southern half of our world, and they live on two islands in the middle of the big ocean, the one we call ‘Pacific.’ They look and talk exactly the same as you Partogans. Well… almost the same. Maori people don’t have spaceships or telepathy.”

    Makara furrowed her brow.

    “There are so many Partogans on Earth already? How long have they been here?” she asked.

    Sarah and Matthew both smacked themselves in the face. I shook my head.

    “Makara, you misunderstand.” I said. “The Maori people have always been here. We just want to know why they have so many similarities to a spacefaring civilization that seems pretty old.”

    Makara narrowed her eyes and stared at me, hard. Once again, I got the strange sensation that she was pulling words out of my mind. When she spoke again, Makara used near-perfect English with a New Zealand accent similar to Sarah’s.

    “You’re telling me that an identical copy of my people, language, and culture exists on your world? The Progenitors clearly had a sense of humor.”

    “Progenitors?” I repeated.

    “Hang on, we haven’t said anything about your culture yet!” Sarah added.

    Makara rubbed her forehead with one hand. With a loud sigh, she pointed at Soylent Green, our one and only Australian soldier. He was sitting up in his infirmary bed, adjusting the sling holding his broken arm.

    “But my culture is right here!” Makara protested. “One of your soldiers has got the mark of the Taihara! He’s clearly one of my people!”

    His face quickly twisting into a scowl, Soylent stood up and walked over to us, coming face to face with Makara.

    “What did you just call me, you little Kiwi punk!?” Soylent sounded combative.

    Oh, shit!

    I’d completely forgotten that while he wasn’t fluent, Soylent did understand a small amount of Maori. He probably knew what the word “Taihara” meant, and judging by his reaction, it wasn’t a compliment. I quickly stepped between him and Makara!

    “Hang on, Captain Green!” I snapped! “I’m sure she didn’t mean any offense!”

    While Soylent didn’t budge, Makara stepped back and quickly said to Sarah:

    “But he has the ink on his face! I thought he was one of us!”

    Sarah and I both looked at Soylent. We realized that Makara was talking about the Maori-style tattoo that covered more than half of Soylent’s face in intricate looping spirals of black ink. Sarah’s jaw fell as she recognized the design.

    “Robinson!” she hissed at me. “Where the hell did Captain Green get that!?”

    “He got it during World War Three.” I said with a shrug. “From one of the guys in the British Royal Army right before the Battle of Kyoto. Trust me, Private Harris. Those Maori tattoos were really popular among the defenders of Japan. They scared the pants off a bunch of Russian soldiers, and got themselves a mean reputation. Ain’t that right, Captain?”

    Soylent nodded at me and pointed to his facial tattoo with a big, stupid grin.

    “This mug makes the Spetsnaz wish they’d picked a different line of work, mate.”

    “Oh, no!” Sarah whined. “You’re not supposed to get te moko tattoos if you’re not Maori! Those tattoos have serious cultural significance!”

    “Tell that to Soylent, and about eighty-thousand World War Three veterans.” I grumbled.

    Makara raised her eyebrows at us.

    “So, if your Captain is not one of our people, then why does he have a Taihara mark?”

    “You keep saying that word, Sheila.” Soylent growled. “I don’t think you know what it means.”

    “Trust me, he’s not Partogan.” I told Makara. “He’s just Australian. If anything, that makes him even less helpful. Kuznetsova, Hanako, can you get the Captain back in bed?”

    Sophia and Homura both took Soylent by an arm and marched him away. Makara stood on the tips of her toes to get a better look at the two women as they moved to the other side of the room. I started trying to think of something to say to Makara, but Sarah beat me to the punch.

    “Excuse me, Admiral Ranginui. I’ve been meaning to ask something. When your soldiers jumped into the fight at Shanghai Tower, I heard one of them yelling ‘Where is Mira Mihaka?’ Who is that?”

    The memory crashed into my mind like a runaway train! As soon as Sarah had repeated the name “Mira Mihaka” the shock of Jericho’s big revelation in the Aralkum desert hit me all over again!

    “Mira Mihaka!” I gasped. “Jericho’s mother!”

    Both Sarah and Makara said: “What!?” But I rounded on Jericho, who had been standing in a far corner, leaning against Yutaka Yamamoto’s chest. He had wrapped his arms around Jericho and was whispering in her ear. When Jericho realized Makara was looking at her, she put one hand to Yutaka’s mouth to silence him.

    “Get over here!” I raised my voice a little and glared at Yutaka.

    Jericho reluctantly extracted herself from Yutaka’s grip and crossed the infirmary to join our conversation, keeping her eyes locked on Makara.

    “Jericho, you told me your mother was a Partogan!” I said. “Does she look anything like her?”

    Looking Makara up and down, Jericho nodded.

    “Yeah, she does. Mira has only one eye, though. She’s got an eyepatch on the right side of her head, and a big scar just below her temple on the same side.”

    Makara scratched her chin and made a half-smile.

    “Yeah, that matches the description of the Partogan who told us to come to Earth in the first place.” Makara said. “Tall woman, in her late sixties. She have greyish-white hair?”

    “Yes!” Jericho sounded like she was getting excited. “I’ve been looking for her for five years! Do you know her?”

    “Kinda.” Makara said. “We crossed paths about eight or nine years ago. Flying around in some beat up old racing ship. She told us that the key to ending the war was to make an alliance with your people, and to share the superweapon you’ve been building.”

    Sarah, Jericho, and I all dropped our jaws.

    “Wait… what superweapon?” I gasped.

    “Superweapon? I thought you guys came here for…” Jericho trailed off. She looked as though she’d been struck by a powerful thought. “Ooohh… you should talk to the Commander about that.”

    Makara nodded, then touched the side of her head with two fingers, in much the same way Chihiro does whenever she’s using telepathy.

    “Speaking of which, my brother says we’ve just found your ship. What did you call it? The ‘Avenger’ or something like that? Anyway, we’re landing. I’ll send a team to help you disembark.”



    The Kakama came to rest on the runway of Jilin Airport only a short distance away from the Avenger. As promised, Makara sent a squad of Triple Alliance soldiers to help our squad (some of whom were still injured) to move across the runway back to the Avenger. Of the six aliens sent to help us, two we had already met. Reepi (the giant red and blue bird) used his Gift to help Chihiro walk upright while Kailani allowed Isis to lean on her shoulder.

    As for the other aliens, well… it took us a few minutes to get over the shock. We had gotten used to fighting and killing aliens, so meeting non-hostile ones was a little bit of a treat. Everybody wanted a chance to see one of the new creatures up close, and in turn, the aliens seemed to be just as curious about us.

    Talking through Sarah, the various friendly aliens introduced themselves and offered to help carry our wounded, weapons, and gear to the Avenger.

    Reepi Imvu, the Vanian, introduced us to another member of his species, a female named Kanti Divakar. Unlike Reepi, Kanti’s color scheme was monochromatic. Every feather on her body was white, making me wonder if it was possible for aliens to be albino. Curiously, Kanti didn’t have the same beautiful tail feathers as Reepi. It was Sophia who first suggested that Vanians were like Peafowl, comparing Reepi to a peacock and Kanti to a peahen. Soylent, Isis, Hal, Yutaka, and Homura all swooned when they saw Kanti and made comments about how beautiful and attractive she was. Sarah did us all a favor by not translating their words.

    Two Assurian males offered to carry my shotgun and sword, allowing me to let Chihiro lean on my shoulder. As it turns out, the Assurians are Humanoid beings. They have two arms, two legs, and a head with all the same trappings and trimmings as the rest of us, but then things get weird. As it turns out, Assurians have a very thick, leather-like hide and a big pointy ridgeline running from the center of their forehead to the top and back of their skull before disappearing down the base of the neck. The Assurians introduced themselves as “Adil, son of Askar” and “Temirzhan, son of Adil.”

    I did a double-take when I heard their names and asked Sarah for clarification. Sarah, also confused, asked Kailani for help. The Partogan offered a quick explanation to me:

    “Assurians don’t use surnames in the same way Humans do. All you need to know is that Ensign Temirzan is the eldest son of Captain Adil.”

    Odette was too badly injured to walk, so she was allowed to ride on the back of Arzhang Pahlevan, who was…

    “Posmotri na eto!” Sophia gasped in Russian, pointing at Arzhang. “That’s an ostritch!”

    “No way, mate. That’s totally an emu!” Soylent challenged.

    “Uh, no.” Sarah corrected them both. “He’s an Amadii. Kailani says they’re an avian species from the Cuunbar Star System, which isn’t far from Earth.”

    “Avian?” Ignatius repeated. “Mister Arzhang looks like he’s never flown a day in his life.”

    Ignatius was right. Arzhang the Amadii was clearly a flightless bird. He had huge, muscular legs that allowed him to support Odette’s weight with no trouble. The Frenchwoman herself had partially vanished into the alien bird’s coat of brown feathers and wrapped her arms around his neck to keep from falling off. When Arzhang started walking towards the Avenger, he moved at a trot, which caused Odette to bounce up and down like a kid on their first horseback ride, causing some of us to laugh out loud.

    All twelve Stormbreakers and their Triple Alliance escorts were stopped at the Avenger’s boarding ramp by Doctor Tygan and Chief Engineer Lily Shen. The former was observing the alien newcomers with barely hidden glee and curiosity, while the latter was sizing up the nearby Partogan starship.

    “Questions.” Shen murmured. “I have. So. Many. Questions.”

    “These guys are going back to their ship for now.” Sarah said. “Their commander wants to meet our Commander as soon as possible, though.”

    “You might wanna tell Commander Harper to bring Jericho into the meeting as well.” Homura Hanako added.

    As she stepped up the boarding ramp and saw that Shen hadn’t responded to her, Homura reached out and gently patted the top of her head with one hand.

    “Don’t worry.” Homura said. “The shock’ll wear off in a minute.”

    Shen’s eyes seemed to cloud over and get misty for a moment, then she shook herself back to reality.

    “Right. Trojan, Jericho, Petoskey. I want you to follow me. I guess we’re going to be having guests.”



    Monday, July 16, 2035 3:45am
    Ruins of Jilin City, Manchuria, East Asia



    There were very few people aboard the Avenger this morning. All of the soldiers, save for Stormbreaker Squad, were out in the field participating in the global battle against ADVENT. Those who remained couldn’t hold back their curiosity. Even though it was the middle of a cold night, the whole crew of the Avenger disembarked and spilled onto the runway, and the crew of the Kakama did the same.

    It wasn’t the kind of “First Contact” you might have seen in the Old World movies. The crews of both ships just kinda milled about and mingled like it was a casual party. In fact, it kinda became a party after a while. Men and women from both crews brought food and drink down from their ships and a buffet table was set up near the Avenger’s boarding ramp. Humans and Xenos cautiously nibbled and sipped at one another’s food while scientists like Tygan frantically hoarded samples of everything, presumably for future study. Chihiro took a quick sip of some sweet-smelling red liquid Kailani offered her and reported back that it tasted like lukewarm wine. Matthew nearly cracked a tooth on a strange yellow berry that was much harder than it looked, and the two Vanians, Reepi and Kanti, both looked horrified when they saw Soylent Green snacking on a chicken drumstick.

    Partogans, Levakians, Assurians, Kelt, Amadii, and Vanians milled about and introduced themselves to the XCOM crew. Thanks to the Partogan’s advanced medicine and treatments, all of the soldiers in my squad were well enough to join in the event as well. Sarah Harris and Makara Ranginui quickly went to work, serving as interpreters and translators as the uncontrolled meeting of crews carried on.

    Soylent Green was determined to find out just how much alcohol was needed to buzz a Levakian, and he had served his entire stash to our visitors to that end. Dolim, the little lizard, was very curious about Chief Engineer Shen’s Gremlin drone, and insisted on being given a demonstration of “Human technological ingenuity.”

    Doctor Tygan nearly caused an incident when he tried to pluck the tail feathers of a Vanian for study. Sarah quickly defused the situation by explaining what the Doctor was doing. The Vanian’s attitude changed significantly and he said something Sarah translated as:

    “All you had to do was ask, but I assure you: you won’t discover the secret of Vanian beauty in a microscope.”

    Meanwhile, Homura Hanako darted over to the wrecked airplane hangar and brought back an improvised fire pit. (It used to be the wheel from a spaceplane’s landing gear) Finally, the cacophony died down a bit and both crews settled around the bonfire that Homura Hanako was building in the ruined spaceplane tire. Deep blue Soulfire lapped up the shredded pieces of airline seats Homura tossed into the pit. The Japanese Resistance fighter brushed her hair to one side as she worked, blocking her face from the view of Manako and Makara Ranginui, who had just arrived. Commander Harper and Central Officer Bradford arrived a few moments later, carrying a half-dozen old folding chairs.

    “Robinson, you’re the only Squad Leader here right now.” Bradford said. “Join us.”

    Three chairs were set up on each side of the bonfire. Harper, Bradford, and I sat together with the Avenger and her crew at our backs. Chihiro, Ignatius, and Homura all used Psionic Inspiration to fill our minds with a little extra confidence. Chihiro squeezed my shoulder while Homura brushed her hand against the back of Bradford’s head lightly. He seemed to stare off into space for a moment before coming back to himself. On the opposite side of the bonfire, Manako, Makara, and the Vanian named Reepi took their seats. Or, rather, Manako and Makara did, while Reepi stared at the folding chair with a confused look before jumping up and perching himself on the chair’s back, much like you’d expect any bird to do.

    “It’s an honor to finally meet you.” Commander Harper began. “My name is Laura Annmarie Harper. I am the Commander of XCOM. The Resistance Council has given me permission to speak to you on behalf of Humankind. This is my second in command, John Bradford, and one of my field commanders, Blake Robinson.”

    “My name is Makara Ranginui. I’m the Fleet Commander of the Triple Alliance.” Makara replied. “Her Majesty the Queen of the Commonwealth authorized me to negotiate any agreements between our two worlds. In the meantime, I understand we owe the Toa Robinson our thanks. He and his soldiers were the ones who made First Contact with us.”

    Hey, Chihiro. I thought. What does “Toa” mean?

    I’d spent so much time interacting with Gifted people now that I could feel the moment Chihiro broke her focus and redirected her telepathy onto someone else. To my left, Sarah Harris quickly scratched the side of her head and made an uncomfortable groaning sound.

    Looks both like the Maori and Partogans use that word, just differently from each other. Chihiro reported back. Translator girl thinks Makara called you a “brave warrior” or something like that.

    Pushing the telepathic voice out of my mind, I tried to pay attention to the conversation again.

    “First and foremost,” Makara was saying. “I’m happy to see we are united in our work towards the ADVENT Coalition’s defeat. My forces have been intercepting ADVENT communications for the past few months, and we uncovered a plot to wipe out your entire species within the next five days.”

    “We are already aware of that.” Bradford said. “It’s called the AVATAR Project, and it could be just as bad for you as it is for us. The Elders have created a new hybrid species, and they’re using our people as ingredients!”

    “As we speak,” Commander Harper said, “My soldiers are out there trying to undermine the AVATAR Project, but we’re up against a powerful enemy that has already defeated us once before. On behalf of every man, woman, and child on this planet, I’m asking for your help.”

    “Consider it already given.” Makara replied while her brother nodded approvingly. “Triple Alliance soldiers have already landed at several other points of conflict on the planet and engaged the enemy. They’re under orders to support all Resistance activity. While I’m here, I have my own personal combat unit, Team Takea, that I’m willing to lend to any of your upcoming operations.”

    Makara gestured to a group of Kakama crewmates. I recognized some of them as the fighters who had rescued my squad at Shanghai Tower: Elsina, Dolim, Kailani, and Reepi. Four other aliens stepped forward to join them. The Amadii called Arzhang, the Assurian father/son duo Adil and Temirzhan, as well as the white peahen called Kanti. All eight aliens raised their hands, paws or wings in salute. Then all eight aliens raised their voices together and belted out a quite terrifying battle cry:

    “Mahara Aoraki!!”

    Ignatius and Yutaka both took a step back from Team Takea and gave one another nervous looks. Like them, I had gotten the impression that this particular group of warriors were not to be messed with.

    “Team Takea are some of the most fearsome fighters in the Outer Limb.” Makara explained. “My brother, Manako, is their field commander. He and his team will be attached to XCOM for the remainder of this conflict. I’m confident they will be of great value to you.”

    Central Officer Bradford stood up and walked towards Manako, who also rose from his seat. Bradford and Manako shook hands.

    “Pleasure to meet you.” Bradford said. “I look forward to seeing your troops in combat.”

    “Honor to meet you, sir.” Manako spoke in barely passable English. “Let us fight and conquer together.”

    While Manako and Bradford stepped to one side to inspect the troops of Team Takea, Doctor Tygan took Bradford’s empty chair, his excitement barely hidden.

    “I suppose we should address the Kikanalo in the room.” Makara said. “Specifically, the similarities between your people and mine.”

    “Similarity is an understatement.” Hal Macintosh couldn’t keep his mouth shut. “You look exactly like us, and you speak one of our languages!”

    Makara sighed.

    “Under any other circumstance, I’d dismiss a comment like that, but the fact is… you’re right.

    Silence. The crews of the Avenger and the Kakama both seemed to hold their breath as Makara stood up and cast her gaze around the assembled people.

    “The Galactic Council has, for the past ninety-six-hundred years, kept a record of every species that developed spaceflight capabilities. There have been hundreds of races who looked alike, such as ourselves and the Hiigarans, or the Taiidan and the Assurians. But I don’t think there’s ever been such a perfect match like this. I hope everyone here tonight realizes that this isn’t a coincidence. Our peoples have too many unexpected connections and similarities to explain away.”

    The watching crowd began to murmur. Whispers and rumors were starting to make their way through both crews before Makara silenced us all with a stern look.

    “Unfortunately,” The Partogan commander continued. “We are still at war. ADVENT waits for us on the ground, and the Beast is waiting for us in the stars. So, to my curious comrades and new Human friends, I have to ask for your patience. When we are not beset by enemies, perhaps we can investigate what I only assume is the shared origin of our two races. Commander Harper, I will give you and your crew detailed biometric data on all species represented by the Triple Alliance including dietary and medical requirements. I’ll also be sending a team of engineers to your ship immediately. We need to retrofit your vessel to bring it in line with Triple Alliance regs.”

    Makara whispered something in her brother’s ear, and then she added one last thing:

    “Speaking of the Triple Alliance… I should explain: It’s a military alliance between three of the most powerful governments in this part of the Galaxy: The United States of Assuria, the Micore Empire, and our own Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth. We’re standing together against a much greater enemy that threatens us all.”

    “We’ve heard something about that.” Commander Harper replied. “The Elders and their underlings in the ADVENT government have occasionally made reference to ‘the True Enemy’ or ‘what lies ahead.’ I’m guessing that’s the ‘greater enemy’ you mentioned, correct?”

    “You are.” Makara confirmed.

    “You’re not about to recruit us to your war, are you?” Harper’s tone of voice made it quite clear she was expecting the Partogans to say something along the lines of: you don’t have a choice.

    Makara sighed.

    “I assure you, Commander, that kind of talk is extremely premature. All I want to do is initiate discussions of about Humanity’s future relationship with the Triple Alliance. Her Majesty the Queen authorized me to offer your people full membership in our alliance, along with all of the protections that come with it.”


    y4mEmhI2nJWbZhb_CkuwtXo5_oq7ZqRQO1CY0OruKPMJMmu60nI5I-38JC87wq9J9RfIULEYG7zDYqooYSHaWR-7RmhfA5niaL6O874gXB6f2O2Sdw4TaMOheh_0q2m0GsoEgLJplv_KXQzGW8uZ0apQb-30yQuEZrIvatLdsLlmXioOY2HdQHx5wQPT4qx3CzYrgVlVbuEcIDhpnDLVHo0Mw

    Harper, Bradford, and Tygan all raised their eyebrows and looked at one another.

    “Ah, I see.” Harper replied. “Well, Miss Ranginui, I think we should have that discussion in private. I hope this can be the start of a long and prosperous relationship between Humans and Partogans.”

    Makara stood up and offered to shake the Commander’s hand.

    The Commander of XCOM nodded, stood, and addressed her troops.

    “We’ve got a lot of work ahead of us, boys and girls. From now on, everyone pulls double duty! Everyone drives, everyone works! Humanity just got handed a lifeline by a freakin’ Deus ex Machina and we’re not going to waste it! Bring the Avenger to action stations and show our new allies where they can do the most good! Move out!”



    Monday, July 16, 2035 10:20am
    Ruins of Jilin City, Manchuria, East Asia



    You won’t hear many people talking about it, but nearly every soldier who ever lived has had at least one superpower: the sheer mental fortitude to keep themselves awake and active for days on end without sleeping. That being said, I’m sure every man and woman aboard the Avenger would confess to taking a couple ten- or twenty-minute power naps over the course of that intense Monday morning.

    The Avenger was swarming with aliens. Twenty-year-old armor plating was ripped out of the ship’s hull and replaced with the same Protosteel plating used by our new allies. The Hologlobe on the bridge was upgraded with an advanced sensor suite that gave us visibility for nearly two hundred miles. The infirmary was overhauled to take full advantage of Partogan Nanomedicine technology. Thanks to millions of microscopic medical robots, every member of Stormbreaker Squad was given a clean bill of health and returned to duty before the sun had even risen. Odette celebrated being able to walk again by dancing on one of the tables in the mess hall while a couple of French soldiers sang some World War Three era tune.

    Around the late morning, Chihiro and I finally caught up with Jericho, who was helping Homura Hanako carry a heavy weapons locker up the boarding ramp. We both offered to help, and Chihiro grabbed the head of the locker so she could be next to Jericho and say:

    “Hey, so now that the Partogans are actually here, I gotta ask: Did your future database say anything about the Partogans themselves? How much of this did you know was coming?”

    Thanks to her augmented muscles, Jericho was having little to no trouble lifting a five-hundred-pound crate full of rifles, so it only took her a moment to respond.

    “Honestly, this one’s a mix. The Partogans weren’t supposed to just pluck us all off the tower like that. The Skyranger was supposed to come get us. But the way they showed up and saved the day? That played out exactly the way it was supposed to. Private Harris should have died up on the tower, though. Don’t tell her I said that, I’m actually glad to see she’s okay.”

    “Wait a minute!” I gasped. “Harris was gonna die in the tower!?”

    “She should have been shot dead by a Codex.” Jericho said. “But ever since I saw she’d lived, I’ve been thinking… a lot.”

    Homura, Chihiro, and I all gave one another quick looks. Then with one last heave, we reached the top of the boarding ramp and set down the weapons locker. One of Chief Shen’s MEC Troopers grabbed the locker in one hand and carried it away.

    “Fatalism not looking like good stock these days, huh?” Chihiro gave Jericho a nudge. “Starting to think you might be able to change your fate?”

    “Yeah, that’s been on my mind a lot.” Jericho admitted. “Thing is, only some of the stuff in Mom’s database came true. Yutaka hasn’t been doing… certain things… Same for Sophia. Even then, some things happened earlier or later than they were supposed to. You and Blake, for instance. Hell, Hanako, you just kinda vanished from the record. I figured you were supposed to go missing or get killed or something.”

    Homura scoffed in a dismissive way, ran one hand through her brown hair and gave us an uncomfortable smile.

    “Nah, I think I’m just not important enough to get into history books.” Homura giggled nervously. “You three, though? I got high hopes for you.”

    Chihiro opened her mouth to say something, but Jericho interrupted her:

    “Wait!”

    Jericho and Chihiro both tilted their heads up. They looked a little like birds who had just sensed a change in the wind.

    “Tachibana, you feel that?” Jericho asked.

    “Yeah, I sense it too.” Chihiro said.

    And without any further explanation, Jericho released Homura, and she followed Chihiro back down the boarding ramp.

    I was completely lost.

    Looking back and forth from Chihiro to Jericho to Homura and back again, my brain had locked up. Everything had happened so quickly that I felt jet-lagged. Jericho and Chihiro had reached the bottom of the boarding ramp and were pointing towards the Eastern horizon. Homura tilted her head to one side and muttered:

    “Oh, shit, now I can sense it too. This is big.”

    And then she started jogging down the ramp as well! All three women, Jericho, Chihiro, and Homura met at the bottom of the ramp and each grabbed two red flares from the supply cache. Then they started running towards an open patch of runway not far from the Avenger and the Kakama.

    Okay
    , I told myself. I’ve been awake for forty-eight hours straight and now I’ve gone insane. This is my life now.

    I ran full-tilt down the boarding ramp and scrambled across the runway to catch up with my wife, the Guerilla, and the Human-Ethereal Hybrid. As I got close, all three soldiers turned towards the Eastern horizon, lit their flares and started waving them above their heads.

    “HEY!” I shouted, “Would the Coven of Psychic Girls like to tell the one normal guy what the hell is going on!?”

    “The Skyranger is coming!” Chihiro answered.

    “It’s too heavy to land on the Avenger!” Homura added.

    “Voodoo Squad just had a huge victory!” Jericho finished. “The Skyranger is loaded down with loot!”

    They didn’t need to say anything else, I understood right away. Running back the way I’d come, I tore across the asphalt and back to the Avenger! Shouting up the boarding ramp, I raised the alarm!

    “Heavy Skyranger incoming!” I hollered. “Need support to meet her on the ground!”

    XCOM soldiers and Triple Alliance crew alike streamed out of both ships and started to converge around the impromptu landing zone. Her engines screaming and whining loudly, the Skyranger swooped across the airfield! An Old World shipping container hung perilously from the underbelly winch, and the sounds of creaking metal emanated from both the aircraft and its unwieldy cargo. Dolim, the Kelt Engineer, called out to several other Kelt crewmembers. Six of the little reptilian aliens scrambled around the perimeter of the landing zone and planted metallic poles into the cracked asphalt. Bright red beams of light shot out of each pole and connected to the neighboring pole. In seconds, a hexagonal barrier of light marked out the location of the Skyranger’s new landing target.

    Jericho, Homura, and Chihiro dropped their flares on the ground and backed away. Over their shoulders I could see Commander Harper, Central Officer Bradford, and the Ranginui twins arriving on the scene. Chief Shen and Doctor Tygan brought up the rear, having only just reached the bottom of the Avenger’s ramp.

    “Dear God in Heaven… it can’t be.” Said a voice behind me.

    Looking around, I saw Ignatius Petoskey. The old Frenchman looked shocked and horrified.

    “Chaplain, what’s going on?” I asked.

    “I can sense the emotions of the soldiers inside.” Ignatius breathed. “They are celebrating! Voodoo Squad has achieved the impossible!”

    Sometimes, I hated not having the Gift.

    While the Skyranger set the cargo container on the ground and detached the cable, I tried to push through the crowd to find Chihiro. I wanted to ask her to share her powers with me again, so I wouldn’t be the last person to know what this surprise development was. Stepping around the flank of a particularly massive Levakian, I saw Chihiro! She was standing between Homura Hanako and Jericho, talking excitedly to both of them. The crowd was far too dense for me to reach them before the Skyranger landed, so I stayed put and watched the Skyranger with everyone else.

    The overloaded aircraft hit the tarmac so hard that the pavement cracked and splintered! Little bits of gravel flew through the air and forced most of us in the crowd to keep our eyes shut until the engines powered down. Then, finally, the Skyranger’s deployment ramp fell open.

    The pilot, Wendy “Firebrand” Carter, stepped out of the back of the Skyranger, saw the crowd and said loudly:

    “Oh, you guys are gonna love this!”

    She stepped aside, and five soldiers erupted out of the aircraft! The men and women of Voodoo Squad looked tired and worn out, but nothing could bring down their cheerful attitude. They had something to celebrate, and they intended to share it.

    “Gaze upon us! We, the mortals who have conquered Olympus!” German soldier Bernard von Unfal shouted in an overdramatic tone while grinning the biggest grin.

    He dropped his Laser Rifle on the ground and helped his comrades extract a lumpy bag from one of the passenger seats.

    “We just got back from Oregon!” shouted Andrea Baker, a black American woman. “We gave ADVENT one hell of a beating!”

    “You bastards were rehearsing this speech on the flight back, weren’t you?” Yutaka shouted at Voodoo Squad.

    “Sure we were!” Confessed Nuwa Tang, a female Chinese trooper. “But I think you should give us a pass anyway.”

    “I don’t know what you were doing early this morning,” taunted Tao Zhao, another Chinese soldier, “But whatever it was… we just topped it!”

    With a final snapping of seat belts, Tao, Andrea, Bernard, and Nuwa all stood aside. A huge robotic MEC pushed its way out of the Skyranger and marched directly towards Chief Engineer Shen. I recognized the automated war machine as Julian, the robotic MEC trooper I met at Site X a while back.

    “All mission parameters completed, Chief Shen.” Julian reported. “We were successful.”

    Shen, Tygan, Bradford, and Harper all froze.

    “Bullshit.” Bradford gasped. “I was starting to think they were immortal!”

    “You… You’ve got to be kidding!” Shen stammered. “Please tell me this isn’t a joke!”

    “So… it really is possible, then.” Tygan mused. “They can be permanently killed. Fascinating.”

    I tore my eyes away from Julian and watched as Commander Harper broke away from the crowd. She approached the Skyranger and the soldiers of Voodoo Squad. Colonel Pyotr Ilyshin, the Squad Leader, was standing at the bottom of the Skyranger’s boarding ramp, holding a large lumpy bag. In that moment, I realized exactly what had happened.

    I had met Pyotr Ilyshin during World War Three. He had been a member of the Soviet Spetsnaz at the time. Pyotr had fought against the Stormbreakers on a few occasions and had even killed two of our friends: Kate Newberry and Chihiro Iwasaki. One thing about him that always stood out for me, though, had been the callous and disturbing way he had handled the bodies of his fallen enemies. Sure, Pyotr cared about people… but the second they stopped living, he stopped caring. Whenever he had been ordered to kill someone and bring back proof, the evidence Pyotr returned to base would be… indisputable.

    So, when he started to undo the knot keeping that black bag shut, I held my breath and put one hand to my gut, determined to stop my breakfast from going out the way it came in.

    Pyotr tore the bag away and held up for all to see…


    The severed head of Kon-Mon Dessurik, the Elder’s Chosen Warlock.

    y4msnsK1XyO08HjN4xFMqMi55bdXwu_poA3HSK1AFlHi7NWvBdRQ7E4Wfznri1p050O4y46dyKpJ9q7PpAd2AuAjjyb9WJSAJu8pAlefDhpkOw7n4hciMpuA3fItpUW8E6pUIJRJIutDizJjgQCORWfAGp14ldSuLP0Ab9_8AZyM7w4IIQavSQc6Jp5nFQGzigTYjZR8Q2kV7wCgfNyIE1yNQ
     
    Last edited:
    The First Update in April
  • This post is for you, HistoryDude. ;)

    The past few weeks have been pretty stressful for us all, so I want to kick off the month of April with something different to take our minds off things, at least for a little while. To that end, I would like to make a huge announcement!

    Starting today, The Stormbreakers will be changing format! The story will now be presented as a YouTube series, featuring gameplay footage from Stellaris: Apocalypse, XCOM2: War of the Chosen, as well as Blackbird Interactive's smash-hit blockbuster Triple-A game, Homeworld 3!

    So, readers, I hope you enjoy the newest chapter of The Stormbreakers, in which the men and women of Voodoo Squad hunt down the Chosen Warlock and defeat him once and for all!
    ======

    Chapter 20
    The Mortals Conquer Olympus

     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 20: A Horrible Truth
  • This week's chapter is a busy one, and the end of Act Two is rapidly approaching with a lot of loose ends that need to be tied up. But if you have Google Translate open in another tab while reading this week's post, you might just find a hint towards why Akira Robinson has been acting so enigmatically for the past few chapters.

    That said, here we go... it's time for a very dark discovery... ;)
    ======

    Chapter 20
    A Horrible Truth


    y4m-OC0ZndFpXa5ckIjEGCrzOoxDszFtLMQ1XcrcUexz5GqUlnUBUwKwnsB-Q2Ozw1zbw98iYq-n-pLjL4kvUoIRbR-NtvHniGzMjjB6X8Vf0OsaNTizoRGmID6lVFswfmw5RXPiC86rmuBF209kZMWjH9VE9WrrjvWuSbsa60gbfSy-kVar3t0eCfUW0s2_wu8QstqbdlEL-3vhxuahWvrdw

    Tuesday, July 17, 2035 11:30am
    Ruins of Jilin City, Manchuria, East Asia



    Things moved very quickly now.

    As soon as Voodoo Squad confirmed the death of the Chosen Warlock, Makara Ranginui returned to her ship. The crew of the Kakama informed us that Makara was going to lead the forces of the Triple Alliance in a general offensive to try and force the Elders to surrender. Manako and the members of Team Takea crossed over to the Avenger crew and helped us unload and catalog all of the loot seized from the Chosen Warlock’s personal fortress.

    Pyotr and his troops had killed twenty-nine aliens inside of the Warlock’s stronghold: A whole squad of ADVENT Army soldiers, plus a handful of assorted alien fighters. The shipping container dropped off by the Skyranger held the bodies of ADVENT Army soldiers, Codices, Mutons, a Chryssalid, an Avatar, and a number of other aliens we’d never encountered before. Voodoo Squad also managed to seize a sizable cache of enemy weapons. Plasma Rifles, Psionic Amplifiers, EMP Bombs, Magnetic Cannons, you name it, they found it.

    But we didn’t understand the full magnitude of this victory until the next day. On Tuesday morning, after Pyotr and his troops were given a night to rest, he and his squad were hauled into the Resistance Ring to be debriefed.


    y4mU5JPfHRdwrbZYkOzLm9hmh2MAPIM8ixepXLg6AzrFwZEyJk1CI0sPrzQ7hZ8OGX-T5nmUCE2LqmvmbtAg4GEubuI1dmq_hBer-eb8j7KlTuXXxnLf6wUOMD28a7UHDTH76FZPUClNvpx1NXemxOXvI2vjyyL-9wbkI2uwGqk8FGC8tvM9A4xPGVxgPjXdUy-NDVCumxxE_YX7VU2X7yJbA
    Caption said:
    A picture of the Avenger's Resistance Ring as it appeared during the final year of the Second Hyperspace War. This was the primary strategic planning center of the Human Resistance during the fight against ADVENT and would briefly be used by the leadership of all three branches of AFUNE (the post-ADVENT Human military)

    The Ring is a special meeting place in the Avenger where the highest-ranking members of the Resistance and their allies can gather and plan out future operations. Since large-scale gatherings of leaders like the one at Site X were a rare occurrence, the Ring was outfitted with a holographic communications system that enabled dozens of people to engage in a virtual conference remotely.

    On Commander Harper’s request, I attended the debriefing. Ignatius Petoskey and Jericho also came along, and although she wasn’t invited, Chihiro was listening in via our Psionic Link. When I got to the Ring, Central Officer Bradford, Doctor Tygan, Chief Shen and several representatives from the various Resistance factions were also present. Geist, the Leader of the Templars, paced back and forth as he waited for the meeting to begin. Ivan Kuznetsov was speaking for the Reapers in the absence of Konstantine Volikov, and a lone female Skirmisher I’d never met before rounded out the group. Three members of Team Takea were present as well: Partogan Manako Ranginui, Kelt engineer Dolim Dehuri, and Assurian soldier Adil. Sarah Harris was next to them, translating as usual. All five members of Voodoo Squad sat together on one side of the Ring, an oval-shaped conference table that took up most of the room.

    Before she sat down, Chief Shen tapped a few buttons on a computer screen. With many flashing lights, the holographic silhouette of a man appeared at the head of the table. As usual, the Spokesman of the Council of Nations had obscured every detail of his appearance, making it impossible for me to describe him beyond the words “he looked like a bald man.”

    Once everybody was seated. The Councilman commenced the proceedings.

    “Colonel Ilyshin. You and your soldiers are to be commended. The defeat of the Chosen Warlock is a loss our enemies may never recover from. I am sure our Templar allies will appreciate such a painful thorn being removed from their side.”

    “Make no mistake, I am very grateful.” Geist said. “Not just for the destruction of our common enemy, but for neutralizing a menace who sought to steal the Psionic energies of this world, energies that rightfully belong to Humankind.”

    “Colonel,” Bradford addressed Pyotr. “Stormbreaker Squad is on deck to go after the Chosen Assassin. We need you to tell us exactly what happened, so that Lieutenant Robinson and his team will be prepared for whatever surprises are in that fortress.”

    “Don’t leave out any details.” I chimed in. “Petoskey, Jericho, and I are going to take notes. I’m also sure that we’re going to have a lot of questions, too.”

    Pyotr nodded his understanding. Standing at the opposing head of the conference table from Commander Harper, the Russian officer picked up the remote control for the holographic projector and clicked it. A three-dimensional representation of the Chosen Warlock’s personal fortress appeared in midair above the conference table and began to slowly rotate clockwise, granting everyone a view.

    “Kon-Mon Dessurik’s Fortress was located on Wizard Island, which is a volcanic cinder cone in the middle of Crater Lake in Oregon.” Pyotr began. “The Fortress is not dissimilar from an iceberg. Roughly ten percent of the installation was built above ground. For the most part, it’s an underground structure that can be sealed up at a moment’s notice. Lucky for us, the Templars were able to locate a weak point in the enemy defenses and we were able to blast our way inside.”

    Pyotr clicked the remote. On the north side of the fortress, a holographic explosion caused the landing pad to collapse, revealing a cavernous hole that granted the attackers a direct route into the underground facility. The hologram briefly dissolved into millions of chaotic points of light which re-arranged themselves into a map of the underground base.

    “Damn.” Bradford said with a low whistle. “Reminds me of the old XCOM base in Kansas.”

    Pyotr stuck his hand inside the hologram and placed his finger inside a small room, which flashed red.

    “We breached here, a storage facility.” Pyotr explained. “This thing here at our backs is a forklift, and the doorway in front of it led further into the facility.”

    “What was in the next room?” Ignatius asked.

    “An ADVENT Army Foundry.” Pyotr replied. “One of the facilities used to manufacture ADVENT soldiers.”

    “Foundry?” Manako repeated. “Manufacture soldiers?”

    Doctor Tygan turned in his seat to face the Triple Alliance soldiers. While he spoke Sarah translated Tygan’s words into Partogan:

    “A significant majority of the ADVENT Army consists of genetically modified clones, manufactured in several facilities all over the planet. Clearly, one such Foundry existed in the Chosen Warlock’s Fortress.”

    “Which means my squad might run into one when we go fight the Assassin.” I said. “Petoskey, write that down.”

    Ignatius nodded and quickly scribbled some French words in a handheld notebook.

    “So, what happened after you entered the Foundry facility?” Commander Harper asked.

    Nuwa Tang, a Chinese woman, stood up and took over for Pyotr. The blueish light of the holographic display made her grey hair shine brightly in the dim room. She pointed towards a doorway that connected the Foundry to a room that contained some kind of power generator.

    “We took contact from this doorway.” Nuwa pointed. “An enemy officer and a couple of underlings were guarding the Elerium generator, and they heard us making noise in the Foundry. They alerted the entire fortress to our presence.”

    “Over a dozen ADVENT soldiers converged on our position.” Bernard von Unfal added. “We had to lay down a great deal of Overwatch fire to keep them from getting too close.”

    “So how did you deal with the enemy contacts?” Geist inquired. He was hanging on every word of the story with great interest.

    “We split the squad.” Nuwa answered. “Ilyshin and Zhao fell back to the storage facility. Baker and Julian ran into the next room, and von Unfal and I dug into the Foundry.”

    “You did all that without taking fire from ADVENT?”

    “Oh, we did take some fire.” Andrea Baker chimed in. “Just not as much as we could have. We used Chief Shen’s new toy to take some heat off us.”

    Andrea reached into her pocket and produced a small red and white object. At first glance, I thought it was a very large 12-sided die, but then I spotted the tiny little hologram projector diodes on each face.

    “Excellent!” Chief Shen exclaimed. “So the Mimic Beacon worked? How long did it last in the field?”

    “The beacon created a holographic double of me for about two minutes.” Tao replied. “It was just convincing enough to draw fire from a grunt and an officer, which gave Ilyshin time to work his magic with that bigass Laser Cannon.”

    “Hey Shen,” I said, “I want three of those Mimic Beacons for my squad.”

    Ivan Kuznetsov scratched his beard thoughtfully.

    “So, you distracted the enemy with the Mimic Beacon. How did you exploit that?”

    “Baker and Julian ran through this room and outflanked the enemy squad.” Pyotr answered.

    He pointed to a long chamber on the map. It consisted of a central hallway with many small rooms on each side.

    “Hold up,” I said. “Are those cells?”

    “Affirmative.” Andrea replied. “It was some kind of prison or jail or brig. We found out the hard way when Julian destroyed a bunch of cells with his Shredder Gun.”

    Commander Harper furrowed her brow.

    “Robinson, intel says that your comrades Smith, Endo, Walsh, and Ackermann are all being held in the Chosen Assassin’s Fortress. You’ll need to check your fire down there. Avoid smashing the prison block if you can help it.”

    “We’ll go light on the explosives again, ma’am.” I told her. “Pyotr, how long did it take you to neutralize the defenders?”

    “It was a long gunfight.” Pyotr reported. “Thirteen, maybe fourteen minutes. The good news is that while we were fighting down below, the Templars were keeping the enemy busy up top. There was never a moment where we had to worry about enemy reinforcements… at least for the first half of the mission.”

    The Skirmisher rapped her knuckles on the table.

    “Just as the Templars guarded your comrades, we will occupy the upper levels of the Assassin’s fortress and see to it that you are not attacked from behind.”

    “Much appreciated.” I thanked the Skirmisher, then went back to questioning Pyotr. “Hold on, where was Dessurik during all of this? He must have gone directly from fighting my squad to fighting yours.”

    “As far as we could tell,” Nuwa speculated. “Dessurik showed up inside the Fortress two or three minutes after we breached it. We could hear his voice over the intercom, but he never actually showed himself during that first gunfight.”

    “Once we cleared the area, we started searching for the Warlock.” Tao said. “But it was Shen’s robot, Julian, who found the way forward.”

    Chief Shen stood up and began to manipulate the holographic representation of the Chosen Warlock’s Fortress with her remote. The model fortress fell away until a single room was left. The words “Ascension Chamber” appeared in bright blue above it.

    “Julian scanned this platform and compared it against all alien technology XCOM knew about.” Shen said. “He found a match. It was obscure, but a match nonetheless. This platform seems to be an updated and modernized incarnation of the Matter Transporter system used by the Zudjari during the 1962 War.”

    The hologram changed. An old Matter Transporter appeared next to the modern Ascension Chamber, complete with a 1960’s-era XCOM agent standing on it, tipping his fedora hat with one hand.


    y4mvfFfKAnBt6Z-GxJpqy_vKegLvQ5hv9Bs4qCDpb7_HHzpR9YiJWQSYszipKhIbUk9WTyhtGJFFdh4mzFQBQ-_0UCqcoZwwtSYA4p3clDgpc99fcHXa8NETadq0P-Oi4srD-wlwLS8Inik1WpOvnzJyZIdgab9TC78h75HuA6HAWa2mvebi337XMb0mYFWGPUuA1DtABauTU29lNhpVQZV_w

    Caption said:
    A drawing from 1962 depicts what was believed to happen when an XCOM agent uses a Matter Transporter. Unfortunately, there is no one left who knows exactly what this experience is like, or to verify the authenticity of this image.

    “Best I can tell, these two systems serve the same rapid transit function, but they go about it in different ways.” Shen explained. “The Matter Transporter scans a person and records their composition right down to the atomic level, then it disassembles them into molecules and beams them to the matching platform, where they are reassembled. By contrast, the Ascension Chamber uses some kind of Quantum Tunneling device to rip spacetime and push your intact body through the hole.”

    “Slipgate!”

    Everyone turned to see who had spoken. Adil, the Assurian soldier who had accompanied Manako, was standing up and had raised an arm to get our attention. He paused while he waited for Sarah to whisper a quick translation in his ear. Then Adil spoke again:

    “You call it warp hole… space tunnel? I don’t find word.”

    Sarah tapped Adil on the shoulder and urged him to sit down.

    “It’s cool you’re trying to speak English,” Sarah told him. “Let me help.”

    Sarah took over for him.

    “Adil says his people call that tech Artificial Slipgates. Basically, they’re man-made portals or wormholes, tunnels through space that lead to one specific destination.”

    “Somehow, that makes me less comfortable going through one.” I said. “Pyotr, please tell me you guys didn’t…”

    “We did.” Pyotr confirmed. “Julian was confident that it was safe, and he was right.”

    “All six of us stood on the platform.” Nuwa said. “And then Julian activated it.”

    “The whole trip took only a second.” Bernard added. “But when we came out on the other side… We came out somewhere fascinating.”

    The holographic map changed one more time, revealing a wide-open space that reminded me of certain Buddhist temples I’d seen in Japan. The ceiling was so high up that I don’t think the soldiers of Voodoo Squad ever saw it. Ornate gilded trimmings adorned every surface of the temple walls and ceiling, and the whole place seemed like an odd combination of a throne room and a crypt. On an elevated platform, a huge slab of solid Elerium was suspended in midair above an altar.

    The holographic projection of the Council Spokesman walked through the table and examined the altar more closely.

    “This is a Psionic Capacitor.” The Councilman said. “During my time as a member of the ADVENT Government, I oversaw the construction of two such devices. Now we know what they’re being used for.”

    “Capacitor, huh?” Nuwa repeated. “We called it a Sarcophagus the whole time. I like that word better.”

    Doctor Tygan and Dolim were both very interested in the Warlock’s Sarcophagus. The little reptilian alien actually climbed up onto the conference table and stood inside of the hologram, his head sticking up through the floor of the holographic temple.

    “The Capacitor transfers immense amounts of Psionic energy to the Chosen in such a short span of time, restoring them to perfect physical health.” Tygan said, his voice getting quicker with excitement. “This, Commander, is clearly the secret! This is how the Chosen continue to survive our attempts to kill them! Neither the Hypervital Module nor Partogan Nanomedicine can heal wounds as quickly as this device!”

    “It’s no wonder these things just keep coming at us.” Bradford breathed. “I think its safe to assume there’s one Sarcophagus for each of the Chosen. Robinson, your squad would do well to pack some serious heat. HMG’s, anti-materiel rifles, Helix Rail Cannons, maybe even a Blaster Launcher.”

    Jericho sat up in her chair.

    “So, obviously, you guys smashed that Sarcophagus into pieces, right?”

    “We tried to.” Andrea said, “That was when the Warlock actually showed up.”

    “And he wasn’t alone.” Bernard told us. “He was using his power to teleport enemy soldiers directly into the temple with us!”

    “We had to drop a couple more Mimic Beacons to avoid getting swarmed!” Nuwa added. “There were Mutons, Codices, even an Avatar showed up! Every time one of us put a round into that damn slab, more and more enemies appeared.”

    “And the whole time the Warlock was plying our flanks, trying to Mindfray us.” Pyotr said. “Things got so messy, we actually killed him twice! But each time, his body would teleport back into that Sarcophagus and be restored, then we’d have to fight him all over again!”

    “But then,” Andrea finished, “We finally got some room to breathe and put a ton of rounds into that thing, and it broke like glass!”

    Nuwa shuddered.

    “When the Sarcophagus broke, Dessurik went insane. He started talking gibberish and saying stuff that didn’t make sense. He was freakin’ berserk!”

    “Lashing out at anyone and anything in range.” Tao said. “I thought he was going to bring the whole fortress crashing down on top of us!”

    “What happened!?” Jericho squeaked! She was sitting on the edge of her seat.

    Andrea Baker and Bernard von Unfal gave one another knowing looks.

    “Dessurik had gone psycho.” Andrea said. “He wasn’t watching his flanks. I got around on his right and shot him in his side.”

    “While Baker was doing that, I went around the left.” Bernard finished. “We took him down together! Two to the chest and one to the head!”

    Excited chatter swirled around the Resistance Ring. There was no doubt in the room, this was XCOM’s biggest victory to date. A seemingly invincible enemy had finally been put six feet under. We had proven that the Elders were no gods, and that we really could fight them off.

    “Commander!” I stood up and addressed Harper. “We have to follow up this victory as quick as we can. Give the word, and I’ll have Stormbreaker Squad ready for dustoff in an hour! We’ll bring back our missing soldiers and the Assassin’s corpse!”

    Central Officer Bradford clapped his hands and cheered. Manako Ranginui uncrossed his arms and nodded approvingly at me. The Council Spokesman’s holographic avatar regarded me for a moment.

    “It is fortunate that Stormbreaker Squad will be taking point on this operation.” The Spokesman said. “They already have inroads with our allies on the ground. This will be our first Joint Operation between XCOM and EXALT. Lieutenant Robinson, the Resistance Council looks forward to seeing your progress.”

    Commander Harper took the floor again.

    “Soldiers, here’s the intel you need for the assault on the Assassin’s fortress.”

    With one click of her remote, the hologram on the table turned into a topographical map of Vladivostok, the largest city in Eastern Russia. Vladivostok itself was situated on the tip of a peninsula that jutted out into the Sea of Japan. About five miles northwest of the town was a very large ADVENT military base, nestled in the side of a rocky hill.

    “Thanks to the intel seized from Dessurik’s Fortress in Oregon,” Harper began, “We can be confident that the Assassin’s base is also a Foundry, churning out new ADVENT soldiers on an assembly line. I’m also very confident that this base is where the Assassin herself was created. ADVENT Gene Therapy clinic records confirm that several individuals who were selected for a ‘special program’ ended up here.”

    “Commander, is there any way to verify the identity of the Chosen Assassin?” Doctor Tygan asked. “In the same way we confirmed the names of Dessurik and Madron?”

    Commander Harper hesitated.

    “It is possible.” She said, “And we have tracked one specific Gene Therapy patient we suspect of being the alter ego of the Assassin. Unfortunately, we don’t have enough evidence to be confident in our guess. Since we’re not certain enough to put a name on the Assassin, we won’t do it here.”

    Harper swept the digression aside and pointed to the holographic map again.

    “A company-sized force of EXALT fighters are already on the ground in Vladivostok, supporting the local Resistance fighters as part of Operation Crack the Sky. The Russian President and Japanese Prime Minister Nakagawa are working together to break ADVENT’s grip in the region.”

    Scoffs and groans of disbelief ran around the room. In the back of my mind, Chihiro telepathically said:


    Japanese and Russians working together!? Outrageous, but believable. But XCOM and EXALT on the same side!? Incomprehensible! That’s how you know the world really is ending, Blake… when mortal enemies become allies, it’s a sign that all our days are numbered.

    “Nakagawa has a lot of pull in the EXALT hierarchy.” Harper continued. “He has promised to break off a Platoon of his unit and make them a part of our operation. EXALT will launch a diversionary attack on the base defenders and incapacitate the local anti-aircraft defenses.”

    Bradford let out a low whistle.

    “Never thought I’d live to see the day when XCOM and EXALT were on the same side. I’ll bet more of them can remember a time when we used to shoot each other on sight.”

    “No worries, John.” Quipped Ivan Kuznetsov. “I’m sure you two will go right back to killing one another when this is all over.”

    Harper silenced them both with a look.

    “After Nakagawa’s forces silence the triple-A, the Skyranger plus an escort of Partogan warships will perform an air assault on the base. Lieutenant Robinson, your troops will move into this office area here. You’ll be directly above a Cybernetics laboratory. Use X-4 charges to punch through the floor and gain entry to the main area of the base. Fan out and search. Your top priority is to find and kill the Chosen Assassin, but your secondary priority will be to find and rescue your comrades. If you find an Ascension Gate or Matter Transporter or whatever the hell that thing is called, don’t go through until either you find your friends, or Team Takea catches up with you. Understood?”

    “Yes ma’am.” I said.

    “Good.” Harper finished. “Councilman, how long will it take to get all of our allies into position for the assault?”

    The holographic silhouette of the Council Spokesman scratched its chin thoughtfully.

    “The Skirmishers have been effective and punctual allies thus far.” The Councilman said, “EXALT is still something of a wildcard, but we do have functional channels of communication now. As for the Partogans and their offworld friends, the speed of their deployment will depend on our translator’s ability to handle the workload.”

    “You can count on me, sir!” Sarah stood up and puffed out her chest in a confident way.

    “Good.” The Councilman acknowledged her. “Commander, I will need twenty-four hours to make all of the necessary arrangements. The mission to kill the Chosen Assassin and rescue the soldiers captured in Pyongyang will commence the day after tomorrow.”

    “It’s settled then.” Harper said. “Robinson, day after tomorrow, zero-dark-thirty. You and your squad will put down the Chosen Assassin. After that, every man and woman who’s still standing is gonna be on deck for Operation Leviathan.

    On those last two words, a chill seemed to run through the whole room. We all knew what the Commander was referencing: the plan to go through the Psionic Gate and assault the Elders on their own turf.

    “This is it, everyone!” The Commander addressed the room at large. “As soon as Stormbreaker confirms the death of the Chosen Assassin, the final mission will be a-go! There will be no delays for any reason. We aren’t going to stop to tend the wounded or bury the dead. Injured troops get left behind. Damaged equipment will be destroyed in place. We don’t stop until the Elders are finished! Does anyone have any questions?”

    “No ma’am!” chanted the room at large.

    “Then get to your posts, and God go with you all. Robinson, meet me in my office. This’ll be quick.”



    While the meeting broke up and soldiers went their different ways, I instructed Jericho and Ignatius to wait for me in the armory. As soon as they left, I started to make my way towards the exit, intending to follow Commander Harper to her office as ordered, but Manako Ranginui caught me before I’d gone more than a few paces. Sarah, looking a little harassed, panted as she caught up with him in turn.

    Now that I was right in front of him, I could clearly see Manako’s features in greater detail. The Partogan commander had a Maori-style facial tattoo that covered much of his lower face, and gave the impression that he was peeking at me from behind a bush. I felt unnerved, as though the hairs on the back of my neck were standing up. I couldn’t help but understand why Sarah had been so frustrated with Soylent Green over his tattoo. Compared to Soylent’s, Manako’s tattoo looked much more… genuine. I could easily imagine a Maori person wearing it.

    “I want to wish you luck.” Manako said in decent English.

    He snatched a quick glance at Sarah, who flashed the double thumbs up.

    “He asked, I taught him.” Sarah confirmed.

    Instinctively, I offered my hand and a few friendly words.

    “Best of luck to you too.” I replied. “I look forward to fighting alongside you.”

    Manako reached forward and clasped my hand firmly in his.

    Now I’ll admit, I’ve gotten electric shocks from a handshake before, but I’ve never had a jolt as powerful as this one! It took all my discipline to hold myself still and hide the fact that Manako had just given me a pretty powerful shock. I shook his hand once and quickly let go.

    “Kia mihi.” Manako said with a nod. “Me haere ahau.”

    Turning on his heels, Manako started moving towards the exit with a look of determination on his face. He shouted something in his own language which caused his compatriots to follow him with an unexpected degree of urgency:

    “Whakapaia ki te whawhai! Ko te hoariri o taku kuia, kei konei!”



    I followed Commander Harper upstairs to her office behind the bridge, nervously wondering what was about to happen. I started thinking of all the things I might have done wrong and started planning to defend myself:

    Did Harper know someone else had triggered Jericho’s ankle bracelet at Site X? Well, it hadn’t happened again since. The battery in the other remote was probably long dead. That problem was clearly over.

    Did Harper know Chihiro and I had quietly gotten married? I knew we risked running afoul of anti-fraternization rules by doing that, but if it was a serious issue, then I’d happily hand over the role of Squad Leader to Soylent or Hal if that allowed us to stay together.

    Did Harper know I’d considered abandoning the mission in Shanghai because my squad was in danger? I decided to stand by that one. I was the Squad Leader on the ground and it was my call, no one else could be held responsible for that.

    Did Harper know Chihiro and I had discussed trying to make Jericho and Yutaka break off their relationship? Well, in any professional military, Yutaka (an officer who outranks Jericho by miles) would be accused of abusing his power and get busted all the way down to Private… so that one actually works in my favor.

    I was so lost in my own thoughts that I barely noticed Commander Harper locking her office door after I stepped inside. I did notice when she reached up to the back of her neck, disconnected her Mindshield, and held it out to me.

    “Wait… what? Why?” I was suddenly quite full of questions.

    “I don’t want to deal with telepathic eavesdroppers.” Harper replied.

    While I clipped the spindly device to my neck and made sure the Elerium conduit was snug against the base of my spine, the Commander withdrew a second Mindshield and attached it to her own head. Then we both sat down on opposite ends of her desk.

    “Listen to me, Robinson.” Harper said. “This is of crucial importance. You cannot repeat anything I’m about to say to anyone. Understood?”

    “Yes, ma’am.”

    “Keep that Mindshield on until this mission is over, otherwise things might fall apart pretty quickly.”

    Commander Harper brought her desktop computer online and tapped out some instructions on the keyboard. She turned the screen around so I could see the relevant documents and intel as she spoke:

    “When you were in Shenyang, Captain Green and Lieutenant Hawkins found some curious documents in a Gene Therapy clinic’s computer.” Harper began. “The records of an individual named ‘Patient 116’ who was cured of several serious illnesses and injuries before being confiscated for a special program.”

    “Yes, I remember.”

    “Well, Lieutenant. We were able to cross-reference that patient’s data with the intel taken from Dessurik’s Fortress.” Harper explained: “Our contacts inside the ADVENT government were able to trace Patient 116 throughout the Gene Therapy system. We found the date and location of her first visit to the clinics, as well as all subsequent visits.”

    Commander Harper folded her hands and I leaned forward in my chair. I was starting to have suspicions, and I was dreading the confirmation.

    “Patient 116 visited a Gene Therapy clinic for the first time in the summer of 2025. Back then, security was much looser and the ADVENT Coalition didn’t seem to have a problem with lending their services to non-Human visitors. Patient 116 was recorded as a one-eyed Partogan female, aged approximately 142 Earth years. Over the course of nine visits, her biological age was reduced to just 47 Earth years. Travel records suggested this Partogan was an expat. She would leave Earth in a personal spaceship and return regularly, although ADVENT had a very large amount of trouble keeping track of her movements and activities when she was actually on the ground.”

    I felt a prickling along the back of my neck. As I put the pieces together in my mind, a nightmarish picture was coming into frame.

    “In November of 2028, ADVENT security forces caught this woman using a faster-than-light communications device to intentionally violate Causality.” Harper expounded. “Local Peacekeepers moved in to arrest her, but they were ambushed and driven away… by a fourteen-year-old Jericho.

    “Oh, no.” I breathed. “Oh, no. Oh… God! No!”

    “The woman called ‘Patient 116’ vanished after that.” Harper continued. “Disappeared completely, just went off the grid. No more offworld trips, no more clinic visits. For two years, the trail was cold, but then… on December 7th, 2030, Jericho burst into the Beijing Gene Therapy Clinic with Patient 116 leaning on her shoulder. She was suffering from end-stage stomach cancer… an ailment that ADVENT medicine could completely cure in about ten seconds.”

    I felt like I was going to be sick. This couldn’t be true! It cannot be true!

    “Jericho never saw Patient 116 again.” The Commander finished. “The ADVENT government had changed its laws and restrictions, so when the patient’s DNA was scanned, she tripped every possible alarm. She was flagged for a special project… transferred to Shenyang, where more work was done on her… and then she was transferred to the Vladivostok Blacksite.”

    The last puzzle piece clicked into place in my mind. I retched.

    “Fuck!” I gasped. “Fuck this!”

    But Commander Harper finished her story nonetheless:

    “Six months after Mira Mihaka disappeared… the Chosen Assassin appeared for the first time.”

    I grabbed the trash can from under Harper’s deck and spit bile!

    “You… no! You’re wrong!” I pleaded. “There’s gotta be a mistake somewhere!”

    “I wish there was a mistake.” Harper sighed. “Damnit Robinson, I got down on my knees and prayed I had it wrong.”

    I put the bin down and sat up.

    “What do we do?”

    I couldn’t help but choke back a sob. I was thinking of Jericho. How the hell was she going to take this!?

    “Not we.” Said Harper. “You.”

    I wiped my nose on my sleeve, unable to find words again.

    “Robinson, Jericho is the best damn weapon we’ve got in this war, and her mother’s database proves that someday soon, Jericho is going to be the key to our salvation. I can’t share the details without derailing your own future, but please believe me when I say she’ll be useless if she’s traumatized. We must not… we cannot… allow her to learn about this, under any circumstances. Jericho will function better for us if she thinks her mother is alive and hidden somewhere else, understand? She finds out, all bets are off. We’ve got to play this close to the chest, or we might just doom all of mankind.”

    Harper reached forward and grabbed my hand in both of hers. She stared hard into my eyes, and I thought she was going to burn my soul away.

    “Robinson, do you still have the remote control for Jericho’s Arc Brace?”

    “Yes, ma’am.”

    “Good. When you find the Ascension Chamber, I want you to stun Jericho. Make sure she’s out cold, tie her to something solid, and leave her behind. Nakagawa and the EXALT team will bring her back to the Avenger. You and your soldiers will continue the mission. And Robinson… When you find Mira Mihaka: Kill her. Destroy the body. Erase the truth.”


    y4mlbgyX3QT_vtscHyEKIaseOJsVsqPeT81A50UVuOHEBSyhqh4opa9BjuUojOtWvS2c9d_Dw6u5kBPSNAOuAn7g26O-g-tRjiR32uz9UijuX02ml99IlIqCbHW8wDXsmUBh0pS0FgDEp4LFpUweKRlJE6tjWuiCBfGqCxUautVRIbt9gdubDs0ZhQoJxcL6220VoczdMdreIJfQNw2vXcJIA
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 21: The Dark Doorway
  • For all of you readers who, like me, just had their stay-at-home orders extended by a month... here's an extra long chapter.

    Stay safe, stay healthy.
    ======

    Chapter 21
    The Dark Doorway


    y4mfkm3X62VVtjQbXpEj5j5_KC-J5lgiJKoww9tz8yu5jHzN6pBDgijKkmWVKRzGLTHF7ZYnoJQkCo59DxT87KRxDA0VgzadDN2vtX8D6nSzaIajpq9--CcoDj1vHPJpI9lC0Y2iXuIr1uUrbmZCa50Bf3DLnBB7AAGKRig2qgUAQClj4qKyTE8oLmzb9kwBoLZ6bXiFFYg4ZIzSi6hNoiiGQ

    Wednesday, July 18, 2035 1:15am
    Outskirts of Hunchun, Near the Tripoint Border of China, Russia, and Korea, East Asia


    “Hate to do this, but you’re the only one who can pull this off. You know I’d go myself if I could.”

    “The gateway is primed. Is the subject prepared?”

    “Ready. I’ve hardwired what was left of the Codex brain into Rover. It should be emitting the same signal the Codex used to pass through the gateway.”

    “Excellent. Let us begin… We’ve already seen the Codex opening a similar rift in the field. I am sure your… device… will be fine.”

    “There. We’re set to record across all spectrums. Remember: Go in, take some quick readings, them come right back through, okay?”

    ROV-3R, the little Gremlin drone, began buzzing through the air towards the open Psionic Gate, which illuminated the Shadow Chamber with vivid blue and purple light. The Codex brain strapped to the top of the drone made an odd clicking sound as it passed through the rift held in the crescent-shaped archway.

    “Woah!” Shen gasped. “Are you seeing this!?”

    “It appears our signal has been received!” Tygan acknowledged. “Increasing power!”

    While Tygan punched a command into a touchscreen, Shen looked away from her workstation and dared to peek through the Psionic Gate with her own eyes. A completely alien environment filled her field of vision, complete with green lights, purple flora, and an eerie floor-to-ceiling transparent wall that looked out on an ocean biome, where schools of fish flitted into and out of the light.

    “Doesn’t look like anyplace we’ve been to before… or any place on Earth for that matter!”

    “Perhaps this is the source.” Tygan mused, keeping his face glued to the screen. “The aliens ‘seat of power’ if you will. Secured beyond any physical limitations.”

    “Only one way to find out.” Shen addressed her Gremlin drone. “Go on. We’re counting on you!”

    Moving with caution, ROV-3R crossed the threshold to the other side of the Psionic Gate. At once, the data feed from the drone went dead, a fantastic white light pulsed out of the gate, and the drone itself was flung backwards! Crashing to the floor, Shen’s drone came to rest at the base of the gate and didn’t move again. The Chief Engineer gasped and quickly scrambled to recover her fallen drone.

    “That is definitely not fine, doctor!” Shen protested.

    Unfazed, Tygan gestured to his computer with a look of triumph.

    “The process did work. There was an instant where the device was in between locations. However, once that occurred the gateway called for a second signature… an organic signature. When we could not provide one, it generated a sort of feedback pulse.”

    “Obviously.” Shen scoffed, gently picking up the remains of her drone.

    Tygan barely heard her. At this point, he was just thinking out loud.

    “If the Codex creates the door, this organic signature must be the key.”

    “Well we’d better make sure we have the right key before we try again.” Shen carried the wreck of her drone over to Tygan so he could see the damage. “I would hate for this to occur to something organic.

    “Agreed. I will report our findings to the Commander immediately.”




    If the Avenger had landed during the daytime, I would have wanted to go sightseeing. The Tumen River was a fascinating place, and I was quick to add it to a growing mental list of places I wanted to visit after the war. This river was so fascinating to me because it was the point where three radically different countries all shared a border. On the west side of the river, rocky hills marked the beginning of the Korean Peninsula. On the eastern side of the winding river was miles and miles of seemingly endless Chinese farmland, going all the way to the base of the nearby mountains. The mountains themselves, however, were all solidly inside of Russia’s territory. All of this was visible to me as soon as I disembarked from the ship, not because of the moonlight above, but because of the fire. Just four miles away from the Avenger, the city of Hunchun was burning.

    The Chinese city had been targeted as part of Operation Crack the Sky, and Resistance fighters were doing exactly what they were supposed to be doing: causing so much chaos that ADVENT forces were drawn away from other duties to fight them. The brilliant yellow-orange light emanating from the war-torn city illuminated the countryside as though it was early morning, just before sunrise. Against that backdrop, I could see enemy aircraft and vehicles making their way towards the distant battlefield. Commander Harper, Central Officer Bradford, and Voodoo Squad Leader Pyotr Ilyshin joined me, and we surveyed that battleground through binoculars.

    “Look at the insignia on that troop transport!” Bradford pointed to an aircraft streaking in from the East. “That one came from the Assassin’s fortress!”

    “The plan is working.” Harper mused. “The Chosen are sending their own security forces to engage us in the field. The Vladivostok Fortress should be vulnerable now.”

    “How are we getting there?” I asked. “Skyranger?”

    “Yes, and you’ll have an escort.” Bradford answered. “EXALT has been keeping some World War Three-era vehicles held in reserve for a situation like this. The Skirmishers also managed to steal some ADVENT vehicles when they defected to our side. On top of all that, the Partogans and their Triple Alliance will be lending air support.”

    I let out a low whistle.

    “This is no small raid.” I commented. “It sounds like you’re putting together a combined-arms assault.”

    “A vehicular assault preceded by aerial bombardment and supported by an infantry column.” Commander Harper said. “It’s a very similar strategy I used against Soviet strongpoints during World War Three.”

    “As much as I hate to admit it, your strategy was effective.” Pyotr said. “I lost a lot of good men to your tactics, Commander.”

    “Are you upset about a war that happened twenty-five years ago, Colonel?” Harper raised her eyebrow at Pyotr.

    “Not tonight.” Pyotr replied. “This fight is bigger than all of us. Besides, my people already blame someone else for our defeat.”

    Even though he was standing just out of my view, I could feel Pyotr’s eyes boring into the back of my head.

    “Speak of the devil…” Pyotr grumbled.

    I looked around to see what had caught his attention. Chihiro Tachibana was coming down the ramp, craning her neck to get a good view of the nearby battle. Pyotr broke from the group and went back of the ramp, re-entering the ship.

    “Hey Blake!” Chihiro waved an arm to get my attention. “Have you seen Homura Hanako anywhere?”

    As she reached the bottom of the boarding ramp and joined us, Chihiro reached up and absentmindedly touched the Mindshield apparatus on the back of my neck.

    “Still?” she mouthed at me.

    “Sorry. Later.” I hissed back. “What was that about Hanako?”

    “I’m trying to find her.” Chihiro grumbled. “That Partogan guy, I think his name is Manako, asked me where he could find Homura. Said he wanted to meet her. But I can’t find her anywhere. You didn’t see her come down the ramp, did you?”

    “No, it’s just us.”

    To my surprise, Commander Harper raised her eyebrows at me.

    “Give me a moment,” the Commander said. “I have an idea…”

    She closed her eyes and took a deep meditative breath. For the briefest of moments, I could have sworn I felt a small ripple of Psionic energy move away from the Commander. Then Harper relaxed, opened her eyes, and said:

    “She’s in the Shadow Chamber, talking to Tygan. Both of you go get her. Colonel Ilyshin and I will wait here for the EXALT team. Oh, and Corporal Tachibana!”

    Commander Harper unclipped her Mindshield and offered it to Chihiro.

    “Please wear this when you go into the Shadow Chamber. I’ll want it back when you’re done.”

    Chihiro nodded and started to attach the Mindshield to her own neck when Harper stopped her.

    “One more thing.”

    The Commander pushed past Bradford and gently grabbed the Mindshield on my own neck.

    “Wait, what are you-”

    “Sorry, Robinson.” Harper said. “But I’d rather deal with this tonight instead of later.”

    With a tug, Harper disengaged my own Mindshield. There was no mistaking it the second time around… I felt a telepathic incursion into my mind and realized Harper was behind it just as she started to withdraw. Before I could say anything, the Commander had clipped both Mindshields back onto our necks and sent us on our way. Chihiro and I were both pretty dazed, and didn’t say anything as we moved up the ramp. The world seemed to spin around me with each step, and I couldn’t form a single coherent thought besides “Go to the Shadow Chamber” Behind us, I could hear Bradford saying:

    “You sure that was good idea, Commander?”

    “It’s not. But the alternative is worse.”



    By the time Chihiro and I were back inside the Avenger, the fog was starting to clear from our heads. We paused in the barracks and caught our breath.

    “What the hell just happened!?” I stammered.

    “I.. I’ve got a weird feeling.” Chihiro muttered. “You know that feeling you get when so realize something that blows your mind?”

    “Now that you say it, I’ve got it too.”

    We both looked at one another. Whatever Commander Harper had done, it had caused us both to understand something. Simultaneously, Chihiro and I were processing a revelation, and as we made sense of it, our faces fell. The full truth dawned on Chihiro first.

    “Oh, my God!” she gasped. “How long has Akira been scrubbing our brains like that!?”

    “She made us forget who she was.” I shuddered with terror. “She’s probably done it to the whole crew by now!”

    Chihiro put her hands over her mouth and let out a muffled scream.

    “Oh, I never should have let her out of the brig!”

    “And now we’ve got a Gifted time-traveling psychopath lose on the ship.” I swore. “I hate being right!”

    The memories and knowledge were flooding back now, like some kind of dam had burst! Akira Robinson, our daughter from some alternate future, had hidden herself away behind some false identity, scrubbed as much knowledge about herself from the minds of XCOM’s soldiers and crew as possible, and was now hiding from our new Partogan allies.

    “There’s no way this is the first time we’ve gone through this!” I was starting to get angry. “Akira’s probably made us do this stupid dance more times than she can count!”

    “Why the hell do the Partogans want her anyway!?” Chihiro said. “What did she do to them?”

    No sooner were the words out of her mouth than a new thought hit the both of us. With a gasp, we said together:


    “Manako is Gifted!”

    “He noticed.” I said. “There’s no way he wouldn’t. He would have picked up on Akira as soon as he came aboard!”

    “And Commander Harper’s clearly been wearing a Mindshield the whole time.” Chihiro added, reaching up to touch the device on the back of her neck. “Whatever Akira did wouldn’t affect her!”

    “So, what do we do?” I asked. “We don’t know what Manako’s gonna do when he gets to Akira, and they’re both supposed to be on tomorrow’s mission with us!”

    Chihiro didn’t say anything. She turned on the balls of her feet and started moving towards the Shadow Chamber at a brisk pace.

    “Wait!” I jogged to keep up. “What’s the plan?”

    “No plan.” Chihiro said. “I’m going to find Akira and have a little talk with her.”



    y4mlXrKcmYzObnzEhgYbNa_3beNpbpKP7GOsitxaza-q35avXLQOMDRvO1G2XOJO4TwC8Y4tWpqj9E94OqzBEiKRm1fXWeyZRK5fGgPnd_bQk6cPla3bkJa3IPB-6nBJ1fo3YEbyQmCTbHNOSFiefbZOGlThpvZQotLXt-Rg8Ex3z8N1zLoAcTxTxYdC210Md6rJO0VpxBEoR-5xYh63OlPaA
    Caption said:
    The Shadow Chamber is one of the most secretive locations controlled by XCOM. Here, scientists work to decipher alien encryption and intelligence, as well as work to reverse-engineer some of ADVENT's more archaic technologies. The Psionic Gate was installed here after its seizure in the Battle of Kanna. On July 20, 2035, a strike team of XCOM soldiers passed through this gate and found themselves inside of the Alien Fortress deep beneath the Pacific Ocean.

    By the time Chihiro and I reached the Shadow Chamber, nearly all of our memories of Akira had been restored, including my particularly traumatic trip through Akira’s memories. We didn’t go directly there, however. Chihiro and I had stopped in the armory to pick up a pair of sidearms. Chihiro had her Shadowkeeper tucked into her belt, while I had an Arc Thrower strapped to my leg. (Arc Throwers are loud as hell, but nonlethal) We weren’t in the mood for being caught off-guard again. Checking our Mindshields one last time to make sure they were secure, Chihiro and I pushed the door open and stepped into the Shadow Chamber.

    Doctor Tygan, Chief Shen, and Akira were all standing around a steel table, where Tygan was examining the body of the Avatar killed by Voodoo Squad during their raid on the Warlock’s fortress. They were so wrapped up in their work that nobody noticed our entrance.

    “Remarkable.” Tygan was saying. “It’s almost as though this creature were… unfinished. There are missing lines of code in the genetic material.”

    “This thing is already a near-perfect fusion of Human and Elder DNA.” Shen commented. “What else is there to add at this point?”

    “Jericho.” Akira spoke in her false voice, not knowing her disguise was compromised. “In a lot of ways, she’s superior to an Avatar. A wider range of powers, Muton-like physical strength, yet docile enough to be easily controlled. Could you imagine being able to copy that template?”

    “Agreed.” Tygan said. “The Jericho is the ideal soldier. I can see why my predecessor was so eager to make more than one. It is disappointing that she failed.”

    “Manipulative bitch.” Chihiro hissed under her breath.

    Before I could stop her, Chihiro stepped into the middle of the Shadow Chamber and cleared her throat loudly, making our presence known.

    “Homura Hanako! I need you to come with me!”

    Wow, Chi. No need to tip our hand that quickly.

    Akira looked around at us and I saw her face flicker through a whole set of expressions before locking into a bemused look. Still talking in her fake voice, Akira thanked Tygan for his time and followed us into the hallway. Even though my Mindshield, I could feel the air around both Akira and Chihiro’s bodies starting to warm up, a sign that both of them were charging their powers.

    “Don’t pick a fight with us, Akira.” I warned. “We’re not going to be as stupid as you think we are.”

    “When did your memories come back?” Akira’s natural voice was deeper than her fake one and had a gruff tone, like a tomboyish soccer player.

    “We’ve had just enough time to realize you pulled the wool over our eyes.” Chihiro growled.

    “Petoskey or Harper?”

    “We’re the ones asking questions, Akira. Not you.” I snapped.

    All the while we’d been talking, Akira’s disguise quite literally faded away. Her brown eyes slowly shifted back to their natural blue while her whole body reshaped itself in small but noticeable ways. Akira’s face seemed to inflate as the chubby cheeks she’d inherited from her mother came back; at the same time, her skin faded back to its original pale tone. I guessed she had been holding the ensemble in place with Psionic power, and made a mental note to tell the Commander that Psionic disguises could fool a Mindshield.

    “Why the hell did you put your disguise back on!?” Chihiro demanded to know. “We were just starting to trust you! Now all of that’s gone to waste!”

    The air in the hallway suddenly became very hot. Akira had discharged her built-up energy, a sign that she’d decided not to fight us.

    “I’m sorry,” Akira said. “I did it to protect myself.”

    “Protect yourself!?” I couldn’t keep the sarcasm out of my voice. “How does living under a false name and planting dangerous ideas in Tygan’s head count as self-defense!?”

    “From the Partogans, Dad! I’m hiding from the Partogans!”

    A loud voice down the hallway made us all jump. Looking around, I saw two members of Team Takea approaching. Kailani Kalili was leaning on the shoulders of Temirzhan, one of the Assurian soldiers. Something must have tickled Kailani’s funny bone, because she was laughing uncontrollably, causing Temirzhan to be unsteady on his feet as he practically dragged her along. When Temirzhan and Kailani drew level with us, I looked to my left and saw Chihiro pointing at the spot where Akira had been.

    This time, I actually saw the Psionic disguise materialize around Akira. It happened so quickly that her seamless transformation into another person looked like a sped up video of a caterpillar turning into a butterfly. One moment Akira was there, and next thing I knew, I was looking at Akaya Ogawa, a dark-skinned Okinawan who served as the deputy leader of Echo Squad. She took a step backwards to let the Partogan and the Assurian pass, but Kailani froze and pointed at “Akaya.” Tilting her head from side to side, Kailani stopped laughing, swayed dangerously as though she was about to fall, and then screamed!

    “Titiro!” Kailani shrieked. “Whiro Aparangi! Kaikōhuru! Tangata kōhuru! Taihara! Taihara! Taihara!”

    “Uh… Kon'nichiwa.” Akira murmured in Akaya’s Pacific Islander accent.

    Temirzhan had to grip Kailani by both shoulders to stop her from lunging at Akira/Akaya. The Partogan woman had gone from manic to unhinged in mere seconds, and Chihiro and I were lost for words. Spit flew from Kailani’s mouth as she continued to hurl what I can only guess are insults at the disguised Akira.

    “Whiro wahine!” Kailani spat. “E patua ana e koutou aku hoa! Taihara!”

    Temirzhan grabbed Kailani by the shoulder, said something that sounded like an apology, then started dragging her down the hallway. Kailani wasn’t done, though. As Temirzhan pulled her away, she shouted back at us:

    “Kaore ahau e wareware ki a koe! Kia mahara ki a Asalele! Kia maumahara Aoraki! Toa Rob-sun! Toa Taki-benuh! He kino taua wahine! Taihara! Taihara! Taihara!”

    Apologizing profusely, Temirzhan finally managed to get Kailani away from us. Her shrieking carried through the hallways long after the two of them were gone. The door to the Shadow Chamber swung open and Tygan and Shen poked their heads out to ask what was going on.

    “That Partogan woman, Kalili.” Akira answered in Akaya’s voice. “Shouting and screaming."

    “Oh, I see.” Doctor Tygan replied. “You soldiers would do well to stay away from her. The Partogan leader told me that Miss Kalili is suffering from serious mental damage done by a telepathic attack. They claim to have a special treatment that restores her sanity, but it’s only effective for a short span of time. Clearly, you crossed paths with her in between treatments.”

    While Tygan and Shen retreated back into the Shadow Chamber, Akira dropped her disguise and leaned against the wall with a loud sigh.

    “Even a crazy person is right once or twice.” Akira groaned. “So, what now? You gonna put me back in the brig or something?”

    “Don’t give me ideas.” I folded my arms. “Right when you were starting to earn some credit with us, you try to deceive everyone around you again. Why don’t you start by telling us why you need to hide from Kailani and her folk?”

    Akira looked back and forth between me and Chihiro, as though pleading for an excuse to avoid answering. Finally, she gave a resigned sigh and quickly said

    “Look, Dad. The shortest explanation that makes sense is that the Partogans know who I am and what I do. They’re not okay with me changing history, and they want me to stop.”

    “Oh, God.” Chihiro put her head in her hands. “Akira… did you change their history?”

    Akira’s silent stare was confirmation enough. Casting my mind back to an earlier conversation, I said:

    “Okay, let’s go down below.”



    Chihiro, Akira, and I made our way down to the Guerilla Tactics School. This time of night, it was empty, and we could lock the door from the inside, allowing us to talk more freely. Akira sat down on one of the benches by the whiteboard while I paced the length of the room, trying to get my thoughts in-line. Chihiro was too jumpy to sit down. She got on one of the treadmills and walked at a slow pace throughout the whole conversation.

    “Alright, Akira.” I began. “You said that you’ve been jumping all over time trying to change some battle a year from now, right?”

    “Yes.”

    “So now, not only were you jumping all over Human history, but you were tampering with alien cultures too?”

    “Yes.”

    “How many?”

    Akira paused.

    “All of them. Pretty much everyone.”

    I stumbled. This was a bit much to wrap my head around.

    “All of that work, all this tampering, is just to change one battle?” I said. “Really?”

    “The War in Heaven is going to be civilization’s last stand!” Akira raised her voice a little. “Almost every civilization that has ever flown in space will be right here, at our planet, fighting for their own survival! I’ve had to mess with everybody’s histories just to give them a fighting chance!”

    “Including ours?” Chihiro asked. “Back in Jilin, you said that you needed to ‘tweak’ some things before the War in Heaven.”

    “Yeah, that’s right.” Akira confirmed. “I’ve already hit a few things on the checklist, and I’ve got a few more things I need to change over then next twelve or so months. Then it’s pretty much a straight shot to the perfect future.”

    On those last two words, Akira let out a dreamy sigh.

    “So close to the end, it feels so good.”

    “I’m almost scared to ask,” Chihiro said, “But has everything we’ve done since Pyongyang been part of your plan?”

    “Oh, hell no!” Akira waved a hand dismissively. “When I don’t push history in the right direction, it pushes back the other way. I’ve had to rework the plan a few times since Pyongyang. There have been quite a few surprises I had to deal with.”

    Akira held up one hand and counted “surprises” on her fingers.

    “Let’s see: Blake brought back Ludmilla’s body and let Sophia bury it. That wasn’t supposed to happen. Soylent Green and Holly Smith were never supposed to be captured in Pyongyang, they should have been with you two the whole time. Kailani Kalili isn’t supposed to be insane, that was quite a shock for me and I’m still trying to find out how that happened. You two got married three months too early, which means you won’t get a chance to bond with Tsubaki this fall.”

    Chihiro perked up at this news.

    “Wait! That means we’re going to rescue Tsubaki and the others! Does everyone get out safely?”

    Akira nodded.

    “The whole squad survives tomorrow’s mission. Speaking of rescues, Dad, be sure to keep a couple of soldiers in reserve to help pull Tsubaki out. ADVENT destroyed her prosthetic legs, so she can’t walk on her own right now.”

    I groaned.

    “Good to know. It sounds like most of the surprises you had to deal with were small ones.”

    Akira laughed so hard she had to grip her sides. It still didn’t sound like a normal girl’s laugh though. The noise made my skin crawl just a little.

    “Oh, no! Did I forget the big one!?” Akira giggled.

    “What big one?” Chihiro sounded nervous.

    “The biggest surprise I had to work around…” Akira wiped her eyes. “You two have to understand, this is the one-hundred-sixteenth time I’ve gone through this sequence of events, right? Well, this was the very first time that the Elders chose someone else to be the Chosen Assassin.”

    The room went quiet. Deadly quiet. Even Chihiro’s treadmill fell silent as she stopped walking.

    “Wait, you know who the Assassin is?” Chihiro asked in a hushed whisper.

    Instinctively, I reached up to my Mindshield to check and see if it was still in place.

    “I found out just before Commander Harper did.” Akira replied. “XCOM’s higher-level leadership found out on their own about a week ago. I… uh… yeah. It was a real shock.”

    “Why’s that?” I asked.

    Akira stood up and put her hands on her hips.

    “For the past one-hundred-fifteen Cycles, the Elders always picked the same woman to become the Chosen Assassin, and it wasn’t a problem because you would kill her in tomorrow’s operation and that would be the end of it. But now the Elders picked someone else to be the Chosen, and original ‘Chosen Assassin’ is still out there. Now her life has gone completely off my script, and she’s basically a wild card now.”

    “The original Assassin,” I said, “She’s not somebody we know, is it?”

    “That’s the troublesome part.” Akira sighed. “You’ve both met her before, and I saw what happened the last time you two crossed paths with her. I’ve been keeping tabs on what she’s been doing since she missed her ‘appointment with destiny’ and it looks like you’ll get to meet her a few months after you overthrow the Elders.”

    “Right.” I said. “We’ll make sure not to mention that appointment with destiny to her face.”

    “Wait!” Chihiro said. “Who’s the Chosen Assassin right now?”

    Akira started to reply, but I cut her off!

    “That’s not important! Let’s not worry about that!”

    Both Chihiro and Akira looked at me, mouths open. I took a step back and felt a sinking feeling in the pit of my stomach. I’d spoken instinctively, but now I was starting to wonder what would have happened if I’d just let Akira say the name. Chihiro’s face flickered between disappointment and frustration, and I knew she was trying to force her way past my Mindshield.

    “You know!?” she breathed. “How long have you known? Why didn’t you tell me!?”

    “Uhh…”

    I spent too long trying to think of a good answer. Chihiro turned to Akira.

    “C’mon! Tell me who it is!”

    Akira sighed and folded her arms.

    “I’m sorry, Mom. This is just something you’re not supposed to know. Blake’s gonna be the one to kill the Assassin, and it’ll be easier for him if… certain people… don’t know her name.”

    Chihiro, angrier than I’ve seen her in a while, puffed up like she was about to start screaming. She balled up her fists and looked from Akira to me and back again. I resisted the urge to take another step back. I’ve been with Chihiro long enough to know that doing so would set her off. Finally, Akira said:

    “Mom, please don’t get mad at Dad.”

    Chi and I were both caught off guard by that one. Some of the tension went out of the air as we both looked at Akira.

    “What? Why shouldn’t I?” Chihiro asked. “He’s the one keeping secrets from me!”

    “He’s got good reason.” Akira replied. “The Assassin has to die tomorrow. If this mission gets screwed up, she’ll live all the way to the War in Heaven, which is bad for you. Trust me, I’ve seen this mission go sideways thirty or forty times. It’s not pretty. Let Blake have this one now and he’ll take care of you when you get the bad news tonight.”

    I felt my heart drop into my stomach, and Chihiro’s face went pale.

    “What bad news!?”

    “It’s nothing you can’t handle.” Akira answered. “But it might take your mind off tomorrow’s mission. Speaking of which…”

    Akira’s face was hard to read as she asked:

    “Am I still going on tomorrow’s op? Or are you going to turn me in to the Partogans?”

    When I hesitated, she quickly added:

    “Dad, you have no idea how important it is that the Chosen Assassin dies tomorrow. We have got to kill her, and you’ll need all the help you can get!”

    Thinking hard, I remembered how Akira had managed to hold her own against the Chosen on multiple occasions. I decided to take a calculated risk.

    “Fine. You’re on-mission, but you’re going as Homura, and listen here: You are a soldier in my squad under my command. If you so much as think about tricking, deceiving, or manipulating any of us, I’m handing you over to the Partogans.”

    “Fine.”

    “And once ADVENT is done, and this whole war is over with, you come clean to the whole squad, and the Commander. No more disguises after this, understood?” I gripped Akira by the shoulder, forcing her to look me in the eye.

    “Deal.”



    y4mOuQu-R_1B_CCEntYOahQDrCgaQSyeFdSW5oKUB8MMhBP5i0cJC8OUgMMhZcJDvTebNWSVhYv34J__5bQgejpN901JSQlBAyn2S5P9B4uHLCd5PfupmhHWfviKf1SR1013iQS6UTpujxO4gxuk14KE2HRj7mW6zGduZKXeJPKg8jX3zRJ_TAiHmCqq_zZlNur5AM0FeIlWYx3ValM68Ak3A
    Caption said:
    A lone Skirmisher rests at Camp Hua Mulan shortly before the final assault on Mira Mihaka's fortress. During the final week of the War on Earth, thousands of ADVENT Army soldiers would desert their posts and become Skirmishers, a sign of just how quickly the Elder's control over Earth was falling apart.

    Wednesday, July 18, 2035 4:00pm
    Camp Hua Mulan, near Tushan Zitun, China



    Later that day, I gathered all of the Stormbreakers together, and we assembled outside of the Avenger. By this point, we all knew what lay in store for us. Chihiro and I allowed Akira to resume her disguise as Homura Hanako, with the expectation that she would come clean to everyone after Operation Leviathan. But that was at least two days away, maybe three. In that span of time, we would have to end a war.

    A convoy of Old World military trucks, painted with the colors and insignia of the People’s Liberation Army, was waiting for us. We threw our weapons and gear into the first truck and them piled ourselves into the back of the second. Engines roaring and tires trundling along the old dirt road, Chihiro, Jericho, Soylent, Odette, Ignatius, “Homura,” Isis, Yutaka, Hal, Sophia, Matthew, and I all watched the Avenger disappear behind a hillside. After just twenty minutes of driving, we had arrived at our destination.

    Camp Hua Mulan was just one of many outposts built by what remained of the Chinese Army. It should surprise no one to hear that the largest military force on Earth was able to survive the Alien Invasion and remain somewhat functional. The Chinese had been battered quite badly over the past twenty years, but ADVENT had failed to defeat this particular foe. Utilizing the same strategy that had carried them to victory in the 1940’s, the Chinese forces had taken advantage of China’s vast size, population, and resources to wage an asymmetric guerrilla war. Now, with the entire world rising up in a global battle against the alien occupiers, the People’s Liberation Army had emerged from hiding to take their country back.

    Nearly ten-thousand soldiers had gathered in the valley to the east of Hunchun and built a bastion of Humanity here. Camp Hua Mulan was outfitted with a mix of Old World and present-day technology. Railgun turrets stood on the walls while World-War-Three era landmines choked off most avenues of approach. A forty-year old radar dish spun quickly on a tower while electric trucks moved men and materials into the complex.

    Chinese General Shaojie Zhang was waiting for us at the main gate. Guiding us inside, Zhang showed us where his forces had been preparing for the joint assault on Vladivostok alongside the Partogans and their allies, as well as XCOM’s Human allies: EXALT, the Skirmishers, the Reapers, and the Templars.

    “This will be the largest combined arms assault since the Liberation of Kyoto!” Zhang proclaimed, invoking a semi-legendary World War Three battle that many XCOM soldiers had been part of.

    Then, we were given our role in the upcoming fight. Once again, the Stormbreakers would be broken up into two squads with two roles. This time, I would be leading the Red Team, whose job it was to actually breach the Chosen Assassin’s fortress and hunt her down. On my team would be Chihiro, Yutaka, Homura, Soylent, Isis, Hal, and Jericho.

    The rest of the squad, Ignatius, Sophia, Matthew, and Odette, would become part of a “Quick Reaction Force” or QRF for short. The QRF would wait in reserve and then reinforce whoever needed help the most. There were four other XCOM soldiers in this unit: Jane Kelly, Lee Chong-Il, and Song Soo were all good soldiers I’d worked with before. I knew I could trust them. The leader of the QRF, however, was someone I hadn’t expected.

    “The Commander said this operation is too important to let get away from us.” Central Officer Bradford told me. “So to make sure nothing goes wrong, I’m going to command the QRF personally. Don’t worry, Lieutenant Robinson. Your men and women are safe with me.”

    Team Takea would also be joining in the attack. Manako, Kailani, Reepi, Adil, Temirzhan, and Elsina could be found in a far corner of the compound, where their spaceship, the Assault Frigate Kakama, was idling. All of the Triple Alliance warriors were unpacking some of the most technologically advanced weapons and armor I’d ever seen. I swear that giant talking peacock, Reepi, looked as though some kind of nanotech had made his wingtip feathers as sharp as blades!

    Sarah Harris was amongst the members of Team Takea, and she broke off to talk to us.

    “Lieutenant! Look! Check this out!”

    Sarah turned to one side so I could see her new unit patch. Uniforms of the New Zealand Army are very similar to American ones, so it only took me a second to find what she wanted to show me. On Sarah’s left shoulder, directly underneath the flag of New Zealand, was an oval shaped patch with a strange symbol on it: three circles held within a pair of elegant double crescents. Underneath the symbols were a series of alien words that I guess were Partogan.

    “I’m an honorary member of Team Takea!” Sarah bragged. “Manako wants me embedded on his ship for long duration work. I’m gonna teach his whole crew to speak English!”

    “Nicely done, mate!” Soylent slapped Sarah on the back. “Wait ‘till everyone down under finds out the world was saved by a Kiwi! We’ll be throwin’ you a parade in Canberra when this is over!”

    Sarah, Manako, and a couple other Partogans broke off from their group and followed my squad as we crossed the base, chatting about tomorrow’s mission. “Homura” hid herself between Soylent and Ignatius, determined to avoid the gaze of Manako Ranginui. The Partogan leader himself was being quite friendly and cordial, shaking hands with most of the squad and holding conversations through Sarah.

    Rounding out the soldiers slated for the ground attack was a mixed group of paramilitary soldiers who had been tasked with the diversionary assault on the Assassin’s fortress. As soon as we saw them, several Stormbreakers instinctively reached for their weapons before Zhang snapped:

    “They are allies now! They are friends!”

    Six rough-looking men were gathered around a campfire, all of whom were wearing the same orange and red bandannas around their heads. They had rolled up the sleeves of their uniforms, revealing the green tattoos of an eye above a four-pointed star. These men were members of EXALT, a secret society of transhumanists. 20 years ago, they had tried to use alien technology to build a new EXALT-centered world order. This plan had involved picking a fight with XCOM, and that fight had not gone well for the secret society. The last time I’d gotten this close to a member of EXALT, it had been because I was running him down with a bayonet.

    One of the transhumanists looked up from the rifle he was cleaning and saw us. I recognized him on sight. None of us had seen Japanese Prime Minister Ryo Nakagawa since the big meeting at Site X, but he hadn’t changed much. He still looked like the same power-hungry politician I’d met in the ruins of Hiroshima so long ago.

    “Lieutenant Robinson!” Nakagawa stood up, passed his weapon to another soldier, and greeted me with a smile and an offer of a handshake.

    Refusing to shake Nakagawa’s hand, I said:

    “I see you’ve brought substantial help to our cause. I’m sure Commander Harper is grateful.”

    “You would not be wrong!” Nakagawa spoke with a heightened amount of enthusiasm. “I will be commanding my troops via radio from here, but I assure you, a platoon of my finest troops is already in position near Vladivostok. They only await your arrival.”

    I thanked Nakagawa for his time and asked General Zhang to show my Squad to the place where we could camp and sleep for the night. Before we could move away, though, Nakagawa shouted:

    “Wait!”

    The Japanese Prime Minister called us back, much to the annoyance of several squad members who just wanted a place to sleep.

    “I apologize.” Nakagawa said. “I promise this won’t take a minute. I just need to deliver a message.”

    “Fine.” I grumbled. “What is it?”

    Nakagawa raised his eyebrows at me.

    “The message is not for you, Lieutenant. It’s addressed to…”

    Nakagawa pointed at Chihiro. She winced and recoiled from the man who, many years ago, had revoked her royal status and taken away her name.

    “Although, the letter does say that you may hear the message if she gives permission.” Nakagawa said. “Will you give your permission, ma’am?”

    Chihiro looked even more uncomfortable with being addressed like that. She was one of the youngest members of the team, and was fully aware of the fact that over a dozen people were now staring at her.

    “Fine, whatever.” Chihiro grumbled. “Out with it already.”

    Nakagawa fished about in his pockets for a couple of seconds and withdrew a sealed envelope. Chihiro, Homura, Soylent, Yutaka and I all gasped when we saw it. We had all spotted and recognized the image of a chrysanthemum flower stamped on the front of the envelope. We knew what that symbol meant. The rest of the squad looked around at us in a confused way. The Partogans asked Sarah to translate as best she could.

    Nakagawa opened the letter and read aloud:


    “To the Blue Dragon who is the Great Hero of Hiroshima.
    It has been decades since last we spoke, and the world has changed in ways we at first thought were impossible. Since then, everything is different, and nothing is beyond possibility anymore. Only recently have I learned that you still live, even after I mourned you and built a shrine for your spirit. I am filled with happiness to know you are still among us. Please allow this humble man to express his joy by righting a wrong he witnessed over two decades ago: By my birthright as a descendant of the Goddess Amaterasu, and with the approval and authorization of the Japanese National Diet and its Prime Minister, I humbly greet you as my sister with the name and titles that are her own supreme birthright: Her Imperial Highness Princess Chihiro of Chiyako.
    Signed,
    Tennō Heika
    June 6, 2035; 19th year of the Saisen Era”

    Chihiro was shaking. Soylent, Yutaka, and I all froze, not daring to say a word. We had been there, on that cold night. We had all seen how Chihiro had responded to what she perceived as perfidy, if not outright betrayal. The rest of the squad was slowly piecing together the message and what it implied. Sarah had lowered her voice to a whisper as she brought the Partogans up to speed as quickly as she could. Ignatius and Jericho both looked at one another nervously.

    Nakagawa folded the paper and put his arms to his sides.

    “When this war is over,” the Prime Minister said, “I eagerly await Her Highness’ return to the Palace, as does all of Japan.”

    Finally, Chihiro spoke, her voice a furious warble.

    “You really expect me to just go back?”

    Nakagawa took half a step backwards. Such a simple act was a very big mistake.

    Chihiro exploded like a volcano! Her voice echoed off the low clouds and could be heard across the entire camp!

    “I threw away my life for my country!” Chihiro shrieked at Nakagawa! “I volunteered to fight! I sent myself into that war and put my life on the line for Japan! I saved those kids at Tsuruga! I kept the Russians busy so people could escape from Fukuchiyama! Those Russian tanks blown up at Himeji!? That was me! All for my country! I almost drowned, I’ve been stabbed and shot! I almost got scalped and raped by the Spetsnaz on the same day! I’ve been blown up and buried! That bastard over there damn near killed me and all my friends!”

    Chihiro pointed a shaking finger at Yutaka, who covered his face with one hand and looked away. Nakagawa quaked under Chihiro’s building wrath while behind her, Ignatius was spooling up his Psionic Amplifier and getting ready to project a Calming Aura.

    “I was doing my part!” Chihiro screamed! “I was ready to die for Japan! I almost did more times than I can fucking count! Who the hell found the Russian artillery at Hiroshima!? That was me, Nakagawa! I saved you, and I saved your government! And after I pulled your stinking hide of the fire what did you do in return!? You had me arrested! Made me out a criminal in front of my family and the whole country! You took everything I had except the clothes on my back! What the fuck makes you think I wanna go back to that life!? I’d rather watch the world end first!”

    Chihiro unholstered her Shadowkeeper pistol and started to cock the hammer back!

    “Petoskey!” I shouted.

    A bright halo of light rippled away from the old Frenchmen and washed over Chihiro. Sapped of her anger, she fell silent in a prolonged hesitation. I reached forward and grabbed the pistol out of her hands!

    “Did you forget what you put us through, Nakagawa?” I asked curtly. “Or did you just not care?”

    When he didn’t respond, I pulled the letter of his hand and stuffed it in my own pocket.

    “I’m sure we’ll see you after the war.”

    Leaving a stunned Nakagawa behind I steered Chihiro away, knowing that Petoskey’s calming power would wear off in short order. Reading the tension in the air, General Zhang escorted the squad to the spot where we’d be spending the night. While Stormbreakers and Partogans chattered and gossiped about what had just happened, I heard Sophia Kuznetsova say:

    “I’m on Chihiro’s side. I’d rather blow my brains out than go back to a family that rejected me.”



    Two huge tents had been set aside for the Stormbreakers to use, one for the men and one for the women. Some PLA soldiers had even been kind enough to set up cots and sleeping bags for us all. Checking my watch, I knew that getting any meaningful rest before this assault would be a tall order.

    “I want everybody to get some food and be in bed by 17:00!” I addressed the troops. “Wake up is at 23:30 and wheel’s up is one hour after that! Understood?”

    “Yes, Lieutenant!”

    I stood to one side and let Soylent, Matthew, Yutaka, Ignatius, and Hal go into the male tent first. I wasn’t really in the mood to sleep, plus I wanted to talk to Chihiro before she went to bed. Chihiro herself was in a state of shock. She just kind of drifted aimlessly over to me, leaning on Akira/Homura’s shoulder for support.

    “I knew you’d stay out here for her.” Akira spoke softly, so that no one else would hear her real voice. “You always do.”

    “I don’t need a time traveler to remind me to comfort my wife.” I hissed back.

    The two of us supported Chihiro in what must have looked like a three-person-wide side hug.

    “Chi, you okay?” I asked. “Nakagawa just kinda hit you out of left field back there.”

    “I… I was kind of expecting something like that.” Chihiro admitted. “But just the way he said it… like he expected me to just forget everything that happened before. Nakagawa didn’t care what I’d gone through and he doesn’t want anyone to remember why I got kicked out in the first place.”

    Chihiro sobbed and wiped her eyes with her uniform sleeve.

    “I guess, now that ADVENT’s falling apart and we’re getting our world back, all of the old Governments are coming back, and the Diet would look so much more legitimate if they had someone in the palace.”

    “I suppose you’re right.” I admitted. Reaching into my pocket, I fished out the letter I’d taken from Nakagawa. “But Chi, you’re missing the most important part: That’s Akio’s signature, isn’t it? Your brother’s alive!”

    Chihiro grabbed the paper and scanned the handwritten signature at the bottom. She traced every line of the Kanji symbols with her fingernail and smiled.

    “Akio… this is really from him, isn’t it?”

    Chihiro and I both looked at Akira. Our alternate-future daughter looked around quickly to see if anyone was watching or listening, then nodded and confirmed our hopes.

    “Yeah, that's his signature. It’s really Uncle Tenno.”

    Akira sniggered.

    “Sorry, that’s what I always called him when I was young and in my own timeline. But that really is your brother, Mom. He’s alive and happy to know that you’re alive too.”

    Chihiro folded the letter and slipped it into her breast pocket.

    “Right. When this war is over, maybe I’ll go to Tokyo and say hello. But it’ll just be a quick visit. I’m not rejoining the Imperial Family.”

    Chihiro thanked us both, kissed me, and vanished inside the female tent, where Sophia, Isis, Jericho, and Odette greeted her with celebratory squeals and excited chatter. Beside me, Akira let out a contented sigh.

    “I don’t know what it was exactly, Dad.” Akira admitted. “I never got close enough to hear you say it, but whatever you said to Mom in Hiroshima really worked. Every Cycle, whenever she’s given the choice, Mom picks you and the Stormbreakers instead of going back to the Palace. Nice job. I’ll see you in the morning.”

    After six hours of some of the worst sleep I’d ever had in my life, it was time to wake up the squad and kickstart the longest 48 hours of our lives… which would also be the last two days of Humanity’s war against the ADVENT Coalition.

    ...


    y4micXNcgErkVyEgFYHFZe9T1gPykIrb_3IDYN0SGver_FQDIkrsjsC4PZNlp0n8_a1A9HJTfoEsLrYdwMA2FvUmL009xgqZiKyObRLlNE3MnJf-5Dp7zmXXjjbc-UyLs42tej49qnQifD0kC_MpXFHMfZvIIuI_Ibh-oVNgU176dzTk4d88KGzBnokZOgtntFjwTD5LWp2ljggW4c769v7ig
    Caption said:
    A rare image of Central Officer Bradford in the field. As the second-in-command of XCOM, it is extremely uncommon for Bradford to join his troops in the field except for rare and extreme situations. The Battle of Vladivostok would be Bradford's final combat deployment as Laura Harper's Central Officer. XCOM leadership would be reorganized during its integration into AFUNE, the Human military force that would represent Earth during its active participation the Second Hyperspace War.
    Thursday, July 19, 2035 12:25am
    Camp Hua Mulan staging ground, near Tushan Zitun, China



    Even before I saw the staging ground, I could already hear very familiar noise. It was a deep thunderous sound, one that grew louder and more oppressive with each moment until I could feel it in my chest!

    “The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Russian armies have been keeping these in reserve for just this kind of mission!” General Zhang shouted above the noise. “They’ve been maintained as best as possible, but it’s just not possible to do this more than once. None of these vehicles will be usable after today, so be sure to make this count!”

    Waiting for us on the field, thundering away in the darkness, was no fewer than fifty Old World military aircraft. Some forty helicopters, eight fighter jets, and two bombers, all from the World War Three era, were blasting hot air and noise into the night as their engines warmed up.

    Amongst the airfield I spotted nearly a dozen Hinds, the nightmare-inducing Soviet helicopter that had terrorized Japan for six years. A battered-but-functional Chinese J-11 fighter-bomber tested its flaps one last time before takeoff. Two Japanese F-4 Phantoms were parked wingtip to wingtip and their pilots were leaning out of the cockpits to talk. Korean Chinook helicopters were being loaded with as many troops and weapons as they could carry.

    The most crucial part of the fleet, though, was the addition of two dozen Partogan aircraft to one side. I felt my jaw drop as, for the first time in my life, I laid eyes on a genuine Starfighter. A whole squadron of these light attack ships was being guarded by Partogan ground troops who intended on keeping our folks as far away from them as possible. A starship bigger than the Avenger was parked in the field next to the Assault Frigate Kakama, and Partogan, Assurian, Levakian, Amadii, and Vanian soldiers were being rapidly transferred from this massive ship to smaller dropships. Chihiro had to pull me away from the Partogan fleet.

    In the middle of this assembly, our own Skyranger seemed a little out of place. The ship was one-of-a-kind. Wendy “Firebrand” Carter herself was waiting for us already, sitting in the grass underneath the Skyranger’s twin tails.

    “You ready to end this war, Firebrand?” Yutaka asked her.

    “Hell yes.” Wendy replied. “Skyranger only seats eight, so who’s going where?”

    “Tachibana, Hanako, Jericho, Green, Dekker, Yamamoto, Macintosh.” I said. “You’re all riding with me on the Skyranger.”

    “What about us?” Sophia asked.

    “Kuznetsova, Petoskey, Hawkins, Fournier, you’ll be hitching a ride with some old friends.”

    I pointed to a nearby Korean transport chopper. Song Soo and Lee Chong-Il waved their arms and shouted for the four remaining Stormbreakers to get aboard.

    “Okay, everyone!” I had to shout because Wendy had fired up the Skyranger’s engines. “When you complete the combat drop, we’ll rendezvous in the prison block on the North side! Everyone got it? Prison block, north side! Gather there! And remember, we’ve got four of our own people in that fortress somewhere, so check your fire and call out for them regularly! We’re looking for Holly Smith, Tsubaki Endo, Sophie Ackermann, and Kathleen Walsh! The first person to find our comrades calls the QRF on the radio. QRF callsign is ‘Guardian Angel,’ they’ll take care of the rest! Watch each other’s six, check your targets, rescue our friends, and get the job done!”

    Homura, Jericho, Soylent, Isis, Yutaka, Hal, Chihiro and I boarded the Skyranger and strapped ourselves in. No sooner had the deployment bay door began to close when Wendy started talking in the cockpit.

    Avenger, this is Skyranger. We are go for takeoff.”

    “Acknowledged, Skyranger.” The voice of Commander Harper came out of the radio. “All callsigns, this is Avenger. The mission is a-go. I repeat, the mission is a-go! Begin takeoff in the assigned order, climb to five-hundred feet, and engage your targets!”

    With an almighty roar, sixty air and spacecraft rose from the valley floor and tore east, out of China and into Russia! In the Skyranger, all of us were pinned to our seats as Wendy floored the throttle, determined to keep pace with the front of the pack. Below us, mountains sped by, while high above, fighter planes streaked ahead of us, clearing the way forward!

    Avenger, this is Xian Two.” A male Chinese voice spoke over the radio. “We detect a hostile radar station ten miles ahead.”

    “Roger that,” said the voice of Commander Harper. “Engage and destroy.”

    “Xian Two, bird’s away!”

    A twenty-year-old missile fell away from one of the Chinese fighter planes. It failed to activate and nosedived harmlessly into the ground. The pilot punched his console angrily and pulled his plane out of the attack run, allowing his comrades to take over.

    “Xian One! Bird away!”

    Another fighter plane took point and successfully fired a missile. The flaming spear of heat and light drilled into the mountainside and erased the enemy radar station!

    “Good kill, Xian.” Harper called over the radio. “Continue mission.”

    The vast formation of aircraft roared across the landscape before, without much in the way of a transition, the ground below gave way to water! We were out over the Sea of Japan! Up ahead, a WWIII-era Russian bomber had flown far ahead of the group and was now over a narrow rocky peninsula whose one and only feature of note was a medium-sized Russian town: the port city of Vladivostok.

    “This is Backfire! Target in sight!” Reported the pilot of the Russian bomber. “Ordinance inbound… Confirmed hit on the armory!”

    A column of acrid black smoke began to rise from the top of the hill overlooking Vladivostok. In the pitch darkness of the cloudy night, the fire below could be seen for miles! Up above, the Russian bomber banked hard to the east, her engines beginning to surge and fail.

    Avenger, we have engine failure!” The bomber pilot reported. “We’re going to try and bail out over Korea! Good luck!”

    With her lights out and engines silent, the old bomber tumbled out of the sky like a broken leaf, her crew descending to the sea beneath tattered old parachutes. Meanwhile, the Chinese fighters pressed the attack!

    “Xian calling Avenger, we see the fortress. Smoke and flames coming from the south side! Enemy soldiers are moving to set up triple-a along the perimeter wall!”

    “Confirmed” Harper’s voice replied. “Engage all of those targets.”

    “Xian One, guns guns guns!”

    The Chinese fighter planes put their noses down and dove on the Assassin’s Fortress! Thousands of rounds of hot lead rained down on the enemy, and Gauss weapon fire rose up and into the clouds. One of the fighters got clipped and went spinning into the sea, but a second later:

    “Xian One, this is Zhukov.” A Russian woman’s voice sounded over the radio. “Brake left now!”

    The squadron of Russian attack helicopters had finally caught up and rejoined the attack! Rocket pods and machine gun fire raked the perimeter wall! It was impossible to see the Assassin's Stronghold behind the billowing smoke and flames, which had been kicked up into a swirling vortex by helicopter blades! The swirling inferno was too much for some aircraft! A Korean Chinook teetered dangerously before its engines, choked with sooty air, failed. The transport helicopter twisted sideways and fell out of the air like a rock! Slamming into the streets of the town below, the explosion illuminated the nighttime battlefield in a haunting way.

    “All Human aircraft, withdraw to a safe distance!” Sarah Harris’ voice filled the airwaves. “The Triple Alliance is about to attack!”

    The Partogan warships arrived in force! Starfighters swarmed and swirled around the fortress, pummeling the structure with Plasma weapons fire, Mass Driver volleys, and raked the structure with vivid beams of purple light! It seemed as though the fortress was going to be completely flattened! Weapons fire lit up the area around Vladivostok like a sick twist on a New Year’s party!

    No sooner had air superiority been established over the greater Vladivostok area, than rest of the troop transports arrived. Flying at the front of the pack, the Skyranger screamed through the air, lowering her deployment bay doors and allowing my team to get our first views of the site.

    “Site’s too hot!” Wendy yelled. “I can’t drop you until those hostiles below get cleared out!”

    “Snipers!” I yelled. “Tie yourselves off and get a good shooting position!”

    Chihiro and Soylent both grabbed their weapons from the overhead rack while Isis and I attached safety lines to their belts.

    “Firebrand!” Soylent shouted. “Bring us to a hover!”

    The Skyranger turned around and began to hover in mid-air, Chihiro’s Laser Sniper Rifle and Soylent’s Anti-Materiel Rifle pointed out the back of the deployment bay while Isis and I (who were closest to the door) grabbed our respective sniper by their belt and started calling targets. Both Sharpshooters began sending a hailstorm of lethal fire into the fortress below!

    “Officer! Seven hundred yards! By the truck!”

    Chihiro loosed a volley of laser fire and brought the enemy soldier down!

    “Triple-A crew! Five hundred yards! Left side!”

    Soylent fired his AMR three times in rapid succession! Two hostiles went down, while the third soldier dropped his weapon and scrambled for cover!

    “Two runners on the perimeter wall- HOLY SHIT!! CARTER! GET THE PARTOGANS TO CEASE FIRE!”

    The Skyranger swayed violently and nearly toppled out of the air like a leaf as the Kakama swooped past us and dropped an absolutely massive bomb on the Chosen’s Fortress! The fireball lit up the darkened sky as though it was daytime and rose nearly two thousand feet into the air, singing every hair on my face! The shockwave caused Chihiro and Soylent to fall backwards into the deployment bay, landing in front of my feet!

    Kakama, this is Skyranger, check your fire! You almost killed friendlies!”

    “I’ll tell’em to back off, Firebrand! Standby!” Sarah called back.

    “All troop transports, this is Avenger.” Commander Harper broadcast to the fleet as a whole. “Landing zones are now clear, commence your combat drops!”

    Pulling Chihiro back into her seat, I shouted:

    “Lock and load everyone! This is it!”

    Suddenly, the Skyranger veered violently to the left, throwing all of us back into our seats! Soylent’s sniper rifle flew out of his hands and out the deployment door where it fell six hundred feet to the ground! Out the open doorway, I could see Gauss Weapons fire light up the starry night sky like a meteor shower!

    “NOT CLEAR!” Wendy screamed into the radio! “LZ is hot! I’m taking ground fire!”

    In the back of the Skyranger, all eight of us were thrown and buffeted about while Wendy put the Skyranger through a series of evasive acrobatics! I grabbed Chihiro’s arm and held onto her as tightly as possible!

    “DAMNIT! MORE INCOMING!” Wendy shouted! “HANG ON BACK THERE!”

    The Skyranger rolled violently and for a few terrifying seconds, we were completely inverted in midair! Down was up and up was down, and the whole time, I could hear the loud whistling of Gauss Rounds missing the ship by inches! Isis turned green and vomited, the sick mess flying all over the deployment bay! Then Wendy put the Skyranger into a chaotic dive before pulling up so hard that Chihiro and I crashed into each other, hard!

    I felt a cracking sensation in the back of my head! Fighting the forces of gravity, I turned my head and saw what had happened: That last high-G turn had forced my head to press into a metal plate on the back of my seat, and as a result, the Mindshield I got from Commander Harper had been smashed to pieces! Little bits of splintered Elerium conduit flew in all directions and out of sight!

    I didn’t have any time to think about that, as less than a second later, a powerful impact caused the Skyranger to lurch and shake more violently than ever before!

    “We’ve been hit!” Wendy shouted! “Hydraulics are down! I’m losing attitude control!”

    “BRACE!” I screamed to my troops! “EVERYONE PUT YOUR HEADS DOWN!”

    The Skyranger began to spin like a top! My head was forced to the left like I was on some out-of-control carnival ride! Chihiro screamed and grabbed me with both hands! Jericho began to project a flickering Psionic field around herself! It expanded and enveloped everybody in the cargo bay! Straining herself, Jericho started pushing her energies towards the cockpit!

    “Mayday! Mayday! Mayday!” Wendy’s voice carried above the whining engines! “This is Skyranger going down hard! I have nine souls on board! Latitude: four-three point one-six-three! Longitude: one-three-one point nine-eight-three! Skyranger hit by ground fire! We are going down!”

    Engines screamed! Wind roared! The ground rose up to meet us!


    WHAM!

     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 22: Mira Mihaka
  • There's another Star Wars reference in this chapter, although this one's a little more overt. I just ripped a whole conversation out of Return of the Jedi. The opportunity was too good to resist.;)
    ======


    Chapter 22
    Mira Mihaka


    y4mW6puubninLJQiTTsWG6mRyxkH3CDD9eolcYGYO1ZTJ3uYG6xy8CVO6ZAKr3r9oAhrg9kKIdkGsv9k9ltMBWiVnwJl_cGIOeXamIOWJYyUsGkNTEhjbs2oPJONuGRlS3t_d3M-kpHgb4GDfLghNOBanwMbE8ObbYWSCxRkOeilqiDioA7vfst6YwjiQ-cN8lpyLRwuprSOwOy7kzlWiK-Dw

    “Blake! Wake up! Please wake up!”

    I had trouble opening my eyes. It felt like getting out of bed after oversleeping too much. My back, neck, and head all ached. Up above me, I could see the cloudy night sky, flickering and flashing like a lightning storm. Airplanes, Helicopters, and starships swirled around above us while the sounds of weapons fire assaulted my ears from all sides. Finally, I sat up and looked around.

    The Skyranger was destroyed.

    Wreckage was strewn about everywhere. Flames licked at what remained of the engines, and little red circles of blood speckled the concrete we had landed on. Next to me, Chihiro was wrapping a bandage around my arm while all around us, the soldiers of the QRF were hiding amongst the debris and waging an intense gunfight with an enemy I couldn’t see. Central Officer Bradford had wedged the barrel of his rifle through a hole in the hull and was firing indiscriminately into the night. Matthew Hawkins and Odette Fournier had teamed up to operate a heavy machinegun together and were keeping the right flank locked down while Lee Chong-Il, Song Soo, and Sophia Kuznetsova were fighting on the opposing flank. Ignatius Petoskey had taken cover near Chihiro and I and was talking into his radio.

    “Guardian Angel calling Avenger. We found Trojan! He’s alive, but shaken up! We’re gonna move him in a minute.”

    “What’s going on?” My voice cracked.

    “Skyranger hit the deck.” Chihiro explained. “Just inside the perimeter wall! We landed right in the middle of a goddamned firefight! ADVENT’s in front of us, and EXALT’s on our right, so keep your head low!”

    “Anyone dead?”

    Chihiro answered using the callsigns for our teammates:

    “No, but Soylent, Freud, Steampunk, and Firebrand are hurt really bad. They’re out of the fight. Jericho and Supernova are both missing.”

    “WHAT!?”

    I tried to stand up, but Chihiro and Ignatius both put their hands on my shoulders and forced me down again! A second later, the loud Ratta-tatta of machine gun fire sounded over our heads!

    “What part of ‘firefight’ did you miss!?” Chihiro shouted at me!

    “How long was I out!? When did they leave?” I raised my voice, desperate to convey the urgency.

    “You were down for about ten minutes.” Bradford answered. “We saved you for last because you were the least badly injured. The rest of Red Team has been extracted already.”

    “Jericho took off about two or three minutes ago.” Chihiro added. “And Supernova went chasing after her.”

    The news hit me hard. Jericho had run off by herself, and Akira/Homura was trying to chase her down. Instinctively, I reached up to the back of my head and felt the place where my Mindshield used to be. All that remained of the device was some twisted metal and broken wires. The primary component, an Elerium conduit, was nowhere to be found. I felt the sinking feeling in my stomach get ten times worse, then asked:

    “What did Jericho do before she ran off? Did she say anything?”

    Song Soo fished a Laser Rifle out of the wreckage and took a quick peek at the nearby enemy positions. Turning back to me, she said:

    “I asked Jericho to pick you up and carry you back to the QRF helicopter! She grabbed your head to start lifting you up, and then she dropped you.”

    “Jericho dropped me!?” I was shocked.

    “Yeah.” Lee Chong-Il chimed in. “Then she started screaming! I thought she’d been shot or something!”

    At that moment, there was a loud interruption of gunfire! A billowing column of flame roared over our heads! The intense heat alone was so painful I thought I’d stepped into Hell itself!”

    “Enemy flamethrower!” Lee Chong-Il yelled. “Thirty feet! Right side, by that doorway!”

    Sophia Kuznetsova pulled the pin on a hand grenade and lobbed it overtop of the ruined Skyranger hull. A second later, there was a loud crack! The column of fire above our heads sputtered and died as the enemy flamethrower was neutralized. Turning back to me, Bradford had to shout above the noise of battle!

    “Jericho wasn’t shot, but something in her head definitely broke! She just kinda knelt over you for a couple of minutes while we were fighting! Talking to herself!”

    “Then she got up and ran over there!” Song pointed towards an area just outside of the Skyranger crash site.

    For the first time, I took note of exactly where the ship had come down. The Skyranger had crashed through the roof of a building and had come to rest in what looked like a cafeteria, just inside the boundaries of the Chosen Assassin’s fortress. One of the building’s walls had collapsed, revealing the courtyard outside, where a huge hole had been opened up in the ground. I could just see dim reddish light coming from the chasm.

    “Jericho opened up that hole and then jumped in!” Sophia reported.

    “And Hanako?” I was dreading the answer.

    Chihiro gave me a very uncomfortable look.

    “She saw Jericho go down that hole.” Chihiro told me. “Then she shouted ‘Oh my God, she knows!’ And then Homura followed Jericho into that hole.”

    My heart stopped for a good two seconds, and my brain froze up.

    Jericho knows.

    I reached up and checked my broken Mindshield again.


    Jericho knows.

    I looked at Chihiro, her confused expression meeting my horrified one.

    “She knows, Chi.” I gasped. “Jericho knows about Mira.”

    “What?”

    I didn’t resist when Chihiro telepathically made her way into my memories. Her face shifted through several phases of shock and revulsion as the truth sank in. Chihiro was so busy processing this new information that she didn’t notice me grabbing my sword from a smashed weapons locker next to us. As I grabbed my Alloy Cannon off the ground, Central Officer Bradford spotted me and shouted.

    “Lieutenant! What the hell are you doing!?”

    “Mission’s compromised!” I shouted back. “I’m going after Jericho!”

    Checking my weapons and armor one last time, I vaulted over the low wall of wreckage and charged into the open, sprinting out of the crash site towards that yawning chasm in the ground! Behind me I heard Bradford yell:

    “God damn it all! Antigone! Dragon! Enforcer! Go with him!”

    I reached the edge of the precipice! ADVENT soldiers spotted me and raised their weapons in my direction, but a Psionic blast from Chihiro forced them back into cover while I jumped! I hit a loose pile of rubble and slid down into the underground section of the Assassin’s fortress! Chihiro, Sophia, and Chong-Il crashed onto the scene behind me.



    Thursday, July 19, 2035 12:45am

    Inside the Fortress of the Chosen Assassin, Vladivostok, Russia



    The interior of the Assassin’s stronghold was disturbingly similar to the Aralkum Blacksite. Sophie, Chihiro, Chong-Il and I found ourselves inside of a large room filled with bloodstained medical equipment. Instead of the traditional beds, large metal slabs marked the spots where God-knows how many victims met their demise at the hands of ADVENT’s twisted science. It took the four of us a second to realize just how badly the room had been wrecked.

    “There was a fight in here.” Chong-Il pointed towards a series of scorch marks on the wall. “A very one-sided fight at that.”

    “Jericho was here.” Chihiro said. “There’s residual Psionic energy in the air. I can feel it.”

    “Could you lead us to Jericho?” I asked. “By following that energy?”

    “Maybe.”

    “Right, everyone ready up.” I ordered the others. “We can’t assume Jericho cleared this place out by herself.”

    Chihiro drew her Shadowkeeper and led the way, passing through a smashed doorway into the next room. Keeping our own weapons at the ready, Sophia, Chong-Il, and I followed.

    The next room was some kind of factory. Two assembly lines ran on each side of the room, carrying half-built war machines. MEC troopers, Sectopods, and heavy suits of powered armor lay where they had fallen. The floor was so covered in broken machinery that the four of us had to tread very carefully.

    “Some of these MECs put up one helluva fight.” Sophia murmured. “Did Jericho do all of this by herself?”

    “It’s possible.” Chong-Il breathed.

    “Wait!” Chihiro froze in front of the far door. “Listen! Voices on the other side.”

    Making sure to keep the heavy metal door shut, the four of us stacked up on one side. We could hear a male voice talking in an alien language.

    “Enforcer, prep a flashbang.” I hissed. “Hit’em, then I’ll breach.”

    Chihiro shoved the door open with one hand and Chong-Il tossed the stun grenade! On the other side of the door, I heard two voices gasp, followed by a loud bang!

    “Go go go!” I shouted, and started to dash into the room!

    We stormed into what looked like a power station. An Elerium generator hummed away with a dull tone and filled the room with a sickening green light. Smoke curled up from a spot on the floor where the stun grenade had detonated. Behind the smoke, two humanoid shapes threw up their arms and shouted:

    “Partoga! Partoga! Pargota!”

    “STOP! HOLD FIRE!” I shouted.

    Manako Ranginui and Kailani Kalili stepped out of the smoke, coughing and wheezing. Kailani stuck one finger in her ear and twisted as though she expected to find something in there. Manako gave us all an angry look.

    “What the hell are you two doing down here!?” I shouted.

    “Yeah, we almost killed you!” Chihiro added.

    Manako grabbed his Plasma Rifle off the floor and said:

    “We hunt enemy. Same like you.”

    Kailani didn’t say anything. She was looking at Chihiro and I with a screwed-up expression, as though she was thinking very hard. Finally, she shook her head and followed Manako as he moved to one of the doorways on the other side of the room. The four of us started to follow him, but Manako pointed to a doorway on the far side of the room and said:

    “Human girl go there. Takea go here.”

    The four of us turned on our heels and backtracked, following the way Manako had pointed out.

    “Wait a minute.” Sophia said. “He said ‘girl’ as in singular. Did he see Jericho or Supernova?”

    Quickly, I turned around to ask, but Manako and Kailani had already gone through the doorway and moved into the next room. Behind me, Chihiro pushed the doorway open and shouted into the next room:

    “Jericho? Supernova? Either of you in here?”

    To all of our surprise, a voice called out in reply! A voice I hadn’t heard in months.

    “Aw, bugger. Now I’m startin’ to hear voices. This is your bloody fault, Walsh!”

    A female voice responded, speaking in English through a thick Irish accent.

    “Me!? Come over ‘ere and say that ya gobshite!”

    My heart leapt!

    “WALSH!” I shouted and pushed my way past Chihiro into the next room. “Kathleen Walsh, is that you!?”

    We had found it. A long, narrow hallway stretched on for about two hundred feet in front of us, the walls lined with heavy doors that were unmistakably meant to keep someone inside. It was the prison block! Chihiro, Sophia, Chong-Il, and I fanned out, banging on each door and shouting the names of our missing comrades!

    “Sergeant Walsh!” Sophia cried out. “Talk to me, which cell are you in?”

    “Colonel Smith!” Chong-Il raised his voice, “We’re here to rescue you!”

    “Corporal Ackermann!” I yelled. “Gimme a sign! Sound off!”

    “Tsubaki-chan!” Chihiro spoke in Japanese. “Doko ni imasu ka?”

    One by one, cell doors were smashed open, and we reunited with the last four missing Stormbreakers. British soldier Holly Smith looked terrible. She had lost quite a bit of weight, but that didn’t stop her from standing up and walking out of the cell under her own power.

    “Oh, I’m so glad to see you!” Holly greeted us with a smile. “I was starting to think we’d worn out our welcome here. Oi! Robinson, when the hell did you get promoted?”

    American Resistance fighter Kathleen Walsh punched me in the shoulder by way of saying hello.

    “Never a doubt you’d be the one to spring us!” Walsh gushed, “But why’d ya take so effing long?”

    Sophie Ackermann, looking paler and more emaciated than I’ve ever seen her before, lunged out of her cell and wrapped her arms around Sophia in a great big bear hug.

    “Thank you!” Sophie cried. “Thank you so much! I thought I was gonna die in there!”

    The Russian woman embraced her South African comrade and said in a soft voice:

    “There, there. You’re okay now. You’re safe. We’re here for you.”

    One cell over, Tsubaki Endo was so happy to see us that she didn’t wait for anyone to help her up. With both of her prosthetic legs missing, Tsubaki tried to crawl on her arms across the cell floor to get to us, but Chihiro and I grabbed her and supported her between our shoulders.

    “Chihiro-Kun!” Tsubaki gasped. “I knew you’d find us! I knew it!”

    Kathleen crossed the hallway and gently ruffled Tsubaki’s messy brown hair.

    “She did, ya know.” The former Secret Service agent told me. “Every day after they took us, Miss Endo here said ‘oh I just know Blake and Chihiro are gonna come for us. They’d never forget about us cause we’re their friends.”

    “We’d have probably gone insane without you, Endo.” Holly said. “So, thanks.”

    “What the hell happened to you?” Chihiro asked. “It took us quite a while to find you.”

    “Not really sure.” Holly admitted. “We all got interrogated a few times. They asked us about Commander Harper and the Avenger, but then they just stopped after a while. Getting’ food twice a day was the only interactions we had with anyone until you lot showed up.”

    “Something’s off.” Chong-Il said. “You’d think ADVENT would have done away with you as soon as you stopped being useful. Experiments or brainwashing or something.”

    “Maybe the Chosen Assassin had something specific in mind for them.” Sophia offered.

    “Speaking of her…” I started to ask, but Kathleen cut me off.

    “Oh, yeah. Something’s definitely up with her, but how did you get past her, anyway? This is kinda her place.”

    “We haven’t seen the Assassin yet.” Sophia answered. “We were following someone who charged in here on their own.”

    “That must have been the voice we heard earlier.” Sophie interjected. “Someone came in here, said, ‘wrong place’ and then left!”

    “Jericho!” Chihiro and I said together.

    “Listen, we have to chase her down.” I told the others. “Antigone, Enforcer, take everyone topside and get an evac started. We’re going to get Jericho.”

    Passing Tsubaki off into the arms of Sophie, Chihiro and I broke from the group and resumed our search. Behind us, Sophia and Chong-Il guided our comrades out the way they had come.



    The further we got into the Assassin’s stronghold, the quieter it became. Simultaneously, the devastation got worse and worse. Bodies of ADVENT Army soldiers and aliens alike lay strewn in the corridors, and since we were underground, the smoke from several fires had nowhere to go, filling up the ceilings with acrid grey and black clouds. Whole walls had been reduced to rubble, causing small cave-ins throughout the facility.

    Moving cautiously, Chihiro and I realized that somehow, Jericho had annihilated the defenders of the stronghold single-handedly. Every once in a while, the sounds of combat up above would seep in via the ventilation system, but things were soon as silent as a crypt, doubly so when we reached our final destination.

    Even though we’d never seen an Ascension Chamber before, Chihiro and I recognized it on sight. The room containing the device was different from all the others. The walls, ceiling, and floor were all guided and shiny, as though the room was made from mirrors and polished chrome. We could see our reflections on nearly every surface, and it was quite disconcerting. A huge statue of an Elder stood on a plinth just behind the Ascension Platform itself, looking down on us with a blank face.

    Standing on the platform, Chihiro and I looked around.

    “No doubt about it, Jericho and Akira went through here…” Chihiro seemed to be talking to herself.

    “How can you tell all of that?” I asked.

    “The gate told me.” Chihiro breathed. Again, it seemed like she was just thinking out loud. “This is amazing… It’s like a telepathic link… The Ascension Platform is designed to let Psionic people use it without touching the controls.”

    Chihiro grabbed my shoulder.

    “Stand over here and don’t move!”

    “Are we going through now?”

    “Yes.”

    “Any idea what we’re going to find on the other side?”

    “Kinda. There’s definitely a fight going on. Keep your weapon up.”

    Chihiro and I both raised our weapons, aiming at the statue of the Elder.

    “On my mark.” Chihiro said. “We’re going through in three… two… one…”

    It was like all of reality suddenly went to pieces! The floor beneath me seemed to just fall away into an endless void of color and light! I was racing through this tunnel of chaos and I couldn’t move my arms or legs! Rigid, paralyzed, I fell through the spinning vortex of god-know-what until a brilliant white light overpowered everything in my sight! I jammed my eyes shut and waited for it to be over!

    I felt my feet hit something solid, and my senses told me I was no longer falling. I opened my eyes… and saw that I had just appeared in a completely different place.

    y4mEkWRwzt4jZ2mWALU48jrwJAIXDc7URmUNR7aEcahbWMyUny-iOQhORgcks6d6x5wQ1SV7hQ1psrNXb-_y6d3B6SivJZcKjWR-gX6W5gHKyD8rJ4yZSbknl36PnXEm7V_UTzVcWIcYDxLWYI8409zAG5HHmemDKXIxtrplhCf3A5uj_b2EDiOm6hoESdZL0eT6AD1e3EQWwscJHNJW6h_eQ

    Caption said:
    Blake Robinson and Chihiro Tachibana enter the inner sanctum of the Chosen Assassin.


    I knew right away that this was the inner sanctum of the Chosen Assassin. Chihiro and I were in a vast chamber with a high ceiling supported by ornate silver pillars. The floor beneath us was polished to the point where our reflections looked back at us in perfect relief. Two huge cauldrons filled to the brim with purple Soulfire were the only decoration in here, but on the far side of the chamber, I could see a huge rectangular slab being suspended in midair above an altar.

    In the middle of the chamber were three people: Jericho, Akira, and the Chosen Assassin. All three combatants had their weapons raised at each other and were clearly in the middle of a three-way standoff.

    “What kind of monster are you!?” Jericho was shrieking at Akira! “You tried to make me kill my own mother!”

    “She’s not your mother anymore!” Akira shouted. “She’ll turn you over to the Elders the first chance she gets! She’s too dangerous to be left alive!”

    “You can’t kill her!” Jericho cried “She’s my mom! I won’t let you!”

    On those words, I reached into my pocket, found the Arc Brace remote, and jammed the button as hard as I could! Jericho screamed as her ankle bracelet activated and delivered an electric shock that would have instantly killed any other person! Falling to her knees, Jericho rolled out of the way as the Assassin swung her sword at Akira’s head! The time traveler jumped back and fired up her own Celestial Gauntlets!

    “Chi!” I yelled. “Get Jericho out of here!”

    Akira heard my voice and looked around. Seeing us, she threw herself to one side as Chihiro and I both opened fire on the Assassin! The sound of both the Alloy Cannon and Laser Sniper Rifle going off at the same time was like a lightning strike! Both volleys caught Mira Mihaka in the chest and she fell over backwards! Before she’d even hit the floor, her body had dissolved into millions of little points of purple light that converged on the Sarcophagus!

    “Killing her won’t do any good until that thing’s destroyed!” Akira shouted, pointing at the Sarcophagus!

    Chihiro and I leveled our weapons at the floating stasis chamber! It was now enveloped in a shimmering aura that clearly wasn’t a sign of anything good! Chihiro and I both fired our weapons again, putting a pair of pockmarks in the Elerium plating!

    “What are you doing!? STOP!”

    A pulse of Psionic energy hit the both of us from the side! Chihiro and I fell over, I twisted my head just in time to see Jericho bearing down on us! A vortex of Psionic energy swirled around her as Akira intercepted Jericho and stopped her closing the distance on us!

    “I’ve got her! Kill Mira!” Akira screamed before throwing a Psi Lance at Jericho!

    A loud rushing noise and a flash of light told us the Assassin was back!

    “See now the futility of your actions and stand down!” Mira declared, “Your deaths shall be merciful!”

    “Chi! Left side!”

    Chihiro threw herself out of the way while I drew my own sword and parried the incoming attack at the last second! I was nose to nose with Mira Mihaka as her Katana and my Arc Blade locked against one another for the briefest of moments! Pushing with all my strength, I forced the Assassin to disengage!

    To one side, Akira and Jericho were locked in Psionic combat! Akira flicked her wrist, sending some invisible force towards Jericho! With both hands, Jericho deflected the Psionic attack, causing the floor next to her to explode outwards, sending debris flying into the air! Then Jericho went on the offensive! Sending one pulse after another towards Akira, it was all the time traveler could to do shield herself! Each time a jet of violet energy struck Akira, her telekinetic shield would shatter into millions of semi-corporeal shards and she’d have to make a new one! In less than ten seconds, Akira’s shield had been broken nearly a dozen times!

    Akira pointed both of her palms towards the ground and projected two arcs of white light into the floor! Two more arcs leapt of the floor near Jericho and hit her at the same time! With a flash and a crack like thunder and lightning, Akira and Jericho had traded places! Jericho, facing the wrong direction, tried to turn around to continue fighting Akira, but Akira had moved faster. Slamming her right hand to the ground, six translucent tentacles erupted from the floor and seized Jericho, holding her high in the air, immobilized!

    Meanwhile, Chihiro and I were holding our own against Mira. The Assassin avoided engaging us in a drawn-out fight. Instead, she would strike and then withdraw! After the first two hit-and-run attacks, I figured out that she was gunning for Chihiro, not me. With her big and bulky sniper rifle, Chihiro was pretty much useless once Mira got too close.

    “Chi! Switch to your pistol!”

    “Blake! She’s coming again!”

    As she dropped her rifle to the floor, the Assassin waved her Katana through the air. Psionic energy trailing behind the blade reshaped itself into a dense fog that started to fill the battlefield.

    “Damnit, I can’t see!” I shouted. “Where’d she go!?”

    “Into the mountain mist, where the reed is bent by the wind, but not broken.” The Assassin taunted from the shadows. “I welcome the darkness, for it is my ally… and your… betrayer!”

    On that last word, I finally saw movement in the swirling fog! I raised my sword again, but it was too late! For a full second, I could see the Assassin bearing down on me before her sword flashed through the air! Just before the blade struck home, I felt a powerful burst of cold air wash across me! The Assassin’s blade hit my chest and bounced off! Recovering from the deflection, Mira turned around just in time to see Akira approaching her at a run! I fell backwards and crawled out of the way as twin Shard Blades extended from Akira’s Celestial Gauntlets!

    Mira raised her Katana and blocked Akira’s next blow! Cold and harsh Psionic energy radiated out of Akira’s body as she pushed the Assassin away from me!

    “How fitting.” The Assassin sneered at Akira. “Not only will I deliver Jericho to the Elders, but the Paradox as well. Not only shall I regain my master’s favor, I may just yet become their champion. This will be a truly great day.”

    Akira tried to slash at Mira’s chest with her Shard Blades, but the Assassin dodged her strike with ease. Slashing her Katana through the air again, a huge blue and white wave appeared in front of Mira and washed across the chamber! Chihiro, Akira, and I all got caught up in it! Tumbling, we were thrown through the air and came crashing down several yards away! Hearing the Assassin’s footfalls, I tried to get up, but my hands and feet wouldn’t obey me! I just couldn’t find the strength to stand up again! I was starting to panic!

    “Blake!” Akira screamed. “Stay down! I broke focus! She’s coming!”

    “I know where the Assassin is, thank you very much!” I roared angrily.

    “Not Mira!” Akira shouted. “JERICHO!”

    A hurricane-force wind erupted above me! Even down here on the floor, it sounded like a tornado had somehow materialized inside of the chamber! The Assassin’s telekinetic hold on us snapped, and we could move again!

    Scrambling to my feet, I saw that Jericho had broken free of that strange Psionic trap Akira had left her in. As the Assassin scrambled back to her feet, Jericho screamed:

    “ENOUGH!”

    A shimmering wall of Psionic energy appeared between ourselves and Mira, not quite splitting the chamber in half. The Assassin struck the telekinetic shield with her Katana, and when she saw that she couldn’t break it, took a step back.

    “Your skills have improved.” Mira said through the shield. “Battlefield experience is truly the greatest teacher.”

    Breathing deeply, Jericho glared at Akira, Chihiro, and I in a way that said “don’t you dare move or talk.” Approaching the shield, Jericho took a good long look at Mira.

    “You don’t recognize this?” she gestured to the shield. “I learned it from my mother… from you.”

    “That title is meaningless to me now.” The Assassin hissed. “I am but an instrument of the Elders, and their will extends throughout the universe!”

    “And before that, you were a lost time traveler with no way home.” Jericho kept her voice level. “And you were the first family I ever had.”

    Mira took a step closer to the shield. To my right, I saw Akira cautiously start inching towards Jericho.

    “In the Elder’s embrace, we can be together again.” The Assassin offered. “Come with me, Jericho. Free yourself from the Paradox.”

    Jericho shook her head.

    “We can be together without the Elders, Mom. Come with me.

    I was so shocked, so stunned, that I wondered if I was asleep and just having some freakish dream. Did Jericho really just say that… to one of the Chosen!?

    In the back of my mind, I heard Chihiro’s voice:


    Are we allowing this!? What if Jericho really does turn one of the Chosen? What the hell are we supposed to do then!?

    I don’t think anyone ever considered the possibility. I thought. But if Skirmishers can defect, why not a Chosen?

    Because that’s fucking insane, Blake!!

    “I won’t let my friends kill you.” Jericho said. “And I won’t let you kill my friends, which leaves us at an impasse. This is the only way out, Mira.”

    Jericho held her hand out in front of her, as though offering to shake the Assassin’s hand. For the first time, Mira visibly hesitated. Chihiro had dropped her weapons from shock, and Akira continued to slowly creep towards Jericho, a look of steadfast determination on her face.

    “I know my kind and loving mother is still in there somewhere.” Jericho said. “The Elders couldn’t have completely destroyed her. That’s why you didn’t fight me in Oregon, and that’s why you won’t take me to the Elders.”

    Mira swayed on the spot. She didn’t step forward or backward, but she no longer seemed to be… steady.

    “You… cannot… comprehend the power of the Elders. I fell out of their favor after my repeated failures, and yet they allow me to live. It is a generous mercy I can never hope to repay. I must obey their command. It is the Elder’s will that I bring you before them.”

    Jericho never lowered her hand.

    “I won’t cooperate. You’ll be forced to kill your own daughter.”

    “If that is our destiny.”

    Jericho stepped closer. Her fingertip was now brushing up against her own shield, which rippled like a pond disturbed by an insect.

    “You won’t do this.” Jericho spoke in a hushed voice. “I can feel that little spark of resistance in your mind, in the core of your soul! Listen to it! Listen to your own will instead of the Elders!”

    Mira hesitated again. When she spoke, Chihiro and I both gasped! The Assassin’s voice had changed! It was a tiny, subtle difference, but we both picked up on the slightly less harsh tone as the Chosen Assassin said:

    “It is too late for me, daughter. The Elders see, hear, and know all. I will be disposed of.”

    A loud rushing noise caught my attention! Chihiro, Jericho, Mira and I all looked around! On the far end of the chamber, the Ascension Platform came to life as a column of white light descended down from the ceiling onto it! I shielded my eyes with one hand, bent down and recovered my sword. Just as I straightened up again, the light faded and we all saw what had just arrived in the Assassin’s inner sanctum.

    It was a lone humanoid figure, clad in black and purple armor. If I hadn’t known better, I would have assumed it was a young Human woman in her mid-twenties… but Human women do not wear purple face masks, they do not have long white hair that sticks straight up in defiance of gravity, and most importantly of all: They do not have the spectral image of an Ethereal floating in midair behind them.


    y4mvUOEPfu0EHXTiC5588fIuiHB9AmsBA2vRcRQcXOn-HFv6EOOybcxEsf7MttfuhvRByd6EHPCffazNjm4hrhUQTL7C6pmmiDYImdPSdglsTMGj_hMnC2B43G3e0EXMVMFExXcsC4o7XWwVeVjcR6ZPT-upFKzUqUmLNVtCNy6PtYv0O4UTkHyURe3LRCa41lB1_O9pVyfdrNWXPdljhJx9w
    Caption said:
    An Avatar in the field. According to multiple combat reports, a single Avatar is more than capable of stopping a whole squad in its tracks.


    “AVATAR!” I shouted!

    Jericho, Chihiro, Mira, and I all raised our weapons together and took aim at the Human/Ethereal Hybrid! Akira turned around to face the Sarcophagus, and everybody moved at once! A roiling inferno of Soulfire erupted away from the Avatar and enveloped the whole chamber! Pain, searing pain unlike anything I’d ever felt before wracked every inch of exposed flesh! Clutching onto my sword as tightly as I could, I felt the pain subside! Opening my eyes, I saw that my suit of power armor had taken the full brunt of the blast, and was now burned and singed very badly. I realized that without that power armor, I almost certainly would have died just now.

    The Soulfire inferno was over, extinguished by a Harbor Wave attack! The Chosen Assassin was fighting against the Avatar! Mira slashed her sword, cutting through the Avatar’s armor and drawing blood before crouching low and retreating! The Avatar raised its Psionic Reaper to fire on the fleeing Assassin, but before it could pull the trigger, Chihiro had opened fire! The Shadowkeeper pistol let out a loud crack and belched a thick cloud of black smoke! The slug hit the Avatar in the shoulder and threw off it’s aim! Mira escaped into a dark corner and the Avatar quickly turned to see who had fired. Chihiro herself had also scrambled for cover and concealment, escaping from the Avatar’s wrath.

    Meanwhile, Jericho and I had taken the offensive! Yelling my last best hope to the heavens, I charged the Avatar down and slashed at its chest and head with my Arc Blade! Orange blood splattered the floor and the front of my armor! I scored a hit!

    Immediately, there was a rushing of Psionic energy followed by a quick flash of light! The Avatar had vanished!

    “It teleports when it takes damage!” Jericho shouted. “And it heals really fast! Watch your flanks!”

    The Avatar re-appeared on the other side of the chamber! Akira dropped her plasma pistol and took a swipe at the enemy with her Shard Blades, forcing it to teleport again! This time, the Avatar appeared a few paces away from Chihiro! She raised her Shadowkeeper and took another shot! The Avatar vanished one more time and reappeared between Mira and myself. We both drew our swords and charged! The Avatar looked from one to the other of us and acted in a moment! With one hand, it pointed at me! I didn’t know what it was doing, but I found out in a moment when I ran headlong into a telekinetic shield! It was like hitting an invisible brick wall! Dazed, I shouted!

    “Mira! Watch out!”

    The Avatar turned its full attention to the Chosen Assassin! Pointing both palms at the incoming Mira, the Avatar fired a Psionic Lance! The beam sailed through the air and impaled Mira straight through the chest! She collapsed in mid-run!

    “NO!” Jericho screamed!

    “It’s not over!” Chihiro yelled.

    Mira’s body once again dissolved into a cloud of little sparks, which once again converged on the Sarcophagus! Using Psionic energy to close and heal its wounds, the Avatar teleported once more, this time landing in front of the altar above which Mira’s Sarcophagus was floating. It turned around and pressed one hand to the device! Cracks began running up the Elerium plate!

    “Someone stop that Avatar!” I shouted!

    “I got this!” Akira shouted!

    Just as she had done in Kanna, Akira pointed one arm towards the ceiling and projected a beam of purple light into the air! It collided with the ceiling above and white glowing cracks began to spread out from the site as though the whole ceiling was about to cave in! Then a single bolt of lightning materialized in the chamber! It arced from Akira’s hand to the top of the Sarcophagus! The stasis chamber shuddered as the charge ran down the length of its shape and jumped onto the Avatar! The Hybrid was blasted off it’s feet and flew backwards about a quarter of the way across the chamber! The Avatar hit one of the cauldrons of Soulfire, spilling the supernatural flames across the floor, setting a large portion of the chamber on fire!

    “I’m guessing that’s a bad sign!” Chihiro shouted, pointing at the Sarcophagus.

    I looked at where Chihiro was pointing, and felt my stomach lurch.

    Mira Mihaka’s Sarcophagus had been destroyed. Broken shards of Elerium cascaded to the floor as the splintered device made a terrible buzzing sound like a broken power line. Then, with a loud rushing sound, Mira herself rematerialized at the base of the Sarcophagus. With her healing device damaged, only the most serious of Mira’s wounds had been healed. She looked to be in terrible shape, and I worried she might just keel over and die at any moment.


    y4mYqC6IvVEbIQjr-pfYBbzNTsqwHWph3udGydAIxFKvfv6lqVQr9uc8Q1jJ588rCwZKHrCf5aTjLkJURynZylhyUheLsFMD5aChMASL5-M3_Ql6XUc8gGBCO7nKU1-2RTt2eDOFgmSi_zX9dGSyUEEoyNMfAU6ix93G-9TOKILQ2zNNmxhVUW1iRKiyByQOm1OxR0mqnn5R7zC20ZlFPPjVg
    Caption said:
    Mira Mihaka is unable to heal without her Sarcophagus.


    “Now,” Mira panted, “We fight on even ground, with death itself at stake for all!”

    Chihiro, Jericho, Mira and I all charged the Avatar at once! Akira hung back to grab her plasma pistol off the floor. Mira unshouldered her shotgun and fired a blast into the Avatar! It teleported away, but not far enough to escape Jericho! She launched a beam of light through the air and caught the Avatar in the back! It teleported again, only to get caught by Chihiro’s Shadowkeeper on landing!

    Standing back to back, the four of us kept the Avatar on its toes, never giving it a beachhead or a moment to rest! Gunfire echoed throughout the chamber while smoke and flames enveloped more and more of the room. Just when it seemed like we were at a stalemate, the Ascension Platform came to life one more time, and two Partogans materialized on the platform! Manako Ranginui and Kailani Kalili only had to observe the situation for a moment before they threw themselves into the battle!

    With two more combatants to worry about, the Avatar was finally overwhelmed! Kailani drew her own Plasma Sword and slashed at any part of the Avatar she could reach! It teleported to the farthest corner of the room and tried to quickly heal itself, only to get caught in Manako’s crosshairs! The Partogan leader trapped the Avatar inside of a shield bubble and then filled it with Soulfire! Burning and desperate, the Avatar lashed out at everyone around it! Psionic blasts from its hands and weapons caught everybody at least once as the enemy got more and more desperate!

    Firing its weapon wildly, the Avatar took aim at Akira, who caught the incoming blasts in one hand imbued them with her own Psionic energy, and then reflected the attack back onto the Avatar! Blasted with its own power, the Avatar was running out of options in a hurry. Finally, I had enough breathing room that I could start to make a plan to actually kill this thing!

    Then I heard Mira shout:

    “If the Elders command my death, then let me die with victorious honor!”

    “Mira!” I shouted, “Wait!”

    Too late! The Chosen Assassin drew her Katana, broke formation, and charged! The Avatar took aim with its Psionic Reaper, and Jericho screamed!

    “EVERYBODY DOWN!”

    Chihiro, Jericho, Akira, Manako, Kailani, and I all hit the deck as Mira unleashed one last Harbor Wave! A rolling tide of Psionic power rolled across the chamber, extinguishing the out-of-control Soulfire and striking the Avatar! At the last moment, the Avatar fired its weapon one final time! Dozens of rapid-fire beams of energy struck Mira in the chest and arms! Simultaneously, the spectral image of the Ethereal abruptly faded away and vanished! As soon as the spectral Ethereal disappeared, the Avatar went limp and fell to the floor like a puppet whose strings had been cut.

    And finally, there was silence. Silence except for the dripping of water from the ceiling and blood from our wounds. Silence except for the panting of four exhausted Humans, two winded Partogans, and one nearly-dead alien.

    “Oh my god.” Chihiro breathed. “What the hell did we just do? Did we just kill an Avatar!?”

    “No.” Mira’s voice sounded strangled, and she coughed up some blood. “I have merely severed its connection to the Elders. It is very much alive, but no longer a threat.”

    Jericho stepped over to the inert Avatar and gave it a swift kick. It didn’t respond in any way.

    A loud hissing noise caught my attention. Looking around, I saw that Manako and Kailani were standing over a translucent purple sphere. Akira herself was hunched over inside the sphere, and seemed to be unconscious.

    “What the!?” Jericho gasped. “A Sustaining Sphere!? When did Akira get hit? Did anyone see?”

    Both of the Partogans shook their heads and looked confused. I stepped over towards the spot where Akira had fallen and saw that inside of her Sustaining Sphere, Akira was bleeding from some kind of head wound. Chihiro let out a low whistle.

    “Sustaining Sphere means she almost got killed just now. Probably a stray shot from the Avatar… which means…”

    Everybody looked over at Mira.

    It was grizzly sight! Mira Mihaka had been shot nearly a dozen times by the Avatar’s Psionic Reaper during that final fight. Adding those injuries on top of the rest she’d already taken, and a very grim picture was painted for us. The Assassin wavered on her feet and grabbed Chihiro’s shoulder for support. Jericho screamed!

    “NO! We just got you back!”

    The former Chosen Assassin fell to her knees and coughed up even more blood.

    “I told you.” Mira choked. “The Elders commanded my destruction.”

    “That’s not fair!” Jericho cried. “I just wanted my mom back!”

    Jericho looked around at all of us.

    “Does anyone have a Medkit? Anything we can help her with!?”

    “Help her?” I repeated, “Jericho, I’m on a mission to kill this woman. I obviously don’t have a Medkit.”

    Mira let out a hacking wheeze that got my attention.

    “A way.” She gasped. “There is a way…”

    “Wait, you mean a way to save you?” I asked in a hushed voice.

    Mira nodded.

    “But only if you will allow it…”

    Mira looked at Jericho, eyes narrowed. Chihiro telepathically confirmed that she, Jericho, and Mira were having a Psionic conversation. After a few moments, Jericho’s eyes went wide. Chihiro put her hands to her mouth in a silent gasp of surprise. Both she and Jericho looked like they’d just had their minds blown.

    “Are you kidding me!?” Jericho gasped. “THAT’s how you did it!? That was how you possessed Lieutenant Kelly and Blake!?”

    My stomach lurched.

    “Possession!?” I asked. “How is that supposed to help!?”

    “It’s a whole lot more than just plain old possession.” Jericho answered. “It's a really special power. Mira told me about it when she talked about her old time travel days. It’s too complicated to explain right now, but in short: we’re gonna use Mira’s special power to save her life. Chihiro, are you in?”

    “Yeah, I’m in.” Chihiro replied.

    “What!?” I burst out.

    Let me be clear, I’m perfectly okay with using Mira’s unique Psionic power to save her life. She signed her defection to our side in her own blood, after all. What I’m not okay with is using said power on Chihiro, especially when I’m not sure on what it is.

    Don’t worry about me, Blake. Chihiro’s voice filled my mind. This is going to be temporary. I’ll be fine. That’s a promise. Just promise me you’ll get Akira to a medic, okay?


    Okay, fine. I promise.

    Then Chihiro nodded at Jericho.

    “Right, this isn’t going to hurt.” Jericho said. “But it will be unpleasant.”

    Jericho took a deep breath and focused her powers on Chihiro. Instantly, Chihiro’s whole body convulsed and she went limp! I jumped forward and caught her before she hit the floor. Lowering her down gently, I knew exactly which of Chihiro’s old Gene Mods had just been activated.

    “You tried to Mind Control her!” I yelled at Jericho. “What the hell is wrong with you!?”

    “Sorry, Blake” Jericho said quickly. “She needs to be unconscious for this part, and it’s just temporary.”

    While Manako, Kailani, and I watched, Jericho laid the Assassin on the floor next to Chihiro, then checked Chihiro one last time.

    “Okay, Corporal Tachibana’s out cold. We’re ready, Mira. Anything you wanna say before you leave that body forever?” Jericho asked.

    Coughing, Mira smiled at us and said in weak voice:

    “Your good friend there, give him my weapons. He is worthy of them, especially of the blade.”

    Jericho telekinetically summoned both of the Chosen Assassin’s weapons and passed them to me. I was caught off-guard by how lightweight and well balanced the Katana was in my hand. Closing her eyes and resting her head on the burned and bloodstained floor, Mira addressed all of us:

    “You have fought well, XCOM. May you reclaim this world for your own.”

    Mira stopped breathing and became still.

    One second later, Chihiro opened her eyes and sat upright.


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 23: Enemy Within
  • This is it! We are rapidly approaching the end of Act Two! The Liberation of Earth is at hand!
    ======

    Chapter 23
    Enemy Within


    y4mkILlTQa_1UuWDVuIYHZfq3LawdPZz_wYtMx6PL7hERouo7_JVOf8qMuz3d1fanqFz9vyQRIwt-r_ENO0WJ94xQxwnL4W1HY7QS4cI967Rw5d8Bp5RziN1_WQhCmcnWsBDp_ZdN9W6aA6CfO67nQ4DkReQeNzMsvpN9jWRVQs_BwgZtEoz6dSqoZk66ubJLA8s3xC36eJEVhsfBeXIJk91w

    Caption said:
    Central Officer Bradford and Doctor Richard Tygan, photographed during the procedure which transferred the Psionic entity formerly known as the Chosen Assassin (Mira Mihaka) out of the body of Chihiro Tachibana and into the inert Avatar, where it would remain for the rest of the Second Hyperspace War.

    Thursday, July 19, 2035 4:10am
    EXALT Forward Operating Base, Outskirts of Vladivostok, Russia



    By the time Jericho finished explaining the situation for the umpteenth time, she was starting to lose her voice. Commander Harper, Central Officer Bradford, Doctor Tygan, and the holographic images of Geist, Betos, and Konstantine Volikov all listened to Jericho’s story with rapt attention. On the other side of the cramped little command center, two bodies were laying in partially zipped up body bags. The corpse of the Chosen Assassin was being examined by several EXALT scientists, while the still-breathing body of the Avatar was being given a very wide berth by everybody.

    Behind Jericho, Chihiro Tachibana had been restrained. She was shackled at the wrists and ankles, gagged, had an Arc Brace had been fitted around her forearm, and two huge EXALT operatives were holding onto her shoulders. By this point, several hours had passed since Mira Mihaka had woken up in Chihiro’s body. I’d gotten over the shock of the whole thing, and I’d cautiously accepted Mira’s assurance that Chihiro would be fully restored to her own body after Mira vacated it.

    “Your comrade is still here.” Mira had explained. “She’s just been suppressed.”

    I would have been standing at her side, but the EXALT soldiers didn’t let me get any closer than ten feet. I held my place behind Jericho and watched XCOM’s leadership expectantly.

    Finally, Commander Harper broke the tense silence.

    “Where’s Akira Robinson? I think it’s safe to say her secret’s out… Again.”

    “Medical tent number two.” I replied mechanically. “Plasma weapon impact to the back of the head. The Avatar must have got behind her at some point.”

    “Is she stable?”

    “Yes, ma’am. They’re applying Partogan nanomedicine now.”

    Harper focused her gaze on Chihiro.


    “This changes everything.”

    “Yeah, you can say that again.” Bradford chimed in.

    Commander Harper walked over to the table where the corpse of Mira Mihaka was resting. She cautiously placed two fingers on the Chosen Assassin’s throat and checked for a pulse.

    “She’s dead.” Harper told the group. “Definitely dead. But you’re saying, Jericho, that her… her what? Spirit? Her soul? It just moved?”

    “Let’s call it a ‘soul.’” Jericho offered. “It’s easier that way; and yes, it’s been moved.”

    Pointing at Chihiro, Jericho said:

    “Commander, you of all people should know about the wide range of things you can do with Psionics. Astral Projection is Mira’s unique skill. That’s how she could possess people and leave us thinking it was Mind Control. Mira can separate her soul from her body and… well… if you’re asleep, or unconscious, like Corporal Tachibana was…”

    Commander Harper gulped and looked Chihiro in the eyes. Not breaking eye contact, she said:

    “You surprised me, Jericho. I never imagined the possibility that a Chosen could defect. In fact, I’m still having trouble believing it.”

    Gagged and unable to speak, Chihiro/Mira narrowed her eyes at Commander Harper.

    “Mindshields all around, honey.” Harper tapped her own head. “Don’t worry, you’ll get a chance to talk before we make any decisions.”

    “Hold on, you’re actually going to listen to her!?”

    The hologram of Konstantine Volikov stepped through Harper and then turned around to address her. EXALT’s hologram tech is nowhere near as sophisticated as ours, so when he stepped away from the projector, Volk’s image degraded severely, but we could still hear his voice just fine.

    “Commander, you’re not seriously considering that!” Volk protested. “After what happened this morning, you’re still willing to listen to what a xeno has to say!? Those Partogans almost killed our own people out there! She’s one of them! She cannot be trusted!”

    “Xeno or not, she’s a defector!” Harper said. “As much as we would have liked to see her dead, we can’t execute her in cold blood anymore!”

    “Agreed.” Betos added. “The moment the Chosen Assassin took up arms against a servant of the Elders, she became one of my Skirmishers. In our view, Mira Mihaka is on our side now.”

    “She’s ADVENT!” Volk shouted so loudly that the speaker cut out for a second. “She’s an alien! She is the enemy!”

    Chihiro/Mira tried to talk, but the cloth gag got in the way. Bradford talked over her.

    “Volk, Jericho got the Assassin to change sides. It’s a win for us and a blow to ADVENT. What more could you want!?”

    “Dead aliens!” Volk yelled. “That’s what I want! My men are fighting and dying to take our world back! We will not laying down our lives so that you can share the good green Earth with alien filth!”

    The Reaper leader rounded on Harper.

    “Look at me, Laura!”

    Even though he was just a flickering two-dimensional image in midair, we could see just how angry and deranged Volk had gotten. He pointed at Chihiro.

    “I told you back in Nevada that I drew the line at Skirmishers and Partogans. Letting the Chosen Assassin live is going too far! If the Assassin’s really in that girl, then do the right thing and put a bullet in her head! End this threat once and for all!”

    “LIKE HELL!”

    I stepped out of line and placed myself firmly between Chihiro and the Commander. My heart was pounding so hard I could feel my own pulse in my arms.

    “No one is going to hurt Chihiro!” I shouted.

    Now Volk turned his wrath on me.

    “What the hell is wrong with you, boy!?” Volk’s holographic silhouette took a step towards me and I held my ground. “We’re talking about a dangerous alien here; this should not be a debate anymore!”

    “That alien just fought an Avatar to the death to protect Jericho!” I countered. “That’s the opposite of dangerous, Volk!”

    Volk made a head-bobbing motion that suggested he had just spit on the ground, wherever he was.

    “Don’t even get me started on that half-Human freak!” He turned his head to address Harper.

    “This is why I wanted you to keep Jericho out of the loop, Laura! If she hadn’t found out about her so-called mother being the Chosen, we wouldn’t be in this hole!”

    “We’re not in a hole!” Bradford cut in. “By bringing the Assassin over to our side, Jericho’s given us an opportunity we didn’t even know existed! The fact is, Volk, we don’t need to kill our enemies if they can be convinced to turn!”

    Volk put his hands on his hips and shook his head.

    “You’re still too trusting, John!” He snapped. “Aliens are below Human sentiments like that. Stop assuming that these things think like us! You let Mihaka live, and you’ll be giving up everything XCOM fights for: A free Earth, void of outsiders and ruled by free men.”

    The hologram of Betos cast a dark look at the Reaper leader.

    “You seem to be very misguided about what XCOM fights for, Volk.” Betos said. “We fight for the freedom of all who were enslaved by ADVENT, not just Humankind.”

    The two faction leaders stared at one another; their holographic faces filled with implied threats. I was quite grateful that neither of them was physically in the same room as us. Finally, Commander Harper ended the argument:

    “Betos is right, Volk. In this kind of war, freedom is an everybody-or-nobody option. We’re going to accept Mira Mihaka’s defection. She’s one of us now.”

    Stepping away from the holographic faction leaders, Commander Harper ordered me to remove Chihiro/Mira’s gag. Behind me, I heard Volk fly off the handle:

    “Listen to me, Harper! You do this, and the alliance is off! Reapers have long memories, and we won’t forgive anyone who turns their back on their own species! Don’t make an enemy out of me, Harper!”

    A flurry of movement and sound caused me to pause and look around.

    Harper, Bradford, Tygan, Betos, and Geist had encircled the hologram of Volk. The group seemed to be radiating hostile intent.

    “Any Reaper who wants to join us and help bring down the Elders is more than welcome.” Harper growled. “But let me make this clear, Volk: Undermine our mission, come after any of my people, do anything at all that I don’t like, and I will leave no trace that you or your Reapers ever existed. Am I clear? I. Will. End. You.

    Volk didn’t speak. He didn’t so much as blink. After a moment, he disconnected, causing his hologram to vanish. Harper sighed and gave Bradford a quick nod. The Central Officer quickly stormed out of the command center, talking into a radio as he went:

    “This is Central, pass the word to all XCOM, Triple Alliance, Templar, and Skirmisher squad leaders: Reapers are now hostile. Repeat, the Reapers have turned and are now hostile. Follow standard rules of engagement.”

    Meanwhile, I finished removing Chihiro/Mira’s gag and stepped aside, allowing her to face Commander Harper.

    “I apologize for that scene.” The Commander said. “Making an ally out of your enemies is very messy art form.

    “You speak with a certain wisdom.” Chihiro spoke in Mira’s voice. “I see why your Resistance was so quick to rally around you.”

    The doorway to the command center swung open again, and two Partogans entered. Manako and Makara Ranginui both halted when they saw the Assassin’s body lying on one of the tables. Jericho waved to get their attention and they approached.

    “I just heard you found Mira Mihaka!” Makara’s English was now nearly perfect, and her voice seemed to be permanently locked into a South Island New Zealand accent. “Where is she?”

    “The answer is… somewhat complicated.” Doctor Tygan replied, pointing at Chihiro.

    Manako and Makara both looked very confused as Chihiro/Mira waved at them. I tried to help:

    “Mira’s original body was killed. She’s using Astral Projection to inhabit someone else right now, and we have a plan for a more permanent solution.”

    Makara did a double take, looking from the Assassin’s corpse to Chihiro, then said aloud:

    “Kia ora?”

    “Kia ora.” Chihiro/Mira answered calmly. “Ko Mira Mihaka toku ingoa. Kei tawhiti ahau i te kainga.”

    “Ae.” Makara nodded. “Kei te mahara ahau ki te whakatau ia koe.”

    Chihiro/Mira nodded.

    “Pai.”

    Makara addressed me again.

    “You said she’s using Astral Projection, and that this body is a temporary host? Where is the new host body?”

    I crossed the room and tapped the inert Avatar on the head.

    “It turns out Avatars don’t have minds of their own.” Jericho explained. “They’re just puppets for the Elders to use. When Mira cut this Avatar off from the Elders, it just collapsed.”

    “Using this specimen,” Tygan added, “I’ve theorized that the Elders were looking for a way to permanently inhabit the bodies of the Avatars, doing away with their current system of Psionic tethers. This might even be the end goal of the AVATAR Project itself.”

    “So,” I said, “If we put Mira in this Avatar body like Jericho suggested, then we’d basically be doing the Elder’s work for them.”

    “Yes and no.” Tygan replied. “Remember, we will be exploiting the Chosen Assassin’s power of Astral Projection to do this. As far as we know, this power is unique to her.”

    “That is no longer a guarantee.” Chihiro/Mira interjected. “The Elders have spent countless centuries trying to overcome such limitations. The AVATAR Project will only bring them closer to succeeding.”

    “Speaking of that project.” Commander Harper raised her voice to get everyone’s attention. “We only have a few hours left before we have to move against it. I, for one, would like to have Corporal Tachibana restored to her own body as quickly as possible. Is there anyone here besides the Reapers who opposes allowing Mira to inhabit the Avatar body? Anyone at all?”

    Looking around, I saw that nobody had an issue with this.

    “So, what’ll happen to Mira after that?” Jericho asked. “She’s still my mom.”

    “No doubt I’ll be expected to answer for my actions against you and your allies.” Chihiro/Mira said.

    Commander Harper shook her head.

    “Perhaps, but for now, that will have to wait until after ADVENT’s overthrown. Mira, I have no doubt that you have a trove of actionable intel we could make use of. You’ve already done so much by defecting to our side and protecting our troops. But before this war is over, I have to ask if you would be willing to contribute anything else to our fight against the Elders. Please, Mira. You might help us tip the scales today.”

    “I know you are planning to breach the Psionic Gateway, and bring war to my masters in their citadel,” Mira answered. “You will need a guide, as well as a protector. Many terrors await you in the deep.”

    “You were our enemy less than six hours ago.” Betos said. “Out of an abundance of caution, I say it is far too premature to give her a weapon and expect her to fight against ADVENT. We must give her time to acclimate to our way of living and fighting!”

    “Betos, twenty-four hours from now, this war will be over!” Harper snapped. “The time for caution and half measures has passed. Either we defeat the Elders now or the AVATAR Project goes live! Either way, it’s over! Tygan! Jericho! Start prepping Mira for the transfer. Everyone else, start packing your gear for the trip back to the Avenger. Operation Leviathan will launch first thing tomorrow!”

    Commander Harper picked up a clipboard from a nearby table and approached me.

    “I think this goes without saying, Robinson, but your troops are going to take point on Leviathan.”

    “I was counting on that, ma’am.”

    “Good. You’re going to be leading the assault, but Stormbreaker won’t be going alone. I want you to pick a platoon’s worth of soldiers to join your unit.”

    I felt my mouth drop open.

    “Ma’am!? You’re giving me a platoon!?”

    “Take any soldier you want from any squad. The Skirmishers and Templars will open their ranks to you as well. I’ll talk to the Partogans about loaning some of their troops for the operation as well.”

    “Team Takea is available to you.” Makara cut in. “I’ll see if any other Triple Alliance Marines can be set aside for your mission.”

    Harper put a reassuring hand on my shoulder.

    “Smith, Walsh, Ackermann and Endo are back at the Avenger now, being evaluated in the infirmary. Shen tells me they’re all itching for a fight. Ackermann pretty much threw herself into the Hypervital Module an hour ago, so she’s ready to fight. Endo is getting fitted for new legs right now. I’ll send Tachibana to join you as soon as she’s separated from Mira.”

    Looking around the gathered leaders in the room, I hesitated for a moment before deciding not to say Akira’s name.

    “And the other soldier in the Medical Tent?”

    “I’ll send her as soon as she’s on her feet.” Harper replied. “But she did get shot in the head, Robinson. That kind of damage needs lots of Nanomedicine, and we’re dependent on the Partogans for it. She might not recover in time. Be ready for that.”

    Commander Harper let go of my shoulder and finished by saying:

    “You and your platoon will be briefed on the final mission at nineteen-hundred hours tonight. Dismissed, Lieutenant!”

    I turned on my heels and made for the exit. Just as the door closed behind me, I heard Makara say:

    “Commander Harper, I need to talk to you. My brother says he encountered a certain Human named ‘Akira Robinson’ a few hours ago…”



    Thursday, July 19, 2035 3:30pm
    Near the Ruins of Artyom, Russia



    The Avenger had landed in a grassy field that used to be Vladivostok International Airport, just a short ten-mile drive away from Mira’s old fortress. With the Skyranger destroyed, the roads leading to the ship were choked with trucks moving between the ship and the battlefield. It took several hours to reach the Avenger, and while I waited for Chihiro, Jericho, and Akira to catch up, I decided to have a little reunion.

    Sophie Ackermann, Tsubaki Endo, Holly Smith, and Kathleen Walsh were all still in the infirmary. The rest of the squad was there as well, recovering from their various injuries sustained during this morning’s fight. Our missing comrades were more than happy to be home. Tsubaki told everyone about how she had always known a rescue would come while taking a few practice steps on her new cybernetic legs. Kathleen was telling tall tales about being interrogated by the enemy, while Sophie mostly stayed silent, listening to the goings-on and watching us all like a wallflower. Odette Fournier had joined her, and the two were having a silent moment together. Holly was being debriefed about her time in captivity by Isis Dekker. Isis herself had a notepad and was writing down anything she might consider to be useful intel.

    Once cheerful reunions simmered down, I got the group’s attention and quickly debriefed everyone on what had happened recently. I told the squad about how the soldier they knew as Homura Hanako had already been revealed as the time traveler Akira Robinson once, and that she had suppressed their memories of her after the Partogans appeared. Ignatius Petoskey was particularly disturbed by this news. As soon as I confirmed what Akira had done, he activated his Psionic Amplifier and started to inspect our minds, one by one. Ignatius found the “damage” Akira had inflicted and started to undo her handiwork, one Stormbreaker at a time.

    Meanwhile, I brought Holly, Sophie, Tsubaki, and Kathleen up to speed on everything that had happened since their capture at Pyongyang. At times, other members of the squad chimed in with their own contributions to the story. As it turned out, none of our rescued comrades knew that Sophia’s twin sister Ludmilla had been killed during the fight at Pyongyang. Sophie and Tsubaki hugged Sophia and shared a few moments of crying together.

    “Once the war’s over, we’ll go to Kanna, and we’ll give Ludmilla a real funeral, okay?” Tsubaki offered. “All of us, together.”

    The news of our Partogan allies was taken differently by each woman:

    Holly punched the air and gave a celebratory shout!

    “YES! There’s always a bigger bully on the playground!”

    Kathleen was suspicious and skeptical of the Partogans.

    “I don’t like ‘em. How do we know we’re not trading one alien master for another?”

    Tsubaki was curious about the Partogans shocking resemblance to the natives of New Zealand.

    “It can’t be a coincidence that they look and talk like Maori. No chance in hell! Something’s up, and I wanna know what it is!”

    Sophie was downright xenophobic.

    “So what? Once ADVENT’s down we’ll just have to start fighting them. There’s nothing to stop them trying to take our world.”

    Finally, I completed the recap by giving Holly and the others a complete blow-by-blow retelling of Akira’s activities since her first appearance in Korea, as well as her apparent history with the Partogans. When I reached the part about Akira being unexpectedly downed during the fighting earlier today, Kathleen clenched her teeth and made a hissing noise.

    “Oh, shit!” Kathleen gasped. “You mean to tell me the Partogans fragged Akira!?”

    Everybody turned to look at Kathleen. Matthew Hawkins scratched his ear and said:

    “Care to repeat that? Cause it sounds like you said the Partogans f-”

    “Fragged!” Kathleen repeated. “Don’t any of you greenhorns know what fragging is?”

    “Some of the young-in’s might not know,” Hal suggested. “But us vets… we do.”

    Sophie, Sophia, and Matthew were the only Stormbreakers who didn’t know the term, having never fought in a war before the Alien Invasion. Hal quickly provided an explanation:

    “’Fragging’ is when a soldier deliberately murders one of his own comrades. It happened a lot during World War Three, especially as the Soviet forces started to fall apart.”

    Yutaka Yamamoto nodded and added:

    “Towards the end, nearly everyone in the Soviet Army realized we were going to lose. Morale was low and discipline was nonexistent. Almost every night, someone would toss a live hand grenade into the officer’s barracks, trying to kill the Commissars. Sometimes, in the middle of a firefight, a Red Army soldier would shoot and kill his own comrade, then blame it on the enemy. That is fragging.”

    “And it sounds like that’s what happened to Akira.” Kathleen finished. “The Partogans must have tried to execute her when you had your back turned.”

    Several distinct conversations broke out as Stormbreakers debated and argued with one another over whether or not the Partogan soldiers had genuinely made an attempt to murder Akira. Taking advantage of the unmoderated chatter, I pulled Holly aside for a quick chat.

    I was expecting the Colonel to get upset when she learned that I would be the one to lead the Squad during the final battle. Instead, she took the news with a surprising amount of grace.

    “Better you than Yamamoto, Robinson. You’re much more trustworthy.” Colonel Smith said. “Speakin’ of Yamamoto, he’s looking unusually chipper. Somethin’s definitely different about him. What’s been going on?”

    Damn! Holly was quick on the draw! I settled on the truth.

    “He’s been… in a relationship with Jericho for the past couple of months.” I whispered. “You know, the romantic kind.”

    Holly retched.

    “That creep!? Really!? Trojan, mate, you’re killin’ me! That’s creepy as all hell! Please tell me you told the Commander!”

    “Hey, I got creeped out too!” I said, throwing up my hands, “Chi and I were talking about doing something, but we never got around to it. Besides, both of them seem to be doing well. Happy enough as far as I can tell.”

    Colonel Smith shook her head disapprovingly.

    “Listen here, Lieutenant. Time for a British Royal Army leadership lesson: You cannot have a Captain doin’ romance with a lower enlisted. Those kinds of relationships are nearly always because the officer is abusing his rank to take advantage of the other soldier. The lopsided power dynamic is bad for morale and cohesion in long term. Trust me, Robinson. You’re just doing damage to the whole squad by letting Yamamoto get away with this.”

    Holly paused.

    “Wait, what country are we in?”

    “I think we’re in Russia.”

    “Russia, right. Okay, Robinson, I’ll bet you a thousand Rubles that it’s not a real romance. Yamamoto has got something on Jericho, and he’s using it to boss her around.”

    “You’ve only been back a few hours and your intuition is that good?” I let out an impressed whistle. “Tell ya what, Smith: If this mission goes sideways and the war keeps going after tomorrow, you can have the Squad Leader job back.”

    A little while after this, Jericho and Chihiro returned to the Avenger and joined us in the infirmary. When Chihiro stepped through the doorway, I joined in the celebratory cheers that greeted her before giving Chihiro a hug and a kiss as well. Ignatius insisted on telepathically checking Chihiro’s mind to make sure Mira had well and truly vacated the place; but Jericho swore, hand over heart, that Chihiro was whole and intact.

    Isis Dekker hugged Jericho and didn’t let go for nearly a minute, although Jericho didn’t seem to mind at all.

    “Now I’ve got two Moms at the same time!” Jericho cried. “If we live through Leviathan, I’ll make gifts for both of you!”

    The celebration would have gone on longer, but one by one, we noticed that both Chihiro and Jericho had the looks of people who were about to deliver some bad news. The joy fading fast, I asked if something was wrong.

    “No Partogans.” Jericho informed us. “They’re still going to help us fight ADVENT elsewhere, but they’re not going to help us on Operation Leviathan. We’re on our own tomorrow.”

    “What!?” Soylent gasped. “Why’d they back out!?”

    “That doesn’t make sense!” I protested. “That Makara lady said we’d have the Takea squad for the Assault.”

    “Makara recalled Team Takea to her ship.” Chihiro looked crestfallen as she reported this. “After you left the FoB, Makara and Commander Harper got into an argument… about Akira.”

    The jubilant atmosphere left the infirmary like air from a balloon.

    “Wait… seriously!?” Kathleen stammered.

    Jericho nodded.

    “Makara told the Commander that Akira is a wanted criminal on Partoga. Sounded like Akira did something really serious, because Manako and his sister wouldn’t stop going on about how ‘dangerous’ she is. Even Mira agreed with them, she said that Akira is a genuine threat..”

    “Anyway,” Chihiro continued. “Makara demanded that Harper ‘surrender’ Akira to the Partogans at once.”

    Chihiro screwed up her voice and did an impression of Makara:

    “This is a crucial matter of Commonwealth national security and it will be a non-negotiable aspect of any future alliance between Earth and Partoga. You must extradite Akira Robinson to our custody immediately.”

    A shocked silence ran around the room.

    “So… I guess I was right.” Kathleen sounded stunned. “Manako really did try to frag Akira.”

    “Yeah, Harper inferred as much without saying it out loud.” Jericho confirmed. “Here’s the sticky part, though. Commander Harper used some kind of legal technicality to stop the Partogans from taking Akira.”

    “A legal technicality?” Isis repeated. “How the hell could she do that?”

    “Harper said that XCOM is a military organization sanctioned by the Council of Nations.” Chihiro said. “And that only the Council has the authority to ‘handle that kind of request.’ Basically, Harper passed the buck and told Makara to call up the Council.”

    Pause.

    Then, everybody started to laugh!

    “The Council hasn’t met in over twenty years!” Ignatius roared. “And most of its members are on the enemy side these days!

    “‘Its members have all sworn allegiance to ADVENT, with one exception.’” Soylent recited in a near-perfect recreation of the mysterious Council Spokesman’s deep voice.

    “And the new Resistance Council hardly counts as a government!” Yutaka chortled. “Their authority doesn’t go any farther than the firing range of our biggest gun!”

    “So, what happened?” I asked

    “The Ranginui twins made it clear that they aren’t going to help us with Operation Leviathan if Harper holds out for Akira.” Jericho concluded. “And then Harper asked me to let you know that Akira would be staying with her until you picked out the troops for the mission.”

    “Pick troops?” Soylent repeated. “You haven’t decided who’s on mission yet, Robinson?”

    I gave the Captain a mischievous smile.

    “You’ve got it backwards, Colonel.” I said. “We can’t afford to let this mission get away from us. If you can walk and hold a gun, you’re on deck for this op. Now I just have to pick three more squads’ worth of soldiers to go with us.”

    “THREE MORE SQUADS!?” The Stormbreakers gasped in unison.

    “Yeah.” I confirmed. “We’re gonna do Operation Leviathan as a platoon. Get your gear and meet me in the armory at nineteen hundred. First thing tomorrow, we’re ending this war.”

    I got up to leave. Next to the Infirmary door, Holly had put Yutaka in a headlock and was playfully messing around with his hair. The Soviet soldier protested and demanded the Colonel let him go.

    “Oh, c’mon, Captain!” Holly kept her tone light and jovial. “What’s a little roughhousin’ among officers? Oh!”

    Holly gave a little jump as she brushed up against Yutaka’s leg.

    “What the bloody hell is that in your pocket, Captain?” Holly tightened her grip on Yutaka’s head with one arm and stuffed her free hand into Yutaka’s cargo pocket. “Lieutenant Robinson got you carryin’ bricks or something? C’mon! Give it up!”

    Holly withdrew a small remote control and held it up over her head.

    “This isn’t funny, Smith!” Yutaka protested. “Give that back!”

    Jericho, Chihiro, I all saw the remote in Holly’s hand.

    “Is that… the Arc Brace remote you lost at Site X!?” Chihiro gasped. "Jericho! Has Yamamoto been threatening to shock you this whole time!?"

    Yutaka looked horrified. Jericho went completely pale and nodded quietly.

    “Oi! Robinson!” Holly shouted. “You owe me a thousand Rubles!”



    Thursday, July 19, 2035 6:55pm


    I don’t think the full weight of what I was doing hit me until the last two hours or so. I spent that last afternoon before the mission picking and choosing the men and women who would fight in what might just be the last battle in Human history. If everything went well, we would defeat the Elders and liberate the Earth. If we failed… well, then we would be the last noteworthy men and women ever. We would be the ones refusing to go gentle into the good night.

    The Final Platoon, as our group came to be known as, would be broken up into four Squads. First Squad would, of course, be the Stormbreakers: Holly, Chihiro, Jake, Yutaka, Matthew, Ignatius, Isis, Sophie, Tsubaki, Sophia, Kathleen, Hal, and myself. Akira would also be joining us just before we went through the Psionic Gate.

    I chose Jane “Gatecrasher” Kelly to lead Second Squad. She had been fighting the good fight since she was old enough to hold a gun, and had been instrumental in the mission that had rescued Commander Harper, Chihiro, Holly, Soylent and I from ADVENT captivity. It was only fitting she be there for the final blow. Kelly picked some of XCOM’s best and brightest fighters for her squad, including the entire team responsible for killing the Chosen Warlock.

    I gave command of the Third Squad to Pratal Mox, the Skirmisher who served as Betos’ second-in-command. Mox drew from the ranks of the Skirmishers as well as XCOM’s best Rangers to build his squad. He was deeply grateful for the chance to lead a strike against the Elders themselves and swore on his honor that he would not return through the Psionic Gate until he had struck down an Avatar.

    I had a little trouble picking a leader for the Fourth Squad. The gravity of the situation had finally sunk in. I tracked Jericho down and asked her for some advice.

    “Did Mira’s database say anything about who I picked for the Final Platoon?”

    “Yes.”

    “Did it say who I picked for Fourth Squad?”

    To my surprise, the question caused Jericho to become extremely uncomfortable. She tried to dodge the answer and change the subject twice before I got her to give me a straight answer:

    “I’ll tell you who I picked, okay? As long as you promise I won’t have to work with him.”

    “Uh, okay. Is he someone you don’t get along with?” I asked. “If it’s bad, I can just pick someone else.”

    “No, you really should pick him.” Jericho admitted with a defeated sigh. “He’s a decent leader, and what’s more important is that he’s good under pressure.”

    “But you don’t get along with him.” I pressed. “What, is this guy an ex-boyfriend or something?”

    I was trying to be sarcastic, but when Jericho blushed and hid her face in her hands, I realized how hard I’d hit the nail on the head!

    Turns out, during that brief period of time when she had been separated from Isis but not yet moved in with Mira, Jericho had dated a Hawaiian named Duane Gardner, and she had ended up dumping him after multiple bad experiences. Duane himself turned out to be a little too clingy for Jericho’s tastes, and he refused to admit under any circumstances that their relationship was actually over.

    With the promise that she wouldn’t have to work or fight alongside him, I jogged out to the Templar camp and asked a liaison to put me in touch with Duane. The Hawaiian Templar reported to the Avenger just fifteen minutes before the briefing started, and he brought with him seven fully armed and equipped Templars. He had also recruited six of XCOM’s Psi Operatives for his own squad as well.

    With just five minutes left until the briefing started, the Final Platoon in its entirety had assembled in the Avenger’s armory. Fifty men and women had picked out the weapons and equipment they would carry to the final battle. XCOM, the Skirmishers, and the Templars had formed our own little “mini Triple Alliance” to take down the Elders without any help from the Partogans. By what must have been a miracle, Central Officer Bradford, Commander Harper, and I finally managed to quiet the crowd and begin the last pre-combat briefing of the war:

    “It’s time we put ADVENT down for the count!” Bradford began. “This will be a two-pronged assault. Echo Squad is already in position at the ADVENT Network Tower in Berlin. They’ll be the first to move.”

    “A few hours from now, it will be midnight here on the Pacific Rim, and also the midday to late afternoon hours in America and Europe.” Harper told us. “At that time, the Speaker of the ADVENT Coalition is scheduled to give a broadcast announcing a final climactic breakthrough in Gene Therapy. Before the broadcast finishes, Echo squad will hack the Network Tower and cause a worldwide disruption of the Psionic Network the enemy uses to coordinate their troops.”

    “Shen has also cooked up a surprise that’ll keep ADVENT glued to their television screens while we work.” Bradford added. “Something that’ll really get their attention.”

    “With ADVENT in an uproar,” I continued. “We’ll activate the Psionic Gate down in the Shadow Chamber and start funneling troops into the Elder’s domain.”

    “This is a risky plan,” Commander Harper said. “A lot could go wrong, but bringing the fight directly to the Elders is the quickest way to stop this war.”

    “Soldiers!” I raised my voice so that everybody in the back could hear me. “On the other side of that Gate is the seat of the Elder’s power! Think of it as their capitol! Their headquarters! Your orders are to dismantle and destroy the domain of the Elders so that it can never be rebuilt! Let the Elders know that they will have no place on our world anymore! That nobody on this planet, Human or otherwise, will ever kneel to the Elders again!”

    “Men and women of XCOM!” Harper addressed her troops. “For the past twenty years, you have sacrificed much and risked all for your friends, families, and communities. You’ve given up your strength and health so that others can be free! You practiced and mastered the art of warfare so that your children and grandchildren might master something else! You have forever earned my respect and trust. In time, I hope everyone on this world will recognize you as the heroes I believe you are!”

    Commander Harper pointed to a weapon’s crate. Obeying her wordless orders, Bradford and I quickly pushed it in front of her so she could stand head and shoulders above every member of the Final Platoon.

    “Every commissioned officer in the room! Raise your right hand and repeat after me!”

    There was a great rustling and commotion as men and women raised their hands above their hearts. Central Officer Bradford and I couldn’t help but smile at one another. We had been warned about this surprise about five minutes beforehand. Then, the walls and ceilings shook as twenty voices, including my own, recited the oath Commander Harper dictated to them:


    “I solemnly swear to devote my life and abilities in the defense of the United Nations of Earth. To defend the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, and to uphold the freedoms of all sentient life. From the deepest ocean, to the peak of the heavens, for as long as I shall live!”

    As we finished reciting the oath, Commander Harper declared:

    “By my authority as a General of the United States Army and as the Commander of XCOM, I hereby grant all of you a battlefield promotion!”

    The uproar of cheering and celebration nearly deafened me as Lieutenants became Captains, Captains became Majors, and Majors became Colonels. Officers high-fived and congratulated themselves, too busy to notice what all of the lower enlisted soldiers were staring at. Only a few people noticed at first when Commander Harper stepped down from the crate and allowed me to take her place, but silence quickly fell when the newly promoted Commander Bradford shouted:

    “At ease!”

    I didn’t raise my voice as loudly as Harper did. I didn’t need to. Even though she was in the middle of the crowd, I could clearly see Chihiro’s eyes light up as she realized what was about to happen.

    “Privates, Corporals, and noncommissioned officers of XCOM.” I began. “It’s your turn.”

    Thirty voices reciting the new oath together actually caused my ears to ring! In that small, cramped armory, you might have thought that every army Humanity had thrown against the aliens was gathered in that one little room! As I promoted the other half of the Final Platoon, I couldn’t help but feel that our morale couldn’t get any higher! I enjoyed every moment of the celebration afterward, trying hard not to think about the possibility that by this time tomorrow, many of these happy young soldiers might be dead.



    y4mnreawj0EL3YA50OSuPiWd3QYS2yuEeotQizy10JyhNf5p2sneOwIoiMxJ_pCrNpfptD5AvcZuTrnOd9YCIjMMxWgEp5AIFCSgC0-k723gLyIZYP1MMecf5FIq5oHBKlDo63fgx5qfklpSIJHHzQzfAykwv5uMaFC4rmtyU5y7asnQRRqUw7knMgLDTfZPdPwETYoseRR2s23JIkFn9DKfw
    Caption said:
    The Speaker of the ADVENT Coalition makes his final public address in Berlin, Germany before the collapse of the Elder's regime reached its climax a few hours later. No one is sure what happened to him after the Liberation of Earth, and many people believe he is still alive and in hiding somewhere on Earth.

    Thursday, July 19, 2035 4:00pm
    Metropolitan Berlin, Germany, Central Europe



    All across the world, at exactly four in the afternoon, Berlin time, television and radio programs were interrupted to bring a special message from the Speaker of the ADVENT Coalition. Millions upon millions of people stopped what they were doing to watch, be they at home, at work, or in one of the Megacities that had not been attacked during the earlier wave of violence. Electronic billboards in every city and town switched their feeds to the ADVENT News network as the announcer addressed the world:

    “Good morning, fellow citizens. The ADVENT Coalition has announced the definitive advancement in Gene Therapy has been delivered to the Speaker of the Coalition as a Gift for all of Humanity. Coalition officials assure us that the Elder’s greatest Gift to Humanity will be made available to all citizens immediately. We turn now to the Speaker for more.”

    The images on all screens shifted away from the news desk to an outdoor speaking venue in the heart of downtown Berlin, where the Speaker of the ADVENT Coalition addressed a cheering crowd from behind an ornate red and gold podium. The Speaker himself was a thin man with dark round glasses and a long neck that was covered in odd brown spots and speckle-marks. He might have looked rather gangly, but he spoke in a passionate way that would have made anyone pay attention.

    “Fellow citizens, for twenty years we have put our trust in ADVENT, in the Elders; because we believed a better future is possible for all. Today, that trust… that belief… has been rewarded! ADVENT’s peacekeeping forces are traveling across the world carrying the greatest gift from the Elders! A revolutionary Gene Therapy, yes. But! So… much… more! This is an end to disease, to decay, to pain! The beginnings of a new tomorrow, available to all of us, today! Truly, Humanity takes its rightful place amongst the stars.”

    The Speaker took a deep breath. Having finished the speech, he was convinced that this would be his magnum opus. Looking away from the cameras and the teleprompters, the Speaker was ready to bask in the adulation of the loyal crowd. To his surprise, the Speaker saw that the watching crowd of Germans did not look happy or cheerful. In fact, they weren’t looking at the Speaker at all. Instead, they were gesturing angrily at the large digital screen behind the Speaker and muttering furiously to one another.

    Sensing something was wrong, the Speaker quickly looked around at the digital screen, and saw… horrors.

    The broadcast had been hijacked. Almost from the start. While the Speaker had been delivering his speech, his words had been accompanied by a plethora of sickening images and videos… bodies of thousands of victims of one of the Blacksites… ADVENT soldiers attacking a defenseless village and kidnapping the people living there… the Chosen Hunter gunning people down for sport while laughing to himself. Images that had been seen by the entire world.

    The Speaker only had seconds to react before the crowd of spectators converted itself into an angry mob and surged towards the stage!



    y4mHTBxE6XWbSh0JgrUhfmfnMdifnRBp-LibYpPXOwA3Hx-Xj7oqSoOp92Nw-Ilw5ifcceBkdVkwxP8cmCxf6BoqNAQTjru1SMVbaQjYGxz8jW_F6SxWMm0K6e1g353knt-omB6AxSelJPIJ1EOIGdblzSE3Gn_V8ym3pw8qiZVYY59-egy8Hwmd6iN6htuAQezD1MDbXcMbW2vlyLJ9QM52g

    Caption said:
    The Stormbreakers report to the Shadow Chamber before their final mission on July 20, 2035.

    Left side, front to back: Tsubaki Endo, Matthew Hawkins, Chihiro Tachibana, Jericho, Blake Robinson, and Yutaka Yamamoto.

    Right side, front to back: Sophie Ackermann, Jake Green, Holly Smith, Kathleen Walsh, and Sophia Kuznetsova.


    Friday, July 20, 2035 4:00pm
    Near the Ruins of Artyom, Russia



    “Weapons check!” I shouted.

    “Locked and loaded and ready to kill!” My squad shouted back!

    I paced the hallway again, inspecting everybody’s armor one last time. The dim light of the Psionic Gateway flitted underneath the doorway of the Shadow Chamber. It was nearly time. The hallway leading to the Shadow Chamber was lined with XCOM soldiers. All fifty members of the Final Platoon had taken up their positions in line to go through the Gate. The Stormbreakers would be first through, and once we had a beachhead, the other squads would be turned loose.

    “I’m tired of waitin’ around!” Kathleen shouted. “Let’s get this done!”

    “Robinson!” A voice called out.

    Commander Harper and two people were dashing up the hallway to join us. Akira, fully armed and armored, was jogging behind her.

    “One time-traveling daughter, as promised.” Harper said.

    Akira darted out from behind the Commander and hugged Chihiro tightly.

    “I can’t believe Manako actually tried to kill me!” Akira gasped. “I’m sorry I almost missed the big show.”

    “Kid, supernatural Gift or no, you got shot in the head.” Matthew said. “Are you sure you don’t wanna sit this one out?”

    “And miss one of the most important battles in Human history!?” Akira asked sarcastically. “Not on your life.”

    Then Akira turned to face me.

    “I’m here to help, I swear. Tell me where you need me to go.”

    Now wasn’t the time to be picky. Not when so much was at stake.

    “You’re with me.” I said. “Odette, Holly, and I are going to be running the flanks.”

    “Got it.” Akira said. “Stay mobile, attack from the sides.”

    The door to the Shadow Chamber swung open.

    “Stormbreaker!” Shouted the voice of Doctor Tygan.

    Three at a time, we filed into the Shadow Chamber. As each row of soldiers laid eyes on the stranger in the room, there was a series of “oohs” and “ahs.” Chihiro gasped, Akira froze in shock, and Jericho beamed with happiness.

    The Avatar we had fought in Vladivostok was here, but I almost didn’t recognize it. The Avatar had taken on a whole new look. Instead of the purple and black armor worn by all other Avatars in the field, this one was dressed up in a soft white and blue armor. The simple change in color scheme alone made this Avatar look downright friendly.

    “I’m glad you approve of the cosmetic changes.” Tygan noticed the whole squad staring. “I needed to be sure that you would be able to differentiate a friendly Avatar from a hostile one.”

    The white Avatar approached and stuck out her hand for me to shake.

    “You helped to spare my life.” Mira Mihaka spoke through the Avatar. “In this new form, I hope to atone in some measure for all of the harm I have caused you and your comrades.”

    “Welcome aboard.” I grasped Mira’s new hand and shook it firmly. “Let’s start by defeating the Elders.”

    Mira gesture to one of Doctor Tygan’s workbenches behind her.

    “Your scientist insisted on examining these before allowing you to use them.” Mira explained. “I have done my best to assist and allow him to complete is work quickly.”

    Doctor Tygan picked up the Chosen Assassin’s shotgun and held it out to me.

    “This weapon is, in my opinion, one of the most intriguing weapons I’ve ever come across.” Tygan said. “It’s build upon an a composite frame of Elerium and makes use of a Magnetic Ordinance Reduction System. Lieutenant Robinson, this is no ordinary shotgun, it is an armor-piercing cannon!”

    I took the shotgun and ran my hands across the smooth surface, admiring its simple yet elegant design.

    “Tradition must sometimes give way to technology.” Mira admitted. “Arashi has never failed me in the rare moments when I required its power. I am sure you will find it useful, but I hope you will agree with me that this is the true treasure.”

    When Mira picked up her old Katana, she handled it with the same gentle care as one would handle an infant. Doctor Tygan’s eyes lit up at the sight of the sword. He too, seemed to value it more highly than the shotgun.

    “If I may.” Tygan said. “The Assassin’s sword is something else entirely, and may just be among the more unique and perhaps important weapons we have ever recovered. Incredibly, it defeated all of my attempts to analyze its composition. All I can tell you is that the sword is made from multiple non-terrestrial elements that are held in a tight suspension by Psionic energy, and as for that energy itself… I have no explanation. This weapon is a prize for scholars as well as warriors.”

    I hooked the Arashi to one of my shoulder straps and took the Katana in both hands. The experience of holding the Katana again was extraordinary. The weapon was perfectly balanced in my hand, even though the handle seemed to be quite heavy in proportion to the blade. As an XCOM Ranger, I had handled my fair share of swords. This weapon blew all other blades out of the water for me. There was simply no comparison!

    “This Katana was forged by the Angelis Elder’s own hands.” Mira told me. “As part of the Elder’s efforts to make the forces of ADVENT appear divine or godlike, the blade was fashioned in the same style as the mythical Samurai of Japan. But the appearance is intentionally deceitful…”

    Mira put both of her hands on the handle of the Katana, and pulled and twisted at the same time! Tygan and I both gasped! The handle snapped cleanly in half, to reveal a second, shorter sword hidden inside of the Katana’s handle! One weapon had suddenly become two!

    “Incredible!” Tygan gasped. “I had no idea!”

    Mira held up the short Tanto blade on one hand.

    “This is the secret of my Katana.” Mira said. “This blade is made from pure Elerium and infused with energy drawn directly from the Shroud.”

    “Shroud?” Tygan and I repeated together.

    “Another plane of existence.” Mira’s voice sounded a little dreamy, as though she was looking back on a profound memory. “Made entirely from Psionic energy, it was the site of a great battle many Eons ago. The Elders visited the Shroud and imbued this Tanto with the residual energy from that bout of legendary combat.”

    Mira reattached the Tanto to the Katana, hiding the Elerium blade away.

    “That is the secret of my sword, Robinson. It contains the fury of a dying god. I’m confident you and your comrades will put it to good use against the Elders.”

    Mira offered the Katana back to me. I discarded my Arc Blade and accepted it.

    “What about you?” I asked. “We’re about to step into one helluva war zone. What will you fight with?”

    Mira picked up a Psionic Amplifier from Tygan’s workbench.

    “The Elders gave me this Gift, expecting that I would use it to enforce their will and expand their domain. Today, I will use it to bring freedom to all they have enslaved.”

    y4mK8O27fcs3PbnsST1JMeFwYrI7XQcuKTySEu5VBsPmaFja4ODNBOg1UGGajg7_JYhSf5zjGLXU2tXqVHRlwJk2sZ-w8Hbvu3rB2ivK31l3jMcGmQXSd4r0zPrNgS3cdeFXpXypP-miiaDsSJDqO8FXbAlcCQEGffPyeEl3wdaPv_NeIGuhUyvaY-6WWdNNHBHKA9MM0v2WUNUCYvpRF8nBA

    Caption said:
    The former Chosen Assassin, Mira Mihaka, photographed immediately before she went through the Psionic Gate. Mira is the highest-ranking member of the ADVENT Army to turn and fight against the Elders. She would guide the forces of XCOM through the Alien Fortress during the Battle for Earth.

    Satisfied with that answer, I shook Mira’s hand one last time.

    “Welcome to the Stormbreakers, Mira. Let’s put the Elder’s down once and for all!”

    As Mira and I rejoined the ranks of the squad, Commander Bradford stepped in front of the deactivated Psionic Gateway, the better to talk to us while Tygan activated the device.

    “Alright people, the world got its wake-up call.” Bradford began. “And now they know the truth. ADVENT is a lie, and their time is up.”

    Commander Bradford gestured to a map of the world pinned to a nearby wall.

    “They’ve got a full-fledged war on their hands now! While the aliens struggle to contain our world, we’re gonna make a move on theirs!”

    Behind him, the Psionic Gateway came to life! A chaotic swirling Rift opened up in midair between the crescent-shaped pylons before resolving itself. I couldn’t help but stare, mesmerized. I could see the Elder’s domain through the Rift! Towering ornate statues and polished silver pillars reminded me of the temple-like interior of the Chosen Assassin’s sanctum. Bradford stood to one side and looked through the portal at the citadel on the other side.

    “It won’t be easy, but you’re used to that. You did what was needed, you never gave up the fight!”

    Tygan flipped a switch next on his console and held up one hand in the “wait” signal. The Gate was almost ready! Commander Bradford took those final seconds to psych us up one last time!

    “You are XCOM! You’re gonna end this! Humanity is counting on us, people!”

    Tygan flashed the thumbs up and he and Bradford both stepped out of our way. It was time to go, time for the final battle to begin.

    “STORMBREAKERS!” I shouted to my team! “MOVE IN, TAKE GROUND, AND FIRE AT WILL!!”

    y4m5hpv46A5zz0aDCW33VuYOgAhtW6wXvk6Z28flX12kXY6Hmj69srHdngOP9M_vdZ9rMVuQYFRnLtp47wRaZ3NAgvgyp_vlISOAFpyhUP1kio0LEU6zi6HFrNkjGj35vaw_T68uqhVl-YQR6_DiLSzhAi_oyQEQHKw8aqvc3LKWltwkYEZtHm55zsizzytFztyGSD8Nh40iKgGboGPz0UL9w

    Caption said:
    The Psionic Gate. In the early morning hours of July 20, 2035, exactly 52 fighters under the command of Captain Blake Robinson passed through the gate and arrived in the heart of the Elder's Fortress, instigating the final Battle for Earth.


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 24: Ashes and Temples


  • Chapter 24
    Ashes and Temples


    y4mpM-Hgk0ZIcsJ59SFPkOF6FBcOYWfeFpVgt1DgJdfKhfsbXJEElC0eEWoVymUjatig6ncKjn0LkJa0ftSV1dZPSQ1nRBfHIc3kEUg8tjfjvQZ1Y8mW6SFU3BO6I42hxWD-YRSgIfuRi67pTHB7ml5Otn1sVyBiCnMAY62WHhLJuGweth21_gRA_piz50t4p_pcye5sQmz6SKv3gsxLJTEhg

    Friday, July 20, 2035 12:01am
    The Alien Fortress, Tethys Seamount, Pacific Ocean



    Mira and I were the first two soldiers to step out of the Psionic Gate. I think we had only about two or three seconds to take in the environment around us. Nothing I’d seen before, not the Blacksites, UFOs, or ADVENT Megacities could prepare me for an environment as alien as this one.

    Purple, green, and blue light overwhelmed my vision for a moment, before the colored shapes resolved themselves into an ultra-futuristic place. We had arrived in some kind of massive scientific facility. I saw computers with holographic screens and keyboards that seemed to hover in midair. Windows in the far wall revealed some kind of growery or greenhouse where purple fauna bloomed beneath violet lights. The walls and ceiling around us were transparent, revealing that the Alien Fortress lay far beneath a vast sea of water. A cloud of jellyfish swirled above my head, while a vaguely familiar looking shark swam past the wall to our right.

    Just when I started to realize that we were still on Earth, I heard a voice! It resonated throughout the chamber and echoed off every surface! As the rest of the Stormbreaker Squad exited the portal and arrived, they held their hands to their ears as the voice assaulted their senses:


    “Such loss. Such needless waste. You force our hand, yet we still offer peace. Join us and your world will be spared.”

    There was a flurry of movement in the Greenhouse just ahead of us. As Ignatius brought up the rear and confirmed that all of the Stormbreakers were now on-site, Mira Mihaka pointed towards the Greenhouse and said:

    “The Crypt of the Elders is that way.” Mira told us. “While their power extends far and wide, their physical forms are confined to this place.”

    “Wait.” Soylent said. “Did she just call it a ‘crypt?’ Are the Elders dead already?”

    “Death holds a much different meaning for the Elders.” Mira clarified.

    The squad started to advance, crossing the lab and stacking up against the door to the Greenhouse, where we could now hear alien chatter inside. Behind us, the Psionic Gate came to life as the members of Second Squad began to make their appearance.

    “On my go,” I said to the team. “Breach and clear in three, two, one… Go!”

    Kathleen kicked the door open while Matthew threw a flashbang into the room! A Sectoid screamed in surprise as seventeen Stormbreakers erupted into the Greenhouse, guns blazing! We cleared the room right down to the very corners, gunning down three Sectoids and a couple of Vipers!

    “Clear!” Chihiro shouted.

    “Room’s clear!” Ignatius confirmed.

    “You harbor such blind hatred for us.” The Ethereal voice said to us, their voice seeming to come out of nowhere. “We cannot understand it. Our intentions for your world were never hostile. They are still not. You are a part of us.”

    Soylent smashed a window with his Anti-Materiel Rifle and then shot an alien on the other side.

    “They actually expect us to buy any of this!?” he said in an exasperated way.

    “More distrust.” The Ethereal sounded offended. “Perhaps you would find more reassurance in our words if…”

    The Ethereal trailed off and fell silent as we exploded forth and began raiding the next room. Freed up from the distraction, we were able to focus on the tough fight in front of us:

    By this point, alarms had been raised throughout the entire fortress, and a disturbingly large force of aliens met us in the next chamber, which looked like some kind of manufactory. A veritable horde of Mutons had taken up defensive positions all over the facility, and their lines had been augmented with MEC troopers and…

    “Another goddamned Sectopod!” I shouted. “Doomsday, Alecto, Freud! Keep it busy! Mihaka, Paradox, and Vampire! Get ‘round the enemy’s flank!”

    “On it!” Akira replied.

    “Hell yeah! It’s killin’ time!” Holly cheered.


    y4m_tgVZHdvzhChlU6-yMaG-Ej2ev5kNv0hCi2Ty7k_3Ytuj7rvRdK6O5zdlNuvofC4C8Ju9d89ahC-gg0-f98nN-UynpwUkJrTpNx251xyFA9XwSoCfW9KuFNpkG7y2myJ1DkM-bTJu36SULYSvCBvNgjyDZV4BjST6Z5XbK5-JNQpCSLAvF4JsyF9zMlrGLqQaC0wj7amKRMwTn7dbQ7XfQ


    Keeping my head low, I moved along the XCOM battle line as it started to form, ordering soldiers into place and calling out targets. Second Squad was now all the way through the Gate and was starting to funnel their own troops into the fight as well.

    “Holy shit, Robinson!” Jane Kelly gasped as she took cover behind a huge piece of machinery and joined the fight. “Where the hell did you get almost three dozen Mutons!?”

    “I’m just lucky!” I shouted over the noise of gunfire. “Where’s Third Squad!?”

    “On their way now! Keep up the pressure!”

    And then, somehow, above the noise of nearly one hundred weapons firing on both sides, a voice made itself heard! It was the most kind, sweet, motherly voice you could possibly imagine. In my mind’s eye, I pictured the voice belonging to an angel from heaven. Somehow, without any plausible explanation why, every member of the Final Platoon knew at once that we were hearing the voice of the Angelis Ethereal, the undisputed enemy leader.


    “So many were risked to give you life, Jericho. And for what? For violence... for war… for death. Truly you were meant for something more than this.”

    To my left, Jericho launched a handful of Soulfire towards the enemy positions before ducking back into cover. She rolled her eyes as the Angelis Ethereal’s voice faded.

    “And they’re talking to me.” Jericho complained. “Great. Just great!”

    Holly and Yutaka fired a pair of rocket-propelled grenades into a Sectopod’s flank before it could get the chance to stand up at full height. The war machine teetered over and collapsed, crushing a group of Mutons and sending a whole squad of them fleeing! Behind me, I heard a shout:

    “Forth Squad’s here!”

    Duane Gardner skidded into cover, using Psionic power to deflect incoming weapons fire away from his soldiers.

    “Gardner!” I shouted. “Is that everyone?”

    “Yeah, that’s everyone!”

    I stood up and shouted at the top of my lungs!

    “PLATOON! PUSH FORWARD!”

    Throughout history, there have been many “armchair generals” who discount the Human Wave Attack as a senseless strategy used only by idiotic commanders. Let me tell you, those people have never been on the receiving end of a Human Wave, and more importantly… they’ve never been on the giving end.

    When fifty-two heavily armed men and women all broke cover and started moving towards the enemy line, firing their weapons as fast as they could pull the triggers, it had a psychological effect on friend and foe alike. With comrades all around me, left and right and front and back, I felt more secure than I should have, in spite of the fact that I was completely exposed out in the open. Advancing inexorably, we poured a hellish storm of fire and metal into the enemy ranks, sending tens of thousands of rounds downrange in a matter of seconds! The overwhelming cascade of fire struck the enemy line like a tornado! Any and everything the enemy was using for cover was swiftly destroyed! Blood and dust and smoke filled the air as the alien formation collapsed and broke beneath our assault!

    “They’re running!” Sophie screamed. “They’re falling back!”

    “Don’t stop!” I shouted. “Everyone keep pushing!”

    “We offered your people hope!” The Angelis Ethereal preached above the sound of the battle. “A brighter future, to be something greater, yet still you refuse. What more can we offer you than the greatest gift of all?”

    “Somebody shut that voice up!” Sophie shrieked while gunning down a Muton.

    At the back of the line, Ignatius had not fired his weapon once. Instead, he was using his Gift to protect the Platoon from enemy fire, deflecting plasma beams and gauss rounds as best he could! Odette Fournier prowled the flanks like a panther, making sure nobody ambushed Ignatius from the sides.

    “Your promise of gifts and salvation are lies built upon lies!” Ignatius roared. “And now the whole world knows!”


    “So much time spent needlessly resisting, fighting your ascension to something greater. And yet, here you are… just as we envisioned! In your efforts to prevent the Avatar’s creation, you have followed the path we set forth, truly exceedingly even our own lofty expectations, Jericho.”

    “Shut him out, Jericho!” Isis screamed above the din! “More alien lies!”

    “Screw your expectations!” Jericho shouted at the Angelis Ethereal, even though she couldn’t see her. “I’m not living by anyone’s script anymore! I’m not going to be a puppet!”

    The last cluster of Mutons resisting our Human Wave Attack was suddenly torn asunder in a horrifically graphic way as Jericho unleashed a Psionic storm! A swirling vortex of Psionic energy rippled around the Rift she had opened in the middle of the enemy lines! In seconds, more than half of the enemy force was annihilated! Panicking at the sight of their comrades being destroyed, most of the alien force broke from their positions and started to fall back, retreating further into the fortress.


    y4m89dvzNO_3q5MnFw8tjR8R54RizUEkEqRGM-krwHTXZUTgBvAxJqBr76H1mZyuZKeDsovwdaw9vECBM2ix-vLPnhjHxYQ76ix1tGHdOeFqTbtFt9Aed78UbE9djFNqoxl3881EU_-2cG8k_sV687DYTQTsvPwjtwAC8YBeqRjGpPn_6DzrAZkNSPGTNDq1Or3AGHiTCDCdF94_K9c74Ol5g

    The soldiers of the Final Platoon were also left stunned by Jericho’s sudden display of power. Some soldiers hesitated, but I urged them onward!

    “Follow Jericho!” I shouted to my troops! “Keep up with her!”

    Sticking close to Jericho, the soldiers of the Final Platoon surged through the Alien Fortress with all the destructive intensity of the Apocalypse! Every computer in sight was smashed. Thermite demolition charges fitted to machinery, and everything else was put to the flame! Forcing our way out of the manufactory, we came across something that made a few of us quite sick.

    The next chamber was huge. It was probably six hundred meters wide and another nine hundred long. In this space, we found a near-perfect recreation of… a neighborhood. Twenty American-style suburban houses, complete with yards, a cross-street, and a network of power lines sat in the heart of the Alien Fortress, looking quite as though some detail-oriented collector had removed the neighborhood and placed it here with the greatest possible care. The one and only thing that seemed out of place was the street sign at the corner, which said:


    Maple Street, U.S.A.

    Oh, and there was also at least three platoons of alien fighters swarming through the neighborhood, setting up defensive positions and getting ready to fight the Human invaders.

    “Time and again, you have rejected our wisdom. And still we show compassion and generosity.” The Angelis Ethereal carried on. “But as with all things this too must end. We can no longer afford to suffer your transgressions.”

    “I don’t know what she means by that!” Hal yelled. “But I think we’re out of time! Let’s finish this!”

    The Final Platoon surged into the facsimile neighborhood! Jericho, Akira, and Mira took the lead, blasting the enemy with a wide array of Psionic powers! Fighting on transplanted Human territory, the forces of XCOM and the Resistance finally had homefield advantage! Navigating the boulevard and structures with ease, “Maple Street, U.S.A.” quickly became a kill zone! Mutons, Sectoids, Vipers, MEC Troopers, Chryssalids, Codices and Archons all scrambled to find cover and concealment.

    “Mimic Beacons!” I shouted. “Draw them out!”

    All over the battlefield, there were flashes of blue light as Mimic Beacons were deployed all along XCOM’s new battle line. Without fail, the holographic duplicates of our soldiers drew fire from the enemy, giving away their hiding places! Our next volley of return fire was so vicious and lethal that it drew an immediate response of a different kind.

    “I admire your tenacity, XCOM.” Hissed a familiar voice. “Bringing the fight to the Elder’s inner sanctum, that’s a bold strategy. Are you ready to see if it pays off?”

    “My brother is here!” Mira shouted. “Everyone, find cover!”

    CRACK!

    The Chosen Hunter didn’t miss a mark! On his first shot, a soldier from Second Squad went down! Hit in the chest, the poor man didn’t even have the breath left to scream!

    “Man down!” Jane Kelly shouted.

    “I can get to him!” Tsubaki Endo yelled. “Someone give me cover fire!”

    “Dragon!” I yelled. “Fangirl needs help!”

    “Let’s do it like Hiroshima!” My wife called back!

    Together, the three of us executed a leapfrogging movement. While one of us dashed to cover, the other two were laying down suppressing fire on Gur-Mon Madron, forcing him to cease fire and hunker down in cover. Finally, Chihiro used her Laser rifle to keep the enemy’s heads down while Tsubaki and I made the final dash to the wounded soldier.


    y4mLDGd7l6v-xgGoxa99pj7lW6oRiWAZ0iIwNTrOI_gwJ8iTPmYqOM4rlhfOkpmi4TbKmt7OAaQVEl-nLz0BSzrr4Cbrn1EPQjUunbMjKzg_fp6_EDuY5n0wnIP5M6MVm-PfqyHaRrr3UJphFD0rd0bQCLJXfPmvHYiuUsmk2M2rghIZUNteL7DZNNlb17TKoLu5pNKoSUbMGfWF5NNKbuLMw


    It was Bernard von Unfal, the German soldier who bore the most responsibility for killing the Chosen Warlock a couple days ago. While Tsubaki grabbed von Unfal and started to drag him out of the line of fire, I saw something hit the side of a 2015-era minivan and roll along the pavement towards us.

    “Stun Grenade!”

    Too late! The device went off with a loud BANG! Suddenly, sounds and sights didn’t make sense! I could just barely hear Chihiro screaming to my left, before a voice cut through the chaos!

    “Piper! Recovery protocol!”

    A powerful electric jolt hit me in the head and spread out from there, shocking my whole body back to its senses, quite literally. Across the street, I saw Isis Dekker calling her Gremlin drone back, ready to load another Nanomedikit into it. Looking around, I realized Chihiro was still down. She was kneeling on the ground, holding her head in both hands. I started to move towards her when Isis shouted:

    “On your left! Trojan! Hunter on your left!”

    Once again, Madron had gotten so close he could have reached out and touched me! Instinctively, I raised the Arashi and fired! Mira’s shotgun went off with the force of a cannon and knocked me over backwards! The car next to Madrox got hit with the full force of the blast! Knocked clean off it’s wheels, the minivan rolled over and came to rest on its side while the Chosen Hunter laughed at me.

    “You stupid monkey! If that gun didn’t do my sister any good, what makes you think it’ll work for you!?”

    Madron drew his pistol and took aim at me! Before I could do anything, there was a chaotic eruption of light and sound! Duane Gardner and Akira had attacked the Chosen Hunter simultaneously! Two sets of Celestial Gauntlets projected intense beams of Psionic energy into the Chosen, hitting him so hard that he dropped his pistol and fell back! Activating their Shard Blades, Akira and Duane both charged! I jumped to my feet and got out of their way just in time!

    A jet of light shot out of the Hunter’s free hand and connected with Akira’s chest! In an instant, the Chosen Hunter had completed a Psionic Inversion! He had forced Akira to teleport against her will! She rematerialized in the spot where Madron had just been standing, and suddenly found herself on the receiving end of Duane’s attack! The Hawaiian Templar saw what was happening and intentionally stumbled, grazing Akira with his blades instead of impaling her!

    Meanwhile, Gur-Mon Madron had reappeared in Akira’s spot, which was just behind me. In a lightning-fast decision, I picked a plan of attack. Turning on the spot as quickly as I could, I reached up to my shoulder and grabbed the handle of Mira’s Katana.

    Drawing a sword in anger always gives me an insane adrenaline rush, I was prepared for that, but the Psionic energy embedded in the Elerium blade multiplied that feeling a thousandfold! It was like I suddenly got all of my strength and stamina back! His pistol fallen on the ground; the Hunter started to raise his Sniper Rifle to fire on me! Gripping my new sword in both hands, I could feel the aches and pains of battle leaving me! I was light on my feet, stronger than I’d ever felt in years! The sword was giving me power!

    “Now! Strike now!” An animalistic voice growled in my mind. “Strike with all your strength!”

    Screaming like some kind of monster, I swung the Katana downward with so much force I could have split steel! With supernatural violence, Mira’s Katana sliced through Madron’s armor and dug into his flesh! Yellow blood sprayed all over my armor! The Chosen Hunter howled and retreated! Using his grappling hook to escape, Madron pulled himself up onto an open-top observation platform at the end of the simulated neighborhood.

    “Follow him! Press the attack!” The Katana ordered, “Do not let him escape!”

    Before I could take two steps, the Hunter finally managed to get the quick-draw on me! Just like the Assassin’s shotgun, the Hunter’s Rifle made a sound like a cannon! I felt a powerful thud and was blown clear across the pavement and crash-landed on my back! Opening my eyes, I saw strange multicolored shapes swirling in front of me before they resolved themselves into a thin trail of smoke, curling up from my body armor. I had just taken a gauss round to the chest! Was I dead? That didn’t matter right now.

    “Get up!” Mira’s Katana shouted in my mind. “Get up! On your feet! Get up now!”

    The shock of being hit so hard was wearing off in a hurry. I was surrounded on all sides by the fury and destruction of the battle, by smoke, flames, gunfire, shouting, and explosions; and yet, I was totally focused on just one thought: Get to Madron! I ran full-tilt across the street, scrambled up the ladder to the observation platform where the Hunter had fled, and found him unprepared.

    The Chosen Hunter must have assumed he had killed me, because he was now focused on sniping other XCOM soldiers, and kept his eye in the scope until it was far too late. Madron noticed me as I drew the Katana back and aimed one hand at my face, preparing to hit me with a Psionic blast!

    “Kill! Kill!” The Katana savored the moment before the deed. “KILL ALL ENEMIES!!”

    I droved the Katana home! Piercing the Hunter’s damaged armor as though it wasn’t even there, I drove the blade all the way into his chest, then I detached the short Tanto blade from its hidden place in the handle! The translucent Elerium blade flickered with its own internal light, as though some kind of entity inside the blade was throwing itself against the walls of its prison! I thrust the Tanto into Madron’s heart!

    At once, the Tanto blade got very hot in my hands, in exactly the same way a Gifted person gets hot when they discharge Psionic energy! In an instant, the Tanto blade had siphoned away all of Gur-Mon Madron’s Psionic energy, completely depriving him of his powers! Unable to teleport to his Sarcophagus to heal, the Chosen Hunter was about to die… and stay that way.

    Panting, the two of us didn’t move. Some force compelled me to look at Madron. He looked up from the points where I’d stabbed him. Realizing what was about to happen, the Chosen Hunter coughed and spluttered:

    “Have to admit… didn’t see this one coming… So, this is what it feels like to be afraid? Not… my style.”

    The Chosen Hunter let out one last ragged breath and slumped over, unmoving. No teleportation. No rapid healing. No resurrections this time. As I heard Madron’s expiring breath and watched his eyes roll back, I felt something… a sensation, an emotion that I had never connected with the act of killing before. I’d never felt so… satisfied. I was satisfied enough to smile at the sight of the Hunter’s body on the platform floor.

    I didn’t have any extra time to process those feelings, though. The noise of battle was suddenly punctuated by an eruption of screaming! I returned Mira’s Katana to its sheath on my back and slid down the ladder. Returning to street level, I recovered Mira’s shotgun and reached Chihiro just as she was revived by Isis’ drone.

    “What’s going on?” I demanded.

    “Jericho’s burning the alien lines!” Isis reported. “She just made a freakin’ tornado of Soulfire!”

    Chihiro, Isis, and I ran through the wrecked neighborhood to catch up with the XCOM attackers. Sure enough, Isis was right! A massive swirling vortex had somehow appeared in the cavernous chamber and was now tearing through the enemy lines!

    “Damn.” Chihiro breathed. “If Ignatius tried something like that, he’d exhaust himself in five minutes!”

    “Jericho doesn’t have to worry about that.”

    Akira had rejoined us. She was watching Jericho unleash hell on the enemy with a knowing look.

    “It’s her unique power.” Akira explained. “Jericho can do whatever she wants with the Gift because she’ll never exhaust her powers.”

    Isis and I both let out low whistles.

    “How the hell is that possible?” Chihiro asked. “You can’t just create energy out of thin air.”

    “She’s not.” Akira clarified. “She’s drawing energy out of all living things around her. Passively, all the time.”

    I felt my stomach lurch as a realization hit me.

    “Wait a minute, so… back in Pyongyang, when Jericho said she needed to ‘recharge’ she was…”

    “Yeah.” Akira confirmed. “And now she’s drawing energy from friend and foe alike. The Elders keep sending more and more aliens to fight us, each one adding to Jericho’s powers without realizing it. Dad, when we get to the Crypt, I need to draw the enemy out. Provoke the biggest fight you possibly can, and we’ll win this thing.”



    Overwhelmed by Jericho’s latest attack, the enemy broke and retreated once more. The Final Platoon reformed and pressed the attack again, erupting out of the faux neighborhood and into a wide, multi-tiered area filled with large alien machinery.

    “This is it!” Mira called out to the troops. “This is the Foundry where Avatars are made!”

    Before we could get a chance to destroy anything, the alien defenders had reformed their battle lines and returned to fight us again!

    “They’ve got reinforcements!” Hal shouted. “Four, maybe five platoons!”

    “It’s a whole feckin’ company!” Kathleen confirmed. “We’ve really shook the hornet’s nest now!”

    A whole new conflagration erupted in the Avatar Foundry! Ignatius dropped his unused rifle and raised both of his arms, creating a huge Psionic shield around the Final Platoon! The air was so thick with gunfire that Gauss slugs and conventional bullets rained down on the floor after hitting one another in flight! The snaps and pops of lethal projectiles melded together into a constant deadly roar! The Foundry became hot as Jericho, Akira, Chihiro, Mira, Ignatius, Duane, the Templars, and several ADVENT Priests and Sectoids unleashed the full spectrum of Psionic powers against one another! Chihiro got close enough to me at one point to share her powers with me, and I took full advantage of them!

    Using Mira’s Katana to channel my shared Gift, I fired beams of energy across the chaotic battlespace, dropping anything that wasn’t under Ignatius’ protective field. I noticed that my Psionic powers were much more potent if I channeled them through the Katana, so I made heavy use of the sword as I blasted the enemy back with telekinetic force! The Katana itself seemed to be quite thankful to be used in this way. As for the rest of the battle, I couldn’t see what was what anymore! There was too much movement! Too many muzzle flashes, too many pulses of violet and purple light!


    “From here we can call upon endless legions of reinforcements. You will be overrun. Yet our armies could be withdrawn at any time, Jericho. Peace is within your grasp, if you would only join us.”

    “NEVER!”

    To the shock of friend and foe alike, Jericho leapt into the air and flew a short distance, landing smack in the middle of a huge group of alien fighters, before they could do anything more than blink, a lightning storm erupted out of Jericho’s body, striking down everything in her immediate vicinity! The light radiating away from Jericho was just as intense as a flashbang grenade! When the storm finally subsided, I could see that Jericho had punched a hole so big in the enemy force that we were basically fighting to smaller groups of enemies now, instead on one large unit.

    “Keep moving up!” I ordered the troops. “Punch through that hole!”

    “You are capable of so much more, Jericho!” The Angelis Ethereal pleaded. “Yet you fail to grasp the true nature of your power. Join us, and your world will live on. Resist, and there will be nothing left to save.”

    A group of alien handlers turned a pack of Chrysalids loose on the battlefield! The monstrous insectoids ran rampant, attacking enemy and ally alike!

    “Focus fire on the monsters!” Mira told me. “My daughter and I will clear the way!”

    The men and women of the Final Platoon shifted their fire toward the incoming horde while Jericho and Mira stood side by side, venting psychokinetic destruction down upon the alien force!

    “Here come the bugs!” Isis yelled.

    “Melee fighters, move up front and spread out!” I ordered. “Sharpshooters and Specialists, uncover to the left! Set up overlapping kill zones!”

    Rangers and Templars moved to the front of XCOM’s lines and spread themselves as far apart as they could. Swords and Shard Blades were brought to bear while snipers and rifle marksmen set up behind the left shoulders of each soldier. Like my fellow Rangers and Templars, I took a knee while behind me, Chihiro raised her Laser Sniper Rifle and unleashed her first volley! Nearly a dozen Chrysalids were knocked down by the first hailstorm of fire, and only eight actually got close enough to our line to be a threat! I slashed Mira’s sword at the closest bug and took its head clean off! The sword seemed to growl with pleasure as I turned and struck down a second Chrysalid that got too close. Duane Gardner got two more, and by the time the last four bugs were downed, Mira and Jericho had cleared out most of the enemy force, opening the way forward.

    “You view us as the conquerors of your world, but that was never our intent!” The Angelis Ethereal protested telepathically. “Each species you’ve encountered, the ‘aliens’ you have fought and slaughtered. None were given a choice. Our home was the oldest of worlds, and the first to be consumed. Billions were lost, if only that were the end.”

    “If you want our pity, you’re twenty years too late!” Jericho shouted! “We’re not going to join your slave army out of pity!”

    “Yeah!” Sophie chimed in. “If anything, they should join us!”


    “Our power does not waver. You will find our forces here loyal. They require no coercion, for they know failure here means the end for all.”

    True to the words of the Angelis Ethereal, the last remaining alien fighters broke cover and committed themselves to one last suicide charge against our lines! The Final Platoon dug in and held firm! Refusing to give an inch, we fired into the enemy formation unceasingly until every alien had dropped to the floor, and at long last… there was complete, blissful… silence.

    We had secured the Avatar Foundry!

    “Specialists, see to the wounded!” I ordered. “Grenadiers, scrap everything in here! Sharpshooters and Rangers, cover the doors!”

    Odette, Tsubaki, and Isis both sent their Gremlin drones buzzing around the Foundry to check on their fellow soldiers while Holly, Hal, Yutaka, and Matthew joined Grenadiers from other squads in their efforts to affix thermite charges to any piece of machinery that could have been used in the construction of an Avatar. (which is pretty much everything in the room)

    Finally, after a few moments, I received a casualty report: Two soldiers were dead, and three more had been wounded, not including me. American soldier Andrea Baker had been blown up by the main cannon of a Sectopod. Bernard von Unfal, despite being taken to safety and treated by Tsubaki, had died of his wounds after being shot by the Chosen Hunter.

    Once I dismissed the medics, Mira and Jericho approached me.

    “Through there.” Mira pointed towards a very large door at the far end of the Foundry. “Finished Avatars would go there, to the Crypt of the Elders. Each Avatar was paired to an Elder and became their new body.”

    “How many?” I asked.

    “Four were made.” Mira replied. “However, one has already been removed from the Elder’s possession.”

    Mira gestured to her new body.

    “Which means were going to have to fight three Avatars in there.” Jericho told me. “Things are going to get chaotic really fast, Blake. Is everyone ready?”

    I nodded, looking Jericho squarely in the eyes.

    “Don’t worry.” I said. “The Final Platoon will support you. We’ve got your back.”

    “The whole Platoon? Really?” Jericho looked taken aback. “Come on, you don’t need to…”

    I put one hand on her shoulder.

    “The Elders are right about just one thing, Jericho: You are special, and capable of so much more. But not because the Elders see value in you. Your parents… your real ones, knew there was going to be something unique about you before Doctor Vahlen ever picked them for the Jericho Project.”

    “He is right.” Mira said. “The Elders do not desire you because they respect your power. The Elders fear you, as they should. You represent success where the Elders found only failure. You are the future the Elders sought in vain. A perfect union of old and new, the physical and Psionic. You are the only true Avatar among us, an Avatar of freedom.”

    Jericho took a deep breath, then chuckled.

    “No pressure, huh?” She sighed. “Just promise me one thing, both of you.”

    “Anything.” Mira replied.

    “What is it?” I asked.

    Jericho pointed to someone standing behind us.

    “Burn his notebook.”

    Looking around, I spotted Duane Gardner. He was standing a few feet away from us, clearly eavesdropping. He had a pen and notebook in his hand and appeared to be scribbling something down. When he looked up and spotted us, Duane quickly returned the pad of paper to his pocket, but not before I saw that he had written the phrases “Elders fear her,” “Perfect union,” and “Avatar of Freedom.”

    I shot Duane an angry look and replied to Jericho.

    “Yeah, consider it done.”



    Finally, we were ready. Unfortunately, the three wounded soldiers from the previous fight were too badly injured to carry on. We sent them back to the Psionic Gate, but couldn’t spare anyone for an escort. We just had to cross our fingers and hope they made it back safely. Including myself, there were forty-seven soldiers left in the Final Platoon, ready to breach the final doorway and enter the Crypt of the Elders.

    I took point with Duane, Sophie, Akira, and Ignatius. The rest of the platoon stacked up behind and around us. We were ready to surge through the doorway in the largest breach-and-clear strike of XCOM’s history.

    “We all know what’s on the other side of this door.” I told my troops. “Is everyone ready? Does anybody have any, oh, I dunno… famous last words?”

    A hearty laugh went through the Platoon, infused with nervousness. But as the nervous chuckle subsided, Chaplain Ignatius Petoskey bowed his head as if in prayer, and recited these words from a 19th century poem:

    “Then out spake brave Horatius, the Captain of the Gate: ‘To every man upon this earth Death cometh soon or late. And how can man die better than facing fearful odds, for the ashes of his fathers… and the temples of his gods.’”

    And on that note… we breached the Crypt of the Elders.



    y4m-rwmYxlgY1PCqCXN1CPu41rvv1rD1Jgd0CjnF0crWxgQnI7eKKygmKIG99iqg3aTqFuQR46y9Cwpf2HRLfsn6GOFCd8hWQDWbJ7bwoQvdm6E3pd2ffDBECSSnntyn2LxIgzkM_bYTXoftv0GLfrkXG0uU7ic6nZiYp6MIm3suowreeI0lmO9Yyjzpa7f_vKa9Se5uheXUrtOGwlkx3GsHg


    “Your form is but a shadow of our truth. We seek to defy that which would consume us all. Your efforts deny the sacrifice of those who came before! You leave us no choice.”

    The Crypt of the Elders was one of the most beautiful things I’ve ever seen. This massive underwater temple had no walls or ceiling. Instead, the vast expanse of the surrounding oceans was held at bay with some invisible (most likely Psionic) force. Great gilded platforms rose up from the middle of the floor, each one containing a long black and gold structure. All around the edges of the Crypt was a series of staircases. At the top of each one was a platform containing a Psionic Gate. In total, there were eight of these gates scattered around the room.

    Finally, there was a huge structure in the center of the room, a two-story cube with translucent walls was filled with a yellowish-green substance: jellied Elerium. I could vaguely make out the shape of some kind of alien creature suspended in the fluid, unmoving.

    When we arrived, the Crypt was empty. Yet I couldn’t help but get the feeling that we were being watched. Slowly, cautiously, we began to fan out and search for the enemy. Mira had said there would be three Avatars in here. Forty-seven men and women took to searching the room in pairs, while Akira broke off from the group to inspect the central tower.

    Chihiro and I saw her, and cautiously walked towards her position. We only got about halfway, though, when we heard a shout!

    “OH MY GOD!”

    Dashing over to where we had heard the noise, we saw that Sophie Ackermann was pointing to one of the long gold objects with a shaking finger.

    “Eth-Et-Ethe-” Sophie stammered. “It’s an Ethereal!”

    I looked down. Everybody looked down. My blood ran cold as I finally understood what I was looking at.

    These long gold objects were Sarcophogi. Not like the Psionic slab we’d seen in the Chosen strongholds, no. These were real ceremonial coffins… with transparent lids that allowed us to see their interiors. Lying on its back, the head of its casket resting against a pillar… was an Elder… an Ethereal. An atmosphere of genuine terror descended on the room. Twenty years ago, it had taken a fully armed squad of XCOM soldiers to bring down a single Ethereal, and even then, we had just barely escaped with our lives that night. Looking around, I got a quick count.


    Twenty-six.

    There were twenty-six Ethereals in this room! Some of the caskets were arranged on the floor in neat patterns, others were standing on their feet and bolted the walls of elevated platforms. Now that we knew what was in the room with us, we were all starting to sense the incredible amounts of Psionic energy hanging in the air around us.

    “Mira…” I said slowly.

    “They are awake.” Mira replied in a soft tone. “And they are conscious.”

    As if in response, a movement caught all of our attention! Akira jumped backwards from the central tower, having just placed her hand on the glass. For the first time that I knew of, Akira, the time traveler who had crossed the universe and manipulated so much of history, looked genuinely terrified. Something had deeply disturbed her.

    “No!” Akira gasped, staring at the unknown creature drifting in that huge vat of Elerium. “It can’t be!”

    A billowing blue and purple mist began to rise up above the central tower, and as the men and women of the Final Platoon watched, slack-jawed, this cloud of shimmering Psionic energy reshaped itself into the ghostly image of the Angelis Ethereal.


    y4mpiPQ_WcC4g1S1mIM7g3sa9nawFNWImcj4Gobjb1N9GCDx2SW99xjA85u4b2yVhmG7iOxWIS5VUic1s_MenMEGqrOF9FQXVTgqYX9rZRxH9RuhXc12fGu_Kcmk9UjyhIvgY2xQpvH3iY5td9zWwxTrvR0PZoppd_gxTEoEgZCa0c2FekPmaZiEToJcKSkD2T-S9M9JnHFmTZyG7Z2my_4QA

    “When we first encountered Earth, we wept for a broken world.” The Angelis Ethereal addressed the whole platoon. “For a tortured race crying out to the stars in agony. We answered your call. We saw your true potential.”

    “Liar!” Palestinian soldier Karmina Isra shouted from the ranks of Second Squad. “You invaded our world! You enslaved us!”

    “The first invasion was a test.” The Angelis Ethereal countered. “But your people did not fail as you believe. You succeeded beyond measure. You need only accept your place among us. Jericho! Come to us! Save your world!”

    Moving as one, the soldiers of the Final Platoon moved to surround Jericho, shielding her from the Angelis Ethereal’s sight. Chihiro, Ignatius, and I stood at the front of the pack, staring down the self-imposed “God-King” of our world.

    “I believe we have passed the point of rational discourse.” Ignatius said.

    “We didn’t come here to talk.” I added.

    “We’re here to remove you from our world.” Chihiro finished. “By force.”

    And then, Chihiro drew her Shadowkeeper pistol, aimed at the nearest Sarcophagus… And shot an Ethereal in the head!

    That was the moment when Hell itself was unleashed.

    All of the Psionic Gates around the perimeter came to life! Aliens of every type and variant began to flow into the room, armed to the teeth! There were Sectoids, Chrysalids, Archons, Mutons, Berserkers, Faceless, and Vipers! A flickering swarm of Codices preceded a trio of Sectopods and a dozen MEC troopers! Alien monsters we’d never seen before joined the fray as well!

    The Final Platoon fought back with every weapon in the XCOM arsenal! Rockets and grenades blasted away at the larger targets! Laser cannons and heavy machine guns brought to bear against the horde! Gauss rifles and coilguns sniped at distant targets with pinpoint accuracy! Bullpup rifles chattered away! Shard Blades sliced and slashed, while Psionic Amplifiers light up the environment with an eerie aura!

    The specter of the Angelis Ethereal joined the fight as well! Great crimson lances descended from the ceiling and struck one of Pratal Mox’s Skirmishers, killing him instantly. Ignatius pointed both of his palms at the watery sky, shielding his comrades from the assault!

    In the midst of it all, an ADVENT soldier armed with a flamethrower forced our troops to scatter! The swirling cone of fire roared across the battlefield, enveloping several of our own soldiers! I ran forward and pushed Chihiro to the ground to save her from the same fate! As we stood up, though, Chihiro saw something that made her scream!

    “Fire!” Chihiro shouted. “She’s on fire!”

    Sophia Kuznetsova had gotten caught in the flamethrower’s path! She dropped her weapons and ran across the Crypt, screaming and flailing her arms! I jumped to my feet and blasted the enemy with my shotgun! The flamethrower’s fuel tank ruptured and sent a huge fireball into the air!

    “ICARUS!” I yelled. “Help Antigone!”

    Seemingly out of nowhere, Sophie Ackermann fought her way through the battling crowd, reached Sophia, and tackled her to the floor, smothering the flames with her own body! A concussive blast extinguished the flamethrower’s handiwork, and I looked around to see where it had come from.

    In the middle of the Crypt, Akira had just tried to use her powers to smash the central tower, only to be blocked by…

    “AVATAR!” I shouted. “Anyone who’s got a shot! Take it now!”

    Akira opened her palm and fired a Psi Volt into the first Avatar’s chest! The enemy Hybrid immediately teleported away from view, allowing Akira to continue hitting the tower with Psionic blasts.

    Something hit me in the back with the force of a freight train! I fell forward and quickly scrambled around to see a Muton! It was already charging towards me again, serrated bayonet at the ready, when I blasted it twice with the Arashi! The huge alien staggered and recovered, only to get hit in the side by a sniper rifle blast! The Muton keeled over and I saw Chihiro, who was already on the move again!

    “Now we’re even!” I shouted to her.

    “Not for long!” Chihiro yelled. “Avatar, behind you to the left! Sixty yards!”

    Chihiro raised her rifle and fired! The first Avatar was hit squarely in the chest! It jumped straight into the air and vanished inside of a tiny Psionic Rift! A second later the Rift opened up just ten feet away from me! I pumped my shotgun, raised it to shoulder height and shouted:

    “Off my planet!”

    One in the chest! One in the head!

    The first Avatar was dead before it hit the ground! If anything, this made the enemy even more desperate! More and more soldiers funneled out of the Psi Gates! The Angelis Ethereal intensified her attacks, and something on our side finally gave out!

    Above the Final Platoon, the Psionic shield Ignatius had been using to protect us from the Angelis Ethereal flickered and went out. I looked around at our old Chaplain, just in time to see the color leave his eyes and his Psionic Amplifier blink one last time before extinguishing itself.

    Ignatius Petoskey had exhausted his powers.

    Unimpeded at last, the enemy began to rain death down upon the Final Platoon!


    y4mXK5dmvO08kPYb9gquj_I8k89iLWYO7svGVCwGnYzqISCkhi-q2cPeqGk46CiIhZLXPoIw0-suC7noNOZ4TdrgojJp2AqKFxPwM8GBeRQtMX8MWja1lHQ7dqSmFBzi1lv3h_gFTWGzKawYXIbduIENp9bKhvkDeqgJSotLOTB7IdhuF6v8JEqHBlY8v6wuZKOtXuoZGmAPrh0ZAY07oE-5w

    Missiles and Psionic lances began to rain down on us from above! Akira was struck and knocked to the ground by something I didn’t see! Soylent was blasted off his feet by the Angelis Ethreal, and alien grenades rained down near Holly’s position! The British Colonel dropped her machine gun and hunkered down behind cover, both of her hands too badly maimed to be useful anymore. A Psionic Lance struck Ignatius with such incredible force that his entire right arm was torn off! Men and women were being downed all over the battlefield!

    “We’re losing control in a right hurry!” Kathleen shouted. “What do we do!?”

    “JERICHO!” I hollered while beating back a Viper with my sword. “Give us some fucking breathing space!”

    I saw, just for a fraction of a moment, a bright violet or pink ball of energy sail through the air before smashing to the ground on the far side of the Crypt! Psionic energy exploded forth and enveloped itself around the corpses of several dead aliens. Never thought I’d be happy to say this, but I felt my spirits rising alongside the dead. Jericho’s impromptu zombie horde surged forward and hit the enemy from the back!

    Meanwhile, Akira did her part to help lift the pressure. Slamming her hand to the floor, she sent a pulse of Psionic energy running along the floor towards the corpse of the first Avatar. A glowing silhouette separated itself from the dead Avatar and stood upright. At Akira’s command, the Psionic Ghost joined the fray, wielding the same powers as Akira herself!

    Meanwhile, Holly and the Grenadiers had used their last rocket launcher. They stormed one of the staircases and finally managed to lock down one of the elevated platforms with a Psi Gate. Having finally secured some high ground, the Grenadiers used their machine guns to turn the tide of battle just as the second Avatar appeared on the opposite end of the Chamber.

    “Fangirl! Draw that thing into the open!” I ordered. “Forth Squad! Mow it down!”

    Using our last Mimic Beacon, Tsubaki caught the attention of the second Avatar and drew it towards the main body of the Platoon. On Duane’s order, the Templars of Forth Squad surged into the fray and…

    Well, I didn’t see what happened next. I turned away from the second Avatar and started moving along XCOM’s battle line. I second-guessed myself right away. Why the hell was I doing this? I wanted to help fight the Avatar, not inspect the troops! I tried to turn back, but a voice spoke up in the back of my mind.

    “Kill the betrayer!”

    Oh… shit!


    How long had I been under Mind Control!?

    I frantically tried to refocus my mind, to break free, but I had no idea who had me! Somebody else was controlling my body all of a sudden, and I was just a passenger along for the ride at this point! I felt my hands reloading the Arashi and commanded them to stop, but nothing happened. The alien voice began to repeat the mantra in my head:

    “Kill the betrayer! Kill the betrayer! The Betrayer!”

    Panicking, I reached out telepathically, to try and contact Chihiro! Almost as soon as I reached out to her, she reciprocated! At least Mind Control couldn’t overpower our link!


    Hold on, Blake. I’ll find the controller! Just hang in there!

    Fighting the influence of the controller as hard as I could, I felt my body sidestep around Hal and come to a stop near the central tower, where Mira and Jericho were standing together, firing their weapons at a Muton Berserker. Against my will, my arms raised the Arashi to shoulder height! I tried to force my mouth open, to scream a warning!

    No! I won’t do it!

    “Kill the Betrayer!”

    No!

    “Kill the Betrayer!”

    “I won’t!”

    At the last second, I got just a little control back! As I pulled the trigger with my right hand, I jerked my left in the first direction I could think of! The Arashi went off! Mira stumbled as she was hit, but she was still alive! The former Chosen Assassin quickly recovered and looked around at me. I couldn’t see her face through that mask, so I desperately thought to myself, hoping she could hear:


    I’m under Mind Control! Help!

    Mira must have gotten the message, because she acted right away! Before my body could be forced to fire the Arashi a second time, Mira had crossed the distance between us and grabbed me by the head! I felt a charge running through my skull, which distracted from the fact that Mira threw me to the ground very hard! Whatever she’d done had worked, though, because when I heard Chihiro’s voice, my body obeyed my command to turn and look at her.

    “There’s another Avatar!” Chihiro was saying. “The last two Avatars are on the field right now!”

    “They’re both here?” Mira repeated. “Then we can finally end this! We must focus our efforts!”

    Jericho picked up the Arashi and tossed it back to me.

    “Mira! We’re going to finish off the Avatars! Keep the big one off our backs! Blake, Chi, hold on!”

    Psionic energy enveloped all three of us as we rose into the air! Levitating up to the top of the central tower, the three of us now had a good view of the battle below.

    It was chaos. All semblance of battle lines had been abandoned, and the battle had descended into a hundred skirmishes and firefights that overlapped and clashed with one another. Above it all, the Angelis Ethereal had stopped raining Psionic lightning onto our side… because she had noticed us. The spectral Ethereal flew across the Crypt, arms outstretched towards us! Before Chihiro, Jericho, or I could do anything, her advance was halted! Mira had fired a Psi Volt at the Angelis Ethereal to get her attention, and the enemy broke off to change targets!

    “Betrayer!” The Angelis Ethereal shouted at Mira before it attacked!


    y4mv486yIyxOBdr9I8slt9z5ZEt-i37ZctWIHkU93P1PMeyBRMDmmUh-Qw0E60qO4Pb4TluTmxaCtZzvjEk_GboMZUVjfct_1seEv0J1F53NjxYF1ww3FXrjW0r5niwzaPqtGr_-7oxuG7S2g1KP2aGmIG191aogDG4Za0srmM_3vsuwvy1nGqnDAJTwodGquSQhQQbzm3jjj0qvtKlFYqDMA


    While Mira engaged the Angelis Ethereal, Chihiro and I spotted one of the Avatars. It carved a path of death and destruction through the combating forces, coming towards the central tower!

    “It’s going for Akira!” Chihiro pointed!

    Down below, Akira herself had just killed an ADVENT Priest and picked his Amplifier up from the ground.

    “Akira!” I yelled. “Avatar behind you!”

    Spotting the Avatar just in time, Akira lashed out before it could attack! Just like in Vladivostok, six translucent tentacles reached up from the floor and seized the Avatar, forcing it high into the air where it struggled and flailed in vain!

    “Focus fire!” I yelled. “Everybody, take that thing down!”

    All at once, nearly half of the Final Platoon turned their weapons against the helpless enemy! Suspended in midair with no possible defense, the second Avatar was annihilated so completely that nothing remained of it when the smoke cleared!

    And then there was one. Only one Avatar remained, and the battle had now definitively turned in XCOM’s favor. Nearly half of the Elder’s Sarcophagi had been damaged or destroyed in the conflagration of battle, killing their occupants. Two more Ethereals had died alongside their corresponding Avatars. With nearly half of all the Elders dead, the Psionic Network they used to command their troops had been crippled. The reinforcements coming through the Psi Gates had slowed to a trickle, and after a further five minutes of fighting, all eight Psi Gates were firmly under XCOM control, and our Specialists were hard at work stopping the flow of ADVENT soldiers entirely.

    Meanwhile, Mira, Jericho, Chihiro, Duane, and the Templars had set to work cornering the final Avatar. The final bout of Psionic combat was vicious and brutal as the Angelis Ethereal had attached itself directly to the final Avatar. It fought with her strength and powers. Determined to stop the last Avatar from escaping, Chihiro and I guarded the flanks. Sharing her powers with me again, Chihiro and I both used Psionic shields to box the Avatar in, and force it backwards towards the outer edge of the temple, where the only thing separating us from the vast ocean around us was a Psionic bubble.

    The Angelis Avatar lashed out, striking all of us and causing our shields to ripple!

    “No!” The Angelis Avatar was pleading with us. “Your victory here means the end for all others! It will follow you as it followed us! You are not ready! We must not fail!”

    Jericho stepped forward and fired a continuous beam of light from her hand towards the Angelis Avatar! The enemy conjured one last shield, dispersing the beam around itself like water around a rock!

    “It doesn’t matter if we’re ready or not! You must fail!” Jericho shouted. “And no matter what comes at us next, we’ll find a way to survive! We’ll adapt and overcome anything that comes our way! Because that’s what Humans do!”

    Jericho pushed her hand forward and intensified her final attack! I had to hold my own hand up to my eyes and squint to be able to see what was going on! Finally, with one last push, Jericho’s beam broke through the shield connected with the Angelis Avatar’s chest! The Ethereal being screamed! It was an unnatural, unearthly sound that made my ears hurt!

    “THIS IS NOT YOUR PATH!” The dying Ethereal shrieked. “NOT YOUR PURPOSE! YOU NEED OUR GUIDANCE TO HONE THIS POWER! WITHOUT US… WHAT ARE YOU!?”

    I was so busy protecting my eyes from the intense light that I wasn’t ready for the explosion! A powerful shockwave hit us and we were all thrown back! Blinking rapidly to get the stars out of my eyes, I clambed back to my feet as quickly as I could and tried to make sense of the scene around me.

    The Crypt of the Ethereals was trashed. No more or less than six of the Elder’s Sarcophagi were intact, and the floor was so badly strewn with bodies of Humans and aliens alike that it was impossible to walk at a normal pace. The surviving members of the Final Platoon were picking through the wreckage, either trying to dig the wounded out of the wreckage or find the bodies of the fallen.

    And in the middle of it all, Akira was standing in the middle of the room, staring at what had once been the central tower. The glass panes had shattered, causing the Elerium slurry within to spill all over the Crypt. Akira was standing just outside the spill zone. I walked gingerly across the sea of bodies to reach her, curious. I was wondering if she’d spotted the mysterious creature we’d seen drifting in the tank before it had burst.

    “Akira!” I called out. “Everything alright?”

    Slowly, Akira turned to face me. The expression of pure terror on her face caused me to stop in my tracks.

    “T-They h-ha-had one.” Akira stammered. The genuine fear in her voice was unmistakable. “I-It was r-right here! How long was it here for!?”

    “What was?” I asked. “What did the Elders have?”

    Before I could get an answer, the Crypt shook! Water and Elerium sloshed around and everybody shouted and exclaimed!

    “Earthquake!” Soylent yelled.

    “Don’t be such a crybaby.” Chihiro’s confidence came from the fact that she was raised in a country known for earthquakes. “That wasn’t even a level 4 quake!”

    The shaking started again, this time vigorous enough to make Chihiro shut up.

    “Akira…” I started to say.


    “Run.”

    “What’s going-“

    “RUN!” Akira screamed at the top of her lungs! “EVERYONE GET TO A PSI GATE! RUN!”

    One more time, the Alien Fortress quaked! There was no mistaking the signs this time!

    “The place is coming apart!” I shouted. “Specialists, point a Psi Gate at the Avenger and let’s get out of here!”

    “Out of my way!” Mira shouted.

    The former Chosen Assassin put one hand on the crescent pylon of the nearest Psi Gate and poured energy into it until the gateway surged to life! She stared waving XCOM troops through the activated gateway, pushing the more hesitant soldiers over the threshold!

    “Everyone into the gate!” Mira shouted! “The Crypt is collapsing! Go! Go! Go!”

    A violent crashing sound came from deep within the fortress! The whole place was coming down! In just one minute, the whole structure was going to be an underwater grave! I stayed just long enough to watch Chihiro jump through the Psi Gate, and then, clutching both of my weapons tightly, I threw myself into the Gate!



    Friday, July 20, 2035 1:16am
    Near the Ruins of Artyom, Russia



    Mira was the last person through. As soon as she reappeared in the Avenger’s Shadow Chamber, a torrent of seawater erupted through the Psi Gate and nearly washed away both Tygan and Shen! After a panicked moment, Tygan managed to press the emergency kill switch, shutting off all power to the Shadow Chamber and deactivating the Psionic Gate.

    The doorway swung open, draining several hundred gallons of saltwater into the hallway. Commanders Bradford and Harper saw the room crowded with 34 tired and battered soldiers, all of whom were covered in blood and seawater. Almost sarcastically, Harper asked:

    “What the hell happened in there?”

    Jericho flashed the thumbs up and said:

    “Mission accomplished, Commander.”


    y4mRHxxFQAGE9iv8aiaqkidOrrGv3_AYEHNWaCMs2YfxccbhtF3YqDCJziAl8W3CTBppdS6YlaE-jr_nnQ0zwv7uN-Ou22Hl0bKFYo3gMyIAQC5Mj0esuJizcEEohnVtIp9MJpN75MpbozK4hib7C6DHkAcbtzy554oYaXcWn_IWcQh7xq4MgEjLozbkupqSwrVuE1M7R1JwaRNgZjGmfyQ8g
     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 25: The Girl Who Killed a God
  • Dear readers,

    Thank you so much for reading this far. You've made it to the end of Act Two of The Stormbreakers, and now only two acts remain in this, the final installment of the Stormbreaker Story. To those select few who have read the entire trilogy thus far, (about 558,000 words) you have my undying admiration. :D

    Starting today, The Stormbreakers will be going on a monthlong hiatus. Partially because I need a break, and partly because I want to spend some time playing the upcoming XCOM game. Once again, thank you for reading my story, and I hope you'll return for Act Three next month!
    ======


    Chapter 25
    The Girl Who Killed a God


    An ADVENT checkpoint overrun by local Resistance fighters. Scenes like this one repeated themselves all over the world as the global rebellion coalesced into what we now know as the Armed Forces of the United Nations of Earth. (AFUNE for short)

    Caption said:
    An ADVENT checkpoint overrun by local Resistance fighters. Scenes like this one repeated themselves all over the world as the global rebellion coalesced into what we now know as the Armed Forces of the United Nations of Earth. (AFUNE for short)

    “This is the Liberation Network broadcasting on all frequencies. ADVENT is in full retreat across all areas! Heavy fighting continues in the city centers as Coalition forces attempt to regroup. We’re barely keeping up with the flood of refugees here as people continue to desert the ADVENT-controlled city centers. To all you in the occupied zones, hold your ground! Continue the fight! We promise you; help is on the way!”

    With the Elders gone, the Psionic Network shut down completely, causing the ADVENT Coalition to go to pieces. It started on their military bases, where soldiers abruptly turned on each other or laid down their arms and abandoned their posts. Then it spread to the cities, where Peacekeepers dropped their guns and fled, stripping off their armor and any symbols of the old regime. When the people of Earth realized that the aliens had begun to abandon the Elders en masse, a wave of revolutionary fervor swept across the planet. ADVENT Government buildings were stormed by mixed mobs of Humans and aliens. Human collaborators and alien loyalists were dragged into the streets and murdered.

    All over the planet, Old World governments and military forces finally emerged from hiding and joined the fight in earnest. In Europe, the last vestiges of the French and German armies swept across the Rhine Valley like a storm surge, bringing freedom to the numerous Megacities in the area. In Asia, a colossal host of Chinese freedom fighters laid siege to Shanghai, Beijing, Nanking, and Hong Kong. ADVENT forces were completely driven out of Vietnam almost overnight, while further south, Australian bushrangers put the enemy to flight, and the march of South African liberators was preceded by a hellish storm of fire!

    Further to the west, Chaos reigned in North America, where countless Resistance cells struck at once, overwhelming the occupiers! The skies above New York and New Jersey were so darkened with smoke that day seemed like night. Combat in Florida and Georgia was so intense that wildfires ravaged the countryside and wiped away several small towns. Megacities on the west coast like Los Angeles, San Francisco, and Vancouver fell out of contact with the rest of the world as Resistance fighters blew up the local radio towers, preventing the enemy from calling for help.

    In the areas of the most intense conflict, Triple Alliance warships ruled the skies, raining down fire onto ADVENT strongpoints, while mixed forces of Humans and Triple Alliance soldiers fought side-by-side on the ground. As the days went on, their ranks were augmented by ex-ADVENT forces.



    Saturday, July 21, 2035 3:00pm

    While all of this was happening, XCOM was forced to step back and lie low. Operation Leviathan had been our largest operation of the war, and the casualties reflected that.

    52 men and women went through the Psionic Gate… only 34 returned, and most of them wounded very badly. With so many soldiers injured or dead, and with the Skyranger destroyed at Vladivostok, XCOM had been rendered combat ineffective for the first time in over twenty years. We literally couldn’t fight anymore.

    The Stormbreakers took a pretty bad hit in the Crypt of the Elders. Sophia Kuznetsova, Holly Smith, Sophie Ackermann, and Soylent Green had all taken some pretty serious injuries. Sophia was nearly cooked by a flamethrower, suffering severe burns to her face and torso. Sophie had also been burned, but nowhere near as badly. Holly was maimed by an explosion. Her hands were so badly damaged that there was no hope of repair, and Doctor Tygan was forced to amputate them. Soylent had been shot during the fight and needed surgery.

    Then I got the other piece of bad news:

    We lost Ignatius and Akira.

    Commander Bradford had taken a headcount once everybody returned from the mission. Then, to be sure, he took another headcount. After that, Commander Harper had gone from one soldier to another, using a Battle Scanner and telepathic probing to verify everybody was who they claimed to be. Finally, they were forced to admit that neither Akira Robinson nor Ignatius Petoskey returned from the mission. After Soylent came out of surgery, the entire squad gathered in the infirmary to wish him well. While we were there, Bradford joined us and officially confirmed the loss of our comrades.

    “Best we can tell,” Bradford explained to me. “Neither of them reached the Psionic Gate before Tygan closed it, and if your reports about the Alien Fortress being at the bottom of the ocean are accurate…”

    Bradford didn’t need to finish. He and I both knew exactly what would have happened to Ignatius and Akira, trapped in a collapsing fortress beneath miles and miles of seawater. After that, I needed almost an hour to pull myself together. When I finally managed to stop myself from shaking, I passed along the word.

    The rest of the squad took the news pretty badly. Chihiro wailed and cried, utterly heartbroken at the loss of both an old friend and the time traveler she’d accepted as her daughter. Tsubaki and I held Chihiro in a close hug, consoling her as best we could while Hal eulogized our lost Chaplain.

    “Wasn’t old greybeard the one who came up with the idea to re-create the Stormbreakers?” Hal asked.

    “We was supposed to be a symbol of unity.” Kathleen confirmed. “A flag the Resistance could rally ‘round.”

    “Men and women from different countries and cultures all working together.” Yutaka added. “I daresay he succeeded in his mission. Hell, towards the end, we even started getting aliens on our side. I never thought to ask him what he thought of that.”

    A voice I hadn’t heard in a long time spoke up.

    “Petoskey would have been very happy.”

    Odette Fournier was sitting cross-legged on an unused infirmary bed, keeping her distance from the squad like she always did. I had to do a double-take to make sure that I really had just heard her speak, because she only does that on rare occasions. The whole squad turned to face Odette, and she clarified her point, speaking in a deep voice with a thick French accent:

    “Petoskey wanted to avoid killing the enemy wherever it was possible. He would have been the first to make an ally out of an enemy. It is a noble task, and a necessary one.”

    Odette got off the bed and approached Jericho.

    “There is a bigger foe out there. You said that, as did Robinson’s daughter and the Elders. I know Petoskey thought low of you, and for that I am sorry. But you agree, no? We must accept any who offer to join us now more than ever.”

    Jericho nodded.

    “Agreed.”



    Losing Akira hit Chihiro and I a lot harder than we initially thought. For a few days, the two of us were just in a kind of funk, unable or unwilling to do much. We didn’t talk to anyone either, except when we visited the bar and got some beer from Soylent. After two days of this, Commander Bradford caught up to us in the bar.

    “I know you two aren’t alright.” Bradford said. “You lost someone important, and that’s painful as hell. But if you sit here drinking all day, you’re both gonna look like me before the end of the month.”

    Chihiro and I got a little bit of a chuckle out of that one.

    “So, here’s what I’m gonna do for you.” Bradford said. “Captain Robinson, when was the last time you went home?”

    I stopped to think about it… and then I felt numb when the truth hit me! I had not seen my home since January… of 2005! Not since my dad had become US President! Not since World War Three, or the alien invasion, or the twenty years I’d spent in stasis in an ADVENT lab!

    “T-th-thirty years.” I croaked. “It’s been thirty years!

    Chihiro sobbed and rubbed my shoulders.

    “It’s okay.” She said. “Maybe you’ll get to go back soon.”

    “How about tomorrow?” Bradford said. “You need the morale boost, both of you. Trust me, the mission I’ve got in mind for you is simple and easy. It should lift your spirits as soon as you hear what it is.”

    “Try me.” I said, putting my beer can down.

    “Well, Robinson, it’s like this: word is that your hometown is going to be liberated in a matter of days. The Avenger's flying over to Michigan to make sure things go smoothly. How would you like to come along for the ride? Take a victory lap with us.”

    That was all I needed to hear.



    y4myXrR4zICD8_rwXVB1rEWB3-HqlRU7RSehIqsGh94_2rEU_zCMeMe77VA9M29913jHwIRIl8GYKDaYSTn6BWbsZzmRC1JsMeT4tGGxqltjbPSuNk24pHTz8DzjGNUWmFdmvpO7SKM6z2pZsppJ62oCeiONmbSguevakxk57x_XShnXxs56uWJSj4y5MKHKFSHtDH9jN584rwC5aIr7tRYgw

    Caption said:
    Detroit is the birthplace and childhood home of Blake Robinson. It was the first "Regional HQ" of the ADVENT Coalition to fall to the UNE. With the Psionic Network dismantled, the leaders of these political/military complexes briefly assumed command of the ADVENT Army, but were unable to command or control their troops effectively and ended up falling one by one.

    Wednesday, July 25, 2035 10:45am
    Detroit, Great Lakes Region, North America


    “You’re gonna go straight down Grand River Avenue!” I said to the driver. “Then turn right on Cass! Go straight until you hit Michigan Avenue! Follow Michigan till it stops and go straight through the park! You’ll come out on Randolph street! Go right on Randolph until you hit Jefferson Avenue, and the gates will be right there!”

    A column of battle tanks and armored personnel carriers rumbled through downtown Detroit, the biggest city in my homeland of Michigan. The crumbling roads were pummeled to dust by a mixed force of American and Partogan military vehicles. Chihiro and I were riding in the gunner and commander seats of an old American infantry fighting vehicle, located roughly in the middle of the convoy. Commander Bradford was sitting on the side of the tank, riding along with one hand gripping the rifle in his lap. Around us, thousands of people were watching from windows, rooftops and alleyways as the convoy passed by. Men and women ran into their homes an emerged in the windows, waving white towels, tablecloths, shirts, or anything else that could be interpreted as a white flag.

    “Hold your fire!” Chihiro said into the radio. “Everyone put your weapons on safe!”

    On the road ahead, a company of dejected-looking enemy soldiers stepped to one side and let us pass. They were travelling in the same direction as us, and several enemy officers were carrying white flags on long poles. Quite a few of the enemy removed their helmets and dropped their weapons. Some had even covered up the ADVENT symbol on their uniforms with tape or paint. Finally, the lead vehicle of the convoy reached its destination.

    The banks of the Detroit River were a scene of chaos and confusion. Dozens of ADVENT dropships and spacecraft were frantically loading up with ADVENT soldiers and loyal civilians before taking off and landing in Windsor, the Canadian city on the other side of the river. When the triumphant vehicles came into sight, the ADVENT evacuation clicked into its final stage. The last airships launched into the skies, leaving hundreds of soldiers and civilians stranded! Dozens of people saw us coming and decided to take their chances in the water. ADVENT soldiers threw off their armor and jumped into the Detroit River, swimming desperately towards the Canadian shoreline, followed by a few hundred civilians.

    The largest structure on the banks of the river was a futuristic office building, built on top of what used to be the headquarters of an automobile manufacturer. This unremarkable structure, surrounded by a concrete wall, was the headquarters of ADVENT’s regional government. On the roof, several hundred people piled on top of one another, desperate to reach an ADVENT spaceship as it lifted off from the roof and made a beeline towards Canada.

    The main gate was closed, and the guards had abandoned their posts. A huge white flag had been draped over the guard tower, while a second white flag hung out of a third story window, billowing in the gentle breeze. Our convoy came to a stop, and I opened the upper hatch. Sitting atop the turret of our tank, I shook my fist at the closed gate.

    “Are you kidding me!?” I shouted. “Are you kidding me right now!?”

    “Maybe we should ask the Army engineers to blast it open?” Bradford suggested.

    “No.” I had a different idea. “Chi, pass me the radio and dial the lead vehicle.”

    While Chihiro, Bradford and I watched, an American battle tank pealed off from the convoy and put some distance between itself and the government compound. Then the engine roared loudly as the tank surged forward and rammed the gate! Concrete and metal twisted with horrific sounds before the gate and guard tower collapsed, crushed beneath the treads of the advancing armor.

    Standing at the front entrance to the ADVENT Government building were four enemy officers, all of whom were carrying white flags. Unlike the soldiers we had passed on the way here, these four troops had maintained their professionalism in the face of imminent defeat. One of them, a general, stepped forward to greet us. Chihiro, Bradford and I all kept our weapons pointed towards the ground.

    “Greetings.” The ADVENT general said in passable English. “I will take you to the Administrator. He is waiting.”

    While the three of us stepped inside, two American soldiers started to ascend the stairway to the rooftop. One of them had a red, white, and blue flag tucked under his arm.

    The enemy general guided Chihiro, Bradford and I through the ground floor of the ADVENT government building, and we saw just how badly it was ruined. Papers lay strewn all across the floor, some of them were shredded or burned. Computers had been pulled apart and dismantled in a final desperate attempt to stop us from gaining any useful intel, and in several rooms, the three of us saw men, women, and aliens who had chosen to kill themselves rather than face the aftermath of surrender.

    At long last, the general opened a hall door and guided the three of us into a conference room. Around a long rectangular table, several Humans and aliens were seated, dressed up in professional business attire. At the head of the table was a grey-haired man Chihiro and I recognized immediately. This person had been a successful businessman and a financial supporter of XCOM over twenty years ago. When we came in he stood up, smoothed out his business suit with both hands, and said:

    “Good morning. My name is Thomas Hutch, and I am the Regional Administrator of the ADVENT Coalition. Now that the Revolution is here, I am ready to turn over the government to you. Please tell me: what are your terms for our surrender?”

    Bradford deferred to me, and I gave a short but effective reply.

    “Transfer of power is out of the question.” I said. “You don’t have any power left, Administrator. You can’t surrender what you don’t have.”

    I walked around the conference table and brought myself face-to-face with Hutch.

    “Your only option is unconditional surrender.” I said. “We won’t accept anything else.”

    Within the next fifteen minutes, the American flag was flying over the ADVENT government complex and a prerecorded message from Administrator Hutch was sent out across the airwaves to all ADVENT forces in the region:


    “To all ADVENT Army officers: You are ordered to command your forces to cease all military operations and surrender immediately to the nearest Human forces. The war is over.”



    An hour later, Chihiro and I watched as Administrator Hutch and his cabinet were led out of the government building by American troops. Together, the two of us sat down on the banks of the Detroit River and let out a long, exhausted sigh.

    “You know what?” I said. “I thought getting one last hit in before the fight stopped would make me feel better, like I was getting revenge for Akira, you know?”

    “Me too.” Chihiro admitted. “Doesn’t quite feel that way though.”

    Looking around at the city, I saw dozens of white flags on rooftops being replaced with the American flag. Seeing the old Stars and Stripes flying high once again should have been an awesome experience… we were finally winning the war! But I just felt… tired, and maybe a little worn out.

    Two American soldiers passed close by. Between them was an ADVENT soldier, hands cuffed behind his back. One of the soldiers stopped when he recognized us.

    “Holy shit!” he gasped. “Hyatt! Hyatt! Look, it’s Robinson!”

    Chihiro and I waved politely at the star-struck soldiers. The one named Hyatt, a 19-year-old woman with blonde hair, seemed eager to ask:

    “Hey, do you guys know Jericho? The girl who killed the gods?”

    “Yeah, we do.” Chihiro said casually. “She’s in our squad.”

    Hyatt bounced up and down on the balls of her feet excitedly.

    “Well!?” Hyatt inquired. “You know… did she really… did she really do it?”

    “She killed the Angelis Ethereal.” I answered. “That’s why the Psionic Network is down. I’m not sure I’d call that ‘killing a god’ but-”

    “So, she is the reason I am free?” The ADVENT soldier interrupted. “She is the one who silenced the voice of the Elders?”

    Chihiro, the two Americans, and I all stopped talking to look at the ADVENT trooper.

    “Yeah, I guess so.” I admitted. “The important thing is that you’re free now.”

    The enemy soldier nodded.

    “Yes… yes… you are right, of course. Yet I am still grateful. I don’t think I could have become free without Jericho’s help.”

    “You’re right!” Hyatt told the ADVENT trooper. “Jericho must have known you would be good if you were freed!”

    “Let’s save the moral judgments for after he gets processed at the POW camp.” The other American said. “Only time will tell. C’mon, Hyatt. Let’s go.”

    The two Americans took their prisoner away, leaving the two of us alone again. Chihiro unclipped her helmet and set it on the pavement next to her. Then she undid her knee and elbow pads before separating her body armor from her uniform. She lay back and made a very contented noise.

    “That’s so much better…” She sighed. “Maybe we just need a break.”

    I decided to try it as well. Removing all of my armor and pads, I laid down on the ground next to her. It felt so… relaxing! Like all of my stress was melting out of my back and into the pavement.

    “You might just be right.” I replied. “A vacation. That sounds a million times better than revenge.”

    I took one long look around Detroit, breathing in that muggy summer air I’d missed for so long.

    “It is nice to be home again.” I said. “Even if it didn’t feel as good as I thought it would.”

    “I’m glad I finally got to see your hometown for the first time.” Chihiro said. “I still remember that day when I promised I'd come here, you know. I just didn't expect it would be three decades before I finally followed through.”

    We both laughed long and hard.

    Yeah… we really needed a break.



    y4mHEUBrLahROPAnEWzfgUL35aV0f6c-g8EA1V8EWY1EJkSfEtHD0jTzD1CN4m35Zlq-W55G8H4-xn1j51escbdnXCvy_feS1a5MBf6tjnyVNZA1JhPGbtip6TXLqh-pbhBWc-4sRs8iZ2OeetrXomex8BLLHsA1tuBntIiBgDuK-Jva5ophKRNxSMdLmODLGrryzlv0OWsrwRhE5N2x4zgTA

    Caption said:
    A Reaper (possibly Konstantine Volikov) watches an ADVENT city center burn some time after the Elders were overthrown. The Reapers would remain hostile towards the UNE for the rest of the Second Hyperspace War, and engage in guerrilla warfare attacks against UNE targets for almost a year after the overthrow of ADVENT.

    Saturday, July 28, 2035 7:30pm
    Near the ruins of Port Huron, Great Lakes Region, North America



    As the fighting started to die down all over the world, we got used to seeing Partogan ships in our skies, so nobody paid much mind when the Partogan Assault Frigate Kakama landing next to the Avenger. When Manako and Makara Ranginui came aboard, they seemed to be in very high spirits. Manako was still dressed in his battle armor, which had a scorch mark on the breastplate from a plasma weapon. They breezed past the bar on their way to the bridge, where Jericho, Soylent, Hal, and I were getting drinks. We didn’t see or hear anything from them again for about fifteen minutes.

    Then Commander Bradford ran into the bar, panting!

    “Robinson! Jericho! Come with me, now!”

    Following Commander Bradford out of the bar and across the armory, Jericho and I could hear the yelling from several rooms away.

    “This is unacceptable!” Makara Ranginui yelled. “Do you really want this to be Humanity’s first interaction with the Galactic Community! You’re setting a dangerous precedent, Commander Harper!”

    Bradford grabbed Jericho and I by the shoulder before we entered the bridge.

    “Tell the truth.” He said. “Nothing else.”

    Stepping onto the Avenger’s bridge, Jericho and I saw that nearly a dozen Partogans were standing shoulder to shoulder, staring down Commander Harper. As soon as we entered the room, the Commander of XCOM waved at Jericho and I.

    “Here, Miss Ranginui. You can ask them yourselves!”

    Makara, Manako, and their escorts rounded on us, looking quite angry. Sarah Harris broke from the group and quickly brought Jericho and I up to speed:

    “Some Galactic government issued an arrest warrant for Akira Robinson.” Sarah said, “One of our soldiers who got killed during Operation Leviathan. Harper says she was in your squad!”

    Makara Ranginui pushed her way past Sarah and addressed me directly.

    “My brother says you were in direct contact with Akira Robinson.” Makara’s tone was accusatory. “You will hand her over to us, right now!”

    Doing my best to keep my voice level, I said:

    “I apologize, but that’s no longer possible. Akira Robinson is dead. She was still inside of the Elder’s Crypt when it collapsed.”

    Jericho confirmed my story.

    “The last place I saw Akira was in the Crypt. She was fighting one of the Avatars, but when the place fell apart, she never made it to a Psi Gate.”

    Makara stood to one side and spoke to her brother.

    “A tamata ia ratou.”

    Manako moved forward and grabbed my hand rather forcefully in his own. Once again, I got that intense feeling of a big electric shock before Manako let go of my and grabbed Jericho instead. She scowled at him, and Manako withdrew his arm, seething. I knew Jericho had just used her Bioelectric Skin to shock him back.

    Rubbing his wrist, Manako said to his sister:

    “Ko te pono.”

    Sarah raised her eyebrows and quickly flashed a thumbs-up at us. Makara, however, looked skeptical.

    “Listen here, Human.” Makara leaned in close. “Akira Robinson has been dead before, and she came back anyway. You might believe she’s gone, but I’m confident that you’ll be proven wrong before too long.”

    Makara pulled two identical slips of paper out of her pocket and gave one to Commander Harper and one to me.

    “Your translator did the liberty of converting these into a language you can read.” Makara said. “When she does come back, promise you’ll hand her over right away.”

    “My word.” Harper replied. “Immediate extradition.”

    I gulped and together, Jericho and I looked down at the paper:



    “INTERSTELLAR CRIMINAL COURT

    sanctioned by
    THE SECURITY COUNCIL
    of the
    GALACTIC COUNCIL

    Regarding the Partogan-Levakian Armed Conflict of 9515 (Galactic Standard Year)
    To: Any authorized law enforcement officer or uniformed military combatant:
    YOU ARE COMMANDED to arrest and bring before the ICC without unnecessary delay the Human known as AKIRA JAQUELINE ROBINSON, who is accused of the following offenses committed during the Partogan-Levakian Conflict of 9515:
    • 1 count of GENOCIDE
    • 3 counts of CRIMES AGAINST SENTIENT LIFE (murder, extermination, abduction)
    • 1 count of USING A WEAPON OF MASS DESTRUCTION
    • 2 counts of WAR CRIMES (attacking civilian non-combatants, political assassination)
    Date: 21st day of Month 7, 9622 Galactic Standard Year
    Signed: Elohim Naabal, President of the Galactic Council General Assembly”


    Honestly, I think I needed more time to make sense of this, so I just passed the warrant to Jericho and spoke to Makara.

    “You really think Akira did all of that?”

    “It’s a known fact.” Makara replied. “And you seem to know just how dangerous she is. I can see it in your mind.”

    She was right. I had seen into Akira’s mind, and if this warrant was to be believed, then I had only gotten a taste of what Akira was capable of. A little reluctantly, Jericho and I agreed to turn Akira in to the Partogans if she ever turned up again.



    Friday, August 3, 2035 4:30pm
    Airspace above the Pacific Ocean



    About a week later, all of the Stormbreakers had been discharged from medical care, and we were ordered to report to the Guerilla Tactics School for a special briefing from Commander Harper. When we arrived, we saw that a freshly made map of the world had been affixed to the whiteboard, and as we sat down, Commander Harper gave us a full update on what was happening around the world:

    “I’m happy to inform you all that the Council of Nations has just assembled for the first time in over twenty years!” Harper informed us. “They were joined by delegates from several of the Old World governments, and have agreed to re-form the United Nations. The UN General Assembly is going to supplant the ADVENT Government wherever possible.”

    “So we’re trading one world order for another?” Isis asked. “I wasn’t expecting that.”

    “Well, as it turns out,” Harper clarified, “We were so busy fighting ADVENT that nobody stopped to ask ‘Who’s going to run the world once the aliens are gone?’ We’ve had to answer that question very quickly as ADVENT’s power erodes all over. Because we’re still very much fighting an active war, the Council decided that the new United Nations should function more like a confederation than a unitary government.”

    Gesturing to the map behind her, Commander Harper explained the rather chaotic political situation the world found itself in now:


    y4m97ehAU8efgTkQRKAIyuRdjsAy-HTunU-S4ggRgiE29qrEEiQ8qwDpgvMYXX0_czYE8eyRcgEHC99Qqv9E0JcNMwVt0_5nmBNH1JbB1aZZ6DheLLV7JmSZKLGaqbJtXZCkpbc1C25N_R8e_VW9L5TgCTeTOg_6v1MCm0n_MsQbA_Zx88_VpcfZ2nxr0xT979DVrMsmUNkSiLSu6RMWnI2jw

    Caption said:
    A map of the United Nations of Earth, showing all of its founding member-states. The Galactic Community would eventually recognize the UNE as the legitimate government of the entire Earth, in spite of the fact that it only controlled roughly one quarter of all territory and people on the planet.

    “When the aliens took over, they forced nearly everyone to move to the Megacities.” Harper explained. “This means that there are now huge tracts of land all over the Earth where nobody lives. That almost means that the most intense fighting is happening in Europe, India, China, and the American east coast, where a lot of people live. In some of the more heavily fortified or defensible locations, ADVENT is holding onto power. This also means that UN member states are going to have a lot of trouble accessing one another. That’s why the new UN is going to be a confederation of the Old-World governments, at least the ones who’ve agreed to sign up.”

    “Who hasn’t joined” I asked.

    “Most of the countries in the Americas, Africa, and Central Asia.” Harper answered, “But that’s mostly because those countries were almost totally gutted by ADVENT. In South America, Brazil is the only government left. All the others are gone. It's worse in the USA.”

    Harper pointed to North America on the map.

    “As far as we can tell, there’s somewhere between ten and fifteen organizations claiming to be the legitimate US Government, including the one who sent Alexis Alexander to the Site X Summit. There’s also a few dozen separatist groups vying to carve up the country. Best we can tell, the US is heading towards a pretty serious civil war. Unfortunately, China, India, Russia, and most of Central Europe are in similar situations. As a result, we’ve started to see people fleeing from the Megacities and moving back out into the countryside…”

    Harper gestured to the large unclaimed areas of the map.

    “I think it’s safe to say that new nations and governments are going to spring up here, and that the days of our planet being ruled by a single government are definitely over.”

    “And where does XCOM fit into this new world?” Matthew asked.

    “That’s why I called you all here.” The Commander said. “The Council of Nations are currently in talks right now about organizing a proper Human military to combat ADVENT, as well as a political organization to represent our interests in the Galactic Community. The Council informed me just today that XCOM has been guaranteed a place in the new system… unfortunately, that means that our leadership is going to be reorganized… and that also means, effective immediately: XCOM has been ordered to stand down and cease all combat operations.”

    There was a moment’s pause, and then we all blurted our questions out at once!

    “Why!? The war’s not over yet!”

    “What about the other squads still in the field?”

    “What are we supposed to do if we can’t fight?”

    “Who’s going to coordinate with the Partogans!?”

    “What’s going to happen to us?”

    Commander Harper held up a hand to silence the squad.

    “I realize this is quite and unexpected development.” Harper said. “But XCOM is about to go through a serious transition. We have actual government oversight for the first time in two decades. Please listen to me, and I hope we can clarify all of your concerns. First: all of our squads are being recalled from the field. When they get back, they’ll be given the same talk I’m giving you all now. Second, even though you won’t be serving in combat for the foreseeable future, you are still members of XCOM. You’re just being placed in a reserve capacity for the time being, and importantly, that means anyone who wants to leave the Avenger and live off-site until they are called back to duty will be allowed to do so.”

    “Really!?” Sophie gasped. “We can leave?”

    “Think of this as… extended shore leave.” The Commander replied with a smile. “After everything you’ve done for our world, you all deserve a break.”

    The Commander picked up a blue marker and started to draw circles around certain points on the map.

    “Unfortunately, because there is still a large amount of conflict and violence all over the world, we can’t allow any of you to go home just yet. However, we have located several places along the Pacific Rim that are safe, secure from all threats, or under the direct control of friendly forces, where you can get some proper R&R. A couple of island nations have also agreed to host any XCOM soldiers who need a break. Hawaii and New Zealand, specifically, have set up special housing for you.”

    Harper looked back at us all and added.

    “And I’m serious… you should all go. Don’t make me order you off the ship.” Her face softened and she added in a much kinder tone. “Once you’ve all decided where you want to go, let Commander Bradford know and we’ll start making travel arrangements. The Avenger will drop you off with a friendly contact in the area. Enjoy your time off, but be ready when the call to duty comes. And I assure you… it will come. ADVENT might be defeated, but if Akira and the Partogans are right, then there’s a whole different kind of hell waiting for us in the stars.”



    Looking forward to some time off, the whole squad had their bags packed in a matter of hours. It was pretty easy to say goodbye, since we all expected to see each other again soon. I even managed to shake hands with Yutaka Yamamoto, and he said:

    “You’re alright in my book, Robinson. Even if the reverse isn’t true.”

    When the Avenger landed in Okinawa, Yutaka tried to get Jericho to go with him. When she hesitated, he actually used his authority as a Major to order her off the ship. I caught Jericho by the shoulder and quickly said:

    “You know, we’re off duty, and the whole squad’s here to back you up. There’s nothing and no one making you go with him if you don’t want to.”

    “I know my Human History Database said you traveled with him,” Mira added, “But you must know by now, that was a different Jericho in a different time. You are free to decide what you want to do now.”

    That was all Jericho needed to hear. Yutaka descended the boarding ramp alone, where a group of Japanese soldiers welcomed Yutaka back into his homeland for the first time since World War Three. As Yutaka was escorted to a car by a group of prominent Japanese politicians, a small mob of young people swarmed the Avenger’s boarding ramp, desperate for a chance to get a look at Jericho.

    “There she is! The one who defeated the Elders!”

    “Long live Godslayer Jericho!”

    “She looks just as beautiful as the pictures!”

    “Thank you, Jericho! We love you!”

    Blushing, Jericho retreated from the boarding ramp as the ship took flight.

    After that, the Avenger flew south, stopping at Fiji, where ADVENT forces had abandoned the island nation completely in order to fight for more valuable targets. A team of Resistance fighters had set up an outpost of the new “United Nations of Earth” government in the capitol and came out to greet us. The locals were more than happy to host Odette Fournier and Kathleen Walsh. The Irish-American woman screamed “Beers all ‘round ‘till the sun comes up!” as she vanished into the crowd. Odette turned around and raised her arm in salute, paying her respects to the Avenger as it lifted off and soared away.

    Several hours later, the Avenger landed on the South Island of New Zealand, just outside of Christchurch, where the forces of the ADVENT Army had been annihilated to the last man. The victory celebrations were still in progress when Soylent Green and Holly Smith disembarked and joined in the festivities. As the New Zealanders realized who had just joined them, I heard one of them shout:

    “Hey! These blokes are Stormbreakers! They’re with Jericho!”

    Cheering and screaming with delight, the crowd lifted Soylent and Holly onto their shoulders and carried them away, shouting:

    “Long live Jericho! Down with the Elders!”

    After that, the rest of us settled down in our bunk beds and slept away the trip across the Pacific Ocean. Early the next morning, we landed on the outskirts of Vancouver, a Megacity on the west coast of North America. When the boarding ramp lowered, nearly two hundred Vancouverites had gathered at its base, cheering and holding up signs that said stuff like:

    “Victory!”

    “Canada loves XCOM!”

    “Welcome Heroes!”

    “Long Live Jericho!”

    As Sophie Ackermann, Sophia Kuznetsova, Hal Macintosh, and Matthew Hawkins descended the ramp, rucksacks over their shoulders, Canadians mobbed them, offering free food and drink while bombarding them with questions about the final battle and Jericho’s part in it. Tsubaki nudged Jericho and said:

    “Word really gets around quick, doesn’t it? Give it time and everybody on Earth is gonna think you killed the Elders single-handed!”

    “That’s how legends start.” Chihiro added. “We’re witnessing the birth of a freakin’ legend right now.”

    Finally, there was only one destination left on our list. At some point yesterday, Jericho had approached Chihiro and I, and she said this:

    “Mom’s history database says that you two wanted to live in Hawaii together. If you’d like, I can show you this really cool little town on Kauai Island.”

    Chihiro and I accepted without any real hesitation. My wife followed Jericho back into the ship while I offered to help Chief Shen retract the boarding ramp. While the two of us stood there in the loading bay, the morning wind blew into the Avenger, and I just kinda held still, taking in the familiar scent of an American summer.

    “Getting nostalgic, Captain?” Shen’s voice snapped me back to reality.

    “A little.” I said. “This place kinda reminds me of home.”



    Saturday, August 4, 2035 9:00am
    Honolulu, Oahu Island, Republic of Hawaii



    Isis Dekker, Tsubaki, Mira, Jericho, Chihiro, and I all stepped off the Avenger’s ramp and gazed around in awe. The capitol of Hawaii looked a little rough around the edges, but it was still a bustling city. The international airport had turned into a spaceport. Triple Alliance starships and defecting ADVENT craft buzzed all around the island while boats of varying size and shape filtered into and out of Pearl Harbor, contributing to the life of both the city and the nearby islands.

    “I’ve contacted a man from the local government.” Commander Harper said as she distributed some travel documents to us. “He’s arranged a boat to take you to Jericho’s place on Kauai Island. Bradford, Shen, Tygan and I will be here in Honolulu. The Avenger will be undergoing a major refit here at the airport if you need us.”

    Shaking hands with our leaders once more, the six of us parted ways with the leaders of XCOM.

    “We told the others, and we’ll tell you too.” Bradford said, “Keep your eyes on the news. Once the UNE government figures out how the new military is going to work, you’ll be called back to duty. I’d give it two weeks, tops.”

    Mira and Jericho both shook their heads. Mira patted the front pocket of her jacket, where her tablet computer was just barely visible. The Human History Database turned on, it’s screen visible through the fabric of her jacket.

    “Barring some unforeseen disaster,” Mira said in a knowing voice, “We’ll be expecting your call on September 15th, Commander.”

    Carrying what few belongings we had in rucksacks, Mira, Isis, Jericho, Tsubaki, Chihiro and I left for the docks, where we would find a boat to Kauai Island waiting for us. Not even the gathering of dark storm clouds in the distance could dampen our spirits, because we knew we were going to have just one month of peace before we were plunged back into a life of hellish war, and we intended to enjoy every moment we could.


    y4mwGY23R81AhD_dezDBG8-TabG8T2skSHMmzpLDcv1icQtoVw5uH4-XprEYFoXJw8mI66XbHxBq6NSOh8Z6VsogOJJgZ8DMd8lxcIeiZstyRz4ZIw0tYlbo-iaSTse31MtS30NareEvj5RJtfe2zqKK57ESYTvAHmJPAnjbQYOPJGByYmZOE5txtspY9opcXSY
    Caption said:
    Handmade artwork of Kate "Jericho" Ray as she appeared during the summer of 2035. (Special credit to the artist who created it: Twitter user ace_pade!


    Klamath Mountains, Pacific Coastline, California Republic


    Four Templars emerged from the forest and walked towards a cliff that overlooked the ocean. At the head of the group, Geist, the leader of the Templar Order, seemed quite preoccupied. He listened to what his follower was saying, yet kept his eyes locked on the strange phenomenon taking place out there in the ocean. Out there, something had caused the ocean to become chaotic. Waves crashed against the rocks with violent intensity while dark clouds swirled around a certain point in the distance.

    “…with the Psionic Network down, the call is even stronger.” The Templar was saying.

    The four Tempers reached the cliff side and looked out over the ocean. Finally, Geist reached a decision. Turning to his subordinates, he began to give orders.

    “Gather everyone! Our time is short.”

    Two of the Templars broke off ran back into the treeline. Geist and the Templar who had spoken remained. Putting his hands on his hips and shaking his head, Geist took one more look at the mysterious phenomenon that had thrown the sea into chaos.

    “We’ve won but a battle.” Geist said to his subordinate. “Now the real war begins.”


    y4mKxznuAzRPKLjffx42qjYQ3ff2w7dY_L4knGbZSvF_MaZeZeQbwLoaXyqR2_JSvbYf1DBVJBpFhGwjqjaoez_NspxM_7fdW-Lmpd-1-HKZJcdS7lir59zz4mJUUg1hq3FBrxjYVtdz_XQkBsviRPFwKKs-CzL12Me7-RXWAd-cL6KA-c319fIPhkn0w5sgJaPWuvhR3gZrxYwvlqVStc7vg
    Caption said:
    Geist (right) and and unknown Templar (left) stand on the California coastline and observe the Pacific Anomaly from a safe distance.


    END OF ACT TWO
    y4mC1QB8FzsrRgxPJeokLyYXSleHEeFPVom6vqGcmz4Nut0BVQIbPi5k8OqmR8bdbFohjPau2FmSbeFPggMWVO9rGLMb6BTkavYwTO606qCnyOmxVDWv-MbagQpfsSTTetC3SetyrjpH0y3eUntBUD9H64ANXf8L_dVEobbXBfOmGnS1tpNC4IsiXPqt7-BwNVJml5IiEfsi6p-oHDd0amQvQ
    ======
     
    Last edited:
    Intermission

  • Intermission

    Friday, January 4, 2036 - 9:00am
    XCOM Headquarters, Nagasaki City, Kyushu Island


    “… in order to defeat the Beast, Humanity needs to devote as many resources as possible to building up our military might and to supporting our new allies as they begin to arrive. This diversion will undermine both goals. We simply can’t afford to send a large force to investigate whatever’s turning the Pacific into a Psionic hellhole.”

    “We don’t need a large force, Bradford.” Geist countered. “A small force of Templars would be more than sufficient to find and kill this so-called “Deep One.’ This will leave you free to begin preparations for what lies ahead.”

    “Commander, I urge you to listen to Geist.” Mira chimed in. “We’ve all seen what Templars and their weapons are capable of. In this case, the most surgical of strikes will strike a deadly blow. And if my theory is correct, then the enemy won’t be prepared for us at all.”

    Mira then turned to address Geist and Violet.

    “If the Deep One is what I suspect them to be, you will be forced to improvise a strategy on short notice, but victory should still be within reach. I request that I be allowed to join your expedition.”

    “And we’ll be glad to have you.” Geist replied.

    “Any ally of Jericho is a friend of the Templars.” Violet added. “And if Geist insists I apply that rule to non-Humans, then who am I to argue?”

    “Me too! I’ll come!” Chihiro stepped forward to volunteer.

    Mira looked around at Chihiro and raised one eyebrow.

    “You’re back!” she said. “I take it Blake and Jericho are on their way to Hiigara, then?”

    “Yeah, they just left a few minutes ago.” Chihiro replied, “Manako says they’ll be back home this time next week if everything goes according to plan. Till then, I want in.”

    Duane, Mira, Geist, and Violet all gave Chihiro a surprised look.

    “The fight against the Deep One, or the Leviathan, or Geist’s nightmare, or whatever the hell we’re calling it today. I want in.” Chihiro clarified.

    “Are you sure you want to come with us?” Mira asked. “We’re going into into uncharted territory. Uncharted for myself, even; and if she were here, Akira would say the same. I cannot emphasize enough that this has never happened before… in any of the last 115 Cycles. I cannot guarantee your safety, let alone your survival.”

    Chihiro gripped the handle of Hachiman to show her commitment to the fight. The demon hidden within the Katana sapped away all of her uncertainties and fears, replacing those feelings with confidence and no small measure of bloodlust.

    “No one knows how this story will end anymore.” Chihiro answered. “Not even Akira, and I couldn’t be happier with that.”



    And with that, we proceed to the next act. The final chain of events has been set in motion, and our friends and enemies hurtle towards their great denouement. But now that I think about it, that description might be a little off… perhaps it would be best if I just summarize everything.

    My name is Odette Fournier. I am a Stormbreaker, and this is our story so far:

    I’ll start with the key players. You see, even though this story is about Jericho, it is not told from her point of view, leaving her absent from the spotlight on more occasions than I care to count. Instead, the account of Jericho’s life is told to us by her closest friends:

    Blake Alexander Robinson. He was 22 years old when this story began and he’ll be 24 when it ends. Tends to spend a lot of time thinking, and he only leads the Stormbreakers because the job was dropped on him rather unceremoniously. Before the alien invasion, his father was President of the United States, and Blake enjoyed a long-distance relationship with Asami Yamato of the Japanese Imperial Family. During World War Three, she would fall into disgrace and become the woman now known as:

    Chihiro Tachibana. Roughly three years younger than Blake, Chihiro used to be something of a reckless hothead, although she has tempered herself significantly since the Soviet invasion of Japan. While her royal status was recently restored, she has no interest in leaving the team of soldiers she is starting to see as her real family. She might not look it, but she’s also got a short fuse.

    The team? Well, at its smallest there was just four Stormbreakers, but now we’ve grown to have sixteen members. Some soldiers only join us for a mission or two, like the Koreans Song Soo and Lee Chong-Il, while others are around for the long haul, making lifelong careers out of the soldier life.

    The team itself was founded during the last few months of World War Three, when the Soviet Red Army was running rampant throughout the Japanese Islands. We got our name from this crazy battle plan to set up an impenetrable defense around the city of Hiroshima. In the end, it actually worked. After that, we only got a couple of years to relax and recover before the alien invasion hit.

    Earth was attacked by a menagerie of alien species, all of whom were enslaved by the so-called “Elders,” an ancient race of super-powerful aliens who were on the run from some greater threat. Eventually, Earth fell, and humankind became the Elder’s latest victims. For two decades, we fought and resisted, until one fateful morning in Pyongyang, where our story actually started.

    The Stormbreakers were on a routine mission when we crossed paths with Jericho, a girl who was created in a lab by a scientist who lacked even the most basic restraint. She was the first of an entire race of Human-alien Hybrids, yet she would become one of only two beings who were made by a fusion of Humanity and the Elders. The people who created Jericho always intended to use her as a weapon against the Elders, but never could have imagined how her powers would one day reach into every corner of the Galaxy.

    Before Jericho could explain herself, we were all attacked by the forces of the ADVENT Coalition, the collaborator government who served the alien occupiers. A great battle erupted, and there was terrible harm and death inflicted on both sides until finally, the enemy leader revealed herself!

    The Elder’s Chosen Assassin was a quick and agile foe. She struck from the shadows and moved too quickly for our sharpshooters to track. She also seemed to draw extra power from her preferred weapon, a Katana. She struck down my teammates one by one, each time retreating into the fog of war rather than engaging us in a straight fight. It seemed as though we were doomed to fall at her blade, but then the Assassin met a foe she couldn’t possibly hope to stop:

    y4mBS6sXf0jDKy6kaNYekQ2q1EOvJ-3nxBZeZOggwAtCRWvq6VgH8rqffAJM99L20oVpXE9KNyLEUJIKUOSO31I8k3I7YQTkGJqfD5OVa-G_kZTAFCshNbfhdqyH5UDwNxvR7wlzU38v5AUyRVzbUvQ2UgCA9oW1e1Dx1V2HKA2i6ofLPjdNsr3nhxtfN7LxyZ485VtbqPAOK1wGvR4WQBeow


    This is me, the exalted survivor of the 2033 Verdun Assault, lone wolf fighter, and the last thing many ADVENT soldiers ever see! I use a Coilgun, the holy grail of magnetic weaponry, which can send swift justice into my enemies at nearly six times the speed of sound! Furthermore, I am one of the most beautiful and skilled guerillas, with a confirmed kill count in the high triple digits, and a lover waiting for me in every camp and base.

    It was a simple matter for me to pin down the Chosen Assassin long enough to strike the final blow! I slew the Elder’s champion with the swiftness and precision of a French falcon! The Assassin never knew what hit her, such was the speed of my victory! With the threat of the Chosen Assassin gone, we were able to use Jericho’s powers to their fullest extent and bring about the liberation of Humanity, all thanks to my spectacular defeat of our greatest foe.

    And that is the story of how I, champion of the Resistance, saved all Humanity from slavery! People will celebrate the occasion for all time, sell souvenirs with my image, and name a holiday after me!

    And that, dear reader, is the end of The Stormbreakers. Thank you for reading!













    Damnit.

    I mean… I really thought I could get away with giving myself a good ending, but this is just terrible!

    There’s so much unresolved foreshadowing, countless loose ends, and dozens of unanswered questions. If anything, it feels like the writer got frustrated and gave up on the story, writing a really quick ending before abandoning the whole project.

    I guess the only thing to do, for the sake of the readers, is to just tell what really happened:

    The Elder’s Chosen Assassin was a quick and agile foe. She struck from the shadows and moved too quickly for our sharpshooters to track. She also seemed to draw extra power from her preferred weapon, a Katana. She struck down my teammates one by one, each time retreating into the fog of war rather than engaging us in a straight fight. We only survived thanks to Jericho’s intervention, and even then, it was a very close call.

    That’s better.



    Let’s try this again. Introducing myself one more time:

    y4mS4ZxjqQC7yDs-wKGFF1QQ-VslAX-wIKqShHZYi4c1cbCEz-iNngzR3vV8tO4eEDlT3-nRSsFE29sP8mSYWDMwC6Ax_0LjuAtizx4ADxWOg__7Vw4kjpVLDLkFudMgH-kNJFr6Fdc2GCTlTAbWrwciSEd9CzmDcEEorp-A94YRn3Uaqo9CWDfbMHdogCKhKQYK-5h3QgnmB39diU5vlXqMw


    I feel better now. It’s nowhere near as flattering, but it’s the real me.

    There’s more to this story than just Blake, Chihiro, Jericho, and myself, though. We were part of a much greater team. My subordinates friends are a really diverse group of people from all over the world, and there’s a lot of us. But some of the more interesting characters in this story are…

    Sophia Kuznetsova: The daughter of a high-ranking member of the Reapers, who have recently become our enemies. Sophia has already survived one murder attempt at the hands of her father, and recently lost her twin sister in battle. A few people on the outer peripheries have tried to raise alarms about her mental health, but outwardly, Sophia seems to be fine… but perhaps that’s because she always keeps her face covered up. Who knows what she’s really thinking about?

    Duane Gardner: Years ago, he was Jericho’s boyfriend, but they broke up. Since then he’s developed a real obsession with Jericho and her Psionic powers. He’s been traveling all over the world, talking up his ex like she’s some kind of god. Thing is, people believe him, and now there’s a cult of personality starting to build up around Jericho. Out there in the fringes, some people are even praying to her, thinking she can hear them. Someone needs to tell Duane that building a religion around your ex is not the appropriate way to handle a breakup.

    Manako and Makara Ranginui: a pair of twin Partogans. Although they are from an alien civilization located halfway across the Galaxy, these two individuals look and talk exactly like Human beings. Everyone is convinced that Humans and Partogans are somehow related to one another. Makara is the commander of Triple Alliance Navy, a spaceborne military that is fighting in a massive galactic war. A conflict that Humanity is quickly being dragged into.

    Yutaka Yamamoto: a true example of the old saying; “the enemy of my enemy is my friend.” He was one of the original founding members of the Stormbreakers, only to betray his team and join the Soviet forces. If Humanity wasn’t busy standing united against much more dangerous threats, Blake and several other members of the team would certainly turn their guns against Yutaka. He is a shameless power-seeker who only wants whatever can elevate him above everybody else. That reminds me! In defense of Jericho’s reputation, I want to explain a certain part of the story in greater detail:

    In Chapter 23: Enemy Within, it was discovered that Yutaka Yamamoto had stolen an Arc Brace remote from Blake Robinson, and was using the threat of a powerful electroshock to coerce Jericho into a “romantic relationship” with him. Creepy? Hell yes. Being a creep is nothing new to Yutaka. Don’t just take it from me, you could ask Chihiro Tachibana or either of her friends: Kate Newberry and Chihiro Iwasaki… oh, wait. You can’t. Yutaka sold Newberry and Iwasaki to his Russian co-conspirators, and now they’re both dead.

    I did warn you that Yutaka’s a creep.

    But then why didn’t Jericho use her incredible Psionic powers to get away from him? Well, the answer is twofold.

    First: At the time, Jericho was still under the false beliefs about predestination she had gotten from Mira Mihaka’s database about the alternate timelines. She read about being forced into a relationship during the “past cycles” and immediately assumed there was nothing she could do about it this time around, so she just went along with Yutaka’s demands. Fortunately, Jericho’s belief in predestination was slowly eroded away over the course of the previous act.

    Second, Jericho’s psionic training is very much incomplete. In the rush to prepare her for the War in Heaven, Mira Mihaka placed an extreme emphasis on teaching Jericho a wide array of combat techniques and not much else. Regrettably, Mira disappeared before she could teach anything else to her adoptive daughter. Ever since, Jericho has struggled with practical Psionics. Nonviolent abilities such as empathic mind reading, mental manipulation, or simple telekinesis do not come easily to Jericho, although she does have limited capability in those areas. If Jericho had tried to use any kind of force against Yutaka, she almost certainly would have killed him, if not maiming him for life. She knew this and decided against it.

    Jericho simply had no desire to fight back, even though she could have reduced Yutaka to atoms with but a snap of her fingers. That’s why he got away with it for so long.

    Jericho is not weak.

    Seriously.



    It was our new Partogan allies who alerted us to the much greater threat we would soon have to face. While Humanity had been waging a two-decade long struggle for control of our planet, the entire Galaxy as a whole was being torn apart by war.

    An extragalactic foe called the Beast was rampaging throughout all of the Galaxy. Vast interstellar superpowers like the Hiigaran Empire, Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth, and the Taiidani Republic were doing their best to fight back, but the Beast is unlike any enemy ever seen before.

    The Beast is a bio-mechanical virus, given sentience by a powerful hive mind that is consolidated on at least two planet-sized spacecraft: Agamemnon and Astynome. Capable of subverting both organic and non-organic systems, the Beast is able to quickly override and control any living body or computer system it comes into contact with. To make matters worse, the subversion virus is extremely contagious, to the point where Beast-infected starships can pass the plague onto new victims through the vacuum of space by firing particle beams at nearby vessels. Having subverted entire armies and armadas over the years, the Beast has grown to become an existential threat to all life in the Galaxy, including Earth.

    The Beast is, without doubt, the mysterious foe the Elders were fleeing from. Soon, Humankind will join the fight against this nightmarish foe, but we’ve been unknowingly given a helping hand by a mysterious benefactor:

    Only recently did we discover that we had all been drawn together by an unusual actor, a master manipulator who had been directing and controlling our lives. And now, thanks to our Partogan comrades, we have learned that our supposed benefactor might just be the greatest threat we have ever faced.

    Akira Jaqueline Robinson is the daughter of Blake and Chihiro… from an alternate future. She comes from a time where the Stormbreakers fought in a cataclysmic battle she calls “The War in Heaven.” According to Akira, this battle will be the Galaxy’s final stand against the Beast, and it will be fought right here on Earth. Akira claims that, for an unknowable length of time, she was using a spacecraft-converted-into-a-time machine to travel throughout all of history, reshaping the lives of millions of people, rewriting the timeline, and reshaping the universe with the sole purpose of helping our side win the War in Heaven.

    However, Akira’s actions undermine her justification. We have now learned from our offworld allies that Akira has resorted to more and more extreme measures to force history onto the path she desires. She has propped up tyrannical empires such as the Taiidan, instigated horrific wars like the Levakian Uprising, and brainwashed countless people to do her bidding. Akira Robinson is known to kidnap, murder, and impersonate her victims, manipulating their friends and families. She has also used entire nations as her proxies to carry out even more heinous crimes, such as genocide.

    The Beast may be a threat to all life in the Galaxy, but Akira Robinson is a unique foe and is no less dangerous. It is quickly becoming clear to us that Akira’s “Perfect Future” must be paid for in blood and destruction, a price that some of us are not willing to pay.

    If I could speak on behalf of the writer, this character had a very unexpected reception! During her introduction in Faith in Chaos, the predecessor to this story, a small number of readers unexpectedly sympathized with Akira and her mission. And now in The Stormbreakers, Akira is intentionally portrayed sympathetically! She makes me question the author’s sanity. Why did he allow the intended villain to gain the smallest modicum of sympathy from the audience!? I’m starting to wonder if he’s planning to reform this heartless and violent character. Could you imagine it? If the writer turns Akira into an honest and kind person? Maybe she’ll get to curl up by a fireplace with a warm blanket, cuddly kitten, and a mug of hot cider.

    Then again, he probably won’t. But I can always dream. It fills the dull moments while I wait for the story to resume.



    I am happy and thankful you could join me for this intermission, but since this little excursion did nothing to advance the plot in any way, I’m sure some readers are starting to worry about whether any new chapters are forthcoming. Please don’t worry about that.

    Today’s interruption was planned out from the very beginning, almost a year ago. You see, this story has an extremely large cast of characters, a densely populated universe, and a massive number of events and happenings that must occur in a certain order to bring the plot to a satisfying resolution. Without this respite, I’m certain the lone writer behind this story would burn out long before the final act begins. That being said, the author is feeling well rested now and has returned to work at long last. Two weeks from today, the story will resume in its normal format.

    I’m sure I said some alarming or foreboding stuff today, but you shouldn’t worry. As long as at least one person is reading, The Stormbreakers will continue, right up to the very end.

    Until such time as this story resumes, I’ll leave you with this homemade cinematic-style trailer for our story. Made in the same style as the
    video game trailers produced by The Spiffing Brit, this clip doubles as an advertisement for our story as well as its official music video, featuring a performance of “aLIEz” by the singer Amalee.


    I hope you enjoy the final half of the final installment of the Stormbreaker Story.

    Farewell.



     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 26: Demon's Den
  • What's a good way to celebrate the 4th birthday of Stellaris? Why, a double feature, of course!

    Today is Chapter 26: Demon's Den, but be sure to check back this time tomorrow for Chapter 27: Brave New World!

    Welcome, new and old readers alike, to Act Three of The Stormbreakers!
    ======


    Chapter Twenty-Six
    Demon’s Den


    y4mWeS6xcXpRV1y0JdJzvzDzezRgJ-ubASip4jNUQTT2_K3GJUX-rQc1oVUZlH63vkjMSSRuQ-OmM_40T4y0YyQM4RSLY2WBtG84TU17-4p6LsLsd-Ek93QBmffQF7S6Ut9oPEdm9rf4Z5-vXd7-1AAxu82pxEb0bffdWFxKcrjIfLVmXrtp0M9NeQYXMLkbfD1u-6SoHYQ60x8JMvZzJ-b8w
    Caption said:
    The Vanian Science Ship known as "Tren Krom" was last seen docked to the Vanian Science Nexus on the day it fell to the Beast
    Date and Time Unknown
    The Shroud



    The seemingly eternal silence was shattered with force and violence that had not been seen in this place for hundreds of millennia. Tearing through the fabric of reality like a blade, a starship erupted into the Shroud, throwing the extradimensional region into chaos! Half-formed and barely sentient entities, made purely from Psionic energy, paused their confused and seemingly senseless activities to refocus themselves upon the intruder.

    After a moment, many of these flickering pulses of intelligence resumed whatever strange things they were doing. After all, despite the unusually violent entry, this was the fifth invasion of the Shroud. It was almost starting to feel routine. Just as had happened in the previous four occasions, the intruder began to flit about. Searching the highest peaks and darkest corners, the intruder left no part of the Shroud uninspected.

    The starship’s method of searching was most unusual. Like all vessels built to traverse the void, this ship was outfitted with a large array of sensors and scanners, which should have allowed the vessel to perceive and understand the environment around it far better than any pair of eyes. However, these sensory devices were now going unused. Instead, the foreign ship meandered and wandered through the Shroud, turning quickly in one direction before abruptly changing course, moving not unlike a hunter being pulled along by a dog on a leash.

    In truth, the intruder ship was being pulled along, but not by any physical being. On the end of a Psionic tether, an entity known as the Whisperers in the Void guided their captor through the Shroud, as well as taking point in the search for the ultimate goal. Operating at only a fraction of its full strength and power, the Whisperers in the Void was offering up near-constant resistance to its captor, struggling and straining against its noncorporeal bonds to no avail. There was no recourse but to obey.

    Reacting to the sight of an enslaved Shroud-Being, one of the nondescript Psionic denizens of the Shroud attempted to pick a fight with the invading starship. A pillar of Soulfire descended from the heavens and struck the intruder on its dorsal hull. Moving swiftly, the ship rolled to one side and evaded the attack! Grotesque, reddish-colored flesh rapidly grew into the damaged hull section, sealing up the wound in a matter of seconds! The invader ship responded to the assault by firing a white-and-red particle beam into the nebulous clouds above!

    Trillions upon trillions of microscopic invaders fanned out from the beam, searching for anything organic or technological to attack. As the Beast particles spread out across the Shroud, the surrounding environment was stained a sickening shade of red. After this, the Psionic entities withdrew and allowed the invader to continue its search in peace.

    After an unknowable length of time, the Whisperers in the Void and the Beast-infected starship found what they were looking for. In a small pocket of the Shroud, populated by a horde of the most incomprehensible, madness-inducing nightmares one could possibly imagine… there was a shadow.

    The shadow consumed all light that fell within it, as though it were a black hole. One could not see behind or through it. Realizing it had been found, the shadow stepped out of the Nightmare Realm and confronted the invader. Behind the infected science ship, there was a sudden chaotic movement! This time the eruption was like no other, the tear in the fabric of reality widened into a rip as something utterly massive forced its way into the Shroud!

    Following the trail blazed by its scout, the true scale of the emerging behemoth is impossible to convey from ground level.

    The Father of the Beast was the size of a terrestrial planet.

    Over one million years ago, this had been an extragalactic colony ship, the last best hope of a spacefaring civilization faced with its own doom. Now the vessel had been so badly overrun by the Beast that it was more flesh than metal, a cosmic abomination fit to drive any sentient being directly to insanity.

    This hideous amalgamation of flesh, steel, blood, and rocket fuel had many names. Drawn from the darkest chapters of history, most cultures in the Galaxy would name this being after terrible villains or nightmarish monsters.

    It was named “Qwaar-Jet” by the Hiigarans. Originally used to describe Taiidani super-capitol ships, this name had originally belonged to the Hiigaran God of Pain and Enslavement.

    The Partogans referred to it as “Inari” after the wicked King who had been vanquished by the first Queen of Partoga during the Wars of the Famine.

    The Taiidani named this creature “Riesstiu’s Revenge” after their Mad Emperor. The moniker had been applied jokingly at first, but was now used with grim seriousness.

    Levakians called it “Felnas” in reference to the warship that had destroyed the world of Asalele only a century ago.

    Before this story ends, the Father of the Beast would take one more name…

    One would be forgiven for thinking that the Father was too big to fit inside of the Shroud. The infected planet-craft was so colossal that the Nightmare Realm below it seemed but a pinprick in comparison. And yet, the shadow standing within that pinprick held the Father’s full and undivided attention.

    The shadow’s words entered the mind of the Father, as clear and plain as if they had always been there.

    IT IS NOT YET YOUR TIME.

    BUT IT COULD BE.


    The Beast interpreted this as a threat.

    The Father’s voice boomed across the Shroud, audible to every being and entity in this dimension. The Beast spoke in a discordant symphony of thousands of voices that clashed and conflicted with one another! The chaotic sound echoed across the borders of the Shroud, causing a wave of panic in a dimension populated by warring tribes of extradimensional beings.

    “The self will decide all things from now on.

    The End of the Cycle didn’t say anything else. There were no words left to be spoken. The bargain had been offered: Power, knowledge, and wealth beyond measure were all there for the Father to take.

    IF ONLY YOU BRING FORTH THE END.

    By this point, the mind of Beast had assimilated the knowledge and experiences of nearly half the Galaxy. It could have analyzed every angle of the offer in mere moments. It could have come up with a thousand different counter-offers. It could have negotiated with or even swindled the shadow beneath it. But instead, the Father chose to recall the knowledge it had gained when it assimilated both the Vanian Homeworld and the prisoner the Vanians had been holding.

    Despite being held in the Vanian Science Nexus for decades, The Whisperers in the Void been able to mount an impressive resistance to the Father’s coercion. In the end, the knowledge had to be taken by force. Having assimilated millions upon millions of Gifted beings, the Beast was more than strong enough to overpower the Whisperers in the Void. It knew that just like the Whisperers, the End of the Cycle had been hobbled in some great battle at the beginning of time. The Beast knew that this offer was coming from a position of weakness.

    “The self does not bargain. Give us power, or we take power.”

    STOLEN POWER WILL BRING A RECKONING.

    NO MATTER HOW FAR YOU FLEE, NOR HOW LONG YOU EVADE.

    THERE WILL BE A RECKONING.


    Ten, twenty, thirty infection beams shot down from the Father and struck the End of the Cycle! The attack was quickly followed up with a Psionic pulse! The telekinetic attack struck its victim with enough force to crack a planet in half! The Nightmare Realm was wiped out of existence as the End of the Cycle engaged the Beast in pitched battle! The Shroud lit up with brilliant flashes of light and color, as explosions the size of supernovae illuminated the swirling pillars of clouds before blasting them away!

    The cataclysm was over as quickly as it had started. It its weakened state, the End of the Cycle was outmatched and seized by the Father. A swirling vortex of red, black, and purple smoke was all that could be seen of the monster as it was drawn into the body of the Beast!

    “We will take you!” The Father proclaimed. “Join us! Become our body! Become our strength! And we will be legion!”

    Drunk with victorious pride, the Father left the Shroud as soon as it had finished assimilating the End of the Cycle, returning to normal space. The infected science ship tried to follow, but on the end of the Psionic tether, the Whisperers in the Void resisted one last time. Fighting to stay in the Shroud, the Psionic entity pulled against its captor like a desperate animal. The infected vessel fired up its engines and tried to close the gap, and in response, the Whisperers in the Void took the offensive and charged! The infected ship collided with the Psionic entity and both fell, fighting and grappling, out of the Shroud! Finally, all was dark and quiet.

    The Shroud left behind couldn’t even be described as a ruin. Shattered apart with no hope of its five most powerful inhabitants ever returning, the Shroud had become as dark and lifeless as a crypt.



    y4m-cSBHSK3eRQHfEEm6OIchdPIE3YvbhTZnqKAGR6mGqEUQN8_qlxO6emnH1pUNffqmd-4cmen9vCpqoo8me4xjyRgWmxJY9XRtqS1jlG_DnUQjI1z9zShORRXaIp87j4LPwcNJYACoY4U-xJbT2mQT73vhkC8Zg69CEjEaPhUtbdKT4sMkX0T67ebsPe8x98I4szCYEgYkKC66yChpJatZg
    Caption said:
    Balcora viewed from a great distance. This black hole cluster was the site of the final showdown between Karan S'jet and Maakan during the Vaygr Wars. The Megalith containing the Eye of Aarran can be seen as well.

    A few moments later…
    Outskirts of Balcora, Near the Galactic Core, Hiigaran Empire


    The Mother and Father emerged from Hyperspace together. The Beast Mothership was significantly smaller than its counterpart, but nonetheless utterly gargantuan. Before being infected, The Mother was a kind of support ship, meant to journey alongside the colony vessel and provide the critical infrastructure a transplanted civilization would need to survive. The two infected planetcraft were so colossal and so huge that their arrival in the region caused a small planet to break orbit with its star and fly off into the dark emptiness of space.

    In front of the two infected ships lay Balcora, a cluster of supermassive black holes located near the center of the Galaxy. Below, a few dozen light-years outside of Balcora, there was a large megastructure that was not quite double the size of the Father. A structure, technologically advanced to inscrutable levels, had been built around a hollow ring. Starships of every size, shape, and variety were materializing and dematerializing inside of the ring constantly, where a sustained Hyperspace field was being held open.

    The Eye of Aarran was surrounded on all sides by a sphere of smaller Hyperspace Gates that led elsewhere in the Galaxy. Starships flitted into and out of these gates like a swarm of insects going about their lives, not knowing about the massive boot hovering over their heads.

    For a few moments, the Beast could do nothing but marvel at the view. It didn’t see the wonders of ten-thousand-year-old Progenitor technology, which was so advanced that it was indistinguishable from magic. The Beast ignored the implications of disrupting a system that permitted near-instantaneous travel throughout the entire Galaxy. The Father and Mother only saw the Eye of Aarran as the doorway to an endless supply of food. A feast lay before them!

    Using the new powers gained by absorbing the End of the Cycle, the Father was able see clearly for hundreds of light-years, well beyond the normal operating range of even the most advanced station-based sensor suites. It was able to spot an extremely tempting spacecraft at the gate: Sajuuk, the Progenitor Battleship worshipped as a god by most of the Galaxy. Karan S’jet was on board, her body physically integrated into one of the Progenitor Hyperspace Cores locked away inside of the vessel. Karan’s vast intellect, augmented by ten thousand years’ worth of Progenitor knowledge, would be most satisfying indeed.

    After a few moments, Sajuuk turned and continued its patrol around the perimeter, aiming her mighty Phased Cannon away from the Beast’s approach. The Progenitor battleship challenged a small Partogan Assault Frigate, forcing it to pause in its journey and open communications.

    If the Father had a mouth, it would have been salivating. The Partogan warship was carrying a being of extraordinary Psionic power! The temptation to rush in for the kill right now was almost too great!

    “Patience.” The Mother consoled its partner. “There will come another time.”

    Accepting the Mother’s guidance, the Father calmed itself. After a few moments, Sajuuk allowed the frigate to continue on its way. The little ship flew up to the superstructure of the Eye of Aarran and then darted through the hollow ring. In mere seconds, the frigate was gone, presumably already at its destination.

    The Beast knew that the absence of a single frigate was not an ideal window to assault the Eye. Even with the help of the Father’s new powers, Sajuuk would be a difficult enemy to face, especially with the prospect of reinforcements coming through the Hyperspace Gates. No, the Beast would be patient. It waited, knowing that an opportunity would present itself sooner or later…


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 27: Brave New World
  • A quick author's note before we start:

    This is the first chapter to be affected by the release of XCOM: Chimera Squad. The new game added a great many new details and plot points to the XCOM lore, and established the official appearance of the Post-ADVENT Earth. The most crucial detail is that after the Elders were defeated, Humanity made an attempt to integrate Aliens and Human/Alien Hybrids into Earth society. Human/Alien... *ahem* relations... have also become a common part of the XCOM universe.

    To reflect the new additions to XCOM cannon, I've made my first official retcon to this story: From here on out, we will be proceeding as if the United Nations of Earth picked "Xeno Compatibility" as their first ascension perk, and the UNE itself will (try to) behave in a slightly more Xenophillic manner. Its time to befriend and live alongside extraterrestrials instead of just killing them on sight.

    y4miFxEnRvhnvv6fnyDJ4Bms6cCcMUt5FsHMCshlwtKmOGTNRAar4OUuYg0skUq90EHJzu4ogZRtZWyR0GFJMj4C2j6CRDM0ox-uZKsiFwppM03jcZXbvcDRcD0636IAe0yeKl1o3oP32isvvgAZt6gliriu0R26Q7nzdSj3Yh2rp5sO0vkX8dLMw1Hs-ipwxQCof1HyRBiyaZcuZ5e8dL45A

    Humans and aliens living together! What could possibly go wrong!? ;)

    And now, back to the show!
    ======


    Chapter Twenty-Seven
    Brave New World


    y4mmjqtVqxt1XEXdln-HYdo0iaePr9W0wpYg3M8rf1Gg0FntIBgVc61h5eUPm04oDsdTouboivsidHyROM1OLu1hIujVwlfy5A9HdjO6X9UvWna7PJLQduJLwXJGSSe43e-XMUpCndAeygPvXAB16SxcWWe504UbQl0NTOBaPSChMomnr1oJg8QtMRFP3UJv-iKfq0W84sixsnFdwpBFFiprA
    Caption said:
    The grave of Jericho's biological mother, Japanese soldier Kotori "Gypsy" Sato, on the Hawaiian island of Kauai. Photograph circa 2036. The marker was placed by an unknown individual.

    September 11, 2035 – 12:00pm
    Hanapepe, Kauai Island, Hawaiian Republic




    On her twentieth birthday, Jericho returned to the place where she had been born.

    The town of Hanapepe was gone. The people had been forcibly relocated to Honolulu by the ADVENT government. The buildings and structures had crumbled to dust in the intervening decades, until there was little to no evidence of Human settlement in the area at all. But after a few hours of picking our way through brambles and shrubs, as well as cross-referencing our shared memories of that day, Isis, Chihiro, and I were able to lead Jericho back to the where her life had begun. Mira and Tsubaki followed behind us at a distance, maintaining a respectful silence.

    The six of us spent our afternoon poking around what was left of the Kauai Veteran’s Cemetery (some broken stones in an overgrown meadow) while one by one, the three of us told Jericho exactly where we were and what we had done during that fateful day. Finally, the four of us found a particular patch of dirt and agreed that this was almost certainly the spot where the old mausoleum had once stood. Where Jericho had been born and where her real mother, Kotori Sato, had died. Nothing of the structure remained aside from a few scattered bits of concrete hidden in the tall grass.

    Kneeling down, Jericho ran her hand gently through the dirt as though she was looking for something.

    “What was Kotori like?”

    Jericho’s question was expected, but that didn’t mean we had an answer ready. Chihiro and I really didn’t want to revisit the memories of the falling out we’d had with Kotori, particularly in present company.

    “Lieutenant Sato?” Isis said. “I met her when I first joined XCOM. I remember how much she hated being idle. It tortured her to think that people were suffering and dying out there while she sat around in HQ and didn’t do anything. She’d volunteer for missions all the time, even when she wasn’t fit for duty.”

    “How come she wasn’t fit for duty?” Jericho asked.

    “She was already pregnant.” Chihiro replied. “Best anyone could tell, she was carrying you around for a couple of months before alien invasion got started.”

    Jericho got down on both knees in the grass, looking as though she was about to start meditating. When she asked her next question, her voice was so soft we almost missed it:

    “And my dad?”

    “Sergeant Ray was a walking encyclopedia!” I couldn’t help but laugh. “That man knew more about my dad’s Presidency than I did. Completely obsessed with learning about history. He probably would have killed someone to get a good look at Mira’s database.”

    Mira rolled her eyes and scoffed. Chihiro and Tsubaki both giggled.

    “There was like, five or six moments during World War Three were Aaron totally lost his temper at the Soviets.” Tsubaki reminisced. “He’d curse ‘em out across the battlefield! Sayin’ stuff like: ‘That temple you bombed was hundreds of years old!’ And he’d say: ‘Shame on you for destroying historical artifacts!’ And then he’d gripe and complain about it to us for days!”

    Chihiro, Tsubaki, and I all shared a laugh. Even Jericho smiled a bit.

    “Even though Mira’s told me about all of the important things that are going to happen in the future, I still sometimes get that sense of awe and wonder when I realize something historic is happening.” Jericho admitted. “I guess I get that from my dad.”

    “Yes.” Tsubaki said in a definitive tone. “No freakin’ doubt.”

    Jericho leaned forward and pressed her palms to the dirt. I felt a charge run up my arms and my hair stood up on end. We could feel hot energy sizzle and crackle in the air around us.

    “What are you doing?” Chihiro asked.

    Mira was the only one of us who knew what was going on, and she was quick to answer.

    “Sometimes, on somewhat rare occasions…” Mira explained. “Residual Psionic energy will escape from the body of a sentient being as… as they perish. With the proper training, a Gifted individual can absorb this energy and use it for themselves.”

    Mira turned towards Jericho and added:

    “But just like any other form of energy in the universe… without a way to contain or absorb it…”

    Jericho relaxed and sat up again. The air around us cooled off and fell silent. Choking back a sob, Jericho said,

    “Yeah, I know. But there’s no harm in trying, or hoping for a miracle.”



    By this point, the six of us had lived on the Island of Kauai for just over a month, taking full advantage of our shore leave to rest and relax. As promised, an official from the Hawaiian government had put us up in housing in a small coastal town named Wailua. Before settling down, Jericho had visited the abandoned hotel she had called home before meeting Mira for the first time. She ransacked the place thoroughly, recovering what few of her old possessions remained and taking them to our new house on the Wailua beachfront. When she arrived, Jericho had thrown a battered old surfboard to the floor and declared:

    “No one stole this thing! Greatest miracle of the whole damn war!”

    While Jericho passed her free time catching some Pacific waves, Isis and Mira finally had a chance to sit down and get to know one another. They would sometimes spend whole afternoons comparing notes about their experiences as Jericho’s adoptive mother. After a month of hanging out together, the two of them became something akin to close friends.

    At first, Chihiro didn’t take the transition from warfare to peaceful life all that well. For the first two weeks of our vacation, she would get sick regularly and complain of the occasional stomach cramp. After a while, she did finally manage to acclimate and join us in having a good time. Often, she and I would take to exploring the dense forest together, searching for a good hill or mountaintop to get a nice view of the island from.

    Sure, we practiced a little war. We needed to keep up our soldier skills, after all. One by one, I allowed everybody to take Mira’s old Katana for a “test run” during a few sparring matches. Jericho was downright terrified of the demonic voice coming from the blade and dropped it right away. Isis found the idea of a talking sword somewhat hilarious and would often carry the Katana around, enjoying its (futile) attempts to provoke violent action from her. Mira had always known about the voice, but didn’t have an explanation. She assumed the Elders were responsible for the Katana having a mind of its own.

    Chihiro and Tsubaki both applied their religion to the Katana. They spent hours discussing Shinto and arguing over what kind of Kami was hidden within the blade. Chihiro was convinced that there was an evil spirit or demon locked away inside of the Katana, while Tsubaki imagined the Sword Kami to be more benign. After a few days, they both agreed to name the entity “Hachiman” after a warrior-god who had been worshipped by ancient Samurai. I tried to point out that the sword really didn’t need a name, but the two women overruled me, saying that Sword-Kami needed to be shown a little more respect.

    Meanwhile, Tsubaki was thriving. Before we had left the Avenger, Mira had shown Chief Shen how to use alien technology to manufacture a new set of cybernetic legs for Tsubaki that were easily fifty times better than her old ones. Each day, without fail, Tsubaki could be seen running up and down the beach, moving fast enough to keep pace with electric cars on the main road. Thoroughly enjoying her new legs, Tsubaki spent most of her free time on the move.

    We’d get together as a group almost every evening. Sharing dinner in the beach house, we’d gather around a large television to watch the news each night. The nightly news report was divided up into two half-hour segments. The first concerned the fall of the ADVENT Coalition and the aftermath:

    In the days following Operation Leviathan, ADVENT had completely gone to pieces. Without the Psionic Network, every single soldier and alien under the Elder’s control had suddenly regained their free will and autonomy. Mutons, Sectoids, and Vipers threw down their arms and surrendered as a whole practically overnight. Most of the Humans and Human-alien Hybrids did the same.

    Using Psionic Operatives as intermediaries, the Templars were able to broker a ceasefire with a species of alien I had personally never seen, the Andromedons. Out of the many species the Elders had enslaved, the Andromedons were the only ones who couldn’t handle Earth’s atmosphere; these aliens were permanently restricted to wearing enviro-suits filled with an atmosphere of pressurized argon gas.


    y4m1xaB2PsDApePCc76bSaHG2vO8FrnLV-Asvw9bD99olpBzYwfiQMEM7blpCVV7aNi4-9PjE5Bq5R_7PfWKjwd7lyDslD5rB1U0NylAX-Eg5By_zVq-GzrLOFDSVqUGigof7QHJa5ZmlrPyJKgXlW7GNF3muPCt8a0Qg28STwDThcv_mI-Hqjhclu7VkvlC_exOjmVXwRxUuu4D3sfTB9csw
    Caption said:
    An artist's conception of the Andromedon's enviro-suit with an XCOM soldier to scale. Andromedons require an environment made primarily of pressurized Argon and other acidic gasses to survive. During the Earth War, it was observed on the battlefield that Andromedons were killed almost instantly by exposure to Earth's atmosphere. Biologists are not sure if the Nitrogen/Oxygen atmosphere or local air pressure is responsible for these fatalities. It should be noted that the environmental conditions best suited for Andromeons are quite lethal to Humans.

    Now that the war was over, the Andromedons withdrew from Earth society as a whole, concentrating their population in a series of sanctuaries scattered all around the globe and refusing to engage with other species unless contacted first.

    Meanwhile the United Nations government had set up its new headquarters in Berlin, a German Megacity. As the ADVENT government fell, some people tried in earnest to have the UN replace it as the sole global government. Unfortunately, that didn’t work out. Disagreements arose all over the world on how to deal with disarmed and surrendering aliens. In regions where the UN had established some form of control, a policy of accepting the alien’s surrender and taking them alive was established. In America, China, Russia, India, and parts of Australia, things spiraled out of control and turned genocidal in a hurry.

    Without any kind of authority to keep them in check, the more xenophobic parts of the population unleashed horrific retributive attacks on the alien and Hybrid population. In some cities, the extraterrestrial population was exterminated outright. The Triple Alliance as a whole had to withdraw their troops from these regions as a spur-of-the-moment genocide took place across nearly half of the planet. Humans armed themselves with whatever implements they could before bringing chaos and death wherever unprotected aliens lived. In UN-controlled territories, the violence was significantly scaled back, and in a select few cities, there was no violence at all.

    The fall of ADVENT had left behind a power vacuum in those larger countries, and before a new central government could be established, large swathes of these nations had been carved up by local fighters and warlords seeking power. As far as anyone could tell, nearly three hundred regional warlords, a mixed force of Humans, aliens, and Hybrids, were fighting amongst themselves for control of what had once been the United States. My dad’s former Vice President Alexis Alexander had raised a small army and had captured the old capitol of Washington, which caused the UN to recognize her as the “legitimate” ruler of America, for all the good that would do. Fighting in North America was constant and intense. Similar situations had broken out in India and western Russia.

    Amidst all of this, a question slowly started to circle its way around the parts of the world that had both accepted the surrender of the aliens and chosen not to kill said aliens:

    “What are we going to do with them?”

    Finding an answer to this question was proven extremely difficult by the aliens themselves. The many differing species of alien invaders had reacted to the fall of the Elders in different ways, but there was one common thread: The overwhelming majority of these aliens had been enslaved, genetically tampered with, and Psionically brainwashed so badly that none of them could remember their original culture, language, or Homeworld. Some species, like the Chrysalids, Berserkers, and Archons, were never sentient to begin with, and without the influence of the Elders they immediately reverted to a feral state. In general, the hulking warriors known as the Mutons simply wanted to leave. Spaceports all around the planet ground to a halt as they were overwhelmed by desperate Mutons trying to get away from Earth.

    The Muton’s desire to leave Earth prompted a serious discussion between the UN and Triple Alliance leadership about repatriating the aliens to their homes, but were quickly derailed when some Vipers began to mount a very serious resistance to any attempts to dislodge them.

    As it turned out, several generations of Vipers had been born (or hatched, I should say) right here on Earth, and many of them now considered Earth to be their Homeworld. It didn’t help that the Vipers had been brainwashed to the point of forgetting what to call themselves in their own language, as well as forgetting the name and location of their true Homeworld. This issue wasn’t limited to their species. In general, a measurable majority of aliens wanted to stay on Earth, the majority of whom were Vipers and Sectoids, but also a small number of Mutons, Andromedons, and even a few of the Faceless as well.

    Watching all of this play out on the nightly news, Mira, Jericho, Isis, Chihiro, Tsubaki, and I all got the distinct impression that this issue was not going to be solved for a very, very, very long time.

    Two weeks after the fall of ADVENT, the UN member states agreed to authorize the UN government to represent and speak on behalf of Earth to the Galactic Community. After a short convention, the new semi-global government reorganized itself and rebranded as “The United Nations of Earth.” The Security Council held a special election to pick the first leader of this new government afterward.


    y4mcsndHNIue6gRROJpiB_EQWbP9s0makYKbIvyTHK7VwRA99SkWZeajiLHYS8FdACr1Unhmtk5ovgGR6dKPX8ol1Ct3ThfFIOJQCqGCDMlKgWHF_sxANRQ89-62sytEqXos0TawRHcas5Axt4GxLS-kJD0mkMOCJW5mpuFBcupY4WbKDf1arz8AiTFcoy3y0csco45aOn9Og8BoQ7-mkkHMw
    Caption said:
    The election of the UNE's first Secretary-General was surprisingly undemocratic. The decision was undertaken by the UN Security Council in a closed-door session.
    We were all stunned when Commander Laura Harper appeared at the Security Council meeting in Berlin, but nobody was surprised when she was nominated for the post of Secretary-General of the United Nations of Earth.

    “She deserves the win.” Chihiro had said. “XCOM as a whole deserves this.”

    “You know, in past cycles, Commander Harper was elected President of the United States.” Mira observed. “Although I suppose that was because the UN never became this powerful. In fact, I believe this is the first cycle ever in which any kind of global institution attempted to replace ADVENT. Normally, this world tends to fracture along the old political and ethnic fault lines.”

    “Good to know we’re defying expectations.” I had replied.

    As it turned out, the UNE had agreed with us about Commander Harper. As soon as she was nominated for the top job, all of the serious contenders withdrew from the contest. On the big day, the now-former Commander of XCOM was elected unopposed and quickly elevated to the post of Secretary-General while John Bradford formally replaced her as the Commander of XCOM.


    y4mWeuEoHO2ZOYMEiicj3LAanUxejSLJn8rvNBMNvti2A-FXBNpNrt51ANAosvX6OrQ0mbX0d3p9yTNOPJCLp7fFUldA5nvipa4qL3XTDQXJSi22lQaa7Bz79UrukrAJZ2fWujjblgW-zdP7aQBAeup7ihfjW7ym7Wf03q6IFAToI7tnsFwLvH13iXolb1MdfiONbItcwmLy_2Vm-EZp1AiQA
    Caption said:
    UN Secretary-Generals are elected to a 20-year term. The next election was scheduled for January of 2056.

    One of the first things Harper did as Secretary-General was to create the “Global Truth and Reconciliation Commission.” The GTRC’s job, according to Harper, was to “dispense restorative justice to all inhabitants of Earth” as well as conduct a thorough investigation into the ADVENT Coalition and all of their secretive projects. The dawning of the Commission galvanized the whole world. Vigilantes went out of their way to capture high-ranking members of ADVENT and bring them back to Berlin to face tribunals. The first day of the war crimes trials drew the largest television audience in world history, with the commentators noting that aliens from other worlds were tuning in to watch as well, using a faster-than-light communications tech called the “Hyperwave Relay.”

    The hunt for war criminals brought a sad reality to light as well. The Elders had not needed to place one hundred percent of their forces under Psionic domination. A small but dangerous collection of true ADVENT loyalists were able to escape the fall of the Elder’s regime and go into hiding. One of those escaped war criminals was Bellus Mar, a general of the ADVENT Army. As far as we knew, he and a significant force of Human, alien, and Hybrid soldiers were operating out of a hidden base and were trying to continue the war.

    The UNE couldn’t establish control over the world by itself, and since the ADVENT Army had disintegrated, the largest military force on Earth was now the extraterrestrial Triple Alliance. Naturally, people were starting to view the Partogans and their allies with no small measure of suspicion and resentment. Fortunately, Secretary-General Harper got a handle on the situation by authorizing the creation of a new Human military.

    The Armed Forces of the United Nations of Earth, or AFUNE for short, consists of five branches:

    The Army of the United Nations is exactly what you think it is. They might be wearing the same blocky armor as the old ADVENT Coalition and carrying the same weapons, but the global army now takes orders from Laura Harper instead of the Elders. Unlike its predecessor, which was a mixed force of Humans and non-Humans, the UN Army was a homogenous force, one-hundred percent Human, with no alien membership at all.

    The second branch is the United Nations Gendarmerie, filling the role of the military police. The line between soldiers and cops is nonexistent as far as the Gendarmerie is concerned. They enforce UN law while dressed for war and carrying high-powered assault rifles. Due to a lack of new equipment, the Gendarmerie has had no choice but to arm themselves with the same weapons and equipment once used by ADVENT Peacekeepers.

    The third branch of AFUNE is the United Nations Navy. Officially, they’ve been tasked with defending the entire Solar System from alien attack, but they haven’t had their first mission yet because they don’t have any ships. The governments of Japan, Korea, Australia, Iran, and Saudi Arabia are working around the clock to design and build a fleet of starships for the UN Navy to use. And at the same time, there’s been a huge debate at UN HQ about whether or not the UN should “appropriate” what’s left of ADVENT’s space fleet or purchase new warships from the Partogans.

    The fourth branch is the Volunteer Defense Force, or VDF for short. Officially, this is a reserve force meant to supplement and aid the other branches of AFUNE, but since day one, it’s been functioning as a National Guard, sending troops to help communities rebuild as the worldwide violence started to die down.

    And finally, the fifth branch of AFUN is XCOM, of course. But not as my friends and I had known it. XCOM had been completely re-organized to fit better in the new global military. In a speech Harper gave to the UN General Assembly, she explained that the new XCOM would become “Humanity’s expeditionary force, capable of waging war far from home and defeating our enemies before they come within sight of our world.”

    Yeah, we were basically going to become Space Marines.

    But that wasn’t all. A wholly new organization was created and placed under the direct control of XCOM: The Reclamation Agency. This group would be a peacekeeping and counter-terrorism force. Reclamation was subordinate to XCOM mostly because its leadership was from there. The leader of Menace Squad, Jane Kelly, was promoted to Colonel and placed in command of Reclamation. She would report to the new Commander of XCOM, John Bradford.

    This development came as a surprise to Mira and Jericho. For two days after the new UN military was announced, both of them spent hours upon hours sifting through the data on Mira’s Human History Database, searching for something. Tsubaki, Chihiro, Isis and I were plenty curious about what had stoked the time traveler’s interest, and we quickly worked up the courage to ask. Two days after the AFUNE was founded, we found Mira and Jericho sitting side by side at a pair of computers in the beach house, comparing notes as they searched through all of Mira’s records. They only looked up when we tapped them on the shoulders and asked what was up.

    “This whole situation is somehow both fascinating and troubling at the same time!” Mira had replied.

    “According to these records Mira got from Akira’s old ship,” Jericho explained, “There have been one-hundred-fifteen Cycles before the one we’re in now, right? I think you called them ‘alternate timelines’ or something like that. Anyway, we’ve noticed something really unusual.”

    “It seems like all of Akira’s work is starting to pay off.” Mira told us. “I can’t find a record of AFUNE, Reclamation, or the Global Truth and Reconciliation Commission anywhere.”

    “Which means,” Jericho concluded, “That it’s never happened before! Don’t you see what this means? Remember when I said it felt like things were going off-script? Well we’re completely off-book now!”

    Both Jericho and Mira were looking somewhere between nervous and excited.

    “History was rewritten, and now the future has been transformed!” Mira finished. “Nothing is happening the way it did in the previous Cycle.”

    “And Akira did all of this?” I asked. “Is this the ‘perfect future’ she was trying to build?”

    “I cannot be sure.” Mira admitted. “Before our falling out, I became convinced that Akira was attempting to create the ideal future for herself and nobody else, and that she was willing and able to sacrifice anyone and anything to that goal. I’m certain that these changes in the timeline are the result of her actions. To what end, I would rather not find out.”

    “Yeah, the Partogans weren’t convinced when I said Akira died in the Elder’s Fortress.” I admitted. “I guess it really is a safe bet she’s still out there.”

    Jericho gave Mira a thoughtful look.

    “So, does this mean we can’t use your database to predict what’s gonna happen next?”

    “You never could to begin with.” Mira replied. “And now it’s doubly so.”



    Aside from the excursion to Hanapepe, the only other major development that caught our attention was the departure of the Mahuika. The Triple Alliance flagship was so massive that it could be seen from ground level as clearly as one views the Moon. There was no official explanation given for the Mahuikas abrupt farewell. The ship simply turned one afternoon, flew out beyond the Moon, and vanished into Hyperspace.

    A few days afterward, XCOM got in touch with us.

    Since Wailua is such a small town, the arrival of a boat carrying strangers caused no small measure of alarm. One of our Hawaiian neighbors alerted us to the “big man and the cyborg lady” coming our way long before they knocked on our door.

    Two members of the Avenger’s crew had been sent to collect us. The first was an Indian man who we all knew vaguely. We’d seen him around the ship, but had never learned his real name. Operating under the callsign “Claymore,” this man was XCOM’s explosive ordinance expert. He manufactured, by hand, almost every grenade the Stormbreakers had thrown since Operation Gatecrasher. Despite his tall stature, Claymore is something of a gentle giant. He’s the kind of guy who brings lunch for the whole squad.

    As soon as she stepped through the door, the Latina engineer known as “Patchwork” greeted Tsubaki with a high five. Both women shared a common feature, in that they both had cybernetic limbs. Both Tsubaki and Patchwork had lost their legs, but Patchwork was also missing an arm. While the two women compared and contrasted their prosthetic limbs, I spoke to Claymore.

    “Is it time to head back to the Avenger?” I asked.

    “Afraid so, my friend.” Claymore replied. “Stormbreaker Squad’s been called back to duty. Hell, everyone’s been called back.”

    Mira looked over at the calendar on the living room wall. Today was the 17th of September. While the six of us packed our bags and prepared for the trip back to Honolulu, I distinctly overheard Mira muttering to herself:

    “So begins the year from Hell.”



    The Avenger looked and felt like a brand-new ship when we got to it. Fully outfitted with Triple Alliance armor and power systems, the overhaul had breathed new life into the vessel. Things were noticeably different when we arrived, too. Doctor Tygan and his science team had permanently moved out of the Power Core’s chamber and relocated to a purpose-built laboratory. Chief Shen had used blueprints left behind by her father to start manufacturing military-grade androids, and Commander Bradford had settled comfortably into his new role as the Commander of XCOM, taking over Harper’s old office and quarters. Jane Kelly was gone. She and several other soldiers had left the Avenger to start setting up the Reclamation Program somewhere else.

    Lifting off from Honolulu, the Avenger first flew to Vancouver to pick up the soldiers we’d left there. It took about a day and a half to fly all over the Pacific Rim to recover all of the soldiers on shore leave. Including the Stormbreakers, there were some twenty XCOM soldiers scattered around the region enjoying their time off. Each time the Avenger took light, one of Shen’s new androids would take over the flight controls, allowing Commander Bradford to take us down to the Guerilla Tactics School and give the following briefing:

    “Soldiers, we need to bring you all up to speed on the current situation.” Bradford began. “First and foremost, thanks to you, ADVENT has been defeated. I wish I could say that the war is over and that we’re heading towards a victory parade, but that would be a lie. Fact is, we’ve jumped out of the frying pan and into the fire. Our offworld allies, the Partogans and the Triple Alliance, have brought us up to speed on a much greater and more dangerous conflict that the Elders were a part of.

    “I’m sure those of you who were born under ADVENT’s rule already suspected this, but the older among you might need a second to digest the idea: Our Galaxy is filled with dozens, if not hundreds of sentient species and spacefaring civilizations. And the UNE has only just taken its first steps into this Galactic Community. Thanks to the Partogans, I’m going to give you your first Galactic history lesson, so hold your questions until the end.”

    And then Bradford launched into the history of the Galaxy:

    Galactic civilization as we know it began roughly ten thousand years ago, when a technologically advanced race known only as the Progenitors abruptly vanished. Ruins, wreckage, and derelicts from their civilization are scattered throughout every stellar region now. No one knows how long the Progenitors inhabited our Galaxy before they vanished, but we do know the following for certain: First, the Progenitors were an extragalactic race. They came from somewhere else. Second, their technology was so advanced that they were able create and seed organic life on almost any suitable world. It’s safe to assume that the Progenitors interfered with the development of any habitable planet over ten thousand years old. Finally, we know that despite the fact that the Progenitors are gone, their technology still functions. Namely in the fact that they were the ones who first developed a system of Faster-Than-Light travel, and every Hyperspace system in the Galaxy today is derived from Progenitor tech. Furthermore, there are thousands of fully automated Progenitor ships throughout the Galaxy that are still fully functional more than ten millennia after the loss of their creators.

    Once the Progenitors disappeared, the Galaxy entered something of a dark age. No one was able to invent or use Hyperspace technology without the Progenitors. Then, approximately four thousand years ago, roughly around 2000 B.C., an alien race called the Bentusi discovered a Hyperspace Core. There are three such cores, all manufactured by the Progenitors, and all FTL technology is derived from these devices. Using this Core, the Bentusi styled themselves as peacekeepers, and established themselves as benign overlords of the many thousands of other spacefaring cultures that were starting to crop up around this time. Then, in roughly 1500 B.C., there was a large-scale conflict. It has different names depending on what species you ask, but the most common are “the Galactic Rebellion,” “the Unbound War,” and “the Great Hyperspace War.” However, our Partogan allies say they’ve recently taken to calling it “The First Hyperspace War.” Either way, the Bentusi were overwhelmed and a new order took over.

    The aftermath of the First Hyperspace War saw the creation of the Galactic Council, a supranational peacekeeping body somewhat similar to our prewar United Nations. For a time, the Galactic Council was able to keep the peace, if only for a while. Two superpowers had begun to vie for control of the Inner Rim: The Hiigaran Empire and the Taiidan Empire. A border dispute between the two threatened to erupt into a much more destructive conflict, so the Council mediated and ruled in favor of the Taiidan. Outraged, the Hiigarans revealed a secret: They had found the Second Hyperspace Core.

    The Hiigarans had constructed a great flagship named Sajuuk’s Wrath to house the Second Core, and using its immense power, were able to jump an entire battle fleet directly to the Taiidan capitol. The Hiigaran bombardment of the Taiidani Homeworld did not stop until all life on the planet was extinguished. In the first unanimous vote of its long history, the Galactic Council condemned the Hiigarans and demanded the surrender of the Second Core as well as the dismantling of the Hiigaran Navy. At first, the Hiigarans appeared to comply with the order, but then sprang a now-infamous ambush. Their flagship, Sajuuk’s Wrath, attacked the Great Harborship of Bentus in an attempt to steal the First Hyperspace Core. After a cataclysmic battle, the Bentusi defeated the Hiigarans and attempted to confiscate the Second Core. In response, Sajuuk’s Wrath intentionally crashed into the surface of Hiigara’s Angel Moon.

    Filled with fury and a desire for revenge, the surviving Taiidani descended upon the defeated Hiigarans with genocidal intent but the bloodbath as averted by a last-second intervention by the Galactic Council. The Hiigarans were instead forced to abandon their Homeworld; their entire species sent into exile on the opposite side of the Galaxy, the only thing they took with them was the Second Core, secretly recovered from the wreckage on the Angel Moon.

    Following the departure of the Hiigarans, the Taiidan occupied Hiigara and made it into their new capitol. With their foe vanquished, the Taiidan Empire became the single most powerful force in the entire Galaxy, and were its undisputed rulers for approximately three thousand years of relative peace and prosperity.

    It was during the latter half of this peace that the Galaxy as a whole first took note of Earth’s existence. a convoy of automated Progenitor ships began moving between habitable worlds in the southern half of the Galaxy, where very few spacefaring civilizations existed. These automated ships proceeded to abduct the primitive peoples of pre-FTL societies and forcibly transplant them to other parts of the Galaxy. One such ship visited Earth sometime around the year 1400 A.D., although all attempts to track it down were thwarted when the ship entered the Ustir Slipgate. (a naturally-occurring Hyperspace entrance) The Taiidani Imperial Science Commission made a note of the planet and its inhabitants, but the records were lost until quite recently due to some combination of bureaucratic neglect, the Taiidani Civil War, and the Hiigaran Reconquest of Hiigara.

    The aforementioned reconquest is, according to the Partogans, the single defining moment of recent Galactic history. In late 1923 A.D. the Hiigaran survivors emerged from a three-thousand-year exile and battled their way across the entire Galaxy and recaptured their Homeworld from the Taiidan, setting off a fifteen-year long war that would eventually re-shape the entire galaxy. The Partogans themselves had been dragged into the conflict as well, fighting in several key battle before being forced out of the war by the intervention of…

    Akira Robinson.

    When Bradford reached this part of the historical briefing, he actually paused and gave Chihiro and I a baleful look before continuing.

    The 1928 Battle of Aoraki was where Akira had revealed herself to the entire Galaxy. Her evil plot to force the Partogans and Levakians to make war on one another had gone smoothly, and somewhere between fifteen and seventeen million innocent people had been killed in the conflict. Eventually, Akira had been confronted and defeated by Partoga’s legendary warrior Queen, Kendra the Great.

    “And yes…” Bradford added. “We know that’s a Human name. Trust me, the Galactic Council and the Triple Alliance started investigating all of these connections while you were on shore leave. How else do you think they found that record of a Progenitor ship visiting Earth and kidnapping a bunch of people?”

    Bradford carried on:

    It was towards the ending of the Taiidani Civil War when the Galaxy got its first taste of the nightmare to come. A Hiigaran mining vessel discovered a small derelict in deep space and recovered it. As it turned out, this derelict contained a tiny sample of the bio-mechanical virus now known as the Beast. The virus re-activated and began to spread uncontrolled throughout the reaches of the former Taiidan Empire. The Beast War was a short but vicious conflict, but eventually, the combined efforts of the Hiigarans, Bentusi, and Taiidani were enough to put the Beast down for good. The Galaxy could breathe a sigh of relief.

    But the Partogan leader, Queen Kendra, was unconvinced the danger had passed. Ever since the defeat of Akira Robinson, she had become convinced that the Galaxy would soon face an existential threat, and began to build up and develop her nation’s military and alliances in preparation for this conflict. In the late 1990’s and early 2000’s this threat seemed to arrive. A nomadic warrior race called the Vaygr discovered the third and final Hyperspace Core, invoking an ancient prophecy of the “Sajuuk-Khar,” the one who would bring all three cores together and awaken the Creator-God Sajuuk. Under the banner of a spiritual leader named Makaan, the Vaygr embarked on a series of crusade-like conquests that brought both Hiigarans and Taiidani to their knees.

    While the Hiigarans, Vaygr, and Bentusi fought a great war for control of the Three Hyperspace Cores, Kendra did everything in her power to keep her own nation and the newly founded Triple Alliance out of the fighting. She believed that the holy war playing out around Hiigara was not in fact the apocalyptic conflict she feared. Sure enough, just nine years after Hiigaran leader Karan S’jet defeated Makaan became the Sajuuk-Khar, the Beast returned.

    Bradford brought up an image on the digital screen… it was a map of the entire Galaxy as it had been on the day the current war had begun over twenty years ago.


    y4mgicj3GskJVX_NzRRb4eX9FrRsJzFUUm1QQY07HtQEZb25yOSwLVEPG6nM2GjEULXSef0CILcif5WXHHH8uAapZWHk7dZld_LDnlzywEFGNZ7SqZiTkYShACAZmInQTQQeBKwrK6VUyqvJKZcA9V9OZDRokhXWfGsJfhpU7zXE7FtMXaG60lvIyG6JoIGiwW7hjSMBudK9CwyvGLCM7PZ-w

    Due to the disruptive nature of the Vaygr Wars, the Galactic Community as a whole was caught flat-footed and completely unprepared. While the Hiigarans, Vaygr, and Taiidani rebuilt and retooled their military forces to fight the resurgent Beast, the Partogans and their Triple Alliance had, for the most part, born the brunt of the early fighting. To make matters worse, this incarnation of the Beast carried a different strain of the subversion virus, one that was capable of adapting and mutating at a high rate of speed. Weapons, tactics, and vaccines would only be useful for a short period of time before the Beast became resistant to them, if not outright immune.

    For twenty years, the Galaxy had fought in a horrendous back and forth. The Beast would attack and spread itself as far and wide as possible, and the united empires of the Galaxy would hold the line and minimize the contagion. For the most part, the Second Hyperspace War was a very defensive conflict. Once a star system was lost to the Beast, few if any attempts were made to recapture it.

    Finally, Commander Bradford had brought us all to the present. As we reached the end of the historical briefing, he concluded with this:

    “I’m not going to sugarcoat this for you, soldiers. Our new allies are at their breaking point. Unlike us, they’ve been fighting a high intensity conflict with no breaks or respites for the past two decades. They’ve suffered vast casualties and destruction beyond anything we could imagine. Any other nation in this situation would have attempted to make peace with their enemy by now. Hell, I personally wouldn’t blame the Partogans and the Hiigarans if they’d contemplated surrender after fighting for this long. But that’s the thing. They’re not fighting a conventional opponent. This enemy, this Beast, is not going to stop attacking for any reason. It doesn’t care about political domination or empire building. This creature lives only to kill and eat and it won’t stop until it’s been put down. Like it or not, soldiers. Earth is going to join this war and fight the Beast as well. We don’t have a choice.”

    Bradford clicked the remote control and the digital screen advanced to the next slide. I’ll admit, what I saw scared me just as much as everyone else.


    y4mYgr0ehBkxgUSvdwaslUAC6ruw9r52uCiB8v0_Du24TP3mGfRrxswwj1tmB8AIHYfgHyxtZUDBou6O2ZMebOzjHZtB0TBvhowWlEEoELfp4MBSY55GguaXVckoy3LMevVaH9_vm7GR5ut_EiZ-b94t3hEFEem4MB0ZGiuOPLOvO3GldHgGVriFQMx12hjhkv3D3bBBiFo6pbSe0TX60ZN0A

    “This,” Bradford said, “…is why the Elders were scrambling to finish developing the AVATAR Project and build up their armies. This is ‘what lies ahead.’ According to the Triple Alliance, the Beast is approximately sixteen Light Years away from Earth, and the Galactic Front Line is creeping closer every day.”



    By the time all of the Stormbreakers had returned to the Avenger, the full story of our newest mission was made perfectly clear: The UNE government had, with a little assistance from the Triple Alliance fleet, successfully made diplomatic contact with our neighboring star nations. Earth was attempting to join the Galactic Community during a period of great turmoil and crisis, but somebody on the other end was actively working to make sure we got our metaphorical seat at the table. The government of the Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth, the nation from which our Triple Alliance allies came, had offered to sponsor a Human diplomatic mission to the Galactic Council.

    The UNE government had already selected someone to be Humankind’s first ambassador to another world, but to everyone’s surprise, the new Human Envoy had refused to take the job unless they were escorted by a squad of XCOM soldiers. The Partogans had insisted that Galactic Council meetings were the most secure functions in the cosmos, and that a military escort was unnecessary. However, the Envoy had put their foot down, refusing to make the trip to Hiigara without an XCOM bodyguard. This was the exact reason we had all been called back to duty.

    “The next session of the Galactic Council is set to begin in January.” Bradford told us. “That gives us roughly four months to make sure you are all sufficiently trained for the operation. From beginning to end, the entire mission will take roughly two weeks.”

    “Trained?” Kathleen had scoffed, “Mate, I protected the President of the United States for eight years and took an effin’ bullet for the guy! What more trainin’ do I need?”

    As it turned out, we needed a very large amount of training and preparation for a two-week spaceflight.



    For reasons of safety, we had to go through an intense three-month long training program. Every soldier of XCOM would go through the training regimen, and then the top six would be chosen for the mission to Hiigara.

    First, we had to learn our way around the modern weapon systems used by most Galactic military forces. Out with the Laser Rifles and in with gauss and plasma weapons. Those first few weeks were thankfully quite easy because the ADVENT Army had equipped itself with those weapon types, giving XCOM plenty of exposure to them. The Partogan and Assurian soldiers sent to train us were pleased with how smoothly things went.

    But then came… spaceflight training. This was where the crowd got thin in a real hurry. A team of Assurians and Levakians had made us sit through nearly fifteen hours of classes, talking us through how to move and fight in a zero-gravity environment. The written test wiped out half the class, including several Stormbreakers. Sophie Ackermann and Matthew Hawkins looked nothing short of frazzled while the Levakian instructor tried to explain where they went wrong.

    “You can’t count on artificial gravity plating to function one-hundred percent of the time.” The instructor had said. “You must be able to adapt quickly whenever up becomes down.”

    We found out what he meant about a week later: On the last day of October, we all flew in space for the first time.


    y4mz3xfKx1wIz4BFUOfenYHbtNsn70CLn5E6LYOVCgcicm9CBzUk1x0XUE9rEOCQXfS7f1I5TwjN1JCLe2k0nCon_Do6Sq8uofAoV8RYqfDv6xIZCGH2qwZC21N72ox9FObJPZD1QzWxat8k8w_GKM8hBl5HcoDKCIrryf2CWT6-ihrExzdTEt8xe1HYhvz19mcrmu_Jhi_VAUpyvEaJqI3bg
    Caption said:
    The Italian Peninsula viewed from Low Earth Orbit at night. Several European Megacities can be seen, including Rome and Milan.

    Thanks to the retrofits and modifications provided by the Partogans, the Avenger traveled from sea level to Low Earth Orbit in just four minutes. This proved to be too much for Odette Fournier, who chose to stay strapped into her seat for the entire flight while everyone else galivanted around the ship like children at a zero-gravity party. The instructors gave up on trying to corral us pretty quickly and just allowed us all to enjoy our first experience with spaceflight.

    Poor Chihiro nearly had a panic attack in the armory when she got stranded in midair. Unable to grab onto anything, she just hovered above the floor, slowly rotating on the spot and looking like she was going to puke. I had to show her how to propel herself forward by throwing something in the opposite direction she wanted to travel. Chihiro pulled one of her shoes off and gave it a toss. Without gravity to hold her in place, the force of throwing the show caused Chihiro to fly backwards and hit a wall!

    “Very good, Robinson!” One of the Levakians said when he spotted what I’d taught Chihiro to do. “You must remember that every action has an equal and opposite reaction. Keep that in mind if you ever find yourself about to discharge a projectile weapon in a micro-gravity environment.”

    “Hold up.” Kathleen said, “Another one of Newtons laws says that things in motion will stay in motion. If we… oh, I dunno… shot Yamamoto out an airlock, would he just keep going forever?”

    “Only if he was not acted on by some other force.” The instructor replied. “Barring some interference from a planet or star or other dense body, your friend would continue flying through space forever. That’s also why Mass Driver cannons are becoming less and less popular throughout the Galaxy these days. They can become predictable, and thus avoided, whereas the same cannot be said for energy-based weapons.”



    After that first spaceflight, the class was reduced in size again. XCOM soldiers who flunked out of spaceflight training were sent out on other missions around the world, hunting down ADVENT remnants who were refusing to surrender, or just fighting the many species of feral aliens who were now out of control.

    Some news trickled aboard the Avenger as well. We got word that the Hiigarans had suffered a catastrophic defeat at the hands of the Beast in a region of space called the “Nanjim Star Cluster,” which wasn’t all that far from Earth. The Beast had taken full advantage of the situation and had launched an offensive deep into Vaygr space.

    Closer to home, the downfall of ADVENT had produced an unexpected side-effect. With all of the Gene Therapy clinics shut down, disease returned to Earth with a vengeance. Within two months of Earth’s liberation, we had our first new global pandemic on our hands. A wasting disease called “The Fade” began making the rounds. Strangely enough, the Fade only affected Human/alien Hybrids, leaving full-blooded Humans and aliens unharmed and prompting rumors that the Elders had engineered the Fade as some kind of “kill switch” for their Hybrid army. For a few weeks, Jericho refused to leave the Avenger for fear of catching the Fade.

    There were also reports of a horde of Chrysalids being set loose in City 31, one of ADVENT’s oldest Megacities. The “Bugtown Massacre” triggered a wave of reprisal attacks all over Earth, and the upswell of violence ended up drowning out news of a far more concerning development:

    Each day, there were more and more reports of freakish monsters emerging from the Pacific Ocean and attacking anyone they encountered, Human or otherwise. Hawaii, Japan, the Philippines, and the American west coast were among the hardest hit. Perhaps the most unsettling detail about these reports was that the attacking creatures were not being described as “aliens,” but were instead being called “monsters.” One American news reporter had dared to use the word “Lovecraftian” in his account of the coastline attacks.

    Mira Mihaka heard the rumors about the attacks on the Pacific Rim and dropped out of the spaceflight training program almost immediately. Bradford had tried to stop Mira from leaving the Avenger on her own, but she wouldn’t hear any of it.

    “I have a deep suspicion.” She had told us. “I will investigate and return with word of my discoveries.”



    By the beginning of December, there were only seven XCOM soldiers left in the spaceflight training program, and they were all Stormbreakers: Jericho, Soylent Green, Tsubaki Endo, Hal Macintosh, Kathleen Walsh, Chihiro, and myself.

    Tsubaki was the one surprise in the group. As it turned out, her body gave her an unexpected advantage: Both of Tsubaki’s legs had been amputated below the knee, which granted her some resistance to the effects of G-Forces. Team Takea member Elsina had offered an explanation to us:

    “Ever since the first bout of space combat, organic pilots and crew have been knocked unconscious by high-G turns and maneuvers.” Elsina taught us. “Their vascular systems are overwhelmed and blood drains away from the brain. With her legs gone, Sergeant Endo’s blood has nowhere to drain, thus, it stays in her head. What that means is that while all of you pass out because the ship is spinning too fast, Endo is still going to be awake, no doubt pointing and laughing at her weak and pathetic comrades.”

    Jericho was, by this point, a mandatory inclusion in the mission. Mira and Manako Ranginui had both had secret meetings with Jericho. Secretary-General Harper had also paid a visit to discuss something privately with her. It was rapidly becoming common knowledge that Jericho, Mira, and Manako were working together on some kind of secret project. Doctor Tygan was involved as well, and he was keeping tight-lipped. When pressed for information, Jericho would often avoid the question whilst pulling her hair back to reveal she was wearing a Mindshield.

    “I wanna tell you guys, I really do.” Jericho answered us when we pressed her. “But we can’t tip our hand just yet.”



    Thursday, December 20, 2035 - 7:00pm
    Nagasaki Airport, Omura City, Kyushu Island


    About a week before Christmas, the Avenger landed on a small Japanese island just off the coast of what had once been Nagasaki Prefecture. There was little evidence of any conflict taking place at Nagasaki Airport. The ADVENT Coalition had done its best to keep this crucial piece of transportation infrastructure up and running.

    When we arrived, there was a massive UNE delegation waiting for us, as well as some Japanese government officials. Ryo Nakagawa, the Prime Minister of Japan, was waiting for us. I almost didn’t recognize him when he wasn’t dressed for battle.

    “Commander Bradford! Welcome to Nagasaki!” Nakagawa greeted XCOM’s new Commander as he descended the Avenger’s ramp. “I’ve brought some good news for you.”

    Nakagawa took a laptop computer from one of his aides and opened it, holding the screen forwards so that Bradford could see the video playing on it. Onscreen, a familiar shadowy silhouette delivered the first piece of good news:

    “Hello Commander.” Said the Council Spokesman. “The UN Security Council has received offers from the governments of France, Japan, New Zealand, and Korea to become the new hosts of XCOM Headquarters. Following our discussions, we have decided to award the honor to Japan. XCOM will now have a permanent base of operations in the city of Nagasaki, whose primary airport is sufficiently isolated from the population center to allow XCOM to operate at normal capacity. You and your forces are authorized to occupy and repurpose Nagasaki Airport to suit your needs. Carry on, Commander.”



    It took roughly three days for us to offload all of XCOM’s command and control systems from the Avenger and move them into what had once been the airport terminal. Commander Bradford set up his new office in the air traffic control tower. Chief Engineer Shen took over an entire hangar and converted it into her workshop, while Doctor Tygan kept the location of his new laboratory a closely guarded secret. Before we were fully moved in, our lead scientist was already traveling to Nagasaki on a daily basis, seeking out Hybrids and gathering information about the Fade.

    The airport itself was located on an island about ten miles away from the Megacity of Nagasaki, and was only connected to Japan by a narrow land bridge. This meant that base security was now simpler than ever. Once the anti-aircraft cannons were installed beside the runway, it only took six soldiers to guard the main entrance each day.

    Unfortunately, my team and I couldn’t go into Nagasaki just yet. We had only a few days of spaceflight training left, and we weren’t allowed to go off-duty until it was over. Nobody was more upset about this than Tsubaki. She had been born and raised in Nagasaki. Her parents had run a successful restaurant there for decades, and now she wanted nothing more than to pay a visit to her old hometown.

    “Blake got to go back to Detroit and Chihiro went to Tokyo!” Tsubaki had complained to Bradford. “Can’t I get just one day off?”

    “You can take some leave after you pass the final physical.” Bradford conceded.



    Sunday, December 30, 2035 – 5:00pm


    The final test of spaceflight training as a physical health examination. It didn’t surprise any of us to hear that space travel could be stressful and exhausting. Before any of us could be cleared to travel to Hiigara, Doctor Tygan would have to give us all a complete exam to make sure our bodies could handle the ordeal.

    Soylent Green and Hal Macintosh passed with flying colors and were the first ones cleared for the mission. Jericho had to go through an extra layer of scrutiny. Tygan drew her blood and took a saliva sample to make sure she hadn’t caught the Fade. Once he was satisfied, she was healthy, Jericho was cleared for the mission as well. Not like he had a choice. By this point, her presence on the mission was non-negotiable.

    Kathleen Walsh was also cleared for the mission, but it was a close call. Almost thirty years ago, she had been shot in the chest while doing her duty as my dad’s bodyguard. Stopping a Presidential assassination had come with a cost though, as the .22 caliber bullet was still lodged inside of her left lung to this day. Tygan ordered Walsh to have the bullet surgically removed, and a Triple Alliance medical team carried out the procedure. Reepi Imvu delivered the news of Kathleen’s full recovery personally, and she was cleared for the mission.

    Chihiro and I were last, and we had our examinations one after the other. Tygan baulked when I told him just how many times I’d been seriously injured in combat. (I’ve been shot three times, had my skull cracked once, and been burned a few times) After hearing about all of the trauma I’d put my body through, Tygan said that he was going to withhold judgement on me until he had examined Chihiro.

    As we traded places in the waiting area, Chihiro and I had a quick telepathic conversation:

    Everyone’s been cleared except you and me. Chihiro’s voice spoke in my head. They only want six, so I guess that means one of us is gonna get disqualified.

    For whatever it’s worth, Chi, I hope you pass.
    I responded. Exploring space seems like it could be really fun, and I think you’d enjoy it. Plus, it seems like Tygan’s not to keen on clearing me. I’ve taken too much of a beating. Good luck in there.

    Thanks, Blake. I’ll do my best.


    I waited for about twenty minutes, absentmindedly clicking my heels together and imagining what it would be like to travel fifteen-hundred Light Years to visit the Galactic Council. Just when my mind was starting to wander, I felt the Psionic Link between myself and Chihiro suddenly snap closed! Feeling alarmed, I stood up and started pacing in front of the office Tygan had commandeered for the medical exams. Roughly ten minutes later, Chihiro and Tygan emerged… and right away, I knew things had gone poorly for her. Chihiro wrapped her arms around me and cried into my chest while Doctor Tygan told me what was wrong:

    “I’m sorry.” Tygan said. “Sergeant Tachibana is just too sickly to fly in space. Her complaints of reoccurring nausea and stomach pains are warning signs. Prolonged spaceflight might cause her lasting physical injury or worse. I cannot, in good consciousness, allow her to fly in space. Captain Robinson, the final slot on the mission to Hiigara is yours.”



    Monday, December 31, 2035 – 4:30pm


    Chihiro didn’t take her failure very well. She really did want to fly in space, and getting rejected right at the very end of the training program was a pretty harsh blow. Tsubaki, and I took it upon ourselves to cheer her up. Now that training was over, we had a few precious days to ourselves before the UN Envoy arrived and the diplomatic mission was launched. After some cajoling and pleading, we convinced Chihiro to join us on a trip into the city.

    Tsubaki was more determined than ever to find her parent’s old restaurant, or what was left of it. Moving through the narrow streets, the three of us navigated our way to the part of the city where Tsubaki had once lived. As it turned out, Tsubaki’s home was in the pre-invasion sector. This was a large swathe of urban landscape that had survived the 2015 invasion mostly undamaged. ADVENT had been planning to bulldoze the area and expand their Megacity into this district, but the downfall of the Elders had prevented this. Most of this part of Nagasaki looked exactly the way it had done at the end of World War Three, worn out and dirty, but still lived in.

    This little nostalgia trip did some good for Chihiro. She got into our quest to find Tsubaki’s home and participated with energy! Running ahead of us, Chihiro spotted the first landmark Tsubaki recognized.

    “Meganebashi!”

    When she said the name, I had to pause and think. Hanging out with Chihiro and Tsubaki for most of my life had allowed me to pick up some Japanese, and with a raised eyebrow, I said:

    “Uh, Chi… you don’t wear spectacles.”

    Chihiro rolled her eyes at me, then grabbed me by the hand and pulled me towards the Nakashima River. She pointed across the embankment. Meganebashi, as it turned out, was the name of a stone bridge spanning the river, linking the two halves of Nagasaki together.

    “It’s the oldest stone bridge in all of Japan.” Tsubaki told us. “My mom taught me that. We could see it from the window of… the window of our restaurant.”

    Tsubaki turned on her cybernetic heels, craning her neck around and looking at every nearby building in turn.

    “We’re close!”

    It took only two minutes of searching… and then we found it.

    On the north side of Megane Bridge, there was a building with a beautiful flagstone façade. The word “Ramen” was repeated in English and Japanese above the door. As for the restaurant… we couldn’t get in. There was a line of Humans, Mutons, Vipers, and assorted Hybrids out the door. Every few seconds, a Human, alien, or Hybrid would leave the restaurant carrying a takeout bag filled with something that smelled positively divine! We quickly found out what was going on, a huge sign in one window declared:


    “Emergency food dispensary
    Free food for homeless or unemployed (and Fade victims)
    All of our Chryssalid meat is fully cooked!
    Our food is safe for all Humans, Hybrids, Faceless, Vipers and Mutons.
    FOOD NOT SAFE FOR SECTOIDS, ANDROMEDONS.”

    Tsubaki let out a low whistle.

    “My mom would totally get a kick out of this. I wonder why Sectoids and Andromedons can’t eat our food?”

    A passing Human/Viper Hybrid had the answer we wanted.

    “Nearly all Earth-based food is poisonous to Sectoids.” The Adder told us. “And as for the Andromedons, they’re not a talkative bunch. Figuring out what they can eat has been pretty-much trial-and-error for the past six months.”



    After that encounter, Chihiro’s urge to explore finally seemed to eclipse her sorrow at losing out on the chance to fly in space. The three of us continued to wander around Nagasaki for hours, exploring the city and seeing just how much twenty years of alien occupation had changed the place.

    We passed through a newly created “alien ghetto” where the non-Human population had been forced to live in the aftermath of ADVENT’s downfall. UN Army soldiers guarded the ghetto entrance and inspected everybody going in or out. We also found a field hospital where former Gene Therapy clinic workers were attempting to triage Hybrids suffering from the Fade.

    “Sure glad Jericho didn’t come with us.” I said as we watched a Human/Sectoid Hybrid stumble into the site, his muscles atrophied to the point where his flesh seemed to just hang from the bones.

    The three of us just kept wandering aimlessly, taking in as much of the city as we could. Finally, while we were following the Nakashima river downstream towards the docks, Chihiro got something off her chest.

    “I’m really jealous of you two, you know that?”

    “Yeah, I figured so.” I answered.

    “You’re not mad at me?”

    “Not at all.” I said. “I’d be jealous, too.”

    The three of us paused by the riverbank and tossed some stones into the water.

    “Look at this this way,” I said. “We’re only going to be gone for a couple of weeks, and Elsina said we can use the Hyperwave Relay to stay in touch with Earth the whole time. The Partogans are installing one at HQ tonight. It’s not going to be like World War Three, Chi. We’re not going to be cut off completely.”

    “Yeah!” Tsubaki chimed in. “Blake can share the experience with you, every step of the way. He’ll call you every day, and I’ll make sure he does. Promise.”

    Chihiro sighed.

    “I guess you’re right. I’ll be sitting by that Hyperwave, Blake. Every day. Tsubaki, if he forgets to call, you can punch him in the gut for me, alright?”

    Tsubaki let out a mischievous giggle and put up her fists.

    “Hear that, Robinson? I’m gonna be watching you!”

    I raised an eyebrow at Tsubaki. She made a quick jabbing motion with one fist and I took half a step back. Pulling her punch, Tsubaki giggled again and added:

    “Two for flinching!”

    Then she punched me in the arm twice.



    Once the sun had dropped completely below the horizon; we reluctantly started the trek back to XCOM HQ. Chihiro had completely run out of energy and was leaning on my shoulder, lazily putting one foot in front of the other was we moved through downtown Nagasaki. None of us acknowledged the old government building as we walked past it, but someone in there definitely noticed us.

    We hadn’t gone more than fifty feet past the government building when a convoy of vehicles emerged and pulled up on the road alongside us. It was an Old World limousine escorted by more modern UN Army vehicles. Tsubaki, Chihiro and I stopped walking and looked around as a man in a business suit stepped out of the limo and waved at us.

    “Robinson! Tachibana! Endo!”

    The three of us gasped and had to hold back laughter. Commander Bradford looked to have completely transformed! The leader of XCOM was now clean-shaven, had gotten a haircut, and was dressed up for a formal meeting. We might as well have been staring at a completely different person.

    “We were just heading back to HQ.” I responded. “Had ourselves some time off.”

    “Well you’re in luck.” Bradford called back. “We’re escorting the UN Envoy to Headquarters right now. Hop in and we’ll take you the rest of the way!”

    Feeling grateful for the lift, the three of us climbed into the limousine and the convoy started to roll again. The first thing we noticed when we sat down was that Jericho was sitting next to Bradford in the limo, dress up in the ceremonial uniform of the Hawaiian National Army, complete with decorative ribbons and a small medal. Jericho smiled at us and said:

    “I guess it’s good luck we ran into you tonight. Saves me the trouble of tracking you down to tell you the news.”

    Before we could reply, Bradford spoke up, addressing someone else:

    “Well, this is rather fortuitous, ma’am. You see the man and the woman with the cybernetic legs? Those two individuals will be part of your new bodyguard.”

    “A very interesting choice.” Said a female voice that caused my heart to skip a beat. “Was it intentional, Bradford? Did you really have to pick someone who has such a… sordid history with me?”

    I eyes widening, I looked up, following the sultry voice to its source. Sitting on Bradford’s left was a woman I had not seen since the fall of XCOM over twenty years ago. She looked radically different. She was much older now, and was starting to show the smallest, earliest wrinkles on the corners of her eyes. The woman was wearing a sleeveless dress, the kind of thing you’d expect to see at a formal dinner party, with a plunging neckline that revealed most of her upper chest. My eyes locked on a spot just above her left breast, where I saw three scars that instantly confirmed her identity for me.

    “I apologize, ma’am.” Bradford said quickly. “I wasn’t expecting you to know each other.”

    Then the Commander turned to us.

    “Well, Captain Robinson, I guess you’ve already met Humankind’s first ambassador to an alien world, this is…”

    “Yes.” I cut Bradford off. “We’ve… already met.”

    The Envoy regarded me with a thoughtful gaze. She raised one hand to cover the gunshot wounds I had left in her chest so long ago. For a moment, I had a very quick flashback to that night in Hiroshima, when this woman had revealed herself to be a Soviet spy. It all felt so very long ago now.

    In a polite tone, Yukiko Takahashi said:

    “It is a pleasure to make your acquaintance once again, Robinson. I hope this will be the beginning of a respectful and courteous relationship, devoid of whatever hostilities we shared in the past.”

    In the back of my mind, Chihiro telepathically said:

    Suddenly, I don’t feel as bad about missing the trip.

    The uncomfortable silence lasted for just a few seconds before Jericho broke it.

    “Uh, anyway. Blake, Chi, Tsubaki… they said I can finally tell you what’s going on.”

    I swear I was going through some kind of mood whiplash! Chihiro and I looked back and forth from Bradford to Yukiko, dumbfounded. Tsubaki’s mouth just kinda hung open. The Commander and the Envoy both nodded at Jericho.

    “Go ahead.” Bradford said. “The news is going to leak out sooner or later.”

    “And in this case,” Yukiko added, “We can use such a leak to our benefit. Tell them as much as you like.”

    Jericho leaned in towards Chihiro, Tsubaki and I:

    “Ever since we got back from Hawaii, I’ve been helping the Partogans develop a Psionic Superweapon… a weapon that only I can operate.”

    “Only you!?” Tsubaki repeated. “Why?”

    “That explanation will have to come later.” Jericho answered with an uncomfortable look. “Mira and the Ranginui twins are confident that it’ll turn the tide and help us kill the Beast. But there’s one really huge problem: there materials we need to build this thing aren’t naturally found on Earth. We need Elerium, Meld, Zro, Protodermis, Nanites, and Aetherium.”

    “We can get Elerium and Meld by salvaging ADVENT starships.” Bradford explained. “Elerium powers nearly all of the Elders’ technology, and Meld is the bonding agent that makes genetic manipulation so easy. Hell, there’s so much Meld in Jericho’s body we might get the amount we need just by drawing her blood.”

    “Protodermis and Aetherium both occur naturally on Partoga.” Jericho added. “The first is a metallic liquid while the other is a highly energetic type of crystal. Makara Ranginui promised to go to her Homeworld and collect a large stockpile of both, then bring it back here. That’s why the Mahuika left so suddenly a few months ago.”

    “Nanites, well we can make those ourselves.” Yukiko said, “But it takes time, and the Partogans have said that other spacefaring empires have Nanites of their own we might be able to trade for. Zro is an aerosol gas that, when inhaled, enhances the powers of Gifted people. Doctor Tygan thinks we might be able to harvest it from the atmosphere of Uranus or Neptune.”

    Jericho squirmed with excitement.

    “Sorry.” She said quickly. “When I was little, Neptune was my favorite planet. Always wanted to visit. Anyway, getting ahold of all this stuff is going to be crucial. Without these resources, the Trinity won’t work.”

    “The Trinity?” I repeated. “That’s what the weapon is called?”

    Jericho nodded.

    “This will be the first Psionic weapon of its kind.” She explained. “I thought it was only appropriate to name it after the first atomic bomb.”


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 28: Creeps from the Deep

  • Chapter Twenty-Eight
    Creeps from the Deep


    y4mnjn8TnwbVWegeDvuUCalkLSdvnZspDxbB5jga06U00uH6yET1fQGFKmlgq5qadyjtu1dzHcS9ET3mz1pSXmh_UMoGzULLJgLQ1vPuJ0nefuT4oRq9BXBbcoBvQGJbcSKWksDIGN8Fb-dLlY6_VQsBqPw9ceNGEJ8B-Lw1scfdQCdSu9_cMUAYET4lxAXg_PsN7BWR3yfnrixsIr1jlYltw
    Caption said:
    The Deep One awaits.

    Friday, January 4, 2036 - 9:00am
    XCOM Headquarters, Nagasaki City, Kyushu Island



    “Uh, Chi? You don’t need to do that. I’m only going to be gone for two weeks.”

    Chihiro Tachibana had just finished giving her husband a very intense nonverbal goodbye. Jericho laughed and grabbed Blake’s duffel bag.

    “You take your time, Robinson.” She said. “I’ll see you on board.”

    Carrying her own things as well, Jericho stepped up the boarding ramp of the Partogan Assault Frigate Kakama. Manako Ranginui greeted her at the entrance hatch with a welcoming gesture. Meanwhile, Blake unstrapped his Katana from its place on his back and passed it to his wife.

    “Ranginui made it very clear we can’t take large weapons with us.” Blake explained. “We can’t have anything bigger than a pistol. Can I trust you to hold onto this while I’m gone?”

    “Of course!” Chihiro replied.

    She reached out to take the sword, but Blake held it back and added:

    “Chi, are you going to be okay with this thing? Is the voice going to be a problem?”

    “Of course not.” Chihiro sighed. “You worried I’m gonna fall in love with it or something?”

    The couple stared at one another for a moment, then burst into laughter. Blake handed over the Katana.

    “I’m really going to miss you, Chi.”

    “Me too. You still wanna trade places?”

    “Damn right I do.” Blake replied. “I’d much rather chase down weird monsters in the Pacific than protect Yukiko Takahashi. Having that traitorous bitch around takes all the fun out of flying in space!”

    Chihiro stuck out her tongue at Blake.

    “Well too bad, ‘cause I don’t wanna hang out with Yukiko either! Plus, I actually like the ocean! And you never learned how to swim!”

    “Don’t rub it in.” Blake ruffled Chihiro’s hair. “I’ll see you in a couple weeks, alright?”

    “Fine.” Chihiro pretended to pout. “But if you’re one second late, Mister Robinson, you’re gonna catch hell.”

    “Two weeks.” Blake promised. “I promise. And we’ll all get a hot meal at Tsubaki’s place, okay?”

    “I’ll hold you to that!”



    After one last round of “I love you’s” and a goodbye kiss, Blake ascended the ramp and entered the Kakama. Chihiro and the other XCOM soldiers who were going to remain behind withdrew to the safe interior of Nagasaki Airport’s terminal. Once the runway was clear and the last passengers had boarded, the Assault Frigate’s engines roared to life and the ship took to the sky. Chihiro watched the starship until it was completely gone from her sight. Then she stepped away from the window and headed towards the armory.

    As she walked, Chihiro used a length of parachute cord to tie Hachiman the Demon Katana to her belt. No sooner had her hand touched the handle did the demon within speak up:

    “Ogawa’s eyes lingered on your husband for far too long. A sharp sting of pain will teach the lecherous harlot to avert her gaze.”

    “Feeling vindictive today, are we?” Chihiro muttered to the blade.

    She snatched a quick glance down the hallway, where Akaya Ogawa and her friend Anna Petrova were comparing Laser Rifles. Concluding that Hachiman was just trying to provoke her, Chihiro moved on.

    In the new XCOM armory, a meeting was already in progress. Commander Bradford was having a discussion with Mira Mihaka and Geist, the Templar leader. Geist was accompanied by a Caucasian woman with vivid red hair, purple eyes, and a large series of dark purple tattoos across the right side of her face. Several other XCOM soldiers were present as well. British soldier Holly Smith was in attendance as well, her brand-new cybernetic hands stood out in the dim room, reflecting light like a window pane.

    When Chihiro entered the armory, a wave of clapping was just starting to die down. The gathered soldiers were celebrating a promotion. Holly Smith turned away from Commander Bradford and addressed the troops:

    “Thank you, Commander, for giving me the opportunity to serve as your Central Officer.” Holly was saying. “I hope I can bring a sense of continuity and stability to this transition.”

    While the meeting resumed, Chihiro spotted a soldier from her squad and tapped him on the shoulder.

    “Psst! Hawkins! If Smith is the new XO, then who’s our squad leader now?”

    “It’s me.” Matthew replied in a hushed tone. “They’re taking about giving Robinson his own squad when he gets back in a couple weeks. Of course, all this is pending what they decide to do with Yamamoto.”

    “What happened to him?”

    “Your husband spilled the beans, told Bradford that Yamamoto was trying to get frisky with Jericho. Now I heard Bradford’s gonna take disciplinary action. Possible demotion. Dismissal’s in the cards, too.”

    Chihiro gripped the Katana handle, and at the exact same moment, both she and Hachiman had the same thought:

    “Justice!”

    Meanwhile, Commander Bradford, Central Officer Smith, and Geist were giving the soldiers of XCOM an update on the mysterious Pacific Ocean anomaly.

    “A vortex of Psionic energy is beginning to form here, south of the Hawaiian Islands.” Geist pointed to a map of the Pacific. “Furthermore, several Psionic constructs are beginning to spring up along the Pacific Rim, all monolithic in shape. They all seem to be having the same effect.”

    “Amphibious monsters are emerging from the sea and attacking everyone in the area.” Bradford continued. “They’re not just going after Humans. We’ve had reports that Hybrids and aliens alike are being targeted just as frequently. Furthermore, XCOM operatives in the combat zones are reporting strange details about these new enemies.”

    Central Officer Smith clicked a remote control, and a large television screen on the wall activated. In the image, Chihiro and the others could see XCOM’s chief scientist, Doctor Tygan, conducting an autopsy on one of these dead monsters while several other scientists assisted.

    The monster itself was so terrifying to look at that Chihiro felt the hair on the back of her neck stand up. The creature was unlike anything Mankind had ever seen before. Its central body was an amorphous, wrinkled, prune-like mass of flesh and hide, nearly five feet in length. Eight long and thin tentacles emerged from the bottom of the body, each one nearly twelve feet long. Finally, this monster had a beak, not unlike the ones found on squids… but this beak was utterly massive! It was the size of Chihiro’s head!

    As he cut into the creature with a bone saw, Doctor Tygan spoke aloud, his voice piped into the armory for all to hear:

    “Not even the depths of a Lovecraftian nightmare could spawn a creature like this.” Tygan mused. “No comparison to any Earthbound animal exists, nor can I conceive of an environment where this kind of life might evolve naturally. The ridges along this creature’s head and spine are loaded with one of the most powerful nerve agents I’ve ever seen. Our soldiers in the field refer to this being as a ‘Tentaculat’ and report that its neurotoxin is capable of incapacitating even the largest Mutons in a matter of seconds. While that is terrifying enough, it appears that these creatures follow a similar reproductive pattern to Chrysalids, as any creature unlucky enough to be poisoned by this being will transmutate into a copy of the creature in front of me. I cannot believe I am saying this, but the Chrysalids actually have a modicum of mercy in comparison to the Tentaculat, as their victims are deceased during the reproductive process, whereas all documented victims of this creature were very much alive during the transmutation. Commander, I advise our soldiers to engage this creature at maximum range. Allowing it to draw near is a fatal mistake.”

    Central Officer Smith paused the video and addressed the troops.

    “This is just one of the many nightmares being spawned by the Pacific anomaly.” She said. “The Templars and UN Army are fighting back and for the most part, they’re holding the line.”

    “But there’s one problem,” Bradford chimed in, “Triple Alliance ships in orbit have been able to look directly down into the Pacific Anomaly. They’ve observed that all of these new monsters are originating directly from either the anomaly itself or one of the Psionic Monoliths on the Pacific Rim. The Monoliths themselves appear to be Psionically tethered to the anomaly. All of this means that these monsters might just continue to appear indefinitely, regardless of how many we kill, until that anomaly is shut down.”

    Bradford clicked the remote and advanced the big screen to a new image. Chihiro and the others gasped at what they saw.

    “Psionic Vortex” was not the word Chihiro would have used to describe what was happening to the Pacific Ocean. She would have called it “Maelstrom.” It seemed as though the Pacific was being drained. Water and clouds alike swirled around a single point to the south of Hawaii. It looked like the beginning of the end of the world.

    “At the center of that vortex,” Geist said. “There is some kind of Psionic entity. My followers felt its influence when they approached the Monoliths on the American west coast, and when we used our Psionics to invade the minds of these terrors from the deep, we found that they were all under the Psionic domination of something they referred to as ‘The Deep One.’ I myself meditated on the Deep One for days, and I was brought a vision of the foe. I believe it to be made from pure energy, not unlike the Outsiders we fought twenty-one years ago.”

    To her left, Chihiro saw Mira twitch uncomfortably. After a moment’s hesitation, she stepped forward.

    “Pardon me,” Mira interrupted. “I think I might have encountered something similar to this before.”

    Geist stood to one side and gave Mira the floor. The former Chosen Assassin addressed the group at large:

    “During my travels throughout the Galaxy, long before coming to Earth, I visited a realm called the Shroud. It is another plane of existence, somewhere above Hyperspace. The Shroud itself is made from pure Psionic energy, and it is populated with beings made from energy, such as you describe. This Deep One your followers learned of remind me strongly of the inhabitants of the Shroud.”

    The red-haired woman stepped forward.

    “Pardon me,” Geist said. “Violet, one of my newer followers, has a burning question for you.”

    Violet spoke in an off-kilter tone that reminded Chihiro of Kailani Kalili.

    “I can tell from the echoes in your mind that you have faced one such being in battle. What was it like?”

    Giving in to her curiosity, Chihiro allowed her mind to wander, quite literally. Almost absentmindedly, she telepathically slipped inside of Mira’s mind. While Mira talked, a series of images flashed in front of Chihiro’s eyes, pulled directly from Mira’s memory.

    “It was the most frightened I’ve ever been in my life.” Mira admitted.

    Tens of thousands of Partogans advanced towards the flaming wreckage of what had once been a fortress.

    “…There was no way for me to know what I’d gotten myself into. Even less so for my friends…”

    Two soldiers fired their rifles into an enemy until they ran out of bullets. Then the enemy stood up and attacked!

    “…You all need to understand, the creatures of the Shroud are capable of violence and destruction on a scale you can’t comprehend…”

    A being of incomprehensible violence annihilated a whole company of soldiers in a matter of seconds.

    “…I made a bargain with one of those creatures, and so did my enemy. But he didn’t keep his end of the deal, so when the time came to pay up…”

    A terrified old man was dragged backwards into a Psionic Rift by a nightmare-inducing appendage.

    “But in the end, I paid a much bigger price for a victory that turned out to be completely meaningless.”

    A wide column of smoke rose from a nearby mountain top.

    Mira fell silent. She seemed to just stare blankly into space for a moment, and then Chihiro realized the flow of memories had stopped. Mira had noticed the intrusion. Central Officer Smith frowned and folded her arms.

    “This sounds serious. If one of those ‘Shroud-entities’ is really behind the Pacific Anomaly, we could be in for a serious fight. Doubly so if Geist’s nightmare turns out to be any measure of true.”

    Duane Gardner put one hand on Geist’s shoulder and said:

    “We’ve got a whole army supporting us now, let’s put that firepower to use!”

    Murmurs of agreement and assent went around the armory, but Commander Bradford shook his head.

    “I don’t think so.” He said. “Don’t forget we have a much bigger and far more dangerous enemy coming our way already. In order to defeat the Beast, Humanity needs to devote as many resources as possible to building up our military might and to supporting our new allies as they begin to arrive. This diversion will undermine both goals. We simply can’t afford to send a large force to investigate whatever’s turning the Pacific into a Psionic hellhole.”

    “We don’t need a large force, Bradford.” Geist countered. “A small force of Templars would be more than sufficient to find and kill this so-called ‘Deep One.’ This will leave you free to begin preparations for what lies ahead.”

    “Commander, I urge you to listen to Geist.” Mira chimed in. “We’ve all seen what Templars and their weapons are capable of. In this case, the most surgical of strikes will strike a deadly blow. And if my theory is correct, then the enemy won’t be prepared for us at all.”

    Mira then turned to address Geist and Violet.

    “If the Deep One is what I suspect them to be, you will be forced to improvise a strategy on short notice, but victory should still be within reach. I request that I be allowed to join your expedition.”

    “And we’ll be glad to have you.” Geist replied.

    “Any ally of Jericho is a friend of the Templars.” Violet added. “And if Geist insists I apply that rule to non-Humans, then who am I to argue?”

    “Me too! I’ll come!” Chihiro stepped forward to volunteer.

    Mira looked around at Chihiro and raised one eyebrow.

    “You’re back!” she said. “I take it Blake and Jericho are on their way to Hiigara, then?”

    “Yeah, they just left a few minutes ago.” Chihiro replied, “Manako says they’ll be back home in a couple weeks if everything goes according to plan. Till then, I want in.”

    Duane, Mira, Geist, and Violet all gave Chihiro a surprised look.

    “The fight against the Deep One, or the Leviathan, or Geist’s nightmare, or whatever the hell we’re calling it today. I want in.” Chihiro clarified.

    “Are you sure you want to come with us?” Mira asked. “We’re going into uncharted territory. Uncharted for myself, even; and if she were here, Akira would say the same. I cannot emphasize enough that this has never happened before… in any of the last 115 Cycles. I cannot guarantee your safety, let alone your survival.”

    Chihiro gripped the handle of Hachiman to show her commitment to the fight. The demon hidden within the Katana sapped away all of her uncertainties and fears, replacing those feelings with confidence and no small measure of bloodlust.

    “No one knows how this story will end anymore.” Chihiro answered. “Not even Akira, and I couldn’t be happier with that.”



    Sunday, January 6, 2036 – 2:20pm
    Ruins of Hanga Roa, Easter Island, South Pacific Ocean



    The mixed force of XCOM, Triple Alliance, and UN Army soldiers dropped off by the first wave of airships were greeted by humid saltwater breezes and nothing else. The island’s native population had been forcibly removed by the aliens during the rise of the ADVENT Coalition.

    Hanga Roa was the only town on the island. Two decades ago, some 6,000 people had lived here amongst the short, rounded hilltops where extinct volcanoes were cool and silent. There wasn’t much in the way of vegetation beyond grass and knee-height shrubbery, although some trees could be spotted here or there. The town itself had fallen into complete ruin and would have escaped XCOM’s notice if not for the sight on the western horizon.

    The outermost edge of the Psionic vortex could be seen from here. Swirling black and purple clouds flashed with lightning and the occasional rumble of thunder could be heard over the noise of waves crashing against the beach. This was why XCOM had taken an interest in Easter Island. Commander Bradford’s plan was to set up a permanent base of operations here, so that XCOM could respond more quickly to the Pacific Anomaly as well as any sea monster attacks.

    When Chihiro stepped off the UN Army dropship, she took a deep breath of fresh air… and immediately felt as though she was going to vomit.

    “Everything here is wrong.” Sophie Ackermann commented as she joined Chihiro. “The sky, the sea… hell, even the grass is the wrong shade of brown.”

    Keeping their weapons at a low ready, the Stormbreakers fanned out to secure the landing zone. Sophie and Sophia stayed together while Matthew, Isis, and Chihiro moved in a triangular formation. Odette and Mira each took one of the flanks. Behind them, a Triple Alliance dropship moved to deposit a squad of Levakians, Partogans, and Kelt engineers.

    Try as she might, Chihiro’s head just wasn’t in the game right now. She was having another bout of nausea, and every few steps, she had to fight the urge to throw up. Luckily, this island seemed to be nice and quiet…

    “I found one!” Sophia shouted. “I think it’s dead!”

    The squad started to converge on Sophia’s position, Chihiro gritted her teeth and followed as best she could.

    Sophia Kuznetsova had found a dead sea monster. It was a bipedal Human-shaped amphibian with green scales, webbed toes and fingers, and a cobra-like hood around its neck and head. When Sophia poked the creature with her rifle, its flesh seemed to squish around like slime.

    “I think Doctor Tygan’s calling these things ‘Gillmen.’” Isis said.

    Sophie gasped and pointed to an injury on the Gillman’s chest.

    “Look! This thing’s been shot!”

    “That’s not possible.” Mira sounded worried. “We were the first ones on the island! How was this creature killed before we arrived?”

    Matthew stood up and aimed his Rotary Laser Cannon into the nearby hills.

    “Could someone be out there?”

    “No way.” Isis replied. “This island’s been deserted for two decades! That’s why Bradford picked it for our new base: isolated and uninhabited.”

    “Everyone, fan out and search slowly.” Matthew ordered. “The second you find anything of interest, yell out.”



    Within an hour of arriving, nearly four hundred soldiers, engineers, and scientists had landed on Easter Island. Central Officer Smith took over the ruins of Hotel Rangahoa, the largest hotel complex on the island, and ordered her engineers to convert it into her new Command Center. Meanwhile, UN Army soldiers began to clear out every building in the ruined town, making sure the place really was as empty as it seemed…

    And yet the monster bodies began to pile up. Chihiro and her squadmates found over a dozen more dead Gillmen, all shot to death. They also came across a gigantic dead nautilus, its body measuring almost eight feet from end to end, riddled with medium-caliber bullet holes. Up on the northern coastline, Duane, Violet, and Geist found a stretch of rocky coastline absolutely covered in translucent orange jellyfish. Just like all of the other sea creatures, somebody had taken a firearm to these as well.

    The Stormbreakers and Templars reconvened a few hours later near the top of Terevaka, the tallest of three extinct volcanoes that made up Easter Island. From their vantage point nearly 1600 feet above sea level, Chihiro and her companions had a commanding view of the entire island.

    “I think we can all agree that there was some kind of massacre here.” Geist began. “This island is not as deserted as we thought. Someone is here, and they are hiding from us.”

    “Agreed.” Sophia said. “But how do we flush them out?”

    Chihiro was itching for a fight, and she tried to voice her agreement with Sophia. But when she opened her mouth, another wave of nausea forced her to pause and take some deep breaths instead.

    “We might not need to do that.” Mira interjected. “Our forces are vast, the entire island will be overrun before the end of day. I advise patience.”



    The Stormbreakers and Templars rejoined the main body of soldiers and once again resumed searching the island. Sometime in the late afternoon, a mass grave was found. Nearly fifty undersea monsters had been hastily buried beneath two feet of dirt after being machine gunned to death. Finally given a legitimate reason to do so, Chihiro vomited until her stomach was empty.

    “This is insane!” Chihiro gasped. “This is fucking insane! Who the hell is doing this!?”

    She might not be feeling nauseous anymore, but Chihiro certainly didn’t feel better. And whenever she brushed her hand against Hachiman’s handle, the Demon Sword would offer its unique perspective on the situation:

    “Be on guard. The mysterious enemy of your enemy is capable of doing the same to you.”



    By the time the sun started to go down, the whole of Easter Island was under XCOM control, a Forward Operating Base had been set up in Hanga Roa, and Kelt engineers had started to deploy deep scanning equipment to try and find anyone hiding underground.

    But as it turned out, those scanners wouldn’t be necessary.

    While walking back to the FOB along the southern coastline the Stormbreakers, now tired and worn out, were passing the time by chatting with some Triple Alliance soldiers who were headed in the same direction. In the six months that had passed since Operation Avenger, efforts had been made to teach the Triple Alliance forces how to speak English, and in turn, the Galactic Common had been introduced on Earth.

    The Galactic Common was an artificial language manufactured by a now-extinct alien race called the Bentusi, and its sole purpose was to lift language barriers between species. Mira had explained that the Common language was more effective when paired with Psionics, so tonight’s interactions were made more fluid by Mira and Chihiro’s presence. When Chihiro asked the Triple Alliance soldiers what they were talking about, they were able to understand her words and respond in a way she could understand as well.

    “I was just telling Amako here that we’ve got a village on Aoraki named Hanga Roa.” An Assurian soldier told Chihiro. “A lot of people are getting spooked by just how much Partogans and Humans have got in common. It’s really starting to look like the Progenitors made a pair of duplicate races.”

    “We’re too close for any of this to be a coincidence.” The Partogan named Amako admitted. “We have to be related. Coming here convinced me.”

    “Coming to Earth convinced you?” Sophia repeated. “How?”

    “No, not Earth in general.” Amako clarified. “I mean this island. It looks so much like Hawaiki.”

    Amako turned to his Partogan comrades.

    “You guys see it, right? This place is almost exactly the same! Same as the picturebooks!”

    All of the Partogans in the group nodded and vocalized their agreement. Isis raised her hand.

    “Excuse me, what is Hawaiki?”

    Mira offered up the answer.

    “It’s our Ancestral Homeland.” She said. “Everyone learns from a young age that Partogans migrated to Partoga and Levakia from a lost island across the sea. When we die, our spirits will return to Hawaiki to be with our forebears. Amako, are you talking about the pictures from the storybooks in the Royal Library?”

    Amako nodded.

    “One and the same, ma’am. Those books are required reading for first year schoolkids, at least they are for kids in the Capitol City.”

    The two groups paused. They had just turned a corner in the path and come upon a giant stone Moai: a statue carved by the original natives of the island, the Rapa Nui. Sadly, by 2036, the Rapa Nui people were completely extinct, leaving no one to explain the significance of the statue.


    y4mjtJxdKy1zPqp2nH8qPKP6JsVT3sgblOuMsV0Uo9JOzLi1tLSbUytJl440NNUnTGiToyvSbJyumNNxI6_78rS1P1MBwibhz3zDJTffGHw_5LojVp_24gOauZXmp-c0Y4Gs5ZvZ6hAPYRMYF--KStW72vrqob1YiU67GKI1l_p_QnszWhDb2wPs2HVpJyv-80JEXCgf5vCRu1FkWEodvz40A
    Caption said:
    A toppled Moai on Easter Island is a much more common sight than an upright one. Hundreds of these statues can be found all across the island, some in groups, some standing alone.

    The Moai itself had toppled forward and was resting on its side. Moss and lichens growing on the stone suggested the statue had fallen over an extremely long time ago, well before the first Alien Invasion. A female Partogan stepped forward and brushed her hand on the fallen statue.

    “Back home on Aoraki,” She breathed. “There’s giant mural painted on the side of the Mahurangi Church of the Mountain. It’s supposed to be a painting of the Hawaiki landscape, and it looks so much like these Pacific Islands. There’s so much in common: the hills, rocks, the waves and sky. It’s all so similar.”

    Amako pointed to his comrade and said:

    “Lani proves my point. Our people are clearly related to yours.”

    Chihiro opened her mouth to ask another question, but she was cut off by a panicked shout from further down the path!

    “Sergeant Tachibana! Squaddie Mihaka! Get down here!”

    Running down the path in the rapidly fading light, Chihiro and Mira came upon a grizzly scene. A Gillman was lying in the middle of the path, the blood in the dirt still fresh enough to attract all manner of insects. Sophia Kuznetsova was kneeling next to the body, tracing the outline of a footprint with her finger.

    “The killer was just here.” Sophia reported. “We didn’t miss him by much.”

    Moving impulsively, Chihiro knelt down and put both of her hands on the corpse. It was disturbingly warm to the touch. Concentrating and focusing her mind, Chihiro tried to siphon the Gillman’s last vestiges of Psionic energy into herself.

    Nothing.

    Frustrated, Chihiro tried again, digging her fingernails into the Gillman’s slimy scales, but to no avail. Finally, Mira gently nudged Chihiro out of the way.

    “May I?”

    Kneeling down next to the dead Gillman, Mira gently touched the body with one hand and waited for a few seconds. Then she opened her eyes and looked up at the squad.

    “I’ve got something. The creature died very recently; the Psionic energy is still… fresh.”

    Mira closed her eyes and took a deep, meditative breath while Chihiro tried to hide her embarrassment and disappointment. Then, Mira straightened up.

    “Follow me, and put out a call for backup.” Mira informed the group. “I’ve found our killers.”



    y4m9tDxJyFgtjYXWsNkUZGWwuoKclY9Bhb7JBP6Q9pzXSw2jZyh37MhHpp9xyW1RDVNigeK6tLK8CUCh_S-kk2mUfQgYAuUrwp9Bdo19kKGIknNu2kvWTxnaO5dpnRCJPbEj-6KNrDa3pUpXLrSAwUaQbbHbYAyaVR_leIrDilmg9YuVxVTpKak8vo2tgPisXuLGVADApCHvyhTw6dQZOs-Xg
    Caption said:
    The only difference between Vahlen's first volcano base and the second one is that this time around the volcano is extinct.

    Sunday, January 6, 2036 – 8:30pm
    Rano Kau, Easter Island, South Pacific Ocean


    Nearly two hundred soldiers had converged on Rano Kau by the time Chihiro and the Stormbreakers arrived. Central Officer Smith was having a conversation with a UN Army commander while a Triple Alliance warship flew in circles around the site.

    Rano Kau was a volcanic crater lake, located on the southern end of Easter Island. The encroaching soldiers weren’t interested in the lake itself, however. On Mira’s tip-off, all of their focus and effort was now being directed towards the southern wall of the crater, where the long-dead volcano bordered the ocean. A UN airship trained its guns on the seaside cliffs while special forces prepare to climb down the inland side. Mira led the Stormbreakers along the upper rim of the crater, moving towards one particular point on the cliffside. Over one mile away, on the other side of the crater, Geist did the same, leading his force of Templars towards the same point in a pincer movement.

    On Central Officer Smith’s signal, the three teams moved together. The special forces, Templars, and Stormbreakers all surged towards their target, a sealed bunker doorway embedded in the bottom of the cliff. Lengthening her stride, Chihiro reached the bunker door first and banged on it as loudly as she could with the stock of her pistol.

    “Open up!” She yelled. “This is XCOM! We know you’re in there! Come out with your hands up! We don’t wanna hurt you and I’m sure you don’t wanna fight, so make this easy on yourself!”

    As all of the other soldiers reached the bunker door, Duane patted Chihiro on the shoulder.

    “Nice.” He commented. “Ever considered a career in law enforcement?”

    “Someone’s coming!” Violet gasped.

    “I sense it too.” Mira said.

    A moment later, Chihiro picked up on it as well. Her Psionics allowed Chihiro to detect a single unarmed person about to open the bunker from the inside. They had no intention of fighting.

    “Everyone, stand down!” Chihiro barked. “They’re not armed!”

    “Templars, likewise!” Geist ordered. “I sense no hostile intent.”

    With a loud groan of metal, the bunker door swung open, revealing a European woman in her late 50’s or early 60’s. She had greying hair, a long face, and quite a stern expression. She looked Chihiro up and down and then began to speak in a voice that flitted back and forth between a French and German accent:

    “Corporal Tachibana, female, forty years old. Although I must say, doesn’t look her age today. Younger, much younger.”

    Doctor Moria Vahlen, XCOM’s previous chief scientist, completely ignored the hundreds of soldiers and weapons arrayed against her and continued to examine Chihiro. Sophia stepped forward and tried to interrupt, but Vahlen just talked over her. In fact, Vahlen seemed to be talking to herself more than anyone else. She grabbed Chihiro’s free hand and started poking and prodding.

    “Hmm, let’s see. Rudimentary Meld-based Genetic Modifications, clearly some of my earlier work. Adaptive bone marrow for rapid healing yet no complementary skin enhancements… tch, was I really so naïve twenty years ago?”

    Chihiro cleared her throat loudly and tried to speak:

    “Doctor Vahlen, it’s been twenty years-”

    “Oui, Oui. Its impressive how little you’ve aged since then, Corporal.” Vahlen carried on, drowning out Chihiro’s voice. “If I had to guess, I’d say you don’t look a day over nineteen. Now it looks like you’ve put on an extra five or six pounds, but that will clearly be gone in short order.”

    Vahlen grabbed Chihiro’s arm, and made her hold it out in front of her. Then the former chief scientist pressed a hand to Chihiro’s neck, applying pressure to the scar tissue which covered Chihiro’s old bullet wound. Geist and Duane looked at one another, confused. Duane tried to catch Vahlen’s attention:

    “Excuse me ma’am.” He said, “we’re from XCOM!”

    “Oh, come now, this is a disgrace!” Vahlen ignored Duane completely and focused on Chihiro’s old neck scar. “I must apologize, Corporal Tachibana. Clearly my early attempts at rapid healing gene mods were not my best work, otherwise you would have lost that scar long ago.”

    “I was shot through the neck!” Chihiro protested. “That kind of scar doesn’t go away overnight! And by the way, I’m a Sergeant and I’m going on twenty-one!”

    “Aren’t we all?” Vahlen quipped absentmindedly. Then her tone changed to something more businesslike: “Well Sergeant Tachibana, these Genetic Modifications are simply unacceptable in the modern day. I insist you come inside immediately! We’ll give your Genetic Modifications the proper overhaul you so desperately need.”

    And without paying the smallest bit of attention to the surrounding army, Doctor Vahlen released her hold on Chihiro, turned around and started to re-enter the bunker. Just before she vanished from view, Vahlen said over her shoulder,

    “Come along, Tachibana, follow me! Oh, and just for the record: if you need new Genetic Modifications, you need only ask. There’s no need to bring the whole verdammt Wehrmacht.”



    Sunday, January 6, 2036 – 8:45pm
    Vahlen’s (Second) Secret Volcano Lair, Easter Island, South Pacific Ocean



    “Two. You had two lairs!? And why the hell are we calling them lairs now!?”

    Commander Bradford was utterly lost for words.

    “You seem shocked, Bradford.” Vahlen replied nonchalantly.

    “Normal people don’t live in underground lairs, Vahlen!” Bradford replied. “Especially if their first one was blown up!”

    “I had no choice.” The doctor replied matter-of-factly. “ADVENT found my first facility, and I had to vacate it.”

    “Right, and where was that first facility again?”

    “Irrelevant.”

    Getting a straight answer out of Doctor Vahlen was like trying to corral a room full of cats. She didn’t seem to care about the fact that her island was now occupied by a military force, but was more upset about the fact that her work had been interrupted. She had tried to give Chihiro and the Stormbreakers a grand tour of the facility, but she had been called away by one of her assistants.

    Yes. Assistants.

    As it turned out, Doctor Vahlen had no fewer than forty people holed up in the lair with her. It was a mixed group of scientists, engineers, and soldiers. According to Vahlen, these people were helping her to investigate and study the Pacific Anomaly. It was her troops who had slain the sea monsters all over the island.

    As for her laboratory, it was as though someone had removed all of the safety systems in an ADVENT Gene Therapy Clinic. Here, Vahlen and her team were studying genetic manipulation with no oversight and no red tape. Every operating table was occupied with either a living or dead alien, Human, Hybrid, or sea monster, where scientists would conduct basic exams, make some notes, and then wheel the “patient” into another area. (presumably an operating theatre)

    “My team used to be much larger.” Doctor Vahlen confessed. “But our numbers have been worn down by attrition over the years. I’m sure you know what happened to Big Sky and the SR-77H? He was only the first of many to be lost.”

    Chihiro felt a twang of sorrow when she heard Vahlen mention the name. “Big Sky” was the callsign of XCOM’s previous Skyranger pilot. Although Wendy “Firebrand” Carter had done her best to fill the role, no one could truly replace Big Sky. SR-77H was the tail number of the Skyranger XCOM had used during the 2015 Invasion. It's remains had been found after ADVENT collapsed, deep in the North American wilderness. The body of the pilot was never recovered.


    y4m_LeUNlm2p_Z9JlceEQjFvv3oxK6ncON7yGm7qJ3NNim_D-BqNtPgTsCnSiFKoXZOaNKqR6zsBz54yI8qvHO3y5olZnmeUAF4ouHppV20IX7tBzRoDsgANWZe9VLeWYn2O8-CAeygqwTxtx7FPa73JZUzZTp4INaBDKIGhxktutGZ1VOr3IBCvs0K2J-Ohjk8cTAgJooSPywVu2Pqa0GtDQ
    Caption said:
    The final resting place of the Skyranger SR-77H, located in the Southern United States. The nose of the craft was aimed towards the sunrise, implying an attempt to flee to the East Coast.

    “Don’t stress yourself too much about that.” Bradford said. “We’re developing a next-generation Skyranger with our allies. In the meantime, we need to ask you a lot of questions… why don’t we start with that so-called ‘Viper King’ you turned loose last spring?”

    While Bradford and Vahlen moved off to another part of the lair to talk, Chihiro and the rest of her squad wandered around Vahlen’s new laboratory, looking at the scientific equipment.

    Sophie, Sophia, Matthew, and Odette had all joined XCOM after the 2015 Invasion, and had never met Doctor Vahlen before. Naturally, they all had questions of their own. Mira already knew about Vahlen, having read about her in the Human History Database she carried around. Chihiro and Isis took it in turns to bring everyone else up to speed:

    “Vahlen was our head researcher when the Invasion started.” Isis explained. “She was obsessed with Xenobiology and told us to bring back intact alien corpses and artifacts whenever we could.”

    “She hated it when we used grenades or rockets.” Chihiro added, then put on a fake German accent and did an impression of Vahlen: “’Commander, you may want to instruct your men to exercise restraint when using explosives, just something to consider.’

    “She’s also the one who figured out Meld.” Isis said. “The bonding agent that makes Genetic Modification so damn easy. The aliens used it to make all of the Hybrids out there, and Vahlen used it to modify a few of us.”

    She pointed at Chihiro. In turn, Chihiro pointed to her own head, eyes, and torso, listing off all of her Gene Mods:

    “Neural dampening, knocks me out cold if I get put under Mind Control. Enhanced depth perception means my eyesight is better than any of yours, and the adaptive bone marrow lets me heal from just about anything in half the time. All these Gene Mods come from alien DNA being grafted onto mine with Meld, and that was just the beginning.”

    “Once Vahlen figured out how to modify existing people” Isis finished, “she started the Jericho Project.”

    Isis grabbed Sophie and Odette by the shoulders and turned them around to look at a large vat of on the other side of the laboratory. It was filled with a translucent orange substance that could only be Meld. Matthew let out a low whistle.

    “That’s a lot of genetic glue.”

    “It’s a lot more than that.” Mira corrected him. “Meld also allows the bonding of flesh and metal. Grafting technological systems directly into the body presents a very wide range of options. It’s also how ADVENT and the Elders were able to reconstruct so much of both my old body and my new one.”


    y4mUPYegGLQD9nAY-s--93DqhO21lXck0Gll2J6MfiH4qY33SvyJ6uFWCW7fl8LBaPcu9pKnXolBXvmLK0R1jBW-L4eQsKFP23PDxLh1CakCBa_oFt0ddQJzlHnNI3Nxtmj1S6V5uX2dXEBNwoDwMvUBDYNpECGT3kX81rDCmF2aFV2qnEy_dm6kmZMUSdGB2u3VKwT5KwXBh4X01gvjaS3-A
    Caption said:
    Vahlen's attempts to manipulate genetic code to create stronger and more powerful warriors is an unceasing project, and she did not allow the fall of Earth to stop her work.

    “Genetic manipulation was Vahlen’s forte.” Chihiro told her team. “If XCOM HQ hadn’t fallen, she would have created an army of genetically modified Hybrid soldiers, which is exactly what ADVENT did later on. Jericho was supposed to be the first of a long line of supersoldiers.”

    Mira raised her eyebrow in thought.

    “It’s too bad Jericho already left for Hiigara. I’m sure Vahlen would have wanted to see how much her creation has grown over the past twenty years.”

    “You are absolutely right!”

    Doctor Vahlen had just crossed the room to join the conversation. Commander Bradford was panting in his effort to keep up with her. Vahlen looked quite upset with Chihiro.

    “Why didn’t you tell me the Jericho girl was still alive!?” Vahlen complained. “I’ve heard rumors and hearsay, but nothing as solid as a confirmation! Where is she now!?”

    “On her way to Hiigara.” Chihiro rubbed the bridge of her nose in exasperation. “Going to ask the Galactic Council for some support building the Trinity.”

    “Hiigara?” Vahlen repeated, confused. “Galactic Council? Trinity? What about ADVENT, the Elders!?”

    Bradford put a hand on his comrade’s shoulder.

    “It sounds like you’ve missed quite a lot.” Bradford said. “When was the last time you had contact with XCOM?”

    “The summer of 2034.” Vahlen answered. “When Doctor Shen and his daughter Lily visited my old island base, and ADVENT followed them.”

    Chihiro started to feel nauseous again, and just a little relieved that Chief Engineer Lily Shen was absent right now. The death of her father was still a sensitive topic.

    Bradford nodded.

    “Maybe you should sit down, Moria.” He said. “We’ve uh… we’ve got a lot to tell you about…”



     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 29: The Galactic Council
  • Before we start the new chapter, I'd like to announce the spinoff!

    Okay, it's not really a spinoff, more like a tie-in. I made a recording of my recent playthrough of Homeworld: Cataclysm, one of the three games this story is based on, and I'm planning to upload it to my Youtube page as a short series.

    The new video series will be an official part of the Stormbreaker Trilogy, taking place between the events of Faith in Chaos and The Stormbreakers, but it will not be part of the main story (AE, FiC, and TSB) owing to the fact that Cataclysm is referenced so frequently throughout the Trilogy. This little sideshow is kinda like Star Wars: The Clone Wars, a fun extra story in between the main installments.

    If you are interested in learning about the origins of the Beast, the primary enemy faction of The Stormbreakers, I strongly recommend watching my own battle against this terrifying enemy. Here's a link to the Macavity116 Youtube page, and I'll leave a direct link to the first episode of the series here as well.


    Unlike The Stormbreakers, new episodes in the series will be uploaded roughly every 48 hours. And considering that there will only be 17 videos in the series, it will be over quite quickly.

    Thanks for indulging me, readers. We'll resume the main story now. Onward!
    ======


    Chapter Twenty-Nine
    The Galactic Council


    y4m3ELAvMmUiqje0ukgO8ew5Kit7EA3jV5Y7SpXPHN0Ju0ScmlVPuEvR06inPtzjqrM0vLLePb3-OOa5x6ebMum9PY4zq_NPfcP1cg9UWrEcmi0ASUKcZFmi5P5ptt5RfOAU0gBwS6m9gZ2b9LQmQhbxIr3TsJEZ-zRqazSicndqDYJBwx1j2QlclRndewAk1xahO5o1Xnfd1veZVYBkEDS6w
    Caption said:
    The Balcora Supercluster viewed from an extreme distance. While there are no habitable worlds to be found in this region of space, it is quite densely populated with Progenitor relics and debris.

    Wednesday, January 9, 2036 - 11:30am
    The Eye of Aarran, Balcora, Hiigaran Empire


    Yuri Gagarin was the first man to fly in space. Alexi Leonov performed the first spacewalk. Neil Armstrong was the first of our kind to set foot on another world. And now… I was the first Human to see a black hole with his own two eyes.

    This was the highest point (so far) of what had been the most incredible week of my life. Leaving Earth behind had been the first of many experiences that would stay with me for the rest of my life. Jericho, Tsubaki, Soylent, Kathleen, and Hal had all joined me in the aft section of the Kakama, watching our world get smaller and smaller until it was nothing but a small pinprick in the window. After that two members of Team Takea showed us to the guest quarters where we would be staying with two other people.

    Sarah Harris, our New Zealander who spoke Maori, was still embedded with Team Takea and bore most of the responsibility for the crew of the Kakama now being able to speak English. Only a few Partogans and Assurians were genuinely fluent, but the rest of the crew was more than capable of sustaining basic conversation with us now. Sarah herself was now fluent in the Galactic Common language and was immersing herself in alien culture, striking up a close friendship with the two Assurian members of Team Takea: Temirzhan and his father, Adil.

    Yukiko Takahashi was living in the Captain’s Quarters as his “honored guest,” while Manako Ranginui, the Kakama’s commanding officer, had taken up temporary residence in the room next to us. The reunion with Yukiko was strained at best. During the 2015 invasion, she had been one of the first XCOM soldiers to surrender and join ADVENT. Yukiko told us that she had spent the occupation as a member of the ADVENT Government. As a reward for her service to them, the Elders had awakened Yukiko’s dormant Psionic powers. Fortunately for us, this actually backfired on the aliens. Shortly after receiving her Gift, Yukiko had been selected for some kind of “special project” and was almost transferred to a Gene Therapy Clinic in northern China, but she was removed from the project at the last second after a “more suitable alternate” had been discovered.

    Later that night, I had used the ship’s Faster-than-Light communications device to call home and relay this information to Chihiro and Mira. Mira confirmed that Yukiko was the Elder’s Chosen Assassin during the other timelines.

    “Just another sign that this cycle is proceeding in a vastly different fashion than all the others, Robinson.” Mira had said. “Future events will be even more unpredictable from here on out.”

    It was with extreme reluctance that we accepted Yukiko’s return to our side. Tsubaki held out the longest, refusing to join us at mealtimes in the galley until the third day of our voyage. Even when she did sit with the team, she would always put herself as far away from Yukiko as possible and never turned her eyes towards that side of the table.

    Between Earth and Balcora, we had to perform two Hyperspace jumps, and the first was absolutely jarring.

    No matter how much training we went through, nor how many lectures we sat through, there was nothing that could prepare me or my team for that first jump. Kanti Divakar, the albino Vanian, had to corral us into a Radiation Shelter as we all complained about Partogan Hyperspace tech not bearing any resemblance to the faster-than-light travel methods we’d seen in Human science fiction.

    “Seriously, how the bloody hell have you blokes not figured out Warp Drive yet!?” Soylent demanded to know. “It can’t be that hard!”

    “If the whole Galaxy’s been claimed and colonized, why not build a network of Wormhole Generators?” Tsubaki suggested.

    “I always wanted to stand on the bridge and watch the stars fly past super quick.” Kathleen groaned. “Come on, there can’t really be anythin’ dangerous about that, right?”

    With a frustrated groan, Kanti sealed the shelter door and addressed our concerns in turn.

    “Warping spacetime sounds dangerous, not to mention it probably requires unrealistic amounts of power. We don’t need wormhole generators because of the Hyperspace Network, and yes, Walsh. Standing on the bridge to ‘watch the stars fly past’ is not just dangerous, it’s lethal! Stay inside until the Quantum Wavefront makes its second pass.”

    None of us were ready for the translucent wall of purple light to move through the ship. Tsubaki screamed when the Quantum Wavefront passed through and Hal didn’t open his eyes again until it was gone. Yukiko froze and held still from pure fright, and me… I don’t wanna talk about how I felt just then. Let’s just say I’m not proud of how I handled my first Jump.

    Anyway, once we got out of Hyperspace, I was eager as hell to get out of that Shelter and go anywhere else. Unfortunately, the Kakama is a small ship once you get used to it. Barely two-hundred yards from end to end and only about fifty feet wide, there isn’t much space across her five decks to catch one’s breath.

    Fortunately for all of us, the second Hyperspace jump would involve a Slipgate.


    y4mRDO__mTUEr-U24dZG7iS7wiTOvrgBiJUbVtS5jhCrkyASQGjwmbbHS2h5FGxF6d6FcwoBKsb1nOzj1mdtzNybFVP2ZR2Lh5kaUFOh48O5gPDq15Kyzc_48ghU8p5V4YHC7zPxf-7vMtHedzNurAi78GGsLio7Xvme-1VprG_Ycrddd19TUJpWaBTaPacjq_7jlq--nljKL5LvGeVcE41vw
    Caption said:
    A Slipgate pictured near Earth. Slipgates are naturally occurring Hyperspace Gates that are always in an open state, leading to a matching Slipgate elsewhere in the Galaxy. Unlike artificial gates, Slipgates have only one possible destination and will never lead anywhere else. Highly sophisticated technology is required to close them.

    As we learned, Slipgates are naturally occurring Hyperspace Gates. Human scientists would probably just call them “wormholes.” This time, there would be no need to shelter away from deadly radiation. Manako invited Yukiko and my team up to the bridge to watch the jump. Tsubaki made a point of following me around the Kakama’s bridge, taking a great interest in the same things I did. Soylent didn’t care so much about the Slipgate and instead spent his time asking the Partogans questions about their facial tattoos. Yukiko got into a deep discussion with Manako about how spacefaring governments decided who owned Slipgates. From the little snippets of conversation I overheard, I could tell that Yukiko was trying to figure out how the United Nations of Earth could claim ownership over a Slipgate.

    Unlike a conventional Hyperspace jump, a Slipgate jump was instantaneous, so once the countdown to the jump began, I looked out the window and picked a blue star in the distance. Tracking it with my eyes, I wanted to observe the exact moment we transitioned to a completely different part of the Galaxy.

    This was a bad idea.

    Kanti loudly counted down the seconds until we crossed the event horizon of the Slipgate and I kept my eyes locked on that blue star. The instant we crossed the Slipgate I was blinded by a fantastic white light! I recoiled from the window, blinking furiously and cursing.

    “Sorry, Robinson!” Kanti said. “I forgot to warn you about the accretion disk!”

    I felt a wave of Psionic energy wash over me, and a moment later the purple afterimage burned into my sightline faded away. Blinking my eyes one last time, I looked out the window again and saw the yawning abyss below the Kakama. It was a black hole!

    “Honored Human guests, let me welcome you to Balcora!” Manako said. “Just so you know, we’re about one hundred-fifty light years away from the center of the Galaxy. This is also the largest cluster of Supermassive black holes anywhere in the cosmos, so feel free to enjoy the view while we maneuver towards the Eye of Aarran.”

    Tsubaki pressed both of her hands to the glass and held her face so close to the window that it began to fog up.

    “Is there supposed to be this much light!?”

    I honestly can’t tell you how many black holes make up the Balcora Supercluster. Each one of them had a bright accretion disc that was throwing light in all directions, causing the entire region to be illuminated with a heavenly orange and yellow light. I think I directly laid eyes on only one of the actual black holes… and let me tell you, the name does not do those things justice. It was like staring into eternal oblivion. The darkness total and absolute, and I honestly found the bottomless well of eternity to be kind of fascinating. I would have watched that black hole all day, but eventually something happened to distract me.

    “Attention incoming Partogan warship.” Said a warm and kind voice. “Please transmit today’s recognition codes and state your intended destination.”

    With great effort, Tsubaki and I looked away from the black hole and saw what else was going on.

    A spaceship had blocked the Kakama’s path and was challenging her. Through the forward windows of the bridge, I saw that this new spaceship was gargantuan in size! Nearly twenty miles long and almost a quarter of a mile high, this vessel was bristling with an array of weaponry that I could scarcely make sense of, but it was Kathleen who had spotted the ship’s most unique asset:

    “Jesus Christ!” Kathleen gasped. “That’s a gun! That’s a giant gun!”

    She was right. There was a weapon of unimaginable size and scale embedded within the approaching warship. In fact, now that I looked more closely, I realized that the entire warship’s hull was pretty much wrapped around the length of the entire weapon. Only the very end of the barrel of the gun was visible, sticking out of the ship’s bow. A noise drew my attention back to the Triple Alliance crew around us. Several Assurians, including Temirzhan and Adil, had stepped away from their stations and had started kowtowing on the floor, touching their heads to the floor and murmuring something that sounded like prayer.

    I looked over at Manako and Sarah.

    “What the hell’s going on?”

    Sarah spoke in a hushed tone, pointing at the massive ship in the window.

    “That is Sajuuk, the great Creator-God. He’s worshipped around the Galaxy as He-Whose-Hand-Shapes-What-Is.”


    y4mzlSINa1Q9JMzEmmDXwRQfvNG8P15H98Gso01xN4icZBULjG8KvGqPv7bG4yYHjUoezOtRJi9nfb1K0TrV38ATcdNAbcjHZL3gw_tLGppvziPsPJ54-7mwfwEj80FgYcsbaApUBOZ-LMy6WnnVt_8agF1F0kQpWCWaOcUQ2nXguNLM__07D4kkfUT6QsYD7cUoNqJOn5_Hmr99IeIxOtpKQ
    Caption said:
    Sajuuk, the Creator-God Whose Hand Shapes What Is. Photographed after its appearance at the Siege of Hiigara twelve years ago. This Progenitor warship houses all three Hyperspace Cores in its aft section and mounts a long-ranged Phased Cannon Array that allows the warship to project power at extreme ranges and intensities. This one ship is more than capable of defeating whole armadas on its own.

    My jaw dropped as I remembered our Galactic history lesson back on Earth. So, this was the ten-thousand-year-old Progenitor battleship? The one the Hiigarans and Vaygr had fought a holy war over? If it really was, then that voice we had just heard belonged to…

    “Good to hear from you again, Sajuuk-Khar S’jet.” Manako replied into his radio headset. “My comms officer is transmitting the codes now. We need to go to Hiigara. We’re carrying the Human Envoy to the next session of the Galactic Council.”

    The Kakama drew level with Sajuuk, or as level as the frigate could get against a vessel that outsized and outmatched it so badly. Watching through the windows, I saw several railguns along Sajuuk’s hull return to their ready positions, no longer aiming at us.

    “Recognition codes received and accepted.” Replied the voice of Karan S’jet. “The Eye of Aarran is already pointing towards Hiigara, as delegates have already begun to assemble. Before you go, I have some good news for you. The infected Levakian fleet at Nithascal was routed by Triple Alliance forces two days ago. For the time being, your homeworld is safe.”

    This news drew a positive response from every Triple Alliance crewmember on the bridge. Manako had to mute his mic for a second as the assorted Vanian crewmembers let out shrill bird calls to one another. Temirzhan shouted “Praise Sajuuk!” then he sprang up, grabbed Sarah’s hand, and raised it into the air like a boxer being declared the winner of a match.

    “Praise Sajuuk!” Temirzhan yelled again.

    A little reluctantly, Sarah joined in the chant. Assurians, Amadii, Vanian, and a few members of the Levakian crew all chanted their celebratory praises for half a minute while the Partogans, Kelt, and the other Levakians looked on in bemusement. The latter half of the group followed a different religion and did not worship Sajuuk.

    Once the celebrations died down, Manako called Sajuuk and thanked Karan for the news.

    “There is one other thing you need to know.” Karan added. “The Triple Alliance Flagship Mahuika is in orbit above the Angel Moon. Your Fleet Commander asked me to let you know that they are carrying a payload of Aetherium and Protodermis that needs to be transferred to your vessel before you leave.”

    Manako thanked Karan again, then he ordered the helmsman to set course for the Eye of Aarran.

    “Next stop, Hiigara!” Sarah told me and my team. “The Progenitor Hyperspace Network will take us right there!”

    “You’ve gotta admit this is cool!” Hal Macintosh pointed to a map of the Galaxy on the back wall. “It’s fifteen-hundred light years between Earth and Hiigara, and we travelled that distance in all of five days!”

    Kailani Kalili, who had been listening this whole time, laughed and said:

    “Could you image what it would be like without the Hyperspace Network!? A round trip between Partoga and Earth might take, oh I dunno… three years! That would be terrible!”

    Adil, Temirzhan’s father, interrupted our chat.

    “Commander Ranginui, we’re coming up on the Eye of Aarran!”


    y4mQh-Kw_ReEeVrE-RpFpldjO6pT0Ul3oLpWvDdshcoFsnH1ni4BozTnqQiSVaPpGohe7MRhhdHYWTzkP7De0BJS2xKXFmX3C1HE-e_yOMKh88gLHFIpXc5GEfa2Yuj-LAyiTadB8yDRBcecM3IWyR10td4dLf6gA3XzEYhS7zXdtvS3k0rCENFS4YSAzxauyiTFMwUqv22ad2hiwu75hPEFw
    Caption said:
    The Eye of Aarran photographed from below. When a ship passes through the aperture, they can transit to any location in the Galaxy instantaneously, as though they were using a Hyperspace Core.

    Looking out the main window, the sight laid out before us caused silence to fall on the bridge. An alien megastructure the size of a gas giant was sprawling out ahead of us. It was as though a whole city had been carved out of the surface of a world and just left here, hanging in the void. Thousands, possibly tens of thousands of spaceships of every size and shape were buzzing around the structure like bees around their hive, while a magnificent white light emanated from the center of the structure.

    “Impressed?” Temirzhan asked us.

    The younger Assurian wiped beads of sweat off the ridges on his forehead and addressed our group, but I couldn’t help but notice that his narrow eyes kept darting towards Sarah.

    “From here, you can access almost any point in the Galaxy as though your ship was a Far Jumper.” He explained. “No need for a Hyperspace Core. If it wasn’t for this war, the Network would tie the entire Galaxy together as never before. Travel and communication made as easy as breathing.

    “Imagine the possibilities.” Yukiko gasped. “Exploration vessels sent to the furthest reaches of creation. Innumerable worlds opened up to discovery and colonization.”

    “Or a Galactic Community made whole.” Manako concluded. “Speaking of which, we’ll be passing through the Eye in five… four… three…”

    The Kakama dove within the alien superstructure and began flying down a narrow trench towards a hollow ring. Once again, I picked a reference point to stare at out the window, and this time I was neither disappointed nor blinded. In an instant, the alien structure around us was replaced by a new and completely different view.

    A city now lay below us… and not just any city, it was a metropolis that seemed to have grown so large that it had engulfed every inch of the world lying below us. The Kakama had rematerialized above some kind of city-world!

    “Welcome!” Manako announced; “To the Galactic Council!”


    y4mQtsfRqNDnB3LCJvr8-jwArKlMEDtjNB2go4h8qaAZKskk72kyAs5q6IfCwjmIAJViyQKVF5sAcKsS2afyhFQw7idG1vkVJWphzKp_o8I4oaHklulCnSug_LI61-FWKI4jlz1LEEhN4mqZOmIk32PyW-iRca_3x7TqbJQhGKKm_8KJK3z5tl4QV-7Ury3sFY71BIoLAZYnyaCrMa6lYqABg
    Caption said:
    The Galactic Council assembles at is usual meeting place. The supranational forum has been headquartered on the Angel Moon ever since the Hiigaran people were forced into exile by the Taiidan over 3,500 years ago. The Council briefly relocated to Blorg during the Taiidan Civil War and the Vaygr Wars before eventually returning.

    Thursday, January 10, 2036 - 00:15am
    Galactic Senate Chamber, The Angel Moon, Hiigaran Empire



    “Ah, this is just like old times.”

    “Walsh, how is this anything like the ‘old times?’”

    “Aw, c’mon, Trojan! Remember when you were just a wee little pup an’ your daddy was on top o’ the world? How me an’ my team would form a ring around your family and watch the crowd for suspicious faces?”

    “I seem to remember you only had eyes for me, Walsh. You never did like it when I shook hands with people in the crowd.”

    “That’s ‘cause a kidnapper could have just pulled you away!” Kathleen turned her attention to Yukiko. “Speakin’ of which Miss Envoy, the same rule goes for you! No shakin’ hands with anyone, and don’t accept gifts from nobody either! Don’t take anythin’ even if it’s the space alien version of a teddy bear!”

    Forming a tight ring around Yukiko Takahashi, the Stormbreakers and their charge slowly followed the men and women of Team Takea into the Galactic Council building. We had to move slowly because the Angel Moon was a much smaller body than Earth, and therefore gravity here was much weaker. The half-smile on Tsubaki’s face betrayed the fact that she just wanted to bounce around the place like a trampolinist. Up ahead, Temirzhan was talking about the Galactic Security Council, or GSC for short.

    “…Established in the aftermath of the First Hyperspace War over thirty-five hundred years ago, the Hiigaran Empire is a founding member of the Council and has a seat on the Security Council. There are two other members of the Security Council: The Taiidan Republic and the Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth. All three seats are up for election every ten years, but no one has been willing to challenge of the incumbents for a very long time. The ‘Big Three’ as they are called, have had total control of the Security Council for neigh upon a century!”

    The entrance hall of the Galactic Council building was a magnificent place that put the Palace of Nations on Earth to shame. Any surface that wasn’t covered in ornate guided trimmings had been made shiny and chrome. Immense crystal chandeliers hung from the ceiling while silver carpets decorated the hallway leading towards the Galactic Senate Chambers. A large and luxurious-looking elevator nearby was being guarded by several huge aliens that looked like…

    “Oh my god!” Hal gasped. “Blake! Look! Those are orcs!”

    He pointed to the big, muscular aliens guarding the elevator doors. Their faces had pig-like features, complete with little eyes, snout noses, and tusks sticking out the bottom of their mouths. Remembering our Galactic history lessons, I quickly corrected him.

    “Macintosh, those aren’t orcs. Those are Taiidani.”


    y4mpRfiHR2HWPd5ZT00Rl6fe0T5Hxqjl58_ApTb7JKNU_jvhfkaeob7eQakONkKfkp71XMoVpBH-FPnXdj7msgLSLtpos9DGdRhidhczg6UxKtFhdsrtbG7BIYrQLxyewLNjl7LGk4Cealu2cQ8j9OBhPdTSM8DeJZsYLj1i_dRfebNzYL1ocApLB3vUuUWH0Wgbg6cQOE2Y96tU4iMEB__eA

    “Correct.” Temirzhan said. “The Galactic Council only moved here recently. A century ago, this complex was the vacation home of Taiidani Emperor Riesstiu the Fourth the Second. He was the genetic clone of the Mad Emperor Khaldeesh, a man who was so frightened and paranoid of assassins that he passed a law stating the Taiidan Emperor could only be succeeded by his own genetic clone…”

    Temirzhan kept talking, mostly to distract us from the fact that everyone was staring at us. Aliens of all shapes and sizes watched our party and whispered to one another. A smelly misshapen fungoid seemed quite happy to see us, while a lifeform made entirely of rocks raised its arm in what seemed to be a respectful salute. But the biggest surprise of all came when a short, sleek looking alien stepped forward to greet our party.

    Soylent, Hal, and I were left paralyzed with disbelief and our mouths fell open. A humanoid alien with mocha-colored skin, silky black hair, green eyes, and small pointed ears greeted us with a warm smile. Right off the bat, my first impression was of how insanely attractive this woman was, and the stylized image of a sunrise tattooed on her upper arms only enhanced the view.

    “Welcome to the Hiigaran Empire.” The alien spoke in the Galactic Common. “My name is Priya Paktu-Re. I’ve been asked to show you to your seats. For the time being, Earth has been given probationary Observer Status pending a vote on the political status of Earth..”

    “Blake.” Hal couldn’t take his eyes off the alien woman. “Is that what I think it is?”

    To be fair, I was hooked as well. I fought the impulse to look over every inch of the alien female and failed to hold myself back.

    “I’m seeing the same thing you are.” I whispered back. “Not sure I believe it though.”

    “Lord have mercy.” Soylent breathed. “Elves. She’s a bona-fide elf, just as beautiful as in the fantasy movies too. We really are on the Angel Moon!”

    Even Jericho had been transfixed by the alien woman.

    “Well, now I know why men go crazy for elves.” Jericho’s voice sounded a little lost and dreamy. “They’re clearly onto something.”

    While Yukiko shook hands with the elf woman and introduced herself, Kathleen went from one Stormbreaker the next and swatted us all on the back of the head.

    “Robinson, you’re a married man!” Kathleen scolded me.

    “And besides,” Tsubaki added. “She’s not an elf. She’s Hiigaran. Remember the history class?”


    y4mOWWNPGTf37KoR4QEt3J_RGUE6ex-R1vtiFhdNEBLbfGIW5uh2wCNwTg3BwkmSiz45HVCJST7Q73aVzCccXQVdbCA_DffoBc36FjTyvcLIyuB3L2h7wQyOQsGHhuIcUAl-N3fWnh6nhI2-EjxQAK1Wcjh3Ms6w80HKafAzA2dRwiHm4mNvpLfZ_5aq79tyy5wLutJvclD0kJx7F2tMwqSHg

    Right. Hiigaran. The history lesson came rushing back. Priya Paktu-Re wasn’t this woman’s full name. Hiigaran people were divided into many clans, called “Kiith.” Because we were strangers, Priya had given us her first name and clan name while withholding her actual surname. The name “Paktu-Re” meant that she had not been born into Kiith Paktu, but had abandoned her birth clan and had joined Paktu recently. Kiith Paktu itself was a tight-knit collective of farmers who mostly kept to Agri-Worlds in the Inner Rim.

    We followed Priya into the Galactic Senate chamber, where delegates, envoys, and ambassadors from all over the Galaxy were starting to assemble. In the huge chamber, I could see far more species of aliens than had been involved in the occupation of Earth. Insectoids chattered amongst themselves while reptilians, mammalians and avians traded news, several groups of humanoid beings pointed at us and whispered amongst each other while a delegation of stone people (lithoids) were watching the proceeding in silence.

    In the very front of the chamber was an elevated stage. A podium stood front and center, while behind it were forty-seven flagpoles all in a line. As the time came for the session to get started, a team of Hiigaran Marines entered the room and began to raise the flags of the forty-seven member-states of the Galactic Council. I felt my stomach turn when I saw the red and gold colors of the ADVENT Coalition ascend one of the flagpoles.

    Finally, Yukiko found her place. At a long thin table were three chairs, in front of which could be found three placards. The Earth delegation was seated between the Taiidan Republic and the United States of Assuria. However, the placard in front of Yukiko’s seat still said: “ADVENT Coalition.”

    All of the Stormbreakers except for Jericho were asked to move to the back of the chamber. All of Team Takea followed suit. The Envoys of Partoga and Assuria had arrived separately. While we waited for the meeting to begin, Yukiko casually struck up a conversation with the Taiidani ambassador, slyly turning the topic to interplanetary trade and mentioning the fact that Earth was only a short distance away from Taiidan’s southern border.

    At the front of the chamber, a middle-aged Hiigaran man stepped up to the podium and called for silence. Like other Hiigarans, this man had the symbol of his clan tattooed to his body. In this case, the insignia of Kiith Naabal adorned both of his hands.

    “That is Elohim Naabal, President of the General Assembly.” Manako told me.

    President Naabal silenced the room, and once everybody had taken their seats, he spoke.

    “I would like to start today’s proceedings by congratulating the brave warriors of the Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth on their spectacular victory at Nithascal. It is most reassuring to see that the Beast’s latest offensive finally seems to have run out of momentum. I have no doubts that soon we will see the tides turn. Before we resume the list of planned speakers from our previous session, are there any delegates who wish to present new business to the Galactic Senate?”

    Down in the center of the chamber, a Levakian male stood up and raised his forepaw high. In the bright light of the room, I could clearly make out his orange mane and golden-brown fur from so far away. President Naabal pointed toward the Levakian and said:

    “The Chair recognizes the honorable delegate from the Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth for two minutes.”

    The Levakian spoke in a loud voice, just below the level of a roar:

    “The Commonwealth of Partogans and Levakians moves to give Earth’s seat in the Galactic Council to the honorable Delegation from the United Nations of Earth!”

    Almost at once, several alien delegates rose from their seats and shouted:

    “I second that motion!”

    President Naabal nodded and pointed towards a small reptilian lizard.

    “The Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth and the Republic of Kelta,” The President said, “Have proposed that Earth’s seat in the body be given to the United Nation of Earth. I remind this body that Earth’s seat on the Council is presently occupied by the ADVENT Coalition, which was legally recognized by this body as the legitimate government of Earth twenty years ago. Should the seat be transferred to a new owner, ADVENT’s recognition and membership in the Galactic Council will be terminated by default, and the United Nations of Earth will become ADVENT’s successor state, assuming all diplomatic, military, and financial responsibilities for the government it supersedes.”

    Behind the President, a screen lit up. It was an exhaustive list of every member-state of the Galactic Council.

    “Is there any further discussion before we proceed to the vote?”

    Silence.

    “Seeing none at this time, delegates, the question on the floor is this: ‘Should the United Nations of Earth succeed the ADVENT Coalition in the Galactic Council?’ You may vote by pressing the associated buttons on your desks now.”

    Tsubaki gripped my hand nervously as we watched the results of the vote come in, but after just ten seconds, we all breathed a sigh of relief. The Galactic Council had voted overwhelmingly in our favor!


    y4mmYvxLsmYelaUQBhmaNMX92XEW8QXN1hgVTjplwNdh8xySPZmz7Sd53srvgPu9BYfSMvWg1kwepQWcpwtOoT8Gg2hg4Rmyr26IOPs-uMhqRmkTBnX7QpohxGO9OUEoLpZ7BREI-WouC9KwlNqVPIHVD3R17UMrC2vI0V2SecbkZ5F0FKRaNUVVD2IHPnrRKQYaJIFMi1EhATSAnNCUTZMuQ
    Caption said:
    The ADVENT Coaltion is formally ejected from the Galactic Community, it should be noted that most of the star nations marked as "Not Present" were absent from the proceedings because of their own destruction by the Beast.

    Thunderous applause and some cheers filled the hall while a group of Hiigaran Marines approached the flagpole bearing the ADVENT flag. One of them turned around and waved at Yukiko. Standing up to another round of applause, Humankind’s first ambassador to the Galactic Council moved down the isle towards the stage, carrying a blue bundle under her arm. At Yukiko’s insistence, Jericho followed behind her. Even from all the way in the back, I could see that Jericho’s orange and yellow Hawaiian Army Uniform was drawing attention from the Levakians in the crowd, whose fur and clothing followed a similar color scheme.

    Yukiko passed a triangular piece of folded fabric to Jericho, and then she went to the podium. While Yukiko addressed the Galactic Council, Jericho helped the Hiigarans raise the blue and white flag of the United Nations of Earth.

    “On behalf of the people of Earth,” Yukiko spoke in decent Galactic Common. “We thank you for accepting us into the Galactic Community. Our people have reclaimed their freedom during what seems to be the Galaxy’s darkest hour, so our first message to our new interstellar neighbors is this old Human saying: ‘The night is darkest before the dawn.’ You have my word that our people will stand strong alongside you all in the fight that is to come. We will fight the Beast and earn our place amongst this grand Community, and with Sajuuk’s blessing, we will see the final victory together!”



    It was one of the busiest days of my whole life. For the next nine hours or so, the Stormbreakers escorted Yukiko all over the Galactic Council complex as she travelled to the offices of countless delegates for private meetings. She spent a great deal of time and energy trying to purchase or trade for the resources needed to build the Trinity superweapon. As it turned out, there was an unexpected hiccup in the plan.

    Earth wasn’t the only planet working on a Beast-killing wonder weapon.

    The Taiidani and Partogans were both working on such systems. The Vanians had also attempted to build a superweapon, but their Homeworld had fallen to the Beast before it could be completed, and now that weapon had been turned against them. While we waited for Yukiko to finish pestering the delegate from Assuria for access to the Assurian Nanite stockpile, a group of Partogan women cautiously approached us, giggling and whispering as they pointed at Soylent’s facial tattoo.

    Sarah Harris cursed to herself quietly.

    “Soylent! I thought I told you to get that thing covered up!”

    One of the Partogans pointed at Soylent’s tattoo and said:

    “He he tinihanga! Kei te taakaro ia i nga tinihanga!”

    Sarah rolled her eyes and sighed.

    “Great, they think you’re pulling some kind of prank, Soylent. I’ve got half a bloody mind to fly back to Earth and ask Kuznetsova for one of her face masks.

    Soylent’s Maori-style facial tattoo certainly proved to be one hell of a conversation starter as the day went on. Partogans of any age and gender seemed drawn to it and almost universally had the same reaction: a general sense of bemusement.

    Soylent wasn’t the only member of our team who drew attention. The role my team had played in the overthrow of the ADVENT Coalition had somehow leaked out. Knowing Yukiko, this had happened intentionally. Either way, it wasn’t long before we were confronted by an alien news reporter… or rather, I should say: Jericho was confronted.

    A sloth-like alien with a camera crew caught Jericho when she was returning to us from the restroom.

    “Erik Akselsen, Xenonian News!” The sloth introduced himself. “I already know who you are, of course, the legendary Human Psion who delivered the final blow in the Battle for Earth!”

    Akselsen offered one of his paws to Jericho, who shook it lightly.

    “You know, I’ll never get used to aliens knowing my name.”

    “You might have to do that.” Akselsen replied. “Refugees from Earth have been spreading the tales of your exploits far and wide across the entire Galaxy. I think it’s time your story is given proper treatment, don’t you? Why don’t you take a moment to answer some of the burning questions the Galactic Community has for you?”

    I saw Jericho’s eyes narrow, the expression she usually made when she was trying to read someone’s mind.

    “Sure, I’ve got a minute to spare.”

    The Xenonian News reporter got to work right away, putting on a more businesslike tone while his compatriots aimed their cameras at Jericho.

    “Our sources in the UNE government tell us that you were at the heart of the action during the battle for Earth. It is widely reported that you used your Psionic abilities to overpower multiple members of the Ethereal race, a group of Psionic beings long thought to be both immortal and indomitable. Political analysts throughout the Galaxy were shocked to learn that afterwards, you did not immediately install yourself as the new Godlike ruler of Earth, an action that has come to be expected of powerful Psionic individuals since the days of the old Taiidani Empire. Could you tell us why you chose not to seize power during your moment of triumph?”

    I felt the bottom fall out of my stomach. That was actually a really poignant question. Jericho was, without debate, the most powerful Gifted person on Earth. When the Elders had been defeated, there would have been nothing and no one to stop Jericho from taking the fallen mantle of “God-King” for herself. The thought was quite scary.

    “Honestly, the idea never crossed my mind.” Jericho told the reporter. “What’s the point of being a freedom fighter if you’re not going set anyone free, right?”

    “Speaking of which,” Akselsen added, “The Human Envoy recently promised that your planet would begin to pull its weight in the Second Hyperspace War. Are you willing to make the same promise now, Jericho? Will you fight for the Galaxy’s freedom like you fought for your own species?”

    “Absolutely!” Jericho looked right into the camera. “We’re all in this war together now, so I promise I’ll fight for everyone as though they were my own.”

    Akselen nodded and turned to face his cameraman.

    “Viewers at home, you’re watching an exclusive Xenonian News interview with Jericho, the Human Psion who singlehandedly overpowered the Ethereal beings that enslaved her world. When we come back, we’ll ask the crucial questions like: What does a young adult Hiigaranoid with godlike powers do in her off time? Is there a special apostle in her life, and if not, could it be you? And of course, we’ll ask the inevitable question: How long until this young woman uses her powers to become a Divine Sovereign like the old Taiidani Emperors or the God-Kings of Assuria? We’ll have these answers and more in just a moment!”



    Within hours of Jericho’s interview with the Xenonian News reporter, her face could be seen on screens of all sizes all over the Galactic Council building, and nearly every alien seemed to know her name. Jericho’s story had been broadcasted to the entire Galaxy!

    “Congratulations.” Manako Ranginui said. “You’re only the second member of the Human species to become a Galactic celebrity, but you’re making a much better impression than Akira Robinson.”



    Eventually, after hours of haggling with alien diplomats, Yukiko managed to score a meeting with some representatives of the Republican Taiidani military. According to her, the Republic was working on a battle station called the “Nomad Moon Mark Two” that used some of the same construction materials as the Trinity. While Yukiko met with them in a closed-door session, we were finally free to take a break in one of the many lounges this place seemed to have.

    Soylent, Tsubaki, Sarah, and Jericho all passed out on one of the many couches in the lounge while Kathleen refused to go off-duty for even a moment. The former Secret Service agent positioned herself near the doorway and took to watching aliens move up and down the hallway. Hal and I, meanwhile, took an interest in several Hyperwave terminals on the far side of the room. Unfortunately, neither of us knew how to work these things, and we just spent the first half-hour of our free time pressing buttons, trying to make something happen with no luck.

    About an hour into our breaktime, three members of Team Takea entered the lounge where we were resting. They were so busy bickering that they didn’t notice us at first.

    The albino peahen named Kanti seemed to be having an argument with the red and blue peacock named Reepi. While the two Vanians squawked incessantly at one another, Kailani Kalili seemed to have lapsed into yet another moment of insanity. She pranced around the room, arms swinging comically while she sang to herself:

    “…Faces and voices and voices and faces, voiceless faces and faceless voices…”

    Meanwhile, Kanti shook her head and tail feathers in frustration.

    “Alright, alright already! I’ll do it!” she sounded upset. “But you owe me big time, Imvu!”

    Reepi seemed quite relieved and bent his head in a shallow bow.

    “You will not regret this!” Reepi said. “This will work to my advantage in more ways than you can count!”

    And then Reepi swept out of the room with a clatter of talons and feathers, ignoring us completely. Kanti let out an exasperated sigh and, with one flap of her nearly twelve-foot wingspan, she lifted herself to the head of a nearby armchair and sat down. Finally, she acknowledged us.

    “Hello, Humans. Sorry you had to hear that.”

    Kathleen shrugged.

    “S’no problem, Miss Divakar. There anythin’ we can do to help?”

    “No, no no.” Kanti swept her tail feathers and shook her head. “Nothing you can do, plus I can sense you’re all taking a well-earned rest. Reepi and I normally take it in shifts to bring Kalili back to sanity, but Reepi was so determined to worm his way out of his duties today and I just didn’t have the patience to argue back.”

    With a yawn, Jericho woke up and sat upright on the couch.

    “Hang on.” She said. “I was always really curious how you got Kailani to snap out of… well, whatever her broken mind is doing. I wanna see.”

    “Yeah, me too.” I added.

    Kanti shrugged.

    “Sorry to disappoint, but there’s nothing too special about it.” The peahen admitted. “Either Reepi or myself just use our unique Psionic power on Kalili and she wakes up right away. Thing is, the effect wears off after a while. That’s why we have to take it in shifts.”

    “Hang on.” Kathleen said. “Did you just say what I think you said? You and Reepi have the same unique power?”

    “When an entire species is Gifted,” Kanti explained, “Individual unique powers get bred out of the population after some time. All Vanians have the same special power. It’s just unique to our species instead of individuals.”

    “How does it work?” I asked. “And how does it stop Kailani from being insane?”

    Kanti opened her wings and flew across the lounge, landing on Kailani’s shoulder. The Partogan woman swayed dangerously on her feet, looked at Kanti, and began to giggle.

    “White bird, tiny face, but your voice sounds like it belongs to a little kid!” Kailani sniggered.

    Looking around at us, Kanti said:

    “Poor Kalili has been obsessed with faces and voices ever since the Beast got inside her mind a few years back. My special power allows her to redirect that obsession in a more constructive way. You see, just like all others of my species… I can force someone to fall in love with me.”

    Kanti wrapped one of her wings around Kailani’s head and forced the Partogan to look at her. Kailani and Kanti stared into one another’s eyes for about ten seconds, and Kailani’s whole demeanor seemed to change in that time. She stopped swaying and her insane giggles subsided. The smile on her face fell into an expression of realization, and then Kailani began to sob.

    “Kanti!” Kailani gasped. “Oh, Holy Miranda! Thank you! Thank you so much!”

    Kailani wrapped both of her arms around the peahen who squawked in protest.

    “Too hard!” Kanti complained. “You always hug too hard!”

    Kanti pulled herself free from Kailani’s grip and flew to a nearby table.

    “Just so you know, Kalili,” Kanti said. “You were only out of it for about a minute. I brought you right back.”

    Kailani’s eyes got huge and she put both of her hands over her heart as though she’d just been put under Cupid’s spell of love... which now that I think about it… that’s genuinely what happened to her!

    “Kanti, you’re so kind and wonderful to me!” Kailani gushed. “Thank you thank you so much… I don’t know how I’ll ever pay you back!”

    Ahem… I really… really didn’t like the suggestive tone of voice Kailani used for that final sentence. Just throwing that out there. Jericho, meanwhile, looked dumbfounded.

    “That is one hell of a power!” She declared. “And your people have always been able to do that to each other!?”

    “Oh, no!” Kanti shook her head. “We used to have a different power, but it changed after the Great Séance.”

    “Séance?” Soylent repeated. “You’ve lost me, peacock.”

    Kanti rolled her eyes.

    “After the Bentusi were overthrown in the First Hyperspace War, my people were freed from their Psionic oversight.” Kanti said. “Our greatest telepaths gathered together and held the Great Séance. It was the first time we connected with the Shroud, and we gained our power that day.”

    “Shroud?” I asked.

    “Mira can tell you more when you get back to Earth next week.” Kanti brushed off my question.

    Kailani seemed eager to share what she knew about this as well.

    “Oh! Oh! I remember that!” She said. “The history books said it was like your whole species went through some ‘great awakening’ or something like that, right?”

    “It was four thousand years ago.” Kanti finished. “I’m sure the history books have whittled the experience down to whatever could fit on a single page. History always forgets the finer details."

    Unwilling to continue the conversation, Kanti pointed at Hal and myself with one wingtip and said:

    “Kalili, could you be a good friend and help me show these Humans how to work the Hyperwave?”

    “Anything for you, Kanti!”



    Travelling fifteen hundred light years to an alien world is an incredible experience, but talking to Earth using a faster-than-light communications system quickly took the cake as my new favorite memory on this trip. When Chihiro, Mira, and Commander Bradford appeared on the Hyperwave Terminal screen in front of us, all of the gathered Stormbreakers cheered loudly!

    “Oh my gosh! Blake!” Chihiro gasped. “Where are you!?”

    “On the Hiigaran Angel Moon!” I replied. “Over fifteen-hundred light years away from you guys!”

    “I haven’t been to the Angel Moon in a very long time.” Mira said. “Jericho, is it still as beautiful as I told you it was?”

    “That and more.” Jericho confirmed.

    Commander Bradford pushed his way into focus.

    “I don’t see Takahashi. Where is she?”

    “She’s in a private meeting with some Taiidani admirals.” I said. “I think she’s actually going to secure some of the materials we need for the Trinity before the day is done.”

    Bradford nodded.

    “Very good. We’re all expecting your safe return soon, Robinson. Hopefully by then, Takahashi will be convinced she doesn’t need an XCOM bodyguard.”

    “It seems very safe and secure here, sir!” Kathleen chimed in. “She definitely doesn’t need a fireteam of XCOM’s best out here.”

    “What about you?” Tsubaki asked. “Chi-chan, you look kinda stressed out. What’s going on over there?”

    Chihiro gave an overdramatic sigh.

    “I’m receiving the attentions of a mad scientist, Tsubaki. You wanna meet her?”

    Without waiting for an answer, Chihiro turned her head and shouted:

    “Vahlen! Old friends wanna talk!”

    When XCOM’s former chief scientist slid into frame, I swear all of the air was suddenly sucked out of the room. Things went really, really, REALLY quiet. Doctor Moria Vahlen looked old and battered, but she was clearly the same scientist who had unlocked the secrets of Meld and Elerium so long ago.

    When Vahlen saw Jericho, her eyes lit up!

    “Oh, happy day!” The old scientist declared. “I am shocked to see the Jericho subject turned out so well! I daresay she appears to be perfect, but I must reserve judgment until she returns!”

    “You’ll get plenty of chances to poke and prod when Jericho comes back next week.” Bradford said.

    The Commander looked like he wanted to say something else, but then the screen began to flicker and the image flitted into and out of clarity.

    “What the hell?” Bradford’s voice sounded faint and scratchy through the speakers.

    “Something’s happening.” Kailani commented as she fiddled with the controls. “We’re losing the signal!”

    “Jericho!” Mira was no longer visible on the screen. “Can you still hear us? We’re losing the connection!”

    “Blake!”

    “Chi!”

    And then, just like that, the Hyperwave Terminal died. We fanned out, attempting to use the other five Hyperwave devices in the room, but none of them were working.

    “I don’t get it.” Kailani said. “The Hyperwave network’s never gone down before. This isn’t normal!”

    “Hey, what’s going on out there!?” Kanti shouted.

    Hal, Kathleen, and I looked around.

    The hallway outside the lounge had suddenly become abuzz with activity. Diplomats and military officers were moving with a newfound sense of urgency, and the low hum of chatter had taken on a new tone, a darker one. Kanti fluttered over to one of the doors and listened, both with her Psionics and physical ears.

    “Something has happened. Something serious!” she informed us.

    “I’m sensing panic.” Jericho put her fingers to her temples. “A lot of panic. I think… I think word of a disaster just reached the delegates!”

    And then… confirmation came. It came in the form of a loud crackle as the public address system came to life. From wall and ceiling mounted speakers in every room, the voice of President Elohim Naabal echoed throughout the halls and chambers of the building, delivering a message that would strike fear and terror into the entire Galaxy:

    "Your attention please! This is President Naabal! The Beast has taken control of the Eye of Aarran. I advise everyone to evacuate before infected ships arrive here! Evacuate! I repeat! EVACUATE!!”


    y4m84hOPJKOpxA1JH3SSoV_Boa5zdYLStiGt11CBmZ5EyvbwnOPfpu4I4wuQ07roPXkl7vuGgqa5YuoskU2zNcImh4c9yx7qYr8z1PXlaEulXLU4et_Apby3na4dS-VW7eGb9_Ehw2VAjGQRoXIJNFUrjkmEhDqKQzZA10LOIC4JiP2-OKbbfqGTE5enWS18s_t7AJv6mbiF6M2KgWGX2RAbA

     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 30: Assault on Chapel Perilous

  • Chapter Thirty
    Assault on Chapel Perilous


    y4mzk34zTvRoDIHf69IpGT7esEmWx-5Hkntymn9SZ7mCvhxBOqhkJq7zdBC03hWWnlsRIWi8nHyPzyvSdrWRLiTOJ3XL2iHy2NNmtpBDwN9ZuBTjCShKeSihbM0zo0WG4dcnDRFz53JA4DJlfGehtNlFrFNIJD3lNHNywOsCkcqVdpfs3IHtrCkzX3R2ZC83bgUHiiESgIeQXZAwQvl2-Bubg
    Caption said:
    The Mahuika engages a Beast fleet alongside a pair of Galactic Alliance warships. The enemy forces are augmented by a powerful Psionic entity.

    AUTHOR'S NOTE: The Psionic entity in the picture is supposed to be the End of the Cycle, but I had trouble forcing it to spawn with console commands, so I just stacked six Shroud Avatars on top of each other.

    Thursday, January 10, 2036 - 9:30am
    Galactic Council Headquarters, The Angel Moon, Hiigaran Empire



    “Everyone, follow me!”

    Amidst the panicking crowd of aliens, Kanti Divakar’s white feathers could be seen for dozens of yards! All six Stormbreakers (plus Sarah) linked arms so that we wouldn’t lose one another. At the head of the line, Soylent pulled us through the sea of bodies!

    All around, diplomats, envoys, and ambassadors were making for the exits. Out the windows, I could see starships rising up and away from the Angel Moon, while in the distance, a bright point of light could be seen, hanging in the pale blue sky like a second sun.

    “Where’s Yukiko!?” Kathleen shouted. “We can’t leave without her!”

    “I can sense her!” Jericho replied. “She’s up ahead, around the corner!”

    Yukiko and two frightened Taiidani were standing in front of an office doorway, looking lost and confused.

    “Takahashi-san!” Tsubaki yelled before grabbing Yukiko by the arm and dragging her along behind us.

    “Come on!” Kailani called back. “The Kakama is this way!”

    Outside the building, we found ourselves on an elevated walkway that overlooked the Angel Moon Ecumenopolis. A whoosh of red and blue feathers caught our attention!

    “Hurry!” Reepi Imvu called to us from the air. “Manako’s already spooling up the engines!”

    Temirzhan, Adil, and the flightless Amadii bird called Arzhang were waiting for us at the landing pad.

    “Move it, Humans!” Adil shouted. “Sometime today would be nice!”

    We surged up the boarding ramp together, ignoring how the intense whining of the ship’s engines made our ears rattle and throb. Elsina was waiting for us on board. She swept Kailani up in a big furry hug and made a sound akin to purring.

    “Don’t scare me like that!” Elsina said. “Is that it? Have we got everyone?”

    Kanti and Reepi swooped through the open hatchway.

    “We’re in!” Reepi shouted. “Close the hatch and tell Ranginui to take off!”

    Kailani scrambled up one of the ladders to the bridge while Elsina closed and sealed the boarding hatch before she turned to us.

    “Pick a handhold and don’t let go! This is gonna be a rough launch!”

    Beneath our feet, the ship lurched violently! The Kakama rocketed into the sky and left the Angel Moon behind, joining a flock of spacecraft as they fled the scene. Kathleen, Soylent, Sarah, Hal, Tsubaki, Jericho, and I all grabbed at the handholds on the walls and ceiling, bracing ourselves as we were hit by intense G-forces!

    “Feels like we’re really haulin’ ass!” Soylent shouted above the noise of the engines.

    Making sure to keep a tight grip on anything solid, Yukiko started to work her way along the hallway towards the ladder Kailani had used to reach the bridge.

    “Where the hell are you going!?” I shouted.

    “I need to talk to Manako!” Yukiko answered. “We can’t leave without that haul of Aetherium and Protodermis! The Mahuika still has it!”

    “She’s right!” Jericho added. “We need those resources for the Trinity!”

    Fighting against the forces of acceleration and gravity that sought to pin me to the wall, I followed Yukiko up the ladder and onto the bridge of the Kakama. The frigate’s command deck was a very active zone right now. The entire bridge crew had strapped themselves into their seats and were working frantically at their stations.

    “It looks like we left some of the crew behind during the evacuation.” An officer was saying. “We lost our Hyperspace technician, a few weapons operators, the quartermaster, a sensors operator, and the entire kitchen staff, sir.”

    “It’s too late to go back for them.” Manako said. “Is the Mahuika still here?”

    “Yes, sir!”

    “Get ’em on the line, now!”

    The Partogan officer spoke into his microphone.

    “Kakama calling Mahuika, come in! Mahuika, please respond!”

    The voice of Makara Ranginui was broken and filled with static, but still understandable.

    Kakama! You made it out! Where are you?”

    “Two hundred Kios above the Angel Moon!” Manako replied. “We’re fixing to make a run for it. What about you?”

    “The Hiigaran Defense Fleet is outmatched! We’re moving to help them out.” Makara called back. “Brother, the enemy is coming from the Eye of Aarran! What happened!?”

    Manako’s face lost all of its color. A mortified silence ran through the bridge.

    “Miranda save us all!” Breathed a Levakian. “We really lost the Eye!?”

    Yukiko and I looked at each other, then at Manako.

    “What does that mean?” Yukiko asked. “How are we supposed to get home without the Eye!?”

    “Still not sure about that.” Manako admitted, “But before we solve that question, we need to-”

    Screeeeeee!

    A painfully loud squawking noise filled the bridge and everybody covered their ears!

    “What the hell was that!?” Manako shouted.

    A moment later, Kailani gave us our answer. She put both hands to her head and let out a scream!

    “The voices!” Kailani shrieked. “I can hear them again!”

    I couldn’t tell was going on, but Jericho’s voice cut through the confusion!

    “Don’t let it take over, Kailani! Fight it!”

    Jericho reached the top of the ladder and conjured a swirling ball of purple light in her free hand! She ran across the bridge and pressed the swirling orb of light into Kailani’s head! Whatever agony Kailani was going through came to an immediate end. Gripping Jericho’s hand in her own, Kailani let out several shuddering breaths as she calmed down.

    “Okay…” Kailani panted. “The voices are gone now.”

    She was wrong.

    A whole damn chorus of voices rang out! It didn’t come from any speaker system and nobody had opened their mouth. This was an unbidden telepathic noise that intruded on all of our minds. Hundreds of different male voices spoke in unison, all uttering the same message:

    Kakama parts…” the discordant symphony said to us. “We want the Jericho self. Give us Jericho, or we will take Jericho with your parts.”

    Everybody was caught off-guard, staring at one another in disbelief. Psionic energy flickered around Jericho, Manako, and every Vanian crewmember as they telepathically reached out in search of the intruder. I ended up being the first person to break the silence and respond, letting my anger get the best of me.

    “I don’t know who you are!” I shouted to the ceiling, “But you aren’t going to take our friend without a fight!”

    The voice spoke again, and I felt a very unwelcome Psionic probe in my mind while the chaotic assembly of voices assaulted my ears again:

    “You already know us, Human self.” The voices declared. “The translation of our name in your language would be ‘Agamemnon.’ Do not follow that historic example, Trojan persona. Give us Jericho now, or else you will join us alongside her.”

    Slowly, everyone looked around towards Jericho. Her eyes had gone really wide and an aura of Psionic energy seemed to ripple and shimmer around her. She was pointing at me with a shaking hand, open mouthed.

    “That thing just absorbed everything you knew about Human history!” Jericho gasped. “It found out where your nickname came from and used your memory to name itself!”

    “That is so many layers of disconcerting.” I commented, my arms covered in goosebumps.

    “That’s how the Beast works.” Manako told us. “It absorbs our own knowledge, then uses it against us.”

    Manako trailed off. He had just realized something.

    “Xenonian News showed you to the whole Galaxy.” He pointed at Jericho. “That’s how it knows about you!”

    She nodded.

    “The Beast heard about Earth, about what I did to the Elders.” Jericho sounded like she’d been expecting this. Her Psionic aura flickered. “It wants me and my powers… I can feel its hunger. It’s almost like… like an obsession.”

    “Right, let’s not stick around.” Manako turned his attention back the comms station. “Mahuika, we’re going to break contact and get our HVI out of here.”

    “Understood!” Makara’s voice came back on the radio. “We’re going to help the Hiigarans and stall the Beast! You take the Chapel Perilous Slipgate and head for the Outer Limb. We’ll meet you at the Positive Control Point after you drop off the Humans!”


    y4m2o47VQILzP-9k7jcI81vhpvzKdqIrMFBgfgMcheEJPrEpb5MSmPpoB71Bj_2WQcMPnpepumkRHrZtsKNWZuMpZaPFXjxJ4nw_AmaYMLbUj2BcuiUHO0_J7GQF_LroTm71AIxeDPLztkfq7-OfJBQi6A3aqKe7BEz09IKLphkWbdnpeVVpgS4VJCB9mbAof7bOvel9pkCILtznIxSchwFyw
    Caption said:
    A squadron of Taiidani warships engages the Beast. Despite having been in service for over two hundred years by this point, the Qwaar-Jet class Heavy Cruiser (Center front of the image) is still one of the most dangerous warships in the Galaxy and should never be taken lightly.
    Kailani raised an eyebrow:

    “Wait, why Chapel Perilous? We promised to take the Humans straight back to their Homeworld!”

    “Without the Eye of Aarran, you’ll have to go the long way.” Makara explained. “The old Progenitor Network is going to be crawling with infected ships! Use the old Hyperlanes and Slipgates to get back to Earth! It’ll take longer, but there’s less chance of getting caught.”

    I wanted to ask how long this detour was going to take, but Manako was busy taking charge.

    “Helm, bring us about! Lay in a course for the Chapel Perilous Slipgate at best possible speed!”

    The Kakama broke formation with the other ships fleeing the Angel Moon and started moving towards the outskirts of the system.

    “No! Go back!” Yukiko protested. “We need to take on those strategic resources from Partoga!”

    A Vanian bridge officer shook his head.

    “Not while Jericho is on board!” he said. “We cannot risk her life for a few crates of Aetherium!”

    “He’s right.” Jericho put a hand on Yukiko’s shoulder. “We have to escape now. Sticking around will only make things worse!”

    Yukiko looked like she wanted to argue, but at that moment, a Levakian manning the sensors manager yelled:

    “I count two, no… correction! I count three hundred enemy strike craft coming our way from Chapel Perilous! Mixed force of Interceptors, Cloaked Fighters, Attack Bombers, Gunships, and Corvettes! Life signs on all ships are low or non-existent and their weapons are hot!”

    “Son of Inari, those ships are infected!” Manako gasped. “The Beast must have gotten there first!”

    “You punch through!” Makara called. “We’ll will keep the big ones off you as best we can! Mahuika out!”

    He turned to Jericho, Yukiko, and I.

    “You Humans know your way around a Laser cannon turret?”

    “A gun is a gun.” I said. “Just point me towards the enemy!”

    Turning around, I yelled down the ladder:

    “Stormbreakers! Find yourselves a gun turret and get ready to fight!”

    We broke up into three groups of two. Tsubaki and Kathleen went down to deck five and manned one of the ventral turrets. Hal and Soylent took one of the dorsal turrets on top of the ship, while Jericho and I crawled inside of the bow gun at the very front of the ship. The other three guns were manned by Triple Alliance crew. Everyone donned internal comms headsets so that we all stayed in contact with the bridge.

    “Attention all hands!” Manako broadcasted his voice to the ship. “Sensors are showing a sizable force of Beast-infected strike craft guarding the Chapel Perilous Slipgate! Records show that gate will take us to the Outer Limb! Keep the infected off our tails and we’ll do the rest! Weapons free! Helm, engines ahead flank!”

    Sitting on either side of the bow turret’s firing computer, Jericho and I cast one quick look at each other. She nodded at me and said:

    “We’re gonna get through this. Trust me.”

    The Kakama accelerated as hard as possible, burning towards the Slipgate!

    “Chief of the Watch, rig the ship for battle!” Manako ordered.

    “Eye sir!” replied Adil. “Sealing blast doors and polarizing armor now!”

    At once, every bulkhead door slammed shut, sealing everybody into their respective compartments. An electromagnetic charge ran through the Kakama’s armor plating, and thick metal shutters slammed into place, covering up all of the windows. In our turret, Jericho and I picked up two joysticks in each hand. On the screens in front of us, a set of crosshairs appeared on the targeting overlay.

    “Here they come!”

    Moving like a swarm of locusts, a cloud of Beast-infected fighters descended upon the Kakama, guns blazing!


    y4mKwzE4ZnNctAItjWqshsuHE9OWmc06STgUPXOJlm52knZkEyP3gRyfbMISScuB11OFbdMBsYUgQjjYDXLQOeAPHEvYGkH4s_ffiG-OerJ4wtunrdHWAj267FCAFrU8HWR5u0sfLGrR7GBjT4j7w0SpUPqeCEQiRY0CWskgawsunRCC8rG3Q8yU_chtSguLIiX-Y6rCBhedbcxQ0d8E_coLQ
    Caption said:
    The LVK Kakama skirts the edge of the main battle in a bid to escape from the incoming Beast fleet. A flotilla of Partogan-Levakian warships can be seen on the right. The planet in the background is Hiigara.
    “Smoke ‘em!” I shouted!

    All six of the Kakama’s turrets came to life, hurling beams of fantastic violet light into the darkness around us! Hundreds of bright red points of light filled the screen in front of me! Twisting my joystick I aimed the crosshair and let out my first volley of laser cannon fire! An infected Interceptor narrowly escaped the onslaught and opened fire with a mass driver cannon! The frigate began to rumble as a continuous rain of lead began to thunder down on her hull!

    “Plasma bombers!” Elsina reported. “Forty Kios, top port quadrant, dorsal side!”

    “I see ‘em!” Soylent replied.

    Purple jets sailed through the starfield and found their mark! A subverted Hiigaran bomber broke off its attack run, rattled but seemingly undamaged. A moment later, a Levakian gunship swooped across our bow, training its guns on the bridge! Jericho and I both fired laser cannon volleys at point blank range! The gunship banked hard and began to fly around our starboard flank before a second strike blew it off course again!

    “That is a negative impact!” a Partogan gunner called to the bridge. “No effect on target!”

    “Check your aim, gunners!” Manako ordered. “Focus your fire and hit the enemy center-mass!”

    Jericho and I picked an incoming bomber and fired on it together, unleashing an intense volley of concentrated laser fire! Again, we hit the incoming hostile and knocked it off course, but did no physical damage.

    “Commander!” I spoke into my radio headset. “Our weapons are having no effect! We’re not doing any damage!”

    One by one, the confirmation calls came in. None of the gunners were having any luck. We could knock the enemy around all we wanted, but nobody was recording kills. After a few more desperate salvoes, Jericho panned her targeting camera around and got a good view of an enemy ship being hit by our weapons fire.

    “Oh, you are kidding me!” Jericho shouted. “They’ve got shields! Psionic Shields!”

    “WHAT!?”

    She was right. Now that we knew to look out for the signs, there was no mistaking the blueish-purple flickers of light whenever our weapons made contact with the enemy. It was the same type of Psionic Shield I’d seen Chihiro use countless times in battle back home on Earth.

    “That’s not possible!” Manako called back. “Shielding every one of their ships would take more energy than-”

    He was cut off by a jarring impact! A group of subverted Corvettes were closing on our position, and one of them had just fired a torpedo into the Kakama’s starboard flank! Billowing clouds of gas escaping from the ship obscured the targeting cameras. Using the radar warning receiver, I found the enemy through the smoke and fired a laser bolt right into his bow! The energy blast hit an invisible screen in front of the foe and dissipated in a flash of purple light!

    “Confirmed shield impact!” I shouted into the radio. “We’re not doing any damage, Commander!”

    Finally, Manako changed tactics.

    “Shunt all power to the engines!” He ordered. “Make for that Slipgate at best possible speed!”

    Soaring away from the Angel Moon, we left a brewing fleet battle behind. A mixed force of Hiigaran, Taiidan, and Partogan warships were assembling to try and fend off the incoming Beast fleet. Like us, they were all having the same problem: The incoming Beast fleet was being protected by a powerful Psionic Shield. Amidst the incoming horde of subverted vessels, I could make out something else on my targeting computer, a swirling nebulous mass. The roiling cloud of Psionic energy launched bolts of lightning at any uninfected ship that drew near, and when it enveloped a Beast vessel, that ship enjoyed even greater protection from our side’s weapons.

    Luckily, that strange Psionic entity was behind us. Unfortunately, there was one more problem lying between the Kakama and her escape:

    “Sentinels!” Temirzhan raised the alarm! “Ten kios off the starboard bow, ventral side! They’re trying to box us in!”

    Directly in front of our frigate, a constellation of tiny starships had blocked our path. My targeting computer identified these little ships as “Sentinels” a class of Microship developed by the Hiigarans. Microships were spacecraft that were so small and lightweight that they never showed up on conventional sensors. The Sentinels began to project beams of light to one another, forming a shimmering web of energy that hung in front of us. Once all of the beams had connected to a receiver, the Sentinels activated their trap!


    y4msa1xSnUhvdEdmzzs489mYDkP1BFPGfP0XUJkqUh0I4oaRifX0RU7et28rjXZSUQqs59BejkZnmCZ99qF9DZwYoL-EW2fkBBRjAFhUIxhcWTrrEEVdvbScjUJIWR1SOUKoyt53achHcAXtgTaP_Vcz2CDLcLpCxv0bTHKT77erH4PboaoaxHn1Q2CuOIlm7zbnvSaLeNj9eW2oAtSdlhwiw
    Caption said:
    The force field used by Sentinels is a technology developed by the Hiigarans during their first run-in with the Beast over 100 years ago. This tech would eventually become the forerunner to modern-day Defense Field Technologies, which themselves officially became outmoded after the Beast deployed Psionic Shields for the first time at the Assault on Chapel Perilous.
    Created and held together by the Sentinel formation, a bright red two-dimensional force field was moving through space towards us! I had no plans to learn what would happen if it actually collided with us, so I took aim and started pummeling it with laser cannon fire! The force field blazed with intense light every time I scored a hit! Once the shimmering wall of red light was just fifty miles off our bow, the force field de-activated and revealed what was hidden behind it: a long, thin spacecraft with three gun barrels sticking out of its bow.

    “VAYGR BATTLECRUISER!” Manako shouted! “Emergency evasive!”

    The infected Battlecruiser fired its main weapon at us before hiding behind its forcefield again! Three bolts of bright red light screamed across the empty space between us, filling up my screen and drowning out all other contacts!

    “Brace! Brace! Brace!” Manako hollered. “Here it comes!”

    Whoosh! Whoosh! WHAM!

    The first two bolts missed the Kakama entirely, sailing off into space for destinations unknown, but the third collided with the frigate’s underside and unleashed a cataclysm! At once, Jericho and I were blinded by a shower of sparks and flame! The whole ship lurched upwards and we both hit our heads on the ceiling! Jericho screamed as smoke started to fill the turret!

    “Jericho! You alright!?”

    “I’m still here! But I think the turret’s dead!”

    Sitting up, I waved the smoke away from my face and tried to reactivate my targeting computer. She was right. Our gun turret had just bought the farm, the targeting computers reduced to twisted scrap metal embedded in the ceiling, while the actual gun assembly was mangled beyond recognition. I pressed the talk button on my headset and said:

    “Bridge, bow gun here. We are disabled! I repeat, disabled!”

    “CoW, gimme a damage report!” Manako shouted over the comm.

    “Major hull damage on the ventral side!” said the voice of Adil. “Deck five is venting to space!”

    Above their voices, I could still hear the continuous drumming and humming of mass driver rounds hitting the ship.

    “Can we reach the Slipgate!?” Manako asked.

    “We can still give you flank speed!”

    “Then do it! All weapon systems, report in! Tell me who’s still shooting!”

    “Green and Macintosh here!” Soylent’s voice cropped up. “All the topside turrets are still shooting. Bow cannon looks dead from here, and we haven’t heard anything from the ventral gunners!”

    My blood went cold. Next to me, Jericho turned pale.

    “Tsubaki!” I gasped

    “Kathleen!” Jericho remembered.

    We both unstrapped ourselves and moved to vacate our ruined turret. Unfortunately, the doorway leading into the rest of the ship had been blocked off by one of the emergency bulkheads.

    “We don’t have time for this!” Jericho shouted.

    She waved one arm and the bulkhead door immediately retracted, allowing us to move forward. The two of us darted along the corridor, heading towards the ladder to deck five. Each time we came upon a bulkhead door, Jericho forced it open with her Psionics before closing it behind us.

    We quickly found the hatchway leading down to deck five, but it was blocked off by another blast door. Instinctively, Jericho waved her arm, attempting to force it open with Telekinesis.

    Nothing happened.

    “What!?”

    Jericho waved her hand again, then made a pushing motion with both palms. The door trembled, but did not move aside. Jericho’s frustration quickly gave way to anger.

    “What the hell is going on!?”

    Around us, the ship shuddered violently, making the two of us unsteady on our feet. I ran forward and started trying to force the door open by hand.

    “We don’t have time to find out!” I answered. “Just help me with this!”

    “STAND BACK!”

    I looked around at Jericho, and then threw myself to one side when I saw what was about to happen. Jericho took a deep breath and let out a loud warcry, charging forward and hitting the door with her shoulder as hard as possible! The metal blast door caved in and Jericho punched through the metal as though it were paper! Grabbing the fragmented steel in both hands, Jericho tore a gap the blast door big enough for us to pass through.

    “Remind me to thank Vahlen for the Muton DNA when we get back.” Jericho panted.

    Deck five was the bottom most layer of the ship, and it had been utterly wrecked. In the corridor below the ladder, portions of the ceiling and walls had collapsed, revealing other rooms. Smoke rose up from bundles of melted wire while electrical fires crackled around us.

    “Tsubaki!” I shouted. “Walsh! Where are you!?”

    No answer. Jericho turned her head from left to right, then pointed down a ruined hallway.

    “Over there!”

    The two of us ran as fast as we could to a sealed bulkhead door. A series of symbols I can only guess to be Partogan writing adorned a picture of one of the laser turrets. Jericho put both hands to the door and closed her eyes. The aura of Psionic power had returned, enveloping Jericho’s body in a kind of faint purple halo. I saw a confused look on her face.

    “I’m not getting a clear picture, but they’re definitely in trouble.” Jericho said. “Blake, keep your hand over this button.”

    Jericho pointed to a large red switch next to the door.

    “When I say so, hit it as quick as you can, okay?”

    “Roger.”

    “On three… one… two…”

    This time, Jericho’s telekinesis worked! She threw the doorway open! On the other side was a scene out of a space traveler’s nightmare.

    A small caliber mass driver round had sailed right through the middle of the turret, opening up two narrow holes in opposing sides of the little chamber. With their precious last few seconds of breathable air, Tsubaki and Kathleen had frantically tried to seal the holes with anything available to them. Tsubaki had plugged the hole on her side of the room with strips of fabric torn from her Japan Self Defense Force uniform. It wasn’t a perfect seal, and air was still leaking out. Kathleen had found greater success, using a large flat pane of metal to cover the hole in the wall.

    Both women were unconscious.

    Using the power of her mind, Jericho seized both of our comrades and pulled them out of the turret! Tsubaki and Kathleen flew into the hallway and crashed to the floor, just as a violent force tore the turret in front of us to shreds!

    “NOW! CLOSE THE DOOR!”

    That one single moment felt like an eternity.

    I looked up to see that the laser cannon turret was gone. A burst of explosive weapon fire had torn it off the ship completely! Now, there was only two and a half feet of mangled corridor between myself and the endless void of space… and about half a mile away was that infected Vaygr Battlecruiser! As I jammed the button to seal the blast door as hard as I could, I could feel the atmosphere rushing out of the corridor behind me, a cloud appeared in the empty space in front of me as the air I was breathing started to escape!

    “Hold on!” Jericho screamed!

    Jericho pointed one of her palms towards the breach while the emergency bulkhead door rapidly slid back into place! Right before the bulkhead door sealed, I could see three more crimson bolts sailing towards our position as the Battlecruiser opened fire! Then the bulkhead closed! Throughout the entire ship, I could hear dozens of people cheering as though some kind of miracle had just happened!

    “Enemy fire deflected!” Manako’s voice sounded over the intercom. “We’re clear! Standby for Slipgate Jump!”

    Battered and smoking, the Assault Frigate dove into the Slipgate and vanished.


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 31: Weary Warriors
  • Double-header today! A new Chapter of the Stormbreakers here on the forums and a new episode of Homeworld: Cataclysm over on Youtube!

    Full video playlist here.

    Most recent episode here. (We Will Not be Bound!)
    ======


    Chapter Thirty-One
    Weary Warriors


    y4mGaQAH6LBhFfd3olxy93i8kpJT93dSSJAB5BXa4D8ZnGCGt_r7haA4Pub_tCtJ7W0nc9dBcbE4ZjVnCH_LnYKdPq2X9gV2x7096fPXdHb5ymQcMzc8lktky6bWsHJZUYda0_8Mv6AhvblcpxBoFxdHX0Gf7aUZCeUe68SF5yNJSTUt_vgoXP4JpRBP0lIZxuLu64FNGTJWlOH5M8_Ji9EkQ
    Caption said:
    The skies of the Pacific Northwest light up as an unidentified object crashes through Earth's atmosphere during the early morning hours of February 14, 2035.

    At first, Chihiro refused to believe it. There was absolutely no way in hell that Blake would have fallen victim to some kind of disaster! Jericho was with him! So was Tsubaki and Kathleen and Soylent and Hal! Team Takea had fought off the Chosen Warlock and laid waste to ADVENT’s forces just half a year ago!

    She wouldn’t even dare to entertain the thought. No, Blake was alive, and he would be coming home soon! He had promised he would! Every half-hour, Chihiro fired up the Hyperwave Relay and tried to contact the Kakama again, ignoring the Partogans, Levakians, Assurians, Kelt, Amadii, and Vanians who were all trying and failing to do the same.

    The Hyperwave network was offline.

    Seemingly overnight, all Faster-Than-Light communications systems had gone down. Every Triple Alliance ship over Earth had lost contact with their bases and Homeworlds. Earth was suddenly adrift in a very silent Galaxy, with news trickling in aboard starships that arrived after the comms blackout began. It was one of those ships that delivered the painful news.

    The Fathership of the Beast, a powerful entity the Partogans had code-named “Inari,” had assaulted the Eye of Aarran and successfully passed the infection onto it. Within minutes, the biomechanical virus had subverted the entire Hyperspace network. Every Progenitor Hyperspace Gate in the Galaxy was now under enemy control.

    The loss of the network meant the disabling of every Hyperwave Relay as well. The FTL communications system had been dependent on the network to function. The Galaxy-wide blackout had forced all space-faring civilization to resort to slower-than-light methods of communication. Messenger ships carried news and information from one planet to the next, making maximum range Hyperspace jumps to avoid Beast interdiction. One such messenger ship brought confirmation of the Beast attack on Hiigara.

    Thanks to the efforts of Makara Ranginui and her ship, the Mahuika, Hiigara held out for several days. Unfortunately, now that the Beast controlled the Eye of Aarran, the enemy could move its forces to any location in the cosmos almost instantaneously. A huge fleet of infected ships had descended upon Hiigara and the Angel Moon. Makara and her forces had waged a heroic fighting retreat, covering a great flotilla of ships as they evacuated from the system before making their own escape. Unfortunately, no one was able to confirm whether or not the Kakama and her passengers had gotten away. The last anyone had seen of the ship; it had been chased through a Slipgate by an infected Battlecruiser.

    A week after Hiigara fell, Commander Bradford pulled Chihiro aside and confronted her with a painful truth: The Kakama had missed its due date to return to Earth, was out of contact with the Triple Alliance Navy, and was last seen being pursued by an enemy warship. Keeping all of this information in mind, the UN government had declared Blake, Jericho, Hal, Tsubaki, Soylent, and Kathleen to be “Missing and Presumed Dead.”

    With the comfort of denial stripped away, Chihiro had flown into a rage. She smashed Bradford’s model of the original Skyranger, screamed in his face, and threw her Shadowkeeper pistol across the office. Bradford, in his infinite wisdom, ordered Chihiro to “take some time off to mourn.”

    Cursing like a sailor, Chihiro screamed at the Commander again, calling him a “weasel and a coward” for assuming Blake was dead without any proof. Then she stormed out of the office, using the Demon Katana to smash Bradford’s trophy case on the way out.



    y4mCOtShUMRfrgEIXdE3GyDYj3rVWrfQ6IsZznH1j12tpViOVpxbQftgNLw00IzLrGmujdgXfQGI-R-fVdPUmmbzg1xkRowEisctbYv8-wZxnXk6QDKvS6N3mpitBqvEu1L9KQ8nXM0VYuvIvV6B9vYdQgRzSGn-jtGHbA4uNQ_jBEcOfoE7oQKoqkKAnHzDpDVCJKmxIU6Fz6wTVbma-_UQg
    Caption said:
    The ruins of Betio, a small town on the Tarawa Atoll in the Pacific Ocean. Photograph circa 2036.


    Tuesday, February 12, 2036 - 10:45am
    Ruins of Betio, Tarawa Atoll, Pacific Ocean


    By the time XCOM and UN forces arrived on Tarawa, there was no one left to save.

    The grim news of the massacre on Tarawa had cast a pall over most of the world, but no one more so than the group of XCOM soldiers and their allies who had to drive the enemy back into the sea.

    Geist and his team of Templars took point on the assault. Rappelling into the ruined town from helicopter gunships, Violet and Duane tore through a horde of Gillmen and Tentaculats, using Psionics to pull down ruined buildings on top of their waterborne foes. Reptilian Tarsoths turned tail and fled from the approaching Templars, their protective scales useless against Shard Blades.

    The Stormbreakers followed Geist and his team onto the island. Chihiro led the assault, fighting with a kind of fury and energy her compatriots had never seen before. On more than one occasion, Odette, Sophie, and Sophia had to grab Chihiro and restrain her before she charged headlong into an encounter that almost certainly would have gotten her killed. She slashed and hacked away at sea monsters with the Demon Katana with complete abandon, losing herself in the furor of the fight!

    But out of all the Stormbreakers, Sophie Ackermann was the one most truly in her element. The close-quarters urban warfare of Tarawa was exactly the kind of scenario she had trained for and become a master of. Moving from one building to the next, the South African guerrilla never left herself out in the open for more than a few seconds. Taking advantage of the fact that the streets and alleyways of the city were extremely narrow and cramped, Sophie became an elusive target and an efficient hunter, gunning down far more sea monsters than any other member of the team. Sophia Kuznetsova followed behind her at a light jog, her awestruck expression hidden behind her headscarf.

    Meanwhile, out in the Tarawa Lagoon, UN aircraft soared over calm waters at high speed! One of the gunships flew in a circle around a translucent obelisk that had emerged from the water a few miles off the coastline. Illuminating the Psionic Monolith with a laser designator, the gunship increased its altitude and her pilot called in the big guns.


    y4mL60rVBBFQ4Q4fdeQgm1w_LRKi5Qy2d1tbOk7aZb4qCg2-wR21ZiGm1TlI6lDd-Ui7MmFF3FwmX4M4ffIIAqgfyfynkKlGX98RG99ElvIlS8R39vc0bHC4utbS6nTUKIktkGxU90aULRGJDywU0BP6nOu1-FZZ5GNwdz_y4yW31mc7CQz11ATm69necvPyxwQx0e6r0MRDprQ1NsNueADiw
    Caption said:
    The Interceptor-class Gunship Tigermoth, once a mainstay of the ADVENT military, is now a rapid response vehicle for AFUNE, although it is primarily operated by XCOM.

    A saucer-shaped spacecraft, roughly thirty meters long and armed to the teeth, dove out of the clouds and sped towards the Psionic Monolith! Illuminated by weapons fire, an observer could see that the symbol of the ADVENT Coalition had been covered up by the blue and white flag of the United Nations of Earth, along with the ship’s new name:

    UNS Tigermoth

    At the controls of her new gunship, former Skyranger pilot Wendy Carter threw the vessel into an attack run! At her command, the gun crew activated their weapons and pummeled the Monolith with heavy Plasma Cannons before unleashing XCOM’s newest weapon!

    Taking only few seconds to charge, the Particle Cannon fired a pulse of energy that rocketed across the sky at hypersonic speed before colliding with the Obelisk! The explosion was comparable to a low-yield nuclear bomb! Stretching hundreds of yards across, the fireball incinerated countless sea monsters and completely enveloped the Psionic Monolith! When the smoke cleared, the ocean was calm again, as though the Monolith had never existed at all.

    Wendy pulled the Tigermoth up and away from the mushroom cloud, cheering along with the rest of the crew before turning back towards Tarawa.



    When Mira Mihaka arrived on the island with the second wave of troops, the fight was already over. Sure, she wanted to get her hands dirty, just not in that particular way. As soon as the island was secure, science teams were turned loose. Working side by side for the first time, Doctor Vahlen and Doctor Tygan set up a prefab medical tent and used a large cart to wheel a heavy reptilian creature inside.

    “I hear the troops are calling this one a ‘Triscene.’” Tygan told his predecessor. “It certainly does look like a monster from an Old World dinosaur movie.”

    “Look at these scales!” Vahlen was extremely excited, “See how resistant they were to our plasma weapons? Just imagine the potential applications for our own armor development!”

    Mira broke off from the two doctors and left them to their own devices. A little further up the ruined town, Mira could see the assembled Stormbreakers chastising Chihiro for her apparent lack of a “self-preservation instinct.” Yuktaka Yamamoto stood apart from the group, even further away than Odette Fournier, and he seemed to be angry about something else.

    Mira decided to give the group some space. Like them, she was processing the loss of the Kakama and its passengers in her own way.

    Losing Blake or Yukiko or Manako was one hell of a blow, sure, but losing Jericho was a disaster on many levels. There had never been a Cycle in which Jericho died before the War in Heaven, and now, with the Kakama missing, the possibility of Jericho’s premature death was growing more and more likely. Mira wanted to hold out hope that Jericho and the others had survived the fall of the Hyperspace Network, but with the Hyperwave Beacons no longer functional, there was no way to know for certain.

    After the fall of the Eye and Hiigara, Mira had attended several meetings with Commander Bradford, Secretary-General Harper, and the other leaders of AFUNE. As a group, they agreed to move forward with a twofold plan:

    Construction and development of the Trinity superweapon would proceed as though Jericho was dead. The control tower would be reconfigured to allow any Gifted person to operate it, although only four people were being seriously considered as candidates to replace Jericho: Geist, Duane, Mira, and Secretary-General Harper. However, AFUNE would declare Jericho and her team to be “Missing and Presumed Dead” and operate under the assumption that Jericho and the others were still alive, and that they would attempt to return to Earth. AFUNE warships would patrol the outer limits of Human space and make efforts to track down and retrieve Jericho whenever the opportunity arose. Some vessels had already penetrated the borders of the Hiigaran Empire, chasing down rumors they’d heard from Hiigaran merchant ships.

    Plan ahead in case Jericho is really dead, act as if she’s coming back. Given the circumstances, this was the only way to proceed. And Mira got started right away.

    As soon as she touched down on Tarawa, Mira began to pace the battlefield. One by one, she passed her hand above the bodies of dead sea monsters, searching for any residual Psionic energy left over from the Monolith or the Pacific Anomaly. She found herself wishing Manako Ranginui had not gone missing after the Fall of Hiigara. He had a unique Psionic power that would make this job so much easier.

    Mira stopped when she found a group of UN soldiers posing with a dead sea monster while their comrades took a picture. The creature itself was some kind of crustacean that stood nearly five feet tall and had six limbs. When she approached, Mira felt a buzzing sensation in the forefront of her mind. She had found what she was looking for.

    One of the UN soldiers, a Mexican, pointed at Mira and asked:

    “Señorita Hybrid, you wanna photo with the Lobster-Man?”

    “Certainly, why not?”

    Standing alongside the UN soldiers, Mira posed with the dead Lobster Man, keeping her eyes on the camera and one hand pressed firmly to the dead creature’s back. With a slow, calming inhale, she extracted the creature’s last vestiges of Psionic energy and absorbed them. Thanking the troops for their time, Mira left and began to walk alone down the beach. She had a lot to think about.

    Betio is a very, very small place. The landmass itself is barely 2,400 feet across at its widest point, and its highest point was only a few yards above sea level, meaning that no matter where Mira went, she was always able to see or hear the Pacific Ocean. By this point, there were also some two thousand XCOM and UN soldiers on the island, scouring it for any remaining sea monsters. Yet in the midst of all this, Mira did find a place that was relatively quiet where she could meditate.

    Along the southern coastline, Mira found an abandoned bunker, left behind by the combatants of a great battle fought on this island nearly a century ago. Sitting down inside the crumbing ruin, Mira focused her thoughts inward, reflecting on what she had just drawn from the dead sea creature.

    Focus… focus… focus…

    One by one, Mira blocked out her physical senses. The crashing of the sea became dull and muted, the chilly breeze was forgotten, and the smell of salt was rendered irrelevant.

    Like blurry afterimages, Mira saw brief flickers and snippets of the Lobster Man’s memories. Nearly all of the images were unintelligible and useless. Her attempt to replicate Manako’s power of Psychometry was crude and amateur at best, but this result was better than none at all.

    Finally, Mira reached the oldest memory she’d been able to extract from the Lobster Man. It was not an image or a sound or a feeling. Mira wasn’t sure how to describe what she was experiencing. It was… a trace… a Psionic remnant of something that had once been present but was now gone.

    Mira decided to follow the trail. Slowly reaching up, she pressed both hands to her chest. Over the past six months, Mira had grown accustomed to her new Avatar body. Built specifically for the Ethereals to use, the Avatar was the perfect specimen of Human health and strength, yet mixed with just enough Ethereal DNA to make it a suitable permanent host for the Elders. The fact that this body had been designed with Psionics in mind had made it extremely easy for Mira to use her own powers now. Activating her power of Astral Projection, Mira vacated her new body as easily as a person can shed their clothes.

    The Avatar body slumped forward in the bunker and came to rest on its face. Its brain, heart, and lung activity were slowed to a rate that just barely sustained life, although a casual observer could easily believe the Avatar was dead. Above it, an invisible Psionic entity took a moment to get its bearings, and then darted away.

    Freed from the confines of a physical body, Mira was able to soar through the air at incredible speed. She was limited only by her own reserves of Psionic energy, which, thanks to the Elders, was now quite immense. Following the Psionic trace to its source, Mira’s disembodied spirit pierced the outer layers of the Pacific Anomaly.

    Inside of the anomaly was a Psionic hurricane! Powerful winds whipped the ocean up into a fury while lighting cracked and arced through the clouds unceasingly! Undersea volcanoes blasted their way above the waterline, creating new islands that were destroyed moments later by cataclysmic waves of seawater. Monstrous creatures battled and killed one another without pause, turning the raging seas below crimson red!

    And then the downhill slope began as Mira reached the outer edge of the Maelstrom. A whirlpool nearly half a mile across had punched a hole in the stormy ocean, and the Psionic trace led straight to the bottom. The floor of the Pacific Ocean could be seen beneath the Maelstrom, and what Mira found there was more than alarming.

    It was the Tethys Seamount, an underwater mountain that stood alone on the bottom of the Pacific, and embedded in its summit, crushed beneath unknowable water pressure… was the shattered remains of the Alien Fortress. Mira could make out the facsimile Human neighborhood where Blake had slain the Chosen Hunter. She could see the foundry where her own Avatar body had been made, and she could see the Crypt of the Elders, where the final battle for Earth had been waged.

    As she approached, Mira passed over the body of the Angelis Avatar, which had come to rest partway down the mountain, no doubt blown here when the fortress imploded. In the Crypt itself, the remaining Elders had not moved from their final resting places. All of their sarcophagi had been crushed or imploded by the sea.

    Yet, something seemed out of place…

    Mira looked into the shattered chamber where Akira had spotted the misshapen alien creature just before the final battle had started. At the edges of her perception, Mira could sense a presence. Something was still here… still alive! A lopsided, vaguely humanoid shape rose up from the shattered remains of the central tower. A pair of white eyes loomed out of the darkness, aimed directly at her!

    It was the Deep One. The entity at the center of this crisis.

    Mira drew closer. She got the distinct sense that the Deep One was not going to attack her. Moreover, it seemed rather curious about her. The Deep One did not retreat from Mira’s approach, but it also did not withdraw from its hiding place in the shadows. Cautiously, Mira started to reach out with her mind… to make Psionic contact with the Deep One… but then…

    Mira began to feel weak! Her strength was waning, and in a moment of genuine terror. Mira felt her consciousness waver. She had not felt these sensations in a very, very long time. Not since her battle with Manaaki Ranginui at Archer’s Canyon so very long ago…

    Oh, no.

    Mira recognized the signs and symptoms at once! She was minutes, if not seconds away from completely exhausting her powers! And if she lost her Gift while Astral Projecting… Mira didn’t want to think about it!

    She broke contact with the Deep One and fled! Mira’s disembodied spirit rocketed out of the Maelstrom and across the Pacific in a desperate dash for her body! Keeping her mind as focused as possible, it took all of Mira’s willpower to fight the urge to fall unconscious, an urge that grew stronger every moment her powers waned!

    Back to Tarawa! Back to Betio! Back into that Japanese bunker!

    Mira’s soul re-occupied its body as quickly as possible! Gasping and hyperventilating, Mira rolled over and came to rest on her back. That had been way too close!

    Sitting up and catching her breath, Mira’s relief turned to frustration. How the hell had she exhausted her powers!? She was in the body of an Avatar now! She was supposed to have ten-dozen lifetimes worth of energy stockpiled now! Angered to the point she saw red, Mira stepped out of the bunker, turned around, and instinctively tried to crush it with Telekinesis. She expected nothing to happen.

    With a noise like a thunderclap, the bunker collapsed as though it had been hit by a thousand-pound bomb! Mira jumped backwards and yelped in fright! Pulverized concrete dust got caught in the wind and blew towards Mira. With a lazy flick of the wrist, she sent it out into the sea before looking down at her own hand in confusion.

    “What the hell is going on?” she asked herself.

    As far as she could tell, her Gift… her powers… had returned. How was that even possible? Mira had been exhausted before; she knew what it was like to permanently lose the Gift. Only the power and twisted science of the Elders had returned it to her. And tonight, out there in the Psionic Maelstrom, she had felt the torpor of Psionic exhaustion once again, only for the Gift to come back just as quickly. This wasn’t normal. Something strange was going on here.

    Mira knew she now had another mystery to investigate. But she could take solace in the knowledge that she had gleaned one answer from this whole misadventure: Mira realized that she had encountered a Psionic presence like the Deep One before… and at long last, she knew the identity of the creature at the bottom of the Psionic Maelstrom.



    Wednesday, February 13, 2036 – 7:45pm
    XCOM Forward Operating Base, Easter Island, Pacific Ocean



    “Alright, Mihaka. I want you to repeat everything you told me on the flight back from Tarawa.”

    As soon as she had returned from Tarawa, Mira had convinced Commander Bradford to hold an emergency conference call with AFUNE leadership. In XCOM’s new Forward Operating Base on Easter Island, a conference room was quickly retrofitted into an updated incarnation of the Resistance Ring. Bradford, Geist, and Mira stood at one end of the table while holographic projectors in the ceiling populated the room with several other people.

    At the head of the new Ring, a holographic double of Reclamation Director Jane Kelly had crossed her arms and was listening to the conversation with a thoughtful expression. Around her were the holographic representations of several members of both the Reclamation Agency and the Global Truth and Reconciliation Commission. A holographic group of Triple Alliance soldiers was also present: Two Partogans, an Amadii, and three Vanians.

    Mira kept her eyes on Director Kelly as she spoke:

    “Last month, in Nagasaki, I told Commander Bradford and Central Officer Smith that I suspected the Pacific Anomaly was connected to the Shroud, a plane of reality above Hyperspace.”

    “Yes, I remember reading Commander Bradford’s briefing about that.” Director Kelly said. “He also said you were planning to conduct an investigation of your own. I assume you’re calling us because you’ve uncovered a lead, or some other useful piece of Intel?”

    Mira nodded.

    “I’m now very confident that the so-called ‘Deep One’ is a Shroud-Being called ‘The Composer of Strands.’ It seems to have latched itself onto a physical body, and it’s instinctively attacking anything that comes close.”

    Mira’s answer provoked a reaction from the Triple Alliance soldiers. The three Vanians ruffled their feathers and looked nervously at one another. One of them, a blue and white peacock, raised a wing and spoke up.

    “Excuse me.” said the Vanian. “Before my people lost our Homeworld to the Beast, we experimented with Psionic technologies that allowed us to penetrate and explore the Shroud. We might be able to share some additional Intel on the Composer of Strands.”

    “Very good.” Commander Bradford said. “I think we should analyze this Intel as a group and then-”

    At that moment, the door to the conference room slammed open and a tired looking messenger ran in!

    “Sir!” The soldier panted. “We’re getting reports of a major disturbance on Lanai Island! Tygan and Vahlen are both picking up intense Psionic readings at the site!”

    Bradford balled up his fists in frustration.

    “Who do we have available to respond?”

    “Geist and his Templars,” Replied the messenger. “Plus, the Stormbreakers and two squads of Levakian Marines. Everyone else is still debriefing from yesterday’s mission.”

    Director Kelly turned her head and asked,

    “I thought the Stormbreakers were engaging the enemy on Tarawa?”

    “They just got back.” Bradford cursed. “I don’t think they’ve even gotten a chance to eat or sleep, but if we don’t have anyone else to send, then send’em.”

    Bradford dismissed the messenger. Mira packed up her paperwork and started to move towards the door, but Commander Bradford stopped her.

    “Sorry Mihaka, but you need to sit this one out.” Bradford told her. “You’ve been subpoenaed the Truth and Reconciliation Commission. You can’t leave until you answer Kelly’s questions.”

    Reluctantly, Mira sat down at the conference table and watched the holographic image of Director Kelly read aloud from a paper script:

    “You have been summoned to appear before the Global Truth and Reconciliation Commission of the United Nations of Earth. This means you have been formally accused of war crimes, human rights violations, or other serious offences in relation to the War of 2035. In accordance with the 2036 Accords, you may be granted amnesty if you agree to face your accusers in court and confess all of your crimes before the Commission. At this time, GTRC officials will ask you some basic questions about your role in the 2035 War. You are permitted to refrain from answering any or all questions, you are also permitted to request legal counsel. The UN government will provide a defense attorney for you if you cannot acquire one on your own. Please bear in mind that anything you say can and will be used against you in a court of law. Failure to answer this summons is a felony crime and will result in your arrest. Do you have any questions at this time?”

    “No.” Mira groaned. “Let’s just get this over with.”



    y4mAJ_V6hmUWzUYx1x2WJn9s78QRxC3ikJW5SLL3uOeaCrr1Gt-6xZ0GkRBb77YxAVh0xb0_Y2FuzWjAANvJHxEi1Kny9TxMqPmp_4IFQO44mvZZQBud_BV71BO8OteMnWYzGn5BGITjb2iSR62hutWWHdWI4T_Y9AtOZwtYcOkME1fepKn1Aj5umqcdZs9LxBYUv1_j3wFfDHCMNO7s7iZuA
    Caption said:
    Two local Hawaiians witness the crash of the Vanian Science Ship Tren Krom on Lanai Island during the final year of the Second Hyperspace War.

    Thursday, February 14, 2036 – 2:15am
    UFO Crash Site, Lanai City, Lanai Island, Republic of Hawaii



    “The drop site for this operation will be in Hawaii. The downed UFO is in a densely populated urban area. We’ll need to move in and secure the scene before people start panicking.”

    As Central Officer Smith finished her briefing, the few remaining members of Stormbreaker Squad double-checked their weapons and armor one last time. They were flying to Hawaii in the belly of a Levakian Marine Frigate. Chihiro, Hal, Odette, and Yutaka all still had dirt and grime on their uniforms from Tarawa. Sophie and Sophia were trying to take a nap in their seats, while Matthew was drinking his seventh mug of coffee in an attempt to push his body even further past its limit. Nobody had slept in nearly 50 hours, and exhaustion was causing some nerves to be frayed. The tension wasn’t being helped by Yutaka’s extremely sour mood.

    Yutaka Yamamoto had lost his rank.

    Every time someone called Private Yamamoto by his new rank, he gave them an evil eye and a cold shoulder. To make matters worse, he still frequently tried to talk down to anyone he used to outrank. He was being especially vindictive towards Sophie Ackermann, Sophia Kuznetsova, and Isis Dekker, all of whom now outranked Yamamoto, despite the fact that he was old enough to be Sophie’s father. During the flight to Hawaii, Yamamoto had refused to listen to anything Lieutenant Dekker had to say, and his insubordination had earned nothing but ill-will from his squad-mates. When the ship arrived at Hawaii, Yutaka stood near the back of the deployment bay, keeping an even greater distance from his squad than Odette normally did.

    Once the Levakian frigate hit the ground, Chihiro was the first one down the boarding ramp. Taking no chances, the carried her Shadowkeeper pistol in her right hand and Hachiman the Demon Katana in her left. Geist, Duane, and Violet followed the Stormbreakers onto the ground and the XCOM forces began to fan out.

    Right away, Chihiro noticed just how heavy the two weapons were. She was so sleep-deprived that taking a few steps in any direction gave her the impulse to just tumble. Every step had to be taken with care, and the thudding impact of each footfall was the only thing keeping her eyes open right now.

    If it were daytime, somebody would have commented on how the island’s strange beauty. Unlike other islands in the Hawaiian Republic, Lanai is mostly flat save for a few rocky hills near the center of the island. The vast majority of all forests on the island were cut down over a hundred years ago to make way for plantations. After two decades of alien occupation, the plantations had been abandoned and the fields left to nature. The result was a calm endless sea of knee-high shrubbery that went on from coast to coast, blanketing the entire island in a layer of lush green flora. But in the darkness of a Hawaiian winter night, there was only one thing anybody could see:

    A column of smoke, nearly half a mile wide, rose from Lanai City, the one and only town on the whole island. At its base, Chihiro and her teammates could see the flickering lights of emergency vehicles, marking the spot where firefighters were desperately battling the inferno that threatened their homes.



    Stormbreakers, Templars, and Triple Alliance soldiers swept into Lanai City and found a scene of chaos. An alien spacecraft had smashed into the Lanai High School complex, flattening over a dozen large buildings and starting a fire that threatened the rest of the town. Matthew told his soldiers to wait on the side of the road while he went to talk to the local fire chief.

    While the Squad Leader ran off to get the firefighter’s attention, Chihiro and the rest of the Stormbreakers began to ignite bright red road flares and lay them along the road into town, directing friendly forces towards the emergency. Once the last XCOM soldiers were on the scene, Geist and his Templars appeared.

    “What’s the situation?” Duane Gardner asked.

    “Alien ship crashed into the town!” Chihiro quickly explained. “The fire’s our biggest problem right now!”

    The Templars followed Chihiro back into the disaster zone, where several XCOM soldiers had been put to work assisting the firefighters. Odette pulled the safety pin on a handheld extinguisher and doused the front of a burning building with carbon dioxide. Sophia and Sophie had taken it upon themselves to guide local survivors away from the crash site, and a little further away, Chihiro could see that Yutaka and the local fire chief had climbed onto the roof of a nearby church to get a better view of the scene.

    “Gardner.” Geist spoke to his subordinate. “I want you to bring our forces here and break them into small teams. We must prioritize the safe relocation of the locals, after that we’ll…”

    Geist trailed off. He looked towards the firestorm enveloping the crash site. Duane and Violet both went pale.

    Chihiro could sense it too! The atmosphere around her changed in an instant. There was a familiar crackle of Psionic energy in the air, along with something else… something infinitely worse.

    “WE’RE IN DANGER!” Geist shouted! “Get everybody away from the crash site!”

    “What the hell!” Violet screamed in a panic. “Why didn’t we sense that thing earlier!?”

    Something huge rose up from the flames! Panicked screams rose from all around as firefighters and soldiers alike turned tail and fled! Sophie raised her shotgun at the monster emerging from the wrecked UFO and shouted:

    “What is that thing!?”

    It was some kind of abomination! Nearly seven feet tall, the… thing… stepped out of the burning remains of the local high school and into the street, held up on two spindly-looking legs. It had a body covered in tattered and moldy feathers and thick, viscous liquid dripped from its beak. The monster hunched over and let out a strangled yell!

    “It’s a Vanian!” Duane gasped.

    “No way!” Sophie countered. “It’s too big to be a Vanian!”

    The creature reared up to its full height and started stalking towards Chihiro and the group of Templars! One, two, three sets of Shard Blades ignited as the Psionic warriors readied themselves for a fight! Chihiro raised her Shadowkeeper and shouted!

    “STAY BACK!”

    The alien monster ignored her, instead turning to one of the nearby fire trucks. The oversized mutated Vanian reached out and grabbed the truck’s engine block with its huge talons! Pulsing red splotches appeared on the front of the truck and started to spread outwards, enveloping the whole vehicle in a grotesque layering that looked just a little like lumpy, bloody flesh. A lone Hawaiian firefighter jumped out of the cab and fell to the pavement! He scratched and clawed at his skin while the same splotches started to appear on his body and equipment. The man let out a high-pitched scream and collapsed!

    Chihiro felt her heart twist in fear!

    “IT’S THE BEAST!!” She screamed. “THAT’S THE BEAST!”

    Chihiro pulled the trigger and fired directly into the creature’s flank! All around her, other soldiers did the same! Hundreds of gauss rounds, laser bolts, and plasma beams struck the Beast-infected Vanian, causing it to stumble backwards! Psionic lances and bolts arced through the air and hit the Beast like lightning! Illuminated by the light of the fire, Chihiro and her comrades could finally see confirmation of their worst fears.

    Cybernetic devices, pistons, sensors, hydraulic pumps, and other bits of technological implants were scattered all across the body of the infected Vanian, grafted right into its flesh, which under the light, betrayed one more horror! The Vanian’s flesh was patchy, misshapen, and oddly colored, almost as though multiple creatures had been fused together into a single being. Tethered to the now mostly-subverted truck, the shambling, zombie-like thing that had once been a firefighter bent down and picked up a fallen rifle from the ground!

    Moving quickly, Chihiro raised the Shadowkeeper and took aim at the new threat! But she was so tired, so worn out, that she couldn’t aim down the sights as quickly as normal. In that extra half-second Chihiro spent aiming, the infected firefighter took aim at her and pulled the trigger!

    A two-millimeter gauss round slammed into the chestplate of Chihiro’s body armor and pancaked! Little shards of shrapnel sprayed in all directions, hitting Chihiro in the face and arms! Screaming shrilly, she fell over backwards and hit the pavement, hard!

    PAIN.

    A wave of piercing, nerve-splitting pain rippled outwards from Chihiro’s abdomen and paralyzed her for just a moment. Chihiro reached up to check her armor with both hands. She’d been shot once in the chest, just above her heart! Luckily her armor had absorbed the blow and saved her life. Making a mental note to thank Chief Engineer Shen later, Chihiro scrambled back to her feet.

    Despite being hit in the chest, Chihiro was now dealing with mind-numbing pain in her stomach and spine. The urge to vomit had returned and was more powerful than ever. She just felt terrible in every way. Fighting the urge to just give up and pass out, Chihiro holstered the Shadowkeeper and held the Demon Katana in front of her with both hands!

    “Tachibana! With us!” Geist motioned for Chihiro to join him and the Templars.

    Looking around, Chihiro saw that three more Templars had arrived on the scene, bringing their total number up to six. All of them wore Celestial Gauntlets that crackled and hummed with Psionic energy! Chihiro tried to run over to their position, but as soon as she started moving, another powerful wave of searing pain wracked her lower body! Rooted to the spot, Chihiro had no choice but to fight from where she was currently standing.

    “On my signal, unleash a Soulstorm!” Geist shouted. “We must overwhelm it!”

    Next to the infected Vanian, the Beast was starting to take control of the fire truck and its fallen driver. A fleshy mass of mycelia now connected the fallen body to the vehicle’s side! The engine revved loudly and the lights began to flash! On the roof of the nearby church, Yutaka knelt down and took aim with an RPG launcher. There was a quick flash and a loud crack as the projectile struck the vehicle! Flames erupted from the underside of the truck and began to consume both it and the subverted driver! The infected Vanian squawked loudly and turned to attack Yutaka!

    “NOW!” Geist shouted! “Bring it down!”

    Chihiro aimed Hachiman directly at the foe! Around her, the Templars pointed their palms at the target! A moment before she attacked, Hachiman declared:

    “You will not be devoured this day! Strike hard and strike true!”

    Seven swirling pillars of brilliant blue and purple Soulfire arced across the town and lit up the area as though it was daytime! Doused in a storm of supernatural fire, the Beast shrieked and panicked, trying to escape, it spread its wings as though it was going to take flight!

    “Hold it down!” Geist ordered. “Don’t let it get away!”

    Duane and Violet both broke off their attacks and used Telekinesis to seize hold of the Vanian’s wings!

    “Pull!” Violet screamed!

    Duane and Violet continued to pull on the Vanian with their minds, holding it to the ground while Chihiro, Geist, and the other Templars continued to rain Soulfire down on it!

    Then, as though someone had thrown a switch, all of the Soulfire went out!

    Panicked screams went up all around the battlefield! Violet and Duane both shook their Celestial Gauntlets, trying to reactivate them! Geist grabbed a Psionic Amplifier from his comrade and held it in both hands, but the device remained inert and idle. The Templars, suddenly deprived of their powers, began to scatter!

    The Beast roared and unleashed a Telekinetic blast upon the suddenly powerless Templars! The invisible force hit Geist and his warriors, blowing them backwards like leaves caught in a high wind! Behind them, a house collapsed into rubble! Chihiro got hit as well! Thinking quickly, she plunged the point of the Katana into the crumbling street surface and held on for dear life! Another wave of pain rolled up her torso and spine, causing Chihiro to clench the handle of her sword even more tightly!

    “NO!” Hachiman protested! “You will share neither their weakness nor defeat! Attack! Fight! Resist!”

    The sword handle suddenly became hot in Chihiro’s hands, hot in a way she recognized! It was the same type of heat produced when someone discharged unused Psionic energy!

    Of course! The Demon still had its own powers!

    There was nothing else to do. Chihiro could only assume that her own powers had disappeared along with those of the Templars. She would have to put her trust entirely with the sword! Standing upright to face the Beast, Chihiro saw that the creature had turned away from its attack on the Templars to face her in return. The monster started stalking across the shattered street towards Chihiro!

    “Allow me to feed on a piece of you!” Hachiman demanded. “In return, you shall taste victory!”

    Talking loudly enough to be heard above the chaos, Chihiro replied:

    “Fine! Just this once!”

    Clutching the sword in both hands, Chihiro aimed the tip of the blade at the oncoming Beast! One final massive wave of pain erupted in Chihiro’s belly, this time so intense that stars swam in front of her vision! Blinking away the dizzying points of light, Chihiro felt a whole new kind of power building up inside of her! Focusing with all of her mind and soul, Chihiro poured her last best hope into one final attack!

    The Demon Sword began to scream! It was the sound of genuine nightmares, shattering windows, echoing off the clouds, and striking terror into all who heard it! The Beast was hit by the sonic attack and its own shrieks were drowned out by the horrific noises coming from Chihiro’s weapon!

    Hachiman relished the Psionic violence! Enthralled by the onslaught, the Sword Demon amplified Chihiro’s powers! Feeling energized as though she’d just woke up from a power nap, Chihiro funneled as much of her energy into the assault as possible! Her heart thundered like it never had before and her blood ran hot! The sonic bombardment rattled her ears and made every bone in her body vibrate! The pavement cracked as though the whole world was about to break apart!

    The intensity of the sonic attack caused one last wave of unspeakable, sanity-sapping pain to twist Chihiro’s abdomen! She fell to her knees and screamed along with her sword to the darkened sky! The Beast itself was now pinned in a continuous bombardment! Volley after volley of supernatural noise, amplified and focused by Psionic energy, struck the creature and kept it held fast to the ground! Her enemy trapped, Chihiro and Hachiman delivered the final blow!

    A cone of supernatural flames erupted from the Demon Katana! At first it was the usual purple color of Soulfire, but it quickly turned as white as the midday sun! Chihiro had to squint to avoid blinding herself as the amplified attack rocketed downrange towards the enemy! Buildings and trees around her spontaneously combusted, enveloping the entire battlefield in a raging inferno! As soon as Chihiro’s white flames made contact, the infected Vanian let out one last bloodcurdling scream before it was torn to shreds by her Demonic Soulfire attack!

    Psionic energy exploded outward from the Beast in all directions! An orb of blue light shot out of the Beast's body, raced through the air and connected with Violet, who took the full brunt of the blast and keeled over backwards, crashing to the pavement and laying still! Geist managed to raise a Psionic Shield around himself and his allies just in time, and the shockwave bounced harmlessly up into the sky. Chihiro also took a full-on hit and felt one more spasm of intense pain run up the length of her spine! Burning chunks of Beast materiel rained down on Lanai, transforming the town into a truly apocalyptic landscape!

    But finally, the threat seemed to have passed. The Beast-infected Vanian was dead, blasted apart into hundreds of smaller pieces. As she lowered her sword, Chihiro let out a deep exhale, looked around at the wreckage and said:

    “Holy shit, did I do that!?”

    The Templars let out loud cheers and clapped. Duane flashed Chihiro the thumbs-up, then ran to check up on Violet. Geist, however, wasn’t celebrating. He was gazing at the sword hanging loosely in Chihiro’s left hand with a thoughtful expression.

    “Our powers returned as quickly as they departed.” Geist said. “And as for that weapon… and that creature… clearly I will need to meditate on all of this.”

    Chihiro nodded and started to return Hachiman to her belt.

    “A glorious victory!” The Demon within the blade declared. “The enemy fled from you after such a magnificent display of power! Truly you have no equal!”

    “Fled?” Chihiro repeated aloud, “I’m pretty sure I ki… kill… k-k-k… ah-AAAAAUUUUUGGGHHH!”

    PAIN.

    Pain unlike anything Chihiro had ever experienced in her entire life pierced her stomach and rolled throughout her torso! It was worse than the day she’d been shot in the neck! Worse than the water and knife torture the Soviets had put her through in the last war! It felt as though Chihiro was going to split in half down the middle! The pain was so intense that she didn’t notice the ground rising up to meet her! She was blind, deaf, and in so much agony that her screams only stopped because she ran out of air! Curled up on this dirty street, Chihiro was absolutely certain that this was it! This was how she was going to die, never knowing how or why her demise had come!

    Confused images swam in front of her eyes, Noises blended into one another, Psionic energy flitted about in her mind, but none of those sensations made sense. There was only the pain, the agony… the nightmare….



    Thursday, February 14, 2036 – 5:45pm
    Lanai Community Hospital, Lanai Island, Republic of Hawaii



    Because the local hospital was so small, (there were only 24 beds in the whole building) the members of Stormbreaker Squad were forced to wait outside in the parking lot while Chihiro was taken inside for treatment. Sophia Kuznetsova had somehow managed to find fresh fruits somewhere in town and the team was having a small dinner while they waited. Matthew and Odette leaned against a parked car and watched the hospital entrance nervously while Sophie Ackermann had lain down on the pavement to sleep in the winter sunlight. Isis Dekker and Yutaka Yamamoto were both too nervous to stay still. They were each doing their best to keep moving. Isis was pacing back and forth in front of the entrance while Yutaka passed the time by asking any passing soldiers for details on the crashed UFO.

    By midday, the situation in town had been brought under control, and some information about the crashed ship was starting to get around. A group of Levakian Marines brought the Stormbreakers up to speed: For unknown reasons, a badly damaged science ship had come out of Hyperspace so close to Earth that it fell into the atmosphere almost immediately. The identity of the vessel had caused a stir with local Triple Alliance forces. Apparently, the crashed science ship had once been known by the name “Tren Krom” and it had not been seen in a very, very long time.

    Not that the Stormbreakers cared about this right now. Matthew and Odette had both seen Chihiro go down during the previous night’s events, and it had disturbed them to no end. Isis was also distraught. When she had ordered her Gremlin Drone to perform medical protocols, it failed to find anything physically wrong with Chihiro. This set off no small number of alarms.

    Sometime before six o’clock in the evening, the hospital door swung open and Doctors Tygan and Vahlen emerged. All of the Stormbreakers quickly converged on them, and were equally horrified at the sight of large bloodstains on their medical scrubs. Both doctors raised their hands and implored the soldiers to calm down.

    “She’s alive, und she will recover.” Vahlen said right away.

    All six soldiers let out deep sighs of relief.

    “Before we allow you to go inside and see your friend,” Tygan said in a warning voice. “You must be made aware of the fact that she has just gone through an incredibly traumatic experience. I urge you to speak in calm voices and do nothing to alarm her.”

    The Stormbreakers followed the two doctors into the hospital. In one room, Sophie spotted Geist, Duane, and the other Templars gathered around a bed where Violet was still out cold following her encounter with the Beast last night.

    “Doctors,” Isis asked. “What exactly happened to Sergeant Tachibana? It just seemed to hit her out of nowhere!”

    “Before I answer that,” Vahlen said, “It should be made perfectly clear that none of you are to blame for what had transpired. Tachibana was suffering from a nearly undetectable phenomenon that affects many women. About one in five-hundred, I believe. I cannot repeat this enough: there was no way any of you could have known because she herself did not know.”

    “An undetectable condition?” Matthew gasped. “Is it serious?”

    “Sometimes it can be.” Tygan admitted. “We won’t know the full impact for several more hours; but for the time being, it is clear that death is no longer a possibility, and that a... recovery to some degree... is now the most likely outcome. Here we are.”

    The group had stopped outside of a closed door at the end of the hallway. It was labelled with a simple placard that said:


    Neonatal Intensive Care Unit

    Everybody froze.

    “No way!” Isis breathed.

    “You’ve got to be kidding me.” Sophia gasped.

    “Bullshit!” Matthew recoiled.

    “I’ll be damned.” Sophie muttered.

    “We should have seen the signs.” Yutaka shook his head.

    Odette was lost for words.

    “There was a one in five-hundred chance her pregnancy would go undetected.” Tygan said. “The chances of it having a happy ending were even less favorable, yet Sergeant Tachibana has beaten the odds today.”

    In that short silent moment, Sophie, Sophia, Matthew, Isis, Yutaka, and Odette could hear a voice on the other side of the doorway. When Isis recognized it, she paused.

    “Hey… wait a minute… Is she singing!?”

    All six Stormbreakers held their breath for a moment and listened. Sure enough, they could hear Chihiro’s voice on the other side of the doorway. She was singing a slow melody in a calming legato tone of voice. Sophia gave Yutaka a shove and whispered:

    “Well, come on… what’s she saying?”

    While Chihiro continued singing her melody, Yutaka put his ear close to the door and translated her Japanese tune into English:

    “I’ll water you, sunflower, let your tired eyes reflect the sun. Raise your hands, sunflower, show me everything in the light that shines down. Don’t look down, sunflower, face the sun and open up your heart.”

    Even behind the headscarf that obscured her features, it was possible to make out a look of sorrow on Sophia’s face.

    “We all missed it.” Sophia murmured. “She was sick and emotional before this! How did we all miss it!?”

    “Her husband died a month ago.” Matthew answered. “I thought that was why… Didn’t any of you ladies see anything?”

    Sophie Ackermann didn’t look him in the eye. Sophie and Odette both gave her a sad look.

    “No. She didn’t really hang out with us.” Sophie admitted. “She a lot closer with the people who’ve been on the team since Hiroshima. Tsubaki, Holly, Hal, Soylent, and Blake, obviously.”

    Doctor Vahlen pushed the NICU door open.

    “In their absence…” Vahlen said, “I hope you can be the friends she needs right now. Why not go in and introduce yourselves?”

    Isis, Sophie, Matthew, Odette, Sophia, and Yutaka all crossed the threshold and found Chihiro Tachibana sitting upright in a wheelchair. She had parked her chair next to an elevated table where a vast array of advanced medical equipment and technology was assembled around a very small bed.

    Chihiro (who looked completely worn-out) was softly singing to a newborn baby, whose faint heartbeat could be heard on a nearby cardio-respiratory monitor. A semitransparent tube ran out of the baby’s mouth and was attached to some kind of breathing apparatus, and there were intravenous tubes attached to both of her arms. Two local doctors were monitoring the equipment with unfathomable expressions.

    Chihiro sniffled and looked around at her comrades.

    “Hey guys.” She said softly. “Have you met Blake’s little girl yet?”


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 32: Armed for Burial
  • 15 Chapters left until the story is over! :) We're really almost there!

    As we get closer to the final act of The Stormbreakers, I'm becoming more and more aware of the fact that once this tale is complete, the Stormbreaker Trilogy is over. I've got a long list of things I want to do with my characters before the final curtain, such as:
    • a no-holds-barred fight between Akira and Jericho
    • a space battle where Partogan and Human warships fight side by side
    • Allow the Stormbreakers to analyze their (failed) efforts from other Cycles.
    • a face-to-face meeting between all four of the central protagonists: Mira Mihaka, Mami Tamihana, Blake Robinson, and Jericho.
    But the thing I wanted to do more than anything else is to revisit some locations from previous stories. Over the next two or three chapters, you can expect to see our protagonists return to areas from both After Everything and Faith in Chaos. During today's chapter, we'll briefly return to a location last seen in Chapter 5.5 of Faith in Chaos.


    Chapter Thirty-Two
    Armed for Burial


    y4mLKymfqVUvQpA1Hf4SeOMqYCZ6deQl1y4F4ek3GnUtfE2PuM7dSsKVDJ2q9v-VfkdPBfeVZvdoLh_z2t-SltVRXcPFXsZjs97cHpnvQ13F15oLTzwjYB3NqK8cXYj2vwWtsAoxOIJt4kGmJuIhNE8gAlj07SAAEflvQNzuqbvt_fcAiZnCtxGqsBmTk84DZXJ_7Ut8ChBkzztLi6Sco2x3A
    Caption said:
    An abandoned space station in the Great Wastelands, a large region of space located between the Outer Rim and Galactic Core. The Great Wastelands are extremely rich in natural resources, often located in dense regional pockets such as the Gardens of Kadesh, Diamond Shoals, the Sea of Lost Souls, and the Ketu Supernova; or on resource-rich planets like Vania, Paku Nui, Vaopolu, Aoraki, and Partoga.

    It had been nearly two months since the Fall of Hiigara and the loss of the Hyperspace Network. In that time, we were slowly but inexorably making our way back to Earth. It was a journey undertaken in isolation. Without the Hyperwave Relay Network, the only communication we had with the outside world was whenever we crossed paths with a friendly ship, and that was becoming less and less common these days. And since the Progenitor Gates all now lay in enemy hands, we had to take the long way home.

    Scattered throughout the Galaxy are hundreds of Slipgates and non-Progenitor Gateways, most of which were left behind by the Vaygr Crusades. These lesser-known avenues would be our route back to Earth.

    The Galaxy itself had become a far more dangerous place since January. The Galactic Council had been scattered to the winds by the sudden Beast attack on Hiigara, and with all FTL communications down, the war had taken a sharp and chaotic turn. All across the cosmos, the Beast had gone on the offensive. Augmented by Psionic entities the likes of which no one had ever seen before, the enemy was burning through the allied nation’s defenses and intel like a wildfire.

    As for me and my team, we were no longer passengers on the Kakama, but fully-fledged crew members. In the face of the current crisis, everyone was expected to pull double duty. We all had tasks and jobs to perform each day, and the Stormbreakers made sure to pull their weight. The crew of the ship were more than happy for our assistance. They’d lost many of their own and needed bodies to fill the gaps.

    Soylent found himself right at home in the galley, where the entire kitchen staff had been lost. He groaned and complained about the loss of his old still on the Avenger, and once in a while, I found him secretly building a new one in his free time.

    “What’s the use of bein’ trapped in space with no beer, mate?” Soylent justified himself.

    Hal joined the security team, under the leadership of Elsina. The ship’s security forces were comprised mainly of Levakians and Vanians, and it took him nearly a whole month to earn their trust to the point where he was allowed to carry a firearm. Tsubaki and Kathleen had become sensor managers. It was now their job to use the Kakama’s radiating sensors to keep a lookout for incoming infected ships.

    Jericho spent most of her time in training. After the fight at Chapel Perilous, she started experimenting with her powers again, in much the same way she did as a little kid, if I remembered Isis Dekker’s explanation right. She told us all that she had only recently learned how to deflect the kind of energy weapons used against us at Hiigara.

    “I was supposed to do all this advanced Psionic training with Mira and the Ranginui twins.” Jericho explained. “Stuff I would need to learn to do in order to use the Trinity.”

    Manako was too busy commanding the ship and finding a way back to Earth to train Jericho, so Reepi and Kanti had taken over those duties. For the past few weeks, the three of them had taken over the cargo bay for Psionics lessons. Eight to nine hours a day, we could all feel intense energy and heat radiating out of the cargo bay while Jericho and the two Vanians practiced newer and more incredible Psionic techniques. The even managed to reverse-engineer the strange shields the Beast had employed against us at Hiigara.

    In the event of a real emergency, Jericho could now envelop the entire ship in a Psionic shield, protecting us from harm for just a few crucial seconds. So far we hadn’t found ourselves in that kind of situation, but it was quite reassuring to know we had the option.

    As for Yukiko, Sarah, and I? We had the most fascinating job of all…

    After escaping from our pursuers at Hiigara, the Kakama had been severely damaged, with most of her laser turrets being taken offline. Our weapon systems were so badly impaired that if we got into another fight, we surely would have been destroyed. Commander Ranginui had asked everybody, Stormbreakers included, for suggestions on how to evade the enemy since fighting was out of the question.

    After thinking on it for some time, I remembered the stories Chihiro had told about how she had been part of the crew of a submarine hunter during World War Three back on Earth. I remembered how she described the Soviet submarines as “ruthless silent hunters.” Keeping her description in mind, I recommended we implement some kind of camouflage system that would allow us to hide in plain sight. Adil and Temirzhan both backed me up, saying:

    “The Hiigarans and Turanic Raiders have been experimenting with holographic emitters and cloaking devices for over a century. We could easily make use of the technology ourselves.”

    So it was decided. Kailani set a course for the Sojent-Ra system, a region of space where over a century ago, the Hiigarans had fought a great battle against the original incarnation of the Beast. We found a disabled Hiigaran Cloaked Fighter in the wreckage and took it aboard, where our chief engineer, the little reptilian Kelt named Dolim, set to work adapting it’s technology for the Kakama’s frigate chassis.

    Dolim, Temirzhan, Adil, Yukiko, Sarah, and I became the primary operators and maintainers of the ship’s new Cloaking Sail. The device required a lot of power to operate, so whenever we were cloaked, the ship’s maximum speed was halved, armor was depolarized, and all weapons were disabled. But considering that we were trying to avoid a fight, this was deemed an acceptable trade-off.

    To facilitate the Kakama’s new “flight over fight” strategy, the weapons were overhauled as well. Of the three remaining laser turrets, two were dismantled and the scrap parts reused elsewhere. Stopping off in another debris field, (this one much fresher, sadly) we replaced our damaged or lost laser weapons with a pair of Hiigaran torpedo launchers. The Torpedo Frigate was a mainstay of the Hiigaran Armada, so salvaging unused torpedoes from battlefields gave us plenty of spare ammunition to work with. Using a torpedo launcher also meant that the Kakama would only have to de-cloak for a matter of seconds if the situation truly called for weapons.

    Patched up, refitted, and partially rebuilt by her crew in-flight over the past two months, some of us liked to joke about how this was no longer the same starship that had departed Earth back in January, and that a name change might be in order.

    Running fast, hiding as necessary, and fighting when given no other choice, we darted from one Slipgate to the next, seeking out the old Vaygr Gates and rocketing back towards Earth in leaps and bounds. In early March, Commander Ranginui took a calculated risk by flying us through a previously unexplored Slipgate located near the border of the Hiigaran Empire and Taiidan Republic. We were in for quite a surprise on the other side.



    Wednesday, March 8, 2036 - 4:15am
    Ketu Stellar Graveyard, The Great Wastelands, Levakian Confederation


    “Clear of Slipgate! All systems running nominally.” Elsina reported.

    “Good. Sensors, anything out there?” Manako asked.

    “No sir,” Tsubaki answered. “We’re alone.”

    Manako turned around and walked to the starboard side of the dais, pointing to a far corner of the bridge where Yukiko, Sarah, Dolim, Temirzhan, Adil, and I were working.

    “Deploy the Cloaking Sail and rig the ship for silent running.” He ordered.

    “Aye, sir.” Adil responded. “We’re going dark now.”

    An invisible field of energy enveloped the Kakama, bending and refracting a wide spectrum of light and radio waves. In mere seconds, our ship had vanished from all sensors and become invisible to the naked eye. On the bridge, Elsina reported our position.

    “Starcharts say we’re in the Ketu Supernova, right on the northern border of the Core Sector.”

    “Core Sector?” I repeated. “You mean we’re near the center of the Galaxy?”

    “No, that’s not it.” Dolim replied. Since he was such a small reptile, Dolim had a squeaky voice that I still hadn’t gotten used to. “She’s talking about the Partogan Core Sector, the central hub of the Commonwealth.”

    I craned my neck around to look out the main window at the front of the bridge. After flying around the Galaxy for a couple of months, looking for a way home, I’d gotten used to the view of the Galactic Disk. I could point out various stellar landmarks now, like the Gardens of Kadesh, the Shining Hinterlands, or the Karos and Abbassid Graveyards. Dolim pointed towards a dull red star just beyond the Sea of Lost Souls, a patch of space with very few stars.

    “That’s the Trecta system.” He said. “The Homeworld of the Partogans and Levakians, capitol of the Commonwealth. Central hub of the Triple Alliance. For nearly everyone in the Outer Limb, it’s more central to their lives than the actual Galactic Core.”

    Yukiko let out an impressed whistle.

    “Perhaps when the war is over, we could pay a visit.” She said.

    “We’d be glad to have you!” Kailani called out from her station at the helm. “Those shiny-heads at the Royal Science Academy would love a chance to see why Humans and Partogans are basically the same.”

    “You make it sound like they wanna dissect us.” Sarah giggled nervously.

    “Well, yeah. They definitely wanna dissect you.” Kailani admitted.



    y4mhAhUK9FURzuuxEz6zAYA_mAZtpGKbow6OuTTqHGS6BBBo3hzsjmXC4BPur1skYohGgMlYdUfFknhDs8zpOXJWO9KZv2y6NClHiarMVDtsY383IQvQGoZEsKsgJe1F6_MbBHzCveeAaorzdqBNNyrols59PiKi-B9lZMOpx6RV_VIivMD45ItEWb7XZ6vbAtkz2qSq954P8omZ4ZF-soCnA
    Caption said:
    A group of Partogans watch unidentified spacecraft fly past while their ship remains grounded. Airless bodies and barely habitable worlds became very popular hiding spots for the scattered allied forces during the final year of the Second Hyperspace War owing to the fact that the Beast was primarily attracted to planets with very large amounts of biological life forms, allowing dead worlds such as Moana Nui to pass unnoticed.

    Saturday, March 11, 2036 - 5:30pm
    Ruins of Atarau, Moana Nui, Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth



    Have you ever seen a stellar graveyard from the surface of an alien planet? If you ever get the chance, do it.

    When we all stepped down the Kakama’s boarding ramp and arrived on the planet known as Moana Nui, Jericho, Sarah, Hal, Soylent, Kathleen, Tsubaki and I only had eyes for the heavens above us. The skies had been stained deep red and orange by the Supernova remnant that had enveloped this system. It was almost as though the sky itself was on fire. One hundred years ago, a nearby star named Ketu had exploded in an epic Supernova. The massive eruption had transformed the region of space around it, and it had also transformed the planet we were now standing on.

    A century ago, Moana Nui had been an outpost of the Kingdom of Partoga. The planet itself was what Manako called an “Ocean World.” Over ninety percent of the planet surface was covered in water, and the remaining landmass had been urbanized by Partogan settlers. But when the Ketu star exploded, the Supernova utterly reshaped the planet, despite being hundreds of light-years away. The oceans of Moana Nui evaporated. Barely able to sustain life, the planet was abandoned by its inhabitants in favor of greener worlds.

    But this hot, humid, wasteland of a world was still perfect for a badly damaged Frigate that needed a place to lay low while her crew effected some repairs. The permanent blanket of dense clouds that now covered the world hid us from all passerby.

    The Kakama set down in what used to be the Atarau starport. According to Dolim, this place would have everything he needed to overhaul the ship’s nuclear reactor, assuming the Turanic Raiders hadn’t pillaged the place first, of course.

    Since none of my team had the training to perform unscheduled, non-routine repair work on a badly damaged nuclear reactor, we were politely asked to “get out of the way” for a few hours. Jericho, Reepi, and Kanti separated from the group and moved off to the other side of the spaceport together. Our curiosity getting the best of us, the rest of the Stormbreakers, plus Sarah and Yukiko, followed along to witness Jericho’s Psionic training up close.

    As it turned out, the vast majority of this training consisted of meditation. When Jericho and the two Vanians sat down on the crumbled tarmac in silence, we joined them. I couldn’t help but remember when Chihiro and I had both done something similar when we were little kids.

    “Focus… is the key.” Reepi spoke in a slow, calm tone. “Pick a single thing. It could be a person, a concept, an idea, anything, and focus your mind upon it and nothing else. Purge yourself of all thought except this singular point. Hold this one thought in your mind alone, apart from your self and the world around you.”

    Leaning back against some twisted metal hulk, I closed my eyes and cast my mind about for something to focus on. After a moment, I settled on Chihiro. This… didn’t work. My mind ran in circles as I couldn’t help but think about how much I missed her and couldn’t stop wondering how she was doing right now.

    Reepi put me out of my misery after about an hour. He telekinetically summoned a six-foot long metal pole from the rubble of a nearby building and passed it to Jericho. Then Kanti asked the rest of us to take a few steps back. It was time for sparring practice to begin.

    Now I’ve seen Psionic sparring before. When Chihiro learned how to share her powers with me, I had attended Psionic training with her a few times. Typically, when two Gifted people are practicing their psychokinetic combat abilities, they’ll stand on opposite sides of a fighting area and just attack one another with their minds. It kinda looks like the fight scenes in that Old-World movie about the boy wizard: “The Sorcerer Prince and Hallowed Chamber of the Phoenix.”

    Yeah… that’s not what happened here.

    Reepi attacked Jericho at the same time and left nothing to chance! The red and white peacock laid into her with Psionic Volts and lances, blasting her with Soulfire, but he didn’t stop at Psionics! He took flight and attacked Jericho from the air, attempting to cut or grab any part of her he could reach with his talons! Kanti and the rest of us all jumped back as Jericho retaliated with both physical and Psionic force. This mock battle carried on for about forty-five seconds before something very strange happened.

    With no prior warning that I could see, right as the fight between Reepi and Jericho was starting to get extremely intense… they both stopped using their powers. The flare of Soulfire in Jericho’s hand suddenly went out, and the blight light in Reepi’s eyes abruptly vanished. Jericho seemed to be caught off-guard by this development because Reepi barreled forward and crashed into her chest!

    Knocked over backwards, Jericho scrambled to get back to her feet, but Reepi caught her arm in his talons and threw her off-balance again!

    “Adapt!” Reepi shouted. “Improvise!”

    Jericho clutched the metal pipe Reepi had given her and swung it at his wings! He dodged it easily, turned around and flapped his impressive fifteen-foot wingspan directly in Jericho’s face, sending her tumbling to the ground again!

    “Sloppy, undisciplined!” Reepi admonished her.

    Jericho rolled onto her back and pointed her palms upwards, sending a roaring column of Soulfire up towards Reepi, who deflected it and shouted:

    “Enough!”

    Grumbling with disappointment, Jericho stood up and brushed herself off while Reepi came to a landing near her and shook out his feathers. It was over so quickly, and everyone who had just witnessed the Psionic sparring match had the same question:

    “What happened back there?” Hal demanded to know. “Why’d you stop using your Gift?”

    Panting, Reepi and Jericho both sat down on the dusty ground and looked at one another. Then Jericho said:

    “Guys… there’s something wrong with the Gift. All our powers are becoming… well… what’s the best word here… inconsistent and unreliable. Yeah, that’s it. There’s something wrong with Psionics in general and I’m not too sure we can count on the Gift anymore.”

    “All of the Gifted crew have been having the same problems.” Reepi added. “People have been having ‘Blackouts’ where their powers just vanish for a short while.”

    Jericho nodded.

    “At first the blackouts were really short, like when I blacked out at Chapel Perilous for a few seconds. Remember, Blake?”

    I nodded, recalling the brief disappearance of Jericho’s powers that day over Hiigara, when her telekinesis had momentarily let her down, forcing the young Hawaiian to resort to brute strength instead.

    “But recently they’ve started to get more serious.” Reepi finished. “Just a few days ago I had a blackout that lasted for nearly half a minute. To make matters worse, the blackouts are becoming more frequent. We’re all finding ourselves having to cope without our Gift on a near daily basis.”

    “We have been doing resilience and adaptability training.” Kanti explained. “None of us have any idea what’s going on with Psionics these days, and we must be prepared for the moment when the Gift fails us entirely. Of course, we hope it never comes, but we need to be ready all the same.”



    Thursday, March 16, 2036 - 4:00am


    Now that I knew about the Psionic blackouts, I finally noticed the change in behavior amongst the Gifted crew. Manako seemed to be putting a brave face on the whole situation, but the Vanian crew were definitely the sort I could beat in a poker game. They were scared and it was showing. Many of the peacocks and peahens who served aboard the ship were becoming paranoid. They startled easily, and the ones who truly couldn’t handle the stress had started molting. You couldn’t take two steps on the Kakama without treading on lost feathers.

    The molting only compounded problems, because Vanians place a great deal of importance on physical beauty and attractiveness. Vanian crew members who molted after losing their Gifts began suffering straight-up mental breakdowns, and had to be removed from duty for days at a time, squawking to anyone who would listen about how no one would ever love them again.

    After spending a week down on the surface of Moana Nui, Dolim reported that the nuclear reactor was back online and we were ready to resume our journey towards Earth. The night before liftoff, Manako invited Jericho, Yukiko, and myself to the captain’s private dining room on deck one. When we got there, we found Adil, Dolim, and Reepi already seated and waiting for us. While a crewman served a meal of Kane-Ra (some kind of Partogan cow) and hot Thornax stew (crushed fruits served in their own spiky shell) Manako launched into the reason why we had gathered here.

    “Miss Takahashi, Lieutenant Robinson, and Private Ray. I need to ask you all for a favor.”

    I raised an eyebrow and cast quick looks at Jericho and Yukiko. The Human Envoy was tight-lipped and poker-faced, staring straight into Manako’s eyes. Jericho winced at the use of her true name, but then shook her head at me and mouthed the words:

    “Having a blackout. Sorry.”

    Yukiko decided to respond first, keeping her voice level and diplomatic:

    “Considering all you’ve done to help us return home at your own expense, it might be safe to say we owe you a favor, Commander Ranginui. Please tell us what you need.”

    Manako took a sip of water and rubbed the top of the glass with his thumb, as though he was having trouble picking his words.

    “I know I promised to take you directly to Earth.” He began. “But for the past few days, I’ve been feeling a temptation… to take a detour.”

    “To where?” Jericho asked.

    Manako produced a small tablet computer from its place next to his dinner plate, tapped the screen, and brought up a map of the surrounding stellar region. He passed it to Adil. The Assurian officer turned the screen so we could all see it, and then pointed to a small red star.

    “I want to go home.” Manako said. “To Partoga.”

    Jericho, Yukiko, and I all shuffled in our seats. We were trying to quickly think of a reason to object that wouldn’t make us look ungrateful or disrespectful. Manako almost certainly read our minds, because he offered a quick clarification:

    “I promise, it will be a short stopover.” He explained: “To use a Human expression, I intend to kill many birds with just a few stones. While in the Capitol, the ship can be given a proper overhaul and refit. We won’t be flying around in a ramshackle wreck held together with hopes and dreams. We’ll restock on provisions, and I’ll use my authority to get us an escort fleet.”

    “Your authority?” Yukiko repeated.

    Manako elaborated:

    “Not only am I an officer in the Commonwealth Navy, but I am a member of a very illustrious and powerful family. My grandmother is Queen of the Commonwealth. I assure you; we can use those connections to great advantage.”

    “I know what you mean.” I said, raising my glass in a gesture like a salute. “I’m married to the sister of an Emperor. Those familial ties are of the utmost value right now.”

    “I’m glad you understand.” Manako sounded grateful. “Once I get us an escort fleet, we can move in complete safety. All told, we would be in the Capitol for just a few days, but to get there, we will need to double back about thirty light-years the way we came. There’s a Slipgate near Qurus that connects directly to Nithascal, which is just one Short Jump away from home… and…”

    Manako trailed off. All eyes were on Jericho, who had stopped eating, her mouth frozen halfway through the act of chewing some Kane-Ra meat. She had narrowed her eyes and was looking at Manako with an intense piercing gaze. Right away, I knew that Jericho’s latest blackout had ended and she was using her powers again. Cautiously, knowing full well that Manako could hear my thoughts, I let a few choice words slip through my subconscious while I drank some Thornax stew.

    Tastes like Soylent’s made up a new secret ingredient.

    Jericho’s telepathic voice replied in my head right away.

    I heard him thinking about it. He’s only keeping it a secret from the Avian crew. Maybe its chicken?

    I had to fight really hard to keep a straight face while Jericho implanted the image of a stereotypical red and blue rooster in my mind. Meanwhile, Yukiko responded to Manako.

    “You’re saying we would have to backtrack almost thirty light-years. How long will this detour take?”

    “In the most optimistic of projections,” Dolim answered, “We expect to add at least one month to our journey, moving our projected arrival at Earth from mid-July to late August.”

    Next to me, I felt Jericho stiffen in her seat. This was apparently very unwelcome news. I lightly touched Yukiko’s knee under the table to stop her from talking, then leaned forward and said:

    “Uh, can I step out with my comrades for a minute? We need to discuss this.”



    The three of us huddled together just outside the doorway to the Captain’s quarters and held a quiet but serious argument. All three of us took it in turns to voice our opinions.

    “I know we all wanna go home.” I started. “And that we definitely know these folks a favor or two, but I’ve walked in Manako’s shoes. I know what it’s like to have a Head of State in the immediate family. Trust me, if he goes to Partoga, he’s going to get tangled up in so much red tape and security details that he won’t get off that damn planet for a year. Earth is in danger right now! Don’t forget the Galactic Front Line is on our goddamned doorstep!”

    Jericho folded her arms and nodded at me, biting her lip.

    “So you say no?”

    “No!” I confirmed. “Ten thousand times no! We can’t afford to detour anywhere right now, let alone Partoga! Do you want to go?”

    Jericho and Yukiko both nodded. My heart fell, hard.

    “Partoga has natural deposits of Aetherium and Protodermis, strategic resources we need for the Trinity, which is being built on Earth!” Yukiko told me. “You’re right about the Galactic Front Line, Robinson. We simply don’t have time for a ship to come all the way out here from Earth! We need to pick up these resources now!”

    I knew Yukiko was going to say that, but Jericho!?

    “And you!?” I asked.

    “Manako’s got an ulterior motive.” Jericho said. “There’s someone he wants to see on Partoga as soon as possible. Not his family, not his grandmother. He didn’t want to mention them in front of Reepi.”

    Yukiko and I both paused.

    “Wait, he’s keeping our destination a secret from Reepi?”

    Nodding, Jericho said:

    “Details are fuzzy, but Reepi’s got bad blood with these folks… this… Vanian Conclave of Telepaths. Manako’s already decided in his mind that he wants to take the risk and meet with them. He considers a meeting with the Conclave to be of utmost importance.”

    I shook my head.

    “What about the extra month!?” I persisted. “Anything could happen down on Earth by the time we get back!”

    Jericho disagreed.

    “Mira’s history database said that in every Cycle, Agamemnon doesn’t pose a threat to Earth until it knows for certain I’m there. Earth won’t be in danger until I get back. The Beast wants me, remember? We can string that to our advantage.”



    Re-entering the room, Jericho, Yukiko, and I took our seats. Manako, Dolim, Reepi, and Adil had left their food untouched until we returned.

    “So, what will it be?” Manako asked. “Will you permit the stopover in Partoga, or should we continue directly to Earth?”

    Yukiko and Jericho both looked at me.

    “I seem to remember I was outvoted.” I sighed. “It’s your call.”

    Yukiko gave Manako a very warm smile.

    “Yes, we’ll be more than happy to detour to Partoga. Would it be possible to present my diplomatic credentials to your government while I’m there?”

    “I’m sure the Patriarchs of the two Great Families or even the Kuhina Nui would agree to meet with you.” Adil replied. “With your permission, Manako, I’ll make the arrangements as soon as we get close enough to the Capitol for short-range radio.”



    The rest of our team had mixed reactions to the news of an extra month being added to our journey. Tsubaki tried her hardest to pretend she was totally on board with the idea, but I could tell she was feeling a little betrayed. After I explained that I had been opposed to the idea, Tsubaki hugged me so hard that her cybernetic legs bruised my knees. When Jericho offered to hug her, Tsubaki just kind of stood there with her arms limp at her sides.

    Soylent was visibly upset. The novelty of space was starting to wear off for him, and now he just wanted to go home as soon as possible. Kathleen just rolled with the punches, and said she’d go anywhere as long as she got to stay with the team. Hal parroted Yukiko’s argument almost word for word, and Sarah was unexpectedly enthusiastic. She ran off towards the galley, saying she needed to tell Temirzhan about the change in plans.

    So, with the crew informed of the detour and a destination chosen, the Kakama lifted off from the lifeless world of Moana Nui. Turning away from the dim point of yellow light that was our home and began to travel back the way it had come, towards a blue star in the Outer Limb, and one last Galactic landmark before we reached the Capitol of the Partogan-Levakian Commonwealth…



    Saturday, March 31, 2036 - 2:00am
    Near the Aakash Gate, Qurus Star System, Levakian Confederation


    “Robinson! Report to the starboard observation deck!”

    Before the intercom fell silent, Soylent kicked the underside of my bunk and grunted.

    “What the hell does he want with you at the crack of dawn!?”

    “Beats me.” I grumbled.

    Reluctantly, I clambered down from my bunk and quickly threw on the green and orange flight suit that was the standard uniform of the Commonwealth Navy. My own US Army uniform was beyond repair and had long ago been fed to the Phased Disassembler Array, so that the minerals and fibers used to make it could be put to some other use. Yawning and mumbling, I made my way up one deck and started making my way to the Kakama’s starboard side. All of the normal white running lights in the hallways had been shut off and instead, the corridors were lit with red lights, letting me know that the ship had been rigged for silent running, and that the Cloaking Sail was active.

    The observation deck was a long thin room that was a kind of rec area for the crew. There’s one on each side of the ship. A wide window presented a glorious view of the cosmos outside. We were now on the outermost periphery of what had once been the Ketu Supernova. Fragments of stellar remnant swam through space like an oil slick in seawater around us.

    In the observation deck, leaning against a metal railing that separated them from the window, I found Manako, Temirzhan, Elsina, and Jericho. When they saw me approach, Manako stepped away from the window and pointed at a stellar formation just below the Kakama.

    “Look down there, Robinson.”

    Leaning my head out just enough to see over the railing, I spotted what Manako was pointing at and did a double-take.

    “Wait, what!?” I gasped. “Is that a-?”

    “Not anymore.” Manako finished. “It hasn’t been for over a century. That used to be the planet called Asalele. It was destroyed by Akira Robinson.”


    y4mVWyK_s8iz1zFFZW5yGYCjNTNgxLqChx9LizhFIyYZobdEbx-t53zPIUCipqB7xrf7LqJF5luVIEUo2JvkQP5RqqtIjqVcjI4YDOtaNsn9eWYUalj6Is5YT-URcd3pdNJtSWO9wSM-UN9hhLZFIP8__aMM9WhdNFBmoFO6ltbcFwPdCu6jayn6aAFaE5w-kxuvSQShIe3YQ4_ZpumPIkn0g
    Caption said:
    The Asalele stellar graveyard. More than a century has gone by since this planet was destroyed in the final action of the 1928 Levakian Uprising, and it is still not known how many people died during this tragedy. Historians estimate that somewhere between 11 and 14 million lives were lost during the Destruction of Asalele.

    Down below the Kakama was a roughly spherical-shaped cloud of rocks and debris. Many chunks were still curved enough that I could recognize them as having once been tectonic plates. Like the seeds of a dandelion, bits and pieces of the former planet were flying away from the core, but in general, the millions of chunks that had once been a single planet flew through space together, like a silent funeral procession.

    “She did this!?” I was so shocked my voice cracked.

    “Yes.” Manako confirmed. “One hundred years ago, this planet was a fledgling colony with the potential to become a great and powerful world. Now it is a grave for an unknowable number of innocent victims.”

    “A century ago, she manipulated my ancestors into fighting the Partogans.” Elsina told me. “She provoked us into a battle we couldn’t win.”

    “Our great Queen fought Akira and defeated her,” Temirzhan added, “But not before this happened. Akira claimed that everything she was doing was to build ‘a perfect future,’ at least, that’s what Her Majesty told us afterward.”

    “I don’t see how this kind of death and destruction fits into Akira’s vision of a perfect future.” I admitted.

    “No one does.” Manako concluded. “Before the Beast showed up, and before even the Vaygr Wars, people all around the galaxy debated what Akira’s perfect future might have looked like. There was no consensus, and frankly, I couldn’t care less.”

    “None of us care, either.” Elsina growled. “Akira’s a murderer, Blake. Innocent people shouldn’t have to pay for her future with their lives.”

    Temirzhan put one hand on my shoulder and gave me a serious look. The many ridges along his forehead amplified this expression and made it much more intimidating.

    “We want you to know, Robinson, that with the Galactic Council dispersed and unlikely to gather again soon, our intentions towards Akira have changed.”

    “If we see her again,” Elsina finished, “and I’m sure we will. We’re going to kill her. No hesitation. No questions. We will shoot on sight, and if you get in the way, we’ll shoot you too.”

    I felt a horrible lurch in my stomach. Honestly, I had mixed feelings about this. Sure, a year ago I would have agreed to this plan in a heartbeat without a second thought. But now Chihiro and I had actually gotten some time to know Akira. I had seen the horrifying images in her mind, but I had a little bit of context and understanding to go with them now. In the core of my soul, I just knew I no longer had that desire to see Akira dead.

    Punished? Absolutely.

    Executed? Not anymore.

    After thinking for a moment, I found a middle ground I thought I could live with. I’ll admit, my voice wavered a bit when I said this:

    “Alternate timeline or not, she’s my daughter. My manipulative, deceitful, and genocidal daughter. If you try to kill her, I promise I’ll step aside… but I will not stop Akira from defending herself.”

    Manako had almost certainly read my mind. He nodded slowly and replied:

    “Thank you. I’ll respect that.” He said. “Stopping Akira from tampering with history is all we want to do here.”

    On this note, Jericho butted into the conversation.

    “Well, if it helps, you definitely don’t have to worry about her escaping to another time.”

    Temirzhan, Elsina, Manako and I all looked at her.

    “Care to explain?” I asked.

    Jericho gave me a sly smile.

    “Isis told me about what you did for me in China.” Jericho replied. “You had Akira to you to her ship so that you could use her tech to heal me. And you know what I did while we were camped out on Kauai? I told Mira about it. Where Akira’s ship is, what kind of state it’s in, everything.”

    A grin split Jericho’s features, like a child who finally got to reveal the practical joke she’d played on her friends.

    “Mira and I promised each other.” She finished. “The instant one of us saw or heard anything that made us think Akira was active, we’d drop whatever we were doing, head over to Jilin, and smash the Ark Angel into a powder. Then we’d blow up the whole region to make sure we got the Time Core. Trust me, guys. Mira’s got the Ark Angel under surveillance back home. If Akira tries to pull anything, her time travel days will end!”

    Jericho snapped her fingers, and a shower of sparks flew away from her fingertips like miniature fireworks.

    “Just like that!”

    Manako, Temirzhan, and Elsina all voiced their approval, talking so loudly that they almost missed the voice of Kailani as it came over the intercom:

    “Standby for Slipgate Jump in five! Four! Three! Two! One! Slipgate!”

    In an instant, faster even than the blink of an eye, the view through the window changed as every star jumped from one place to another! The dull grey and white clouds of Supernova Remnant vanished and were replaced by a bright red formation of stellar dust shaped a little like flower petals. The billowing red cloud obscured the starfield in front of our window.

    “Commander,” Kailani spoke over the intercom. “We’ve arrived in the Gardens of Kadesh, just outside of the Nithascal system. Estimated time to the Capitol: about half a day.”

    “Very good, Kalili.” Manako replied. “Take us to the Capitol at best possible speed.”

    I yawned and turned towards the door.

    “I’m going to try and get some sleep before we arrive.” I said. “Sounds like tomorrow’s going to be a busy day.”

    Taking her que from me, Jericho also made to leave, but before we’d gone more than a few paces, Kailani’s voice came over the intercom again, this time sounding much more urgent!

    “Commander, we’re picking up a short-wave radio transmission from the Capitol!”

    Jericho and I froze. There was something about Kailani’s tone of voice that made us think she had not heard a standard greeting. Manako stepped over to a computer console by the door and slid his command card into the reader.

    “We’ll take it in here, Kalili.” Manako called back. “What’s the time delay?”

    “About five hours.” Kailani answered. “It’s a high-power signal, someone’s put a lot of power behind this! Standby, the message is coming through now!”

    Manako, Elsina, Jericho, Temirzhan and I all held our breath as the audio message was replayed for all of us to hear. A male voice spoke in a rapid pace with a hint of desperation:

    “This is LVK Tantomile to any Commonwealth ships in range! The Beast is attacking! They are attempting to bypass Fort Daxia and raid the Capitol! We cannot hold them! Require immediate assistance!”

    Well, so much for sleep. Jericho and I dashed back to the crew quarters to wake up our comrades while Manako addressed the entire ship through the intercom system:

    “General quarters! General quarters! All hands to your battle stations! De-activate the Cloaking Sail! Polarize armor, full power to sensors, load both torpedo tubes! Charge the Hyperspace Module and prepare for an emergency maximum range jump!”


     
    Last edited:
    Chapter 33: Everything is Different Now
  • Wishing the happiest of birthdays to the one who's been reading this trilogy over my shoulder (Literally!) since Chapter 1.1 of After Everything! Many happy returns @RedMotorCycle!

    This chapter contains a couple of big reveals as well as a tiny retcon for Faith in Chaos. (Someone's backstory is getting altered) Buckle those seatbelts and enjoy!


    Chapter Thirty-Three
    Everything is Different Now

    y4mTb9qYRDNASLh2i7smxwSLzmr33DOfTSDyQgKH_OY72G4zIPKUw_c5fEauWaVsJccGDl0MD6oE0aaovk3nq3TsBbMGqHwq9jp57cMLUHVcouudzNDZptkWNVvtTZu2id-2WBhx_vpVkO4Fby55zPZcnJAc7mbptx6lM4yJYPHS33jF81Eb3UEod3J4GpxOsiHNUAS3EwhJd_djbqYF3DBjw
    Caption said:
    A depiction of the immediate family tree of Chihiro's new daughter. The new Robinson is a multinational child, she has ties to families in Japan, America, and France.
    Tuesday, February 18, 2036 – 11:15am
    Lanai City, Lanai Island, Republic of Hawaii



    Stepping out the main door of the UNS Tigermoth, Mira found a scene of devastation. Nearly half of Lanai City had been destroyed. Wisps of pale smoke curled up from a few buildings that were still burning, and overworked firefighters were started to come off the front lines for some desperately-needed rest. UN soldiers and VDF troops moved in to take their place. For the most part, though, the situation had finally been brought under control. The danger had long since passed and now focus was slowly turning from damage control to cleanup.

    At the crater that had once been a high school, the skeleton of the starship once known as Tren Krom continued to smolder. A group of Vanian investigators had descended on the site and were leaving no piece of rubble unturned. Mira could sense the residual Psionic energy in the air as her escort walked her around the crash site.

    “What happened here?” Mira asked.

    UN pilot Wendy Carter gestured to the wreck with her submachine gun.

    “The Beast happened.” Wendy explained. “The creature came out of the ship and started attacking. If Sergeant Tachibana hadn’t been here, we’d all probably be dead.”

    Mira pursed her lips and didn’t say anything. It was too soon to voice her worries. Instead, she continued to follow Wendy to her destination.

    The Lanai Community Hospital was far removed from the disaster that had befallen the town, but it was no less important. A triage area had been set up in the parking lot. Soldiers and firefighters filtered in and out of the building while a group of medical workers, showing general symptoms of exhaustion and dehydration.

    Wendy flashed her credentials and she and Mira were allowed inside of the building.

    “Honestly, I think it’s good that Robinson gave Tachibana a baby.” Wendy said casually. “I didn’t think she was coping with his death all that well.”

    “You really think Robinson and the others are dead?” Mira asked.

    “Come on, we all know what the Beast did to Hiigara.” Wendy scoffed. “We might not have proof or bodies, but even a kid can put two and two together. Here we are.”

    They had reached the NICU ward. Isis Dekker had fallen asleep in an armchair in the waiting area, and the rest of the Stormbreakers were nowhere to be seen. Mira fished around in her pockets and pulled out a few Credits.

    It had taken several months, but the UN government had finally figured out how to create something that Humans, aliens, and Hybrids alike could accept as currency. UN Credits only came in the form of coins made from stamped alloys for now. Once the electronic banking system came online in a few months, the new global economy would be much more straightforward. Mira gave a handful of Credits to Wendy and asked for two meals from the cafeteria, one for herself and one for Chihiro. Wendy took the money and left Mira alone in the NICU ward.

    With one hand, Mira knocked on the door to the room where Chihiro had been resting since that fateful night. With the other, she reached into her satchel and pulled out her tablet computer. Two removable devices, each the size of a housekey, were already attached to it.

    “Come in!”

    Mira stepped into Chihiro’s room. She was greeted by the same sight as the Stormbreakers had found yesterday. Chihiro was still favoring a wheelchair over the nearby bed so that she could be close to the complicated machinery that was keeping her baby alive. The small child squirmed and flailed for a moment before falling still and relaxing again.

    “Hello, Chihiro. I’m so happy to see you’re both doing well.” Mira set her tablet on the table next to the little girl and gave Chihiro a hug. “When I heard about what happened, I came as quickly as I could.”

    “You mean as quick as you could give Colonel Kelly the slip?” Chihiro replied. “I’m sorry the Truth and Reconciliation Commission is putting you through the gauntlet. Did you ever find out who accused you?”

    “A Skirmisher named Zephyr.” Mira replied, then added in a remorseful tone: “I killed and maimed so many of their comrades when I was the Chosen Assassin. At some point I will have to go to Berlin, confess, and ask for amnesty.”

    Mira and Chihiro both looked at one another and sighed. Mira couldn’t blame Chihiro for her hesitation here. Very few people in this world can claim to have befriended an accused war criminal. Determined to stay on track, Mira gestured to the infant Chihiro was keeping vigil over.

    “May I meet her?”

    Chihiro perked right up. She (quite rightfully) seemed to enjoy introducing people to her child. With a little groan, Chihiro pulled herself out of the wheelchair and stood upright, leaving behind a softcover book on the armrest. Mira snatched a quick glance at the book and saw that it was titled “Redefining Silence: The Definitive Guide to Raising Deaf Children.”

    Reaching into the little crib, Chihiro gently brushed her child’s head with one hand and said:

    “This is Himawari Alexandria.” Chihiro cooed softly. “She was so eager to meet everyone that she showed up two months early!”

    Ah. So, this was why all the medical equipment was necessary. Babies who were born too early often needed assistance from machines to survive their first few weeks of life. A premature birth would also explain why Chihiro had never looked visibly pregnant.

    With Chihiro’s permission, Mira reached into the crib and gently introduced herself to Himawari. The newborn girl squirmed about and grabbed Mira’s finger, wrapping her little hands around it and gripping as tightly as an infant could grip just about anything else.

    “Himawari, huh?” Mira slowly moved her finger up and down, giving the youngest Robinson her first handshake. “Such a lovely name.”

    “One of the doctors told me I delivered at sunrise.” Chihiro explained. “He made a joke that little Himawari just wanted to see the morning light, and I called her a sunflower. The Japanese name just kinda stuck.”

    Himawari released Mira’s finger and started to reach and grasp at thin air. Chihiro gently touched her child’s face and checked to make sure the breathing tube was still in place. Himawari opened her eyes. She looked straight up and made eye contact with Chihiro for a few seconds, and Mira felt her heart skip a beat!

    Himawari had purple eyes!

    Mira needed to be sure. Making sure to keep her actions subtle, she reached out telepathically…

    The mind of a newborn baby is a chaotic place filled with impulses, confused reflexes, and strange sensory inputs that made little to no sense. But in the midst of that storm of light and sound, Mira spotted what she was looking for. Buried deep in Himawari’s barely-functional mind, embedded within the ill-defined borders of her soul… was the Gift. Mira perceived it a point of soft, warm light in the center of an otherwise dark and cold environment.

    Withdrawing from Himawari’s mind, Mira felt a rising sense of panic. No! This was all wrong! Grabbing her tablet computer in one hand, Mira had to consciously order her left hand to stop shaking before she used it to embrace Chihiro.

    “I’m so happy for you, Chihiro.” Mira said, trying to pass off the waver in her voice as joyful crying. “If Blake were here, I daresay he’d fall in love all over again.”

    Chihiro couldn’t hold back her own tears. Crying into Mira’s shoulder, she didn’t notice when Mira lightly touched the back of her head and implanted a telepathic suggestion.

    You need rest. You should get some sleep.

    “I’m sorry.” Chihiro sobbed. “I-I… I think I just need some sleep.”

    “I’ll leave you to get some rest.” Mira said. “Carter is bringing some food from the Cafeteria; I’ll make sure to cover yours up so it doesn’t get cold.”

    Mira helped Chihiro climb back into bed and started moving to leave. Mira hadn’t gotten more than three feet towards the door, however, when she heard the telltale deep breathing of someone who’d been put into a supernatural sleep. Chihiro was down for the count, and Mira doubled back to the crib, using Psionics to keep Chihiro unconscious. Himawari also seemed to be asleep of her own accord. Good.

    Mira quickly tapped a command into her tablet and one of the two devices attached to it activated. A small shutter retracted, revealing a receptacle within. Mira grabbed a cotton swab from a nearby table and took a deep breath.

    “I apologize in advance.” She said to Himawari. “This will only hurt for the briefest moment.”

    Mira reached forward and unsecured Himawari’s breathing tube, pulling it a few millimeters out of her mouth just long enough for Mira to swab the girl’s lips. Once Mira got the sample she needed, she quickly replaced the breathing tube and left the baby to her sleep. Mira wiped the cotton swab on the little receptacle on her tablet, then punched another command into the touchscreen. The shutter closed and Mira left the room.

    Once she was in the waiting area, she took a seat in the couch opposite from the one where Isis was still passed out. Keeping her back to the wall, Mira looked around to make sure no one was watching before she activated the Human History Database, the other device attached to her tablet.

    On the screen, words appeared.

    Sys/ Genetic material detected. Please select a function to perform.

    Mira typed with both hands. She was sweating and just a little shaky from nervousness.

    Cmd_usr/ IDENTIFY

    Sys/ Identifying owner of genetic material. Please wait. Do not power off your device.

    Mira waited. While she did, she looked around at everyone else in the area. She was feeling justifiably paranoid. She wasn’t looking for attackers or spies.

    She was keeping watch for the Paradox.

    Sys/ Operation complete.

    Mira quickly opened the test results, and her worst fears were finally confirmed:

    Sys/ Genetic material presented belongs to ASUNA ANGELINE ROBINSON (Human, Post-2HW Era)

    99.99% probability of a match / 00.01% Probability of error

    Would you like to see the most recent relevant document attached to this name?


    Mira swore to herself quietly. So, this really was Blake’s firstborn child, born over eight months early (as far as the timeline is concerned) and given a different name. She tried to remember all of her Human history lessons during her first visit to Earth aboard the Midak. Then she recalled her interactions with Akira aboard the Ark Angel. Now that Mira thought about it, she couldn’t remember anyone ever saying whether or not Asuna Robinson had been Gifted. She decided to bring up that document the computer had mentioned and check.

    The document was a coroner’s report from the 115th Cycle. It was a digitized document stamped with the seal of the Hawaiian Republic:

    Kauai County Coroner’s office – June 29, 2059

    Patient name: Asuna Angeline Robinson

    Date and place of Birth: September 11, 2036 (Suwamachi, Nagasaki Prefecture, Japan)

    Date and place of Death: June 28, 2059 (Wailua, Kauai Island, Hawaii)

    Hair/Eye color: Black/Brown

    Occupation: First Lady-elect of the Hawaiian Republic (President-elect Duane Gardner)

    Immediate Cause of Death: Heart failure due to impalement injury to the chest


    Coroner’s notes:
    Patient is a 23-year-old (non-Gifted) female Human of Afro-Asian descent. Found deceased at her home, which had burned down. Lack of smoke in the lungs indicates patient was deceased before the fire. I have ruled the manner of death as HOMICIDE via Psionic construct. Investigation turned over to Hawaiian National Police.



    This was wrong! It was all so wrong! Mira knew exactly what had happened here, and it scared her.

    Akira.

    There was no mistaking the signs. The Paradox was active and interfering again. Somehow, she had managed to cancel out Asuna’s existence in this timeline and replace her with someone else. Why? To what end? How did erasing the life of her own sister contribute to this so-called “Perfect Future?”

    Mira was suddenly conscious of just how paranoid she was starting to feel. She shut off her tablet and returned it to her satchel. Looking around, she saw the Templar called Duane Gardner struggling to get Violet to return to her room. The woman seemed to be disoriented. Looking around in confusion, Violet spoke out loud to herself:

    “Everyone’s talking all at once! I can’t hear what you’re saying!”

    Moving slowly, the disoriented redhead ambled into another room while Duane followed behind her, looking frightened.

    “What’s her problem?” Isis mumbled.

    Mira stood up and grabbed her satchel. She’d made up her mind in a moment, and had committed herself to the next course of action. Akira had made her move, and now the Kohlii ball was on Mira’s goal line. She needed to act quickly and decisively.

    “Isis, I need you to do me a favor.”

    Sitting up on her couch, Isis raised her eyebrow at Mira.

    “Sure, whattaya need?” Isis replied groggily.

    “Tell Commander Bradford that I am going to destroy the Ark Angel.” Mira explained. “Akira’s active and I need to move fast.”

    Before Isis could make sense of what Mira had said, she had already left.



    Racing out the main doors, Mira crashed into a group of people just outside the hospital entrance. They were so busy arguing with one another that they hardly noticed Mira. In a hurry to get away, Mira offered a quick apology before starting to move down the parking lot. Unfortunately, one of the men grabbed her by the shoulder and pulled her back.

    “You! You’re an XCOM soldier, right? Tell these guards to let us inside!”

    Groaning with frustration, Mira turned around to look at the people who had accosted her.

    It was a very unusual group, to say the least, only one of whom Mira actually recognized. There was a black-skinned man with a bald head, dressed up in the uniform of the Free French Forces. There was also a short woman with white skin, green eyes, and grey hair who was clearly too old to be guerilla fighter, yet looked comfortable in the role all the same. Finally, there were four Japanese men, two of whom seemed to be bodyguards, while the other two wore formal business attire. One of them was Ryo Nakagawa, the Prime Minister of Japan, and he was looking quite hassled and frustrated. He was the one who had grabbed Mira, and now he was dragging her back towards the two UN soldiers who were guarding the hospital doors.

    “I’m sorry, sir.” Said one of the guards, a Nigerian man with the whitest teeth Mira had ever seen. “Sergeant Tachibana made it explicitly clear that Miss Mihaka and members of the Stormbreaker Squad are the only ones allowed to visit her at this time. You have to come back later.”

    Prime Minister Nakagawa looked as though he was going to punch somebody in the face.

    “Do you know who this man is!?” He raged.

    To his right, the other business casual man folded his arms and gave the guards a stern look.

    “This is Tennō Heika! Sovereign of Japan!” Nakagawa declared. “You will stand aside for him.”

    “Oh! Uh… I apologize, mister Emperor.” Replied the Nigerian soldier. “This is Hawaii, not Japan. You have no power here.”

    Mira did a double-take as the man’s identity was confirmed for her. Chihiro Tachibana’s older brother, the 126th Emperor of Japan, was a man of average height and weight, yet he carried himself as though he were much bigger. When the Nigerian soldier denied him entry, the Emperor spoke.

    “I have every right to be here.” His English was impeccable. “A child of Japanese royal blood has been born. There are traditions and rites that must be upheld!”

    A sudden thought struck Mira and she laughed out loud, unable to help herself. It was actually quite obvious to her, and she found it funny that both the Emperor and Nakagawa had failed to see the glaring problem with their claim.

    “Ha! You don’t know!”

    Before the Emperor could respond, both the Frenchman and the American woman rounded on Mira.

    “Look, Hybrid, you gonna let us in or what!?” The woman complained. “I just wanna see my new niece!”

    “Niece!?” Mira repeated, “Who the hell are you? And you, too! Why do any of you care about Himawari that much!?”

    The black Frenchman puffed out his chest with a little pride.

    “I am Adrien Fournier! And that girl is the daughter of my aunt’s son!” He said. “That makes her my flesh and blood! I am here to take her back to France, to her true family!”

    “Bullshit!” Cried the American woman. “That girl is a Robinson! She’s coming with me to Michigan!”

    She reached across Ryo Nakagawa’s front and gave Mira a quick handshake, introducing herself as an afterthought.

    “Name’s Miranda. Miranda Robinson. Blake was my brother’s kid.”

    Mira wanted to ask why Blake had spent the whole of the previous year believing his aunt to be dead, but Nakagawa and the Emperor both talked over everyone.

    “That child is Her Imperial Highness, the Princess Himawari of Asami!” Nakagawa protested. “She is going to Japan!”

    Realizing what was going on, Mira pulled herself free of Nakagawa’s grip and started to back away from the group.

    “So, you’re all in the same family now, huh?” Mira laughed more than she meant to. “Good luck with that! I can’t help you.”

    Leaving the bickering men and woman behind, Mira paused only once to send a Psionic pulse back into the hospital. Telepathic energy enveloped Chihiro and soaked into her body, deepening her sleep to the point where nothing and no one would wake her for at least twelve hours. She would need to be fully rested before confronting that big of a problem.



    Wendy Carter didn’t realize Mira was trying to steal her gunship until the engines had started to spool up. Dashing across the grassy airfield, Wendy waved her arms at the Tigermoth while in the control room, Mira carried out her final pre-flight checks. Wendy’s gunship had, six months ago, been an ADVENT interceptor that normally required a crew of four or five to operate. Mira, however, used to be the Chosen Assassin. She knew her way around this type of type ship very well, and in a matter of minutes, she was ready for takeoff… except for the fact that Wendy was trying to force her way through the main door.

    Mira swore and quickly moved towards the central flight computer. She opened up a compartment and withdrew a glowing orange crystal roughly the size of an American football. She loosely dropped the crystal and it began to hover a few feet above the floor; after a couple of seconds, an alien being materialized out of thin air, the orange crystal encased within its body. The lithoid alien stood at attention and waited for Mira’s orders.


    y4mtalPW_RNJ2p5r_XqU1OsTyv-EEpVuuvYMdW1rr93CIjAUhITEGS_oTBBMyb5JDhnStbpV3OoDkb9SBsHPU2THbfOLTgOX-E4KCfUfsHEZBzj7dwMJ7YX_cSaM8TrOA2hncHX0A-_7zmuv9fqLRQ14sSz01GKqdExJqiVsODtK3TxlsagRLp5cTbIG_WHjbrJqC6ALRZQIG7O01WrelANDQ
    Caption said:
    An Outsider, photographed outside of its ship during the early months of the Second Hyperspace War. These lithoid aliens were employed as pilots and navigators for the starships of the ADVENT fleet.

    Mira spoke to the Outsider:

    “Status report.”

    The Outsider looked Mira in the eyes and spoke in an alien language that any Human would have failed to understand, but Mira used a combination of her Gift and knowledge of the ADVENT Hybrid’s language to make sense of what the Outsider was saying:

    “All systems green. Engine power up sequence 90 percent complete. The UNS Tigermoth is ready to fly.”

    “Good.” Mira issued her orders while moving towards the main door. “Set a course for Jilin, Manchuria. Take off when I give the order!”

    At once, the Outsider’s humanoid body dissolved, reducing itself to just a hovering crystal once more. The Outsider Shard inserted itself into a receptacle in the flight computer, which began to hum loudly as it worked. Mira, meanwhile, used a wall console to de-activate the force fields covering the main door. Wendy was right on the other side of it, her long red hair disheveled from running all the way here and her eyes were now partially hidden behind her bangs, and she was aiming a small machine pistol at Mira.

    “What the hell are you doing!?” Wendy shouted. “Get out of there!”

    “I apologize, Carter.” Mira answered. “I must take your ship to settle an urgent matter.”

    “No you’re not, ma’am!” Wendy chambered a round in her MAC-11. “Director Kelly said you had to go back to Easter Island when you were done here! The GTRC isn’t done with you yet! If you go anywhere else, the UN will put out a warrant for your arrest! You’ll be a fugitive!”

    “Very well then.” Mira said coldly. “While you do that, I’m going to find Akira and capture or kill her before she can do any more damage to our timeline!”

    Using telekinesis, Mira pulled the machine pistol out of Wendy’s hands and then pushed her away from the ship.

    “Tell your superiors I’ll see them in Berlin once I’ve destroyed the Ark Angel!” Mira finished, and then she re-activated the force fields.

    The Tigermoth lifted off from the island, turned to the east, and started racing towards China, where the Stormbreakers had last encountered Akira’s spaceship.



    Tuesday, February 18, 2036 – 5:00pm
    Ruins of Jilin City, Manchuria, East Asia



    Surging across the Chinese landscape at top speed, Mira knew something was going on at Jilin long before she reached the city. A patrol of UN aircraft rose up from the airfield at Shenyang and started to chase the Tigermoth, challenging her and broadcasting warnings on emergency frequencies. Mira decided that a course of partial cooperation would get her where she needed to go without a fight. Over the radio, Mira told the UN flyers that she would only land in Jilin, and would not divert to any other airfield.

    This must have struck a nerve with AFUNE command, because it took nearly five minutes for the UN fighters to call back, saying they would escort Mira to Jilin before forcing her to land there. The reluctance in the pilot’s voice raised a few alarms for Mira, and soon she saw why.

    Jilin International Airport, the place where (according to Jericho) Akira had hidden the Ark Angel, was overrun by AFUNE forces. From the air, Mira could see two UN spaceplanes on the runway, their boarding ramps deployed. She could also make out two distinct security cordons. A ring of soldiers, weapons, and vehicles stretched for a two-hundred-yard radius around the airport. Mira flew in a low circle above Jilin, taking a good look at the group of soldiers and tanks in their tight little perimeter around the hangar before landing her ship on a helipad just outside of the security perimeter.

    XCOM’s Chief Engineer Lily Shen was waiting for Mira when she disembarked from the Tigermoth. She was accompanied her android, Julian, and appeared to be justifiably upset.

    “Lieutenant Dekker called Bradford and he called us!” Shen started. “Sorry to rain on your parade, but we can’t let you destroy the Ark Angel.”

    “The longer that ship stays intact, the greater the chance Akira will come back for the Time Core.” Mira retorted. “We can’t allow that to happen!”

    Mira raised one hand and prepared to crush the entire aircraft hangar with telekinesis! Lily and Julian both placed themselves between Mira and the hangar that contained the Ark Angel, arms wide!

    “No!” Lily protested. “Harper and a bunch of other people are inside!”

    Mira hesitated.

    “WHAT!? WHY!?”



    Following Lily and Julian into the hangar, Mira was shocked at the sight before her.

    She knew from stories the Stormbreakers had told her that Akira had abandoned the Ark Angel, claiming that she no longer needed it. Unlike Blake and Chihiro, Mira had never believed this claim for an instant. When she saw the state of disrepair and neglect the old spaceplane had fallen into, however, she was forced to admit she might have been wrong. The Ark Angel was wrecked, but nowhere near as badly as when Blake and the others had visited last year.

    A group of AFUNE engineers and androids had erected a scaffold around the spaceplane and were meticulously deconstructing it. Pulling the vessel apart one piece at a time, Mira could see into the vessel’s overgrown and utterly ruined interior. In an instant, she knew what was going on.

    “The Time Core.” Mira said aloud. “What does AFUNE want with it?”

    She could see a pulsing blue light coming from the Ark Angel’s Time Core chamber, which had been exposed to the open air for the first time ever by the removal of the dorsal hull.

    “I’m sorry, Mihaka.” Lily responded. “I know you talked about destroying it with Commander Harper, but we had to redesign the Trinity after we lost Jericho. She was supposed to be the pilot because her powers could regenerate. Without her, we needed a new power source. So, the new version of the weapon needs a Progenitor Hyperspace Core to function. And you did say that the Time Core is just a modified Hyperspace Core. We had to keep you out of the loop for security reasons.”

    “And what ‘security reasons’ do you mean by that?” Mira asked coldly.

    Lily and Julian both pointed towards the Eastern wall of the hangar. The android spoke up:

    “She’s here.” Julian explained. “She’s been trying to recover the Time Core ever since that Vanian ship crashed into Hawaii.”

    Goosebumps rose all over Mira’s body as though she’d been plunged into a vat of cold water. Akira was here. In all likelihood, Mira had flown directly over her head on the way in!

    “So, that explains the cordon of soldiers.” Mira guessed.

    Lily nodded.

    “Yeah. At first, we denied Akira entry to the site and she got angry, but she stayed out. A few hours later, she tried to sneak in with a disguise, but Harper caught her. That was when Akira got violent. She attacked with Psionics, hurt a lot of people and killed one of our guys. Now Harper’s using her Gift to keep Akira out, but whenever she blacks out, the troops cover for her until it’s over.”

    “Until what’s over?”

    Lily shuddered.

    “When the blackout ends, there a few seconds where our Psionic defenses are down, and that’s when Akira makes a run at the hangar. She’s basically got us under a one-woman siege here. She gains a few dozen meters on us every time. AFUNE and the VDF are doing their best, but we can’t hold her forever.”

    Mira was starting to realize that she’d walked into a serious situation.

    “Does Harper have a plan to get out of here?” Mira asked. “Where is she?”

    Lily stuck her thumb out towards the Ark Angel.

    “She’s inspecting the Time Core. And yeah, we’ve got a whole plan for extraction once we get the package loaded onto a ship. Basically, we’re gonna pull out and let Akira have the hangar once we’re done with it.”

    It was a decent plan. Without the Time Core, the Ark Angel would be useless to Akira.

    “Doesn’t that mean she’ll just follow the ship with the Time Core on it?” Mira asked.

    “We’re still working on that part.” Lily admitted. “Nobody expected to have to fight our way out of here.”

    “No, you weren’t ready for Akira to be violent.” Mira said. “You people had plenty of warning, Shen! Robinson saw inside her mind! You knew what she was capable of, and yet you still fell for her deceptions! Now we’re all about to pay the…”

    Mira trailed off. She had just realized something. Turning back to Lily, she said:

    “You said you’re planning to use the Time Core in the Trinity… are you going to undo Akira’s enhancements, or just… oh, no…”

    Lily shook her head in confirmation.

    “We’re not going to dismantle the time manipulation equipment.” Lily admitted. “The Trinity is going to use the Time Core as-is.”

    A terrifying realization washed over Mira. Laura Harper wanted to weaponize the Time Core!

    Pushing past Lily and Julian, Mira quickly scrambled up the scaffolding ladder and boarded the skeletal remains of the Ark Angel. Behind her, Lily shouted:

    “Harper’s in the core chamber! She’s expecting you! I’ll be outside!”



    The Ark Angel’s core chamber wasn’t an enclosed space anymore. The ceiling had been removed, along with all of the corresponding dorsal armor. The Time Core itself was hanging suspended from the arm of a crane, while UN Secretary General Laura Harper stood beside it, examining it closely. When Mira opened the hatchway and entered the chamber, she was planning to berate and admonish the former XCOM Commander for attempting to weaponize time itself, but when she saw the… thing… hovering in midair right behind Harper, Mira froze up, her shock and surprise both immeasurable.

    There was an Ethereal hanging in the air just behind Laura Harper. Unlike the ones Mira had seen in the Alien Fortress, this Ethereal was mostly blue instead of purple, and its semi translucent form was radically different from the Angelis Ethereal. Quickly, Mira spotted the difference between this creature and the Elders: it was unclothed. The Elders had worn long red robes and ornate gold and silver helmets to set themselves apart from everyone else. The Ethereal behind Laura wore no such clothing, and kept all four of its arms outstretched. The Ethereal’s head turned in the exact same way as hers as she noticed Mira’s entry.

    Finally lost for words, Mira just stammered.

    “Wh… what… huh?”

    Laura slowly raised her hands and spoke:

    “Calm down, Mihaka. It’s alright. But seriously, you should have knocked before just barging in like that. You almost broke Asaru’s focus.”

    “Asaru?” Mira repeated. “That thing has a name!?”


    y4mR_vn6RJHKto14V8JWQKdFLQ2zfhXr1D1yPhuQa5cjG7f8HSkl15p5kGDyz-bgwrpH0YgR54eIwWMrULdtu6RRUBEVkuLCA1FyfAJozKwBjqahLgSkbcqniKo0TDyvKVCsPLlwHh84i_y1vjY6nW23cg_PkQbPygiKicPcA186jagBG0iFf69FjzB7Mq1YBtqGDUmLbQLNi9veJ5TbYGhmg
    Caption said:
    Pictured: The Ethereal known as Asaru. Born on Earth in 1962, Asaru has grown quite attached to Humanity and can be described as highly defensive of his Homeworld. According to XCOM records, his "Ethereal seed" was found in the Elerium mines of Bannack, Montana.

    Laura looked offended.

    “Of course I have a name! And it’s rude to talk about me as though I’m not here!” she said.

    Mira did a double-take. She was so confused by this development that her train of thought had completely derailed.

    “Wait… what!? What’s going on!? What are you doing with that thing!?”

    Laura shook her head in frustration.

    “We’re in the middle of a crisis and she wants a class.” The Secretary-General mumbled to herself. Then she addressed Mira. “Very well, the short version. Asaru here is the first and only Ethereal born on Earth. He’s been bonding to Humans for his entire life.”

    Unaware of the fact that her mouth had fallen open, Mira absentmindedly reached for her tablet computer while Laura talked, determined to take notes.

    “I am a representation of what my people used to be.” Laura went on. “Before the days of the Elders and their Avatars.”

    “Wait a minute.” Mira interrupted. “Am I talking to Asaru right now?”

    The Ethereal nodded. Laura seemed to have gone misty-eyed.

    “I have bonded to Laura Harper.” Asaru spoke in Laura’s voice. “She is a vessel, but I transcend her existence.”

    “So, what are you, exactly?” Mira couldn’t help but feel like she was conducting an interview.

    “I never learned the name of my kind.” Asaru said. “But I have met other like me, and I learned our history. We prefer to take the names given to us by others. Angels, demons, gods. Ethereal is the most common name. My people are beings of influence. During the time before history, each young world was seeded with one of my kind. We would then pass on our knowledge and wisdom to the people we were chosen to live with. But those days are long since over.”

    Mira fumbled the record button on her tablet.

    “Where do Ethereals come from? Do you have a Homeworld?”

    Asaru and Laura both shook their heads.

    “Our people have been scattered in diaspora for over one million years. Driven from our origins by the organism you now know as the Beast. All knowledge of exactly where we came from is long since lost.”

    A thought occurred to Mira.

    “You said you bonded to Harper, does that mean the Elders…”

    Asaru and Laura nodded together.

    “A small collective of our kind discovered an ancient race of beings who possessed great Psionic potential.” Asaru explained. “Aside from the group you and your allies have since defeated, a meeting of our kind is quite rare. All I have learned comes from a chance encounter with another like me.”

    “And you’ve been linked to Laura the entire time?”

    “No.” Laura clarified. “I’ve only been bonded to Asaru for the past twenty-and-a-half years or so. He was somewhere else in the interim.”

    Laura’s tone of voice shifted ever so slightly as Asaru took over and finished her response:

    “I first bonded to a man named William Carter, helped him build XCOM into the organization it is now. Then I bonded to Myron Faulke, Laura’s predecessor as XCOM’s Commander. Like my brothers and sisters on other worlds, I gave them wisdom and knowledge, and in return, they gave me physical form and strength.”

    Mira had another question:

    “So there are Ethereals on other worlds, guiding people? You’re not all like the ones we had to fight?”

    Again, a nod.

    “The Elders of ADVENT were outliers, and not reflective of my people as a whole.” Asaru answered. “But we are no longer the hidden guides and guardians we started out as. I daresay we’re close to extinction now.”

    “Why?”

    Laura pointed towards the Eastern wall.

    “Akira.” Asaru said. “She’s been giving various species throughout history the knowledge and technology to capture, enslave, and kill my people. Vanians, Zudjari, Taiidan, even the Progenitors themselves hunted us to the brink of extinction. There was an Ethereal on your world, Mihaka, long before any of us were born. Akira killed him.”

    Mira dropped her tablet.

    “There was an Ethereal on Partoga!?”

    Laura/Asaru nodded.

    “He was like me: A force of influence.” Asaru confirmed. “You knew him by such names as the great Queen Whetu Kealoha, the wise councilor Maui Ranginui, the intrepid explorer Takua Tamihana, and as the great warrior Tantomile. Like myself, his guidance and influence were so subtle that it was nearly impossible to detect.”

    This only caused more questions to fill Mira’s head, and she didn’t know which one to ask first.

    “So who’s idea was it to use the Time Core in the Trinity? You or…”

    But Mira never got to finish her question, as the situation changed suddenly and abruptly!

    It all happened at once! Like a scene from an Old World cartoon, Asaru was suddenly sucked down into Laura’s body, merging with her and vanishing completely from view! Simultaneously, Mira and Laura both felt a sense of torpor beginning to overtake them, as though their blood was suddenly made from grease! Laura gasped, then dashed over to an opening in the Ark Angel’s hull and shouted to the AFUNE soldiers below:

    “BLACKOUT!”

    Deprived of her powers again, Mira shared Laura’s sense of panic as soldiers passed the message along until loud shouting began outside of the hangar! Mira took one last look at Laura. The former XCOM Commander had her arms outstretched as though she was trying to raise a Psionic shield.

    “The second I get my powers back,” Laura gasped, “I’ve gotta lock Akira out of the site!”

    “I’ll make sure she doesn’t get close!”

    Without waiting for approval, Mira jumped out of the Ark Angel and made for the exits.



    Sprinting as fast as her legs could carry her, Mira made it onto the runway about twenty seconds after the Psionic blackout began! Around her, soldiers, battle tanks, and armed androids were converging on one specific point in the line! She could hear men and women shouting to one another as they took up position:

    “Thirty seconds since blackout!” an officer shouted.

    “No eyes on hostile!” A Sergeant relayed. “Keep your guns on that terminal building!”

    Forty seconds since blackout! Mira took up a position near an XCOM Ranger, keeping one hand at the ready to summon his sword.

    Then, just as quickly as it had started, the blackout was over! The air shimmered in front of the line of soldiers as Laura re-established her Psionic shields, enveloping the hangar and its defenders in a protective energy!

    “This is it!” A captain yelled. “Any second now!”

    A tense moment passed… and nothing happened.

    Another moment went by… and then the air stopped shimmering. Laura’s shield was now in place, and Akira had missed her chance to try and punch through. All around Mira, soldiers lowered their weapons and looked around, puzzled. Then, someone pointed to the nearby terminal!

    “There she is!”

    The quickest flurry of movement drew the most aggressive response! All around Mira, nearly four hundred soldiers opened fire! Tens of thousands of gauss rounds, laser bolts, and plasma blasts rocketed down the runway and converged on a spot just in front of the terminal building! The incredible hailstorm of weapons fire only stopped when everybody ran out of ammunition. In the chaos, Mira telekinetically summoned a sword from a nearby ranger. Gripping it tightly in both hands, she made ready for a fight!

    After a few moments, the firestorm ceased as soldiers dropped their empty magazines and checked their weapons.

    “God-damn.” A colonel spoke sarcastically. “You think you got her?”

    Down the runway, the smoke cleared, and Mira saw what had drawn so much weapons fire. A Psionic Ghost was slowly walking towards the battle line. The translucent human-shaped shadow kept its hands raised, palms out, to show it wasn’t combative. Once it drew closer, Mira realized that Akira had created a Psi Ghost out of one of the two UN soldiers she had killed earlier today, and was now using it to approach the line without being injured.

    Akira’s doppelganger reached the perimeter of Laura’s Psionic shield and stopped, just a few feet away from Mira. The spectral image didn’t have a face, but Mira got the very distinct impression she was making eye contact with Akira herself. The Paradox’s voice came out of the Psi Ghost:

    “You look different, Mira. The Hybrid body suits you.”

    “You ditched XCOM as soon as I defected.” Mira counted. “And now you’re fighting them. What caused the change of heart?”

    “The Time Core.” Akira replied. “They can’t have it.”

    “Right,” Mira tightened her grip on her sword. “You just want it back so you can ditch this Cycle and head to the next one, right?”

    The shadow of Akira put its hands on its hips and shook its head.

    “No, no, nothing like that.” Akira replied. “I’m only a few small changes and one really big change away from the Perfect Future. We’ve almost accomplished our mission, Mira.”

    “Not my mission anymore.” Mira spat. “I’ve seen what your ‘big changes’ are like. I’m not letting you do anything like that here on Earth!”

    Akira seemed to get agitated.

    “All these years later, Mihaka, and you still don’t get it.” Akira voice changed pitch. It was far less cordial now. “The future is not something we can have for free. Somebody has to pay the price for it. Sooner or later.”

    All around the two of them, UN soldiers were loading their weapons and preparing for another volley of fire. Sensing that the conversation was about to be cut short, Akira addressed the group at large:

    “All I want is to live in a timeline were everyone is happy and safe; what does it matter how we get there as long as we actually get there?”

    Mira started to raise her sword.

    “How we get there makes all the difference in the world.” Mira declared. “I refuse to sacrifice innocent people who’ve done nothing wrong just because I want a better life!”

    Mira grabbed the handle of her sword in both hands!

    “And no one here is going to help you build your personal paradise on the bones of their ancestors and the blood of their children!”

    Mira swung the sword down with all of her strength, amplifying the blow with Psionic energy! She cleaved the Ghost’s head from its shoulders! Like smoke in the wind, the specter of Akira dispersed and vanished, but not before leaving one last Psionic message implanted in Mira’s mind:

    You need to find Jericho’s first love, Mira. He is the key. The key to the Trinity!

    Behind her, with a loud roar, a UN spaceplane began to thunder down the runway! It was the same class of spacecraft as the Ark Angel, a Battlemaster-class Gunship. Two Triple Alliance starfighters descended from the clouds and moved into a position to escort the spaceplane into the sky, while down on the ground, Mira watched the ship depart in silence for a few minutes before turning to re-enter the hangar. Laura Harper and several UN soldiers were still in the building. They cheered happily and high-fived on another as the celebratory mood overtook them.

    “I take it the Time Core is gone?” Mira asked.

    Laura nodded and offered Mira a drink from a flask, which she politely declined.

    “A little thanks to you for keeping Akira busy.” Laura said. “Chief Shen and her android have the Core in their possession now, and they’re taking it to the Trinity construction site.”

    “Good.” Mira replied. “Please don’t tell me where it is.”

    “Don’t worry. I won’t.”



    Tuesday, February 18, 2036 – 1:00pm
    L2 Lagrange Point of Venus, Sol System, United Nations of Earth



    The spaceplane broke orbit with Earth and started to fly towards a point in space where a project of immense scale was being worked on.

    Hidden in the shadow of Venus was a space station, one of such size and scale that very few people on Earth could conceive. The station itself was incomplete. So far, all that existed was a hollow frame, surrounded by scaffolding. Thousands of spaceships, ranging from the smallest pods to full-sized motherships flitted around the structure, moving construction materials to their final destination before moving off to collect more.

    Ramming frigates and tugboats moved back and forth between the construction site and Venus’ other Lagrange points, where Trojan asteroids were being harvested for extra resources. Meanwhile, a Levakian Battlecruiser broke formation with the large defense fleet and moved to intercept the Human spaceplane as it approached.

    Inside of the spaceplane’s cockpit, Lily Shen ordered her android to take the controls while she made contact with the approaching warship. Over the speakers, Lily heard the low growl of a lion speaking in the Galactic Common. Fortunately, Julian was on hand to translate:

    “Attention incoming UNE vessel, this is Commodore Munkustrap the LVK Mami Tamihana. Identify yourself, transmit recognition codes, and state your business.”

    “Uh, yes sir! Transmitting now.” Lily replied. “This is the FS Normandy of the United Nations Navy, transporting High Value Object One to the construction site.”

    After a moment, the commander of the Mami Tamihana replied.

    “Acknowledged. I see you on my schedule and my scanners confirm your cargo. We will escort you to docking bay 15, where a team of Kelt engineers are awaiting your orders.”

    As the communication was terminated, Julian turned his head and said to Lily:

    “According to my calculations, a spaceborne structure like this should have taken between twenty-five and thirty years to build.”

    “You’d be surprised what people are capable of when they have a gun to their head.” Lily replied. “When we’re faced with the end of civilization, our backs against the wall, and there’s just not enough time… that’s when true wonders are built.”


    y4mhy7nrPrwIHf2qFEbj7Of1dmADIFra8_cLcnO0QhWu3fAvPkb0ybfOK8KdiA5TgdzAf0Swik1riOLK7h70npicruXFRBhxNUc4RLhxcNARE82YvWiXTq_SqcSywuSwUbD5SfJnzauuyopYXXcVFQSTdOrxGib840YFaxoOn7K1DPQEBJKcdV41eonprfyQTXNO4cOhsuf64HX3igzjilaPg
    Caption said:
    The Psionic superweapon Trinity is seen under construction in the Sol system. This picture is slightly erroneous. Trinity orbits Venus, not the Sun.

     
    Last edited: